Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1718/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Explore the world of knowledge with over 500,000+ audiobooks in diverse categories like Ancient Mythology, Asia History, and Animals & Nature. We offer you 3 free audiobooks to start your exploration journey. Audiobooks can be listened to on many devices like iPhone, iPad, Android, helping you access knowledge anytime, anywhere. Let audiobooks open new horizons for you! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1718/ en-US All rights reserved Fri, 17 Jan 2025 04:02:13 GMT Fri, 17 Jan 2025 04:02:13 GMT Notepad++ https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1718/ https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/1718/logo.jpg https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1718/ thebookvoice.com no Kira Hartmann bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1718/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Explore the world of knowledge with over 500,000+ audiobooks in diverse categories like Ancient Mythology, Asia History, and Animals & Nature. We offer you 3 free audiobooks to start your exploration journey. Audiobooks can be listened to on many devices like iPhone, iPad, Android, helping you access knowledge anytime, anywhere. Let audiobooks open new horizons for you! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413881 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413881]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Little Book of Talent: 52 Tips for Improving Your Skills Author: Daniel Coyle Narrator: Grover Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 53 minutes Release date: February 18, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A manual for building a faster brain and a better you! The Little Book of Talent is an easy-to-use handbook of scientifically proven, field-tested methods to improve skills—your skills, your kids’ skills, your organization’s skills—in sports, music, art, math, and business. The product of five years of reporting from the world’s greatest talent hotbeds and interviews with successful master coaches, it distills the daunting complexity of skill development into 52 clear, concise directives. Whether you’re age 10 or 100, whether you’re on the sports field or the stage, in the classroom or the corner office, this is an essential guide for anyone who ever asked, “How do I get better?” Praise for The Little Book of Talent “The Little Book of Talent should be given to every graduate at commencement, every new parent in a delivery room, every executive on the first day of work. It is a guidebook—beautiful in its simplicity and backed by hard science—for nurturing excellence.”—Charles Duhigg, bestselling author of The Power of Habit “It’s so juvenile to throw around hyperbolic terms such as ‘life-changing,’ but there’s no other way to describe The Little Book of Talent. I was avidly trying new things within the first half hour of reading it and haven’t stopped since. Brilliant. And yes: life-changing.”—Tom Peters, co-author of In Search of Excellence Daniel Coyle Tue, 18 Feb 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413881 thebookvoice.com 1:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413881]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Little Book of Talent: 52 Tips for Improving Your Skills Author: Daniel Coyle Narrator: Grover Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 53 minutes Release date: February 18, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A manual for building a faster brain and a better you! The Little Book of Talent is an easy-to-use handbook of scientifically proven, field-tested methods to improve skills—your skills, your kids’ skills, your organization’s skills—in sports, music, art, math, and business. The product of five years of reporting from the world’s greatest talent hotbeds and interviews with successful master coaches, it distills the daunting complexity of skill development into 52 clear, concise directives. Whether you’re age 10 or 100, whether you’re on the sports field or the stage, in the classroom or the corner office, this is an essential guide for anyone who ever asked, “How do I get better?” Praise for The Little Book of Talent “The Little Book of Talent should be given to every graduate at commencement, every new parent in a delivery room, every executive on the first day of work. It is a guidebook—beautiful in its simplicity and backed by hard science—for nurturing excellence.”—Charles Duhigg, bestselling author of The Power of Habit “It’s so juvenile to throw around hyperbolic terms such as ‘life-changing,’ but there’s no other way to describe The Little Book of Talent. I was avidly trying new things within the first half hour of reading it and haven’t stopped since. Brilliant. And yes: life-changing.”—Tom Peters, co-author of In Search of Excellence Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413881]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Little Book of Talent: 52 Tips for Improving Your Skills Author: Daniel Coyle Narrator: Grover Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 53 minutes Release date: February 18, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A manual for building a faster brain and a better you! The Little Book of Talent is an easy-to-use handbook of scientifically proven, field-tested methods to improve skills—your skills, your kids’ skills, your organization’s skills—in sports, music, art, math, and business. The product of five years of reporting from the world’s greatest talent hotbeds and interviews with successful master coaches, it distills the daunting complexity of skill development into 52 clear, concise directives. Whether you’re age 10 or 100, whether you’re on the sports field or the stage, in the classroom or the corner office, this is an essential guide for anyone who ever asked, “How do I get better?” Praise for The Little Book of Talent “The Little Book of Talent should be given to every graduate at commencement, every new parent in a delivery room, every executive on the first day of work. It is a guidebook—beautiful in its simplicity and backed by hard science—for nurturing excellence.”—Charles Duhigg, bestselling author of The Power of Habit “It’s so juvenile to throw around hyperbolic terms such as ‘life-changing,’ but there’s no other way to describe The Little Book of Talent. I was avidly trying new things within the first half hour of reading it and haven’t stopped since. Brilliant. And yes: life-changing.”—Tom Peters, co-author of In Search of Excellence https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413876 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413876]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Biggest Bluff: How I Learned to Pay Attention, Master Myself, and Win Author: Maria Konnikova Narrator: Maria Konnikova Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 13 minutes Release date: June 23, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 29 Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A New York Times bestseller • A New York Times Notable Book “The tale of how Konnikova followed a story about poker players and wound up becoming a story herself will have you riveted, first as you learn about her big winnings, and then as she conveys the lessons she learned both about human nature and herself.” —The Washington Post It's true that Maria Konnikova had never actually played poker before and didn't even know the rules when she approached Erik Seidel, Poker Hall of Fame inductee and winner of tens of millions of dollars in earnings, and convinced him to be her mentor. But she knew her man: a famously thoughtful and broad-minded player, he was intrigued by her pitch that she wasn't interested in making money so much as learning about life. She had faced a stretch of personal bad luck, and her reflections on the role of chance had led her to a giant of game theory, who pointed her to poker as the ultimate master class in learning to distinguish between what can be controlled and what can't. And she certainly brought something to the table, including a Ph.D. in psychology and an acclaimed and growing body of work on human behavior and how to hack it. So Seidel was in, and soon she was down the rabbit hole with him, into the wild, fiercely competitive, overwhelmingly masculine world of high-stakes Texas Hold'em, their initial end point the following year's World Series of Poker. But then something extraordinary happened. Under Seidel's guidance, Konnikova did have many epiphanies about life that derived from her new pursuit, including how to better read, not just her opponents but far more importantly herself; how to identify what tilted her into an emotional state that got in the way of good decisions; and how to get to a place where she could accept luck for what it was, and what it wasn't. But she also began to win. And win. In a little over a year, she began making earnest money from tournaments, ultimately totaling hundreds of thousands of dollars.  She won a major title, got a sponsor, and got used to being on television, and to headlines like 'How one writer's book deal turned her into a professional poker player.' She even learned to like Las Vegas. But in the end, Maria Konnikova is a writer and student of human behavior, and ultimately the point was to render her incredible journey into a container for its invaluable lessons. The biggest bluff of all, she learned, is that skill is enough. Bad cards will come our way, but keeping our focus on how we play them and not on the outcome will keep us moving through many a dark patch, until the luck once again breaks our way. Maria Konnikova Tue, 23 Jun 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413876 thebookvoice.com 11:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413876]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Biggest Bluff: How I Learned to Pay Attention, Master Myself, and Win Author: Maria Konnikova Narrator: Maria Konnikova Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 13 minutes Release date: June 23, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 29 Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A New York Times bestseller • A New York Times Notable Book “The tale of how Konnikova followed a story about poker players and wound up becoming a story herself will have you riveted, first as you learn about her big winnings, and then as she conveys the lessons she learned both about human nature and herself.” —The Washington Post It's true that Maria Konnikova had never actually played poker before and didn't even know the rules when she approached Erik Seidel, Poker Hall of Fame inductee and winner of tens of millions of dollars in earnings, and convinced him to be her mentor. But she knew her man: a famously thoughtful and broad-minded player, he was intrigued by her pitch that she wasn't interested in making money so much as learning about life. She had faced a stretch of personal bad luck, and her reflections on the role of chance had led her to a giant of game theory, who pointed her to poker as the ultimate master class in learning to distinguish between what can be controlled and what can't. And she certainly brought something to the table, including a Ph.D. in psychology and an acclaimed and growing body of work on human behavior and how to hack it. So Seidel was in, and soon she was down the rabbit hole with him, into the wild, fiercely competitive, overwhelmingly masculine world of high-stakes Texas Hold'em, their initial end point the following year's World Series of Poker. But then something extraordinary happened. Under Seidel's guidance, Konnikova did have many epiphanies about life that derived from her new pursuit, including how to better read, not just her opponents but far more importantly herself; how to identify what tilted her into an emotional state that got in the way of good decisions; and how to get to a place where she could accept luck for what it was, and what it wasn't. But she also began to win. And win. In a little over a year, she began making earnest money from tournaments, ultimately totaling hundreds of thousands of dollars.  She won a major title, got a sponsor, and got used to being on television, and to headlines like 'How one writer's book deal turned her into a professional poker player.' She even learned to like Las Vegas. But in the end, Maria Konnikova is a writer and student of human behavior, and ultimately the point was to render her incredible journey into a container for its invaluable lessons. The biggest bluff of all, she learned, is that skill is enough. Bad cards will come our way, but keeping our focus on how we play them and not on the outcome will keep us moving through many a dark patch, until the luck once again breaks our way. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413876]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Biggest Bluff: How I Learned to Pay Attention, Master Myself, and Win Author: Maria Konnikova Narrator: Maria Konnikova Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 13 minutes Release date: June 23, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 29 Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A New York Times bestseller • A New York Times Notable Book “The tale of how Konnikova followed a story about poker players and wound up becoming a story herself will have you riveted, first as you learn about her big winnings, and then as she conveys the lessons she learned both about human nature and herself.” —The Washington Post It's true that Maria Konnikova had never actually played poker before and didn't even know the rules when she approached Erik Seidel, Poker Hall of Fame inductee and winner of tens of millions of dollars in earnings, and convinced him to be her mentor. But she knew her man: a famously thoughtful and broad-minded player, he was intrigued by her pitch that she wasn't interested in making money so much as learning about life. She had faced a stretch of personal bad luck, and her reflections on the role of chance had led her to a giant of game theory, who pointed her to poker as the ultimate master class in learning to distinguish between what can be controlled and what can't. And she certainly brought something to the table, including a Ph.D. in psychology and an acclaimed and growing body of work on human behavior and how to hack it. So Seidel was in, and soon she was down the rabbit hole with him, into the wild, fiercely competitive, overwhelmingly masculine world of high-stakes Texas Hold'em, their initial end point the following year's World Series of Poker. But then something extraordinary happened. Under Seidel's guidance, Konnikova did have many epiphanies about life that derived from her new pursuit, including how to better read, not just her opponents but far more importantly herself; how to identify what tilted her into an emotional state that got in the way of good decisions; and how to get to a place where she could accept luck for what it was, and what it wasn't. But she also began to win. And win. In a little over a year, she began making earnest money from tournaments, ultimately totaling hundreds of thousands of dollars.  She won a major title, got a sponsor, and got used to being on television, and to headlines like 'How one writer's book deal turned her into a professional poker player.' She even learned to like Las Vegas. But in the end, Maria Konnikova is a writer and student of human behavior, and ultimately the point was to render her incredible journey into a container for its invaluable lessons. The biggest bluff of all, she learned, is that skill is enough. Bad cards will come our way, but keeping our focus on how we play them and not on the outcome will keep us moving through many a dark patch, until the luck once again breaks our way. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413849 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413849]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ace: What Asexuality Reveals about Desire, Society, and the Meaning of Sex Author: Angela Chen Narrator: Natalie Naudus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 43 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 8 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An engaging exploration of what it means to be asexual in a world that’s obsessed with sexual attraction, and what the ace perspective can teach all of us about desire and identity. What exactly is sexual attraction and what is it like to go through life not experiencing it? What does asexuality reveal about gender roles, about romance and consent, and the pressures of society? This accessible examination of asexuality shows that the issues that aces face—confusion around sexual activity, the intersection of sexuality and identity, navigating different needs in relationships—are the same conflicts that nearly all of us will experience. Through a blend of reporting, cultural criticism, and memoir, Ace addresses the misconceptions around the “A” of LGBTQIA and invites everyone to rethink pleasure and intimacy. Journalist Angela Chen creates her path to understanding her own asexuality with the perspectives of a diverse group of asexual people. Vulnerable and honest, these stories include a woman who had blood tests done because she was convinced that “not wanting sex” was a sign of serious illness, and a man who grew up in a religious household and did everything “right,” only to realize after marriage that his experience of sexuality had never been the same as that of others. Disabled aces, aces of color, gender-nonconforming aces, and aces who both do and don’t want romantic relationships all share their experiences navigating a society in which a lack of sexual attraction is considered abnormal. Chen’s careful cultural analysis explores how societal norms limit understanding of sex and relationships and celebrates the breadth of sexuality and queerness. Angela Chen Tue, 15 Sep 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413849 thebookvoice.com 7:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413849]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ace: What Asexuality Reveals about Desire, Society, and the Meaning of Sex Author: Angela Chen Narrator: Natalie Naudus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 43 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 8 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An engaging exploration of what it means to be asexual in a world that’s obsessed with sexual attraction, and what the ace perspective can teach all of us about desire and identity. What exactly is sexual attraction and what is it like to go through life not experiencing it? What does asexuality reveal about gender roles, about romance and consent, and the pressures of society? This accessible examination of asexuality shows that the issues that aces face—confusion around sexual activity, the intersection of sexuality and identity, navigating different needs in relationships—are the same conflicts that nearly all of us will experience. Through a blend of reporting, cultural criticism, and memoir, Ace addresses the misconceptions around the “A” of LGBTQIA and invites everyone to rethink pleasure and intimacy. Journalist Angela Chen creates her path to understanding her own asexuality with the perspectives of a diverse group of asexual people. Vulnerable and honest, these stories include a woman who had blood tests done because she was convinced that “not wanting sex” was a sign of serious illness, and a man who grew up in a religious household and did everything “right,” only to realize after marriage that his experience of sexuality had never been the same as that of others. Disabled aces, aces of color, gender-nonconforming aces, and aces who both do and don’t want romantic relationships all share their experiences navigating a society in which a lack of sexual attraction is considered abnormal. Chen’s careful cultural analysis explores how societal norms limit understanding of sex and relationships and celebrates the breadth of sexuality and queerness. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413849]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ace: What Asexuality Reveals about Desire, Society, and the Meaning of Sex Author: Angela Chen Narrator: Natalie Naudus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 43 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 8 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An engaging exploration of what it means to be asexual in a world that’s obsessed with sexual attraction, and what the ace perspective can teach all of us about desire and identity. What exactly is sexual attraction and what is it like to go through life not experiencing it? What does asexuality reveal about gender roles, about romance and consent, and the pressures of society? This accessible examination of asexuality shows that the issues that aces face—confusion around sexual activity, the intersection of sexuality and identity, navigating different needs in relationships—are the same conflicts that nearly all of us will experience. Through a blend of reporting, cultural criticism, and memoir, Ace addresses the misconceptions around the “A” of LGBTQIA and invites everyone to rethink pleasure and intimacy. Journalist Angela Chen creates her path to understanding her own asexuality with the perspectives of a diverse group of asexual people. Vulnerable and honest, these stories include a woman who had blood tests done because she was convinced that “not wanting sex” was a sign of serious illness, and a man who grew up in a religious household and did everything “right,” only to realize after marriage that his experience of sexuality had never been the same as that of others. Disabled aces, aces of color, gender-nonconforming aces, and aces who both do and don’t want romantic relationships all share their experiences navigating a society in which a lack of sexual attraction is considered abnormal. Chen’s careful cultural analysis explores how societal norms limit understanding of sex and relationships and celebrates the breadth of sexuality and queerness. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413732 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413732]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Comprehensive INFP Survival Guide Author: Heidi Priebe Narrator: Vanessa Daniels Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: March 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Despite their agreeable demeanor, INFPs represent one of the most passionate and complex personality types within the Myers-Briggs Inventory. Employing a wholly unique stack of cognitive functions, this type sees the world around them not just as it is but also as it could be—making them a deeply imaginative and highly idealistic personality. In this detailed, type-based survival guide, seasoned MBTI author Heidi Priebe explains the strengths and struggles INFPs face as they navigate the world around them as one of the most creative and emotionally intense personality types. Heidi Priebe Tue, 10 Mar 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413732 thebookvoice.com 7:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413732]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Comprehensive INFP Survival Guide Author: Heidi Priebe Narrator: Vanessa Daniels Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: March 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Despite their agreeable demeanor, INFPs represent one of the most passionate and complex personality types within the Myers-Briggs Inventory. Employing a wholly unique stack of cognitive functions, this type sees the world around them not just as it is but also as it could be—making them a deeply imaginative and highly idealistic personality. In this detailed, type-based survival guide, seasoned MBTI author Heidi Priebe explains the strengths and struggles INFPs face as they navigate the world around them as one of the most creative and emotionally intense personality types. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413732]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Comprehensive INFP Survival Guide Author: Heidi Priebe Narrator: Vanessa Daniels Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: March 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Despite their agreeable demeanor, INFPs represent one of the most passionate and complex personality types within the Myers-Briggs Inventory. Employing a wholly unique stack of cognitive functions, this type sees the world around them not just as it is but also as it could be—making them a deeply imaginative and highly idealistic personality. In this detailed, type-based survival guide, seasoned MBTI author Heidi Priebe explains the strengths and struggles INFPs face as they navigate the world around them as one of the most creative and emotionally intense personality types. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413159 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413159]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leaders Eat Last: Why Some Teams Pull Together and Others Don't Author: Simon Sinek Narrator: Simon Sinek Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 24 minutes Release date: February 18, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.61 of Total 250 Ratings of Narrator: 4.76 of Total 17 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The New York Times bestseller by the acclaimed, bestselling author of Start With Why and Together is Better. Now with an expanded chapter and appendix on leading millennials, based on Simon Sinek's viral video 'Millenials in the workplace' (150+ million views). Imagine a world where almost everyone wakes up inspired to go to work, feels trusted and valued during the day, then returns home feeling fulfilled. This is not a crazy, idealized notion. Today, in many successful organizations, great leaders create environments in which people naturally work together to do remarkable things. In his work with organizations around the world, Simon Sinek noticed that some teams trust each other so deeply that they would literally put their lives on the line for each other. Other teams, no matter what incentives are offered, are doomed to infighting, fragmentation and failure. Why? The answer became clear during a conversation with a Marine Corps general. 'Officers eat last,' he said. Sinek watched as the most junior Marines ate first while the most senior Marines took their place at the back of the line. What's symbolic in the chow hall is deadly serious on the battlefield: Great leaders sacrifice their own comfort--even their own survival--for the good of those in their care.      Too many workplaces are driven by cynicism, paranoia, and self-interest. But the best ones foster trust and cooperation because their leaders build what Sinek calls a 'Circle of Safety' that separates the security inside the team from the challenges outside. Sinek illustrates his ideas with fascinating true stories that range from the military to big business, from government to investment banking. Simon Sinek Tue, 18 Feb 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413159 thebookvoice.com 9:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413159]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leaders Eat Last: Why Some Teams Pull Together and Others Don't Author: Simon Sinek Narrator: Simon Sinek Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 24 minutes Release date: February 18, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.61 of Total 250 Ratings of Narrator: 4.76 of Total 17 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The New York Times bestseller by the acclaimed, bestselling author of Start With Why and Together is Better. Now with an expanded chapter and appendix on leading millennials, based on Simon Sinek's viral video 'Millenials in the workplace' (150+ million views). Imagine a world where almost everyone wakes up inspired to go to work, feels trusted and valued during the day, then returns home feeling fulfilled. This is not a crazy, idealized notion. Today, in many successful organizations, great leaders create environments in which people naturally work together to do remarkable things. In his work with organizations around the world, Simon Sinek noticed that some teams trust each other so deeply that they would literally put their lives on the line for each other. Other teams, no matter what incentives are offered, are doomed to infighting, fragmentation and failure. Why? The answer became clear during a conversation with a Marine Corps general. 'Officers eat last,' he said. Sinek watched as the most junior Marines ate first while the most senior Marines took their place at the back of the line. What's symbolic in the chow hall is deadly serious on the battlefield: Great leaders sacrifice their own comfort--even their own survival--for the good of those in their care.      Too many workplaces are driven by cynicism, paranoia, and self-interest. But the best ones foster trust and cooperation because their leaders build what Sinek calls a 'Circle of Safety' that separates the security inside the team from the challenges outside. Sinek illustrates his ideas with fascinating true stories that range from the military to big business, from government to investment banking. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413159]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leaders Eat Last: Why Some Teams Pull Together and Others Don't Author: Simon Sinek Narrator: Simon Sinek Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 24 minutes Release date: February 18, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.61 of Total 250 Ratings of Narrator: 4.76 of Total 17 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The New York Times bestseller by the acclaimed, bestselling author of Start With Why and Together is Better. Now with an expanded chapter and appendix on leading millennials, based on Simon Sinek's viral video 'Millenials in the workplace' (150+ million views). Imagine a world where almost everyone wakes up inspired to go to work, feels trusted and valued during the day, then returns home feeling fulfilled. This is not a crazy, idealized notion. Today, in many successful organizations, great leaders create environments in which people naturally work together to do remarkable things. In his work with organizations around the world, Simon Sinek noticed that some teams trust each other so deeply that they would literally put their lives on the line for each other. Other teams, no matter what incentives are offered, are doomed to infighting, fragmentation and failure. Why? The answer became clear during a conversation with a Marine Corps general. 'Officers eat last,' he said. Sinek watched as the most junior Marines ate first while the most senior Marines took their place at the back of the line. What's symbolic in the chow hall is deadly serious on the battlefield: Great leaders sacrifice their own comfort--even their own survival--for the good of those in their care.      Too many workplaces are driven by cynicism, paranoia, and self-interest. But the best ones foster trust and cooperation because their leaders build what Sinek calls a 'Circle of Safety' that separates the security inside the team from the challenges outside. Sinek illustrates his ideas with fascinating true stories that range from the military to big business, from government to investment banking. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413107 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413107]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Raising Your Spirited Baby: A Breakthrough Guide to Thriving When Your Baby Is More...Alert and Intense and Struggles to Sleep Author: Mary Sheedy Kurcinka Narrator: Tavia Gilbert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: December 29, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “Mary Sheedy Kurcinka, Ed.D., brings her expertise in raising spirited children to help you understand and soothe your spirited baby. Her research-based, parent-tested strategies will help your baby sleep better and develop a calmer, more resilient brain and nervous system. I'll be recommending this for all new parents.” —Dr. Laura Markham, founder of AhaParenting.com, and author of Peaceful Parent, Happy Kids From the beloved bestselling author whose award-winning parenting books have sold over 1 million copies—an indispensable guide to the unique needs of Spirited Infants™.  Does your baby bursts into tears when another baby in the same situation sleeps soundly? Do the strategies your friends swear by not work with your baby? Do the upsets and shrieking come out of seemingly nowhere and take forever to subside? Moms and dads who answer “yes,” are the parents of a spirited infant. Spirited infants are the outliers—the exceptions to the “rules,” the extraordinary ones. They arrive in this world genetically wired to be alert and intense. Spirited babies put parents to the test and raising them takes special skills and patient perseverance. In this groundbreaking new book, beloved parenting expert Mary Sheedy Kurcinka, Ed.D., offers her findings in the fields of neuroscience, sleep, temperament, self-regulation, attachment, and parent-child interactions, and shares what she has learned from hands-on experiences with families to bring this much-needed perspective to the parenting of babies under eighteen months of age. She provides extensive research, parent-tested strategies, and a clear shame-free, guilt-free guide to nurturing and caring for spirited babies. Kurcinka reveals a plan for success with a 5-step Spirited Baby™ Methodology to give parents—and everyone who supports them—a how-to handbook that will be embraced as a simple, trusted companion. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Mary Sheedy Kurcinka Tue, 29 Dec 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413107 thebookvoice.com 8:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413107]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Raising Your Spirited Baby: A Breakthrough Guide to Thriving When Your Baby Is More...Alert and Intense and Struggles to Sleep Author: Mary Sheedy Kurcinka Narrator: Tavia Gilbert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: December 29, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “Mary Sheedy Kurcinka, Ed.D., brings her expertise in raising spirited children to help you understand and soothe your spirited baby. Her research-based, parent-tested strategies will help your baby sleep better and develop a calmer, more resilient brain and nervous system. I'll be recommending this for all new parents.” —Dr. Laura Markham, founder of AhaParenting.com, and author of Peaceful Parent, Happy Kids From the beloved bestselling author whose award-winning parenting books have sold over 1 million copies—an indispensable guide to the unique needs of Spirited Infants™.  Does your baby bursts into tears when another baby in the same situation sleeps soundly? Do the strategies your friends swear by not work with your baby? Do the upsets and shrieking come out of seemingly nowhere and take forever to subside? Moms and dads who answer “yes,” are the parents of a spirited infant. Spirited infants are the outliers—the exceptions to the “rules,” the extraordinary ones. They arrive in this world genetically wired to be alert and intense. Spirited babies put parents to the test and raising them takes special skills and patient perseverance. In this groundbreaking new book, beloved parenting expert Mary Sheedy Kurcinka, Ed.D., offers her findings in the fields of neuroscience, sleep, temperament, self-regulation, attachment, and parent-child interactions, and shares what she has learned from hands-on experiences with families to bring this much-needed perspective to the parenting of babies under eighteen months of age. She provides extensive research, parent-tested strategies, and a clear shame-free, guilt-free guide to nurturing and caring for spirited babies. Kurcinka reveals a plan for success with a 5-step Spirited Baby™ Methodology to give parents—and everyone who supports them—a how-to handbook that will be embraced as a simple, trusted companion. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413107]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Raising Your Spirited Baby: A Breakthrough Guide to Thriving When Your Baby Is More...Alert and Intense and Struggles to Sleep Author: Mary Sheedy Kurcinka Narrator: Tavia Gilbert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: December 29, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “Mary Sheedy Kurcinka, Ed.D., brings her expertise in raising spirited children to help you understand and soothe your spirited baby. Her research-based, parent-tested strategies will help your baby sleep better and develop a calmer, more resilient brain and nervous system. I'll be recommending this for all new parents.” —Dr. Laura Markham, founder of AhaParenting.com, and author of Peaceful Parent, Happy Kids From the beloved bestselling author whose award-winning parenting books have sold over 1 million copies—an indispensable guide to the unique needs of Spirited Infants™.  Does your baby bursts into tears when another baby in the same situation sleeps soundly? Do the strategies your friends swear by not work with your baby? Do the upsets and shrieking come out of seemingly nowhere and take forever to subside? Moms and dads who answer “yes,” are the parents of a spirited infant. Spirited infants are the outliers—the exceptions to the “rules,” the extraordinary ones. They arrive in this world genetically wired to be alert and intense. Spirited babies put parents to the test and raising them takes special skills and patient perseverance. In this groundbreaking new book, beloved parenting expert Mary Sheedy Kurcinka, Ed.D., offers her findings in the fields of neuroscience, sleep, temperament, self-regulation, attachment, and parent-child interactions, and shares what she has learned from hands-on experiences with families to bring this much-needed perspective to the parenting of babies under eighteen months of age. She provides extensive research, parent-tested strategies, and a clear shame-free, guilt-free guide to nurturing and caring for spirited babies. Kurcinka reveals a plan for success with a 5-step Spirited Baby™ Methodology to give parents—and everyone who supports them—a how-to handbook that will be embraced as a simple, trusted companion. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413076 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413076]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Removing Illusions to find True Happiness Author: Martin K. Ettington Narrator: Martin K. Ettington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 47 minutes Release date: December 10, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Have you ever wondered what it's like to ALWAYS be happy... and have a genuine, honest smile on your face no matter what happens? Have you ever experienced a rough patch in your life where you just HATED life or the people around you? Days and weeks of feeling like you didn't want to get out of bed... because you were devastated, discouraged and unsatisfied with your life? Almost as if you were sentenced to some sort of hell on earth? Maybe you hate your 9 to 5, your relationship is on the rocks, your bills are past due, seems like you just want to pull your hair out - because all the pressures of life are caving in and you have nowhere to turn? I have. And I wouldn't wish that feeling on my worst enemy. Like many of you, I've been searching for happiness my whole life. The kind of happiness that no one can take from me. Happiness in all areas of my life: financially, emotionally, spiritually and through my relationships. You've seen people like this. They're all over the place. You could hit them with a stick and they'd still smile. Martin K. Ettington Tue, 10 Dec 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413076 thebookvoice.com 1:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413076]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Removing Illusions to find True Happiness Author: Martin K. Ettington Narrator: Martin K. Ettington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 47 minutes Release date: December 10, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Have you ever wondered what it's like to ALWAYS be happy... and have a genuine, honest smile on your face no matter what happens? Have you ever experienced a rough patch in your life where you just HATED life or the people around you? Days and weeks of feeling like you didn't want to get out of bed... because you were devastated, discouraged and unsatisfied with your life? Almost as if you were sentenced to some sort of hell on earth? Maybe you hate your 9 to 5, your relationship is on the rocks, your bills are past due, seems like you just want to pull your hair out - because all the pressures of life are caving in and you have nowhere to turn? I have. And I wouldn't wish that feeling on my worst enemy. Like many of you, I've been searching for happiness my whole life. The kind of happiness that no one can take from me. Happiness in all areas of my life: financially, emotionally, spiritually and through my relationships. You've seen people like this. They're all over the place. You could hit them with a stick and they'd still smile. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413076]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Removing Illusions to find True Happiness Author: Martin K. Ettington Narrator: Martin K. Ettington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 47 minutes Release date: December 10, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Have you ever wondered what it's like to ALWAYS be happy... and have a genuine, honest smile on your face no matter what happens? Have you ever experienced a rough patch in your life where you just HATED life or the people around you? Days and weeks of feeling like you didn't want to get out of bed... because you were devastated, discouraged and unsatisfied with your life? Almost as if you were sentenced to some sort of hell on earth? Maybe you hate your 9 to 5, your relationship is on the rocks, your bills are past due, seems like you just want to pull your hair out - because all the pressures of life are caving in and you have nowhere to turn? I have. And I wouldn't wish that feeling on my worst enemy. Like many of you, I've been searching for happiness my whole life. The kind of happiness that no one can take from me. Happiness in all areas of my life: financially, emotionally, spiritually and through my relationships. You've seen people like this. They're all over the place. You could hit them with a stick and they'd still smile. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412992 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412992]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Women Don't Know About Men Author: Jazz Vazquez Narrator: Kitty Legree Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 12 minutes Release date: December 9, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Dating expert Jazz Vazquez explains what women don't know about men and startling male sexual dynamics. Jazz has the shocking and sometimes disturbing inside view of the rarely exposed male psyche. What does it really mean when a man tells you he finds you fascinating? Vazquez sifts through the garbage women read in chick magazines to tell you the truth. Learn about generational sex exchanges such as moms who pawn off their adult daughters to boyfriends as well as husbands who give their wives to their senior citizen fathers as "sex offerings." It is not what you want to hear, but what you need to know if you are a woman who wants to get married or have a hot sex life. Men like women who are tight and young. While there is still a place for older women, it is not in the bedroom unless she is hanging mini blinds or cleaning. Women who spout about their list of "what they want in a man," are clueless to the realities of life. Mainly, women get old fast - and their market value crashes like a retail stock after Amazon takes over the industry. Find out what makes your market value rise and what makes it crash hard. Jazz Vazquez Mon, 09 Dec 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412992 thebookvoice.com 0:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412992]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Women Don't Know About Men Author: Jazz Vazquez Narrator: Kitty Legree Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 12 minutes Release date: December 9, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Dating expert Jazz Vazquez explains what women don't know about men and startling male sexual dynamics. Jazz has the shocking and sometimes disturbing inside view of the rarely exposed male psyche. What does it really mean when a man tells you he finds you fascinating? Vazquez sifts through the garbage women read in chick magazines to tell you the truth. Learn about generational sex exchanges such as moms who pawn off their adult daughters to boyfriends as well as husbands who give their wives to their senior citizen fathers as "sex offerings." It is not what you want to hear, but what you need to know if you are a woman who wants to get married or have a hot sex life. Men like women who are tight and young. While there is still a place for older women, it is not in the bedroom unless she is hanging mini blinds or cleaning. Women who spout about their list of "what they want in a man," are clueless to the realities of life. Mainly, women get old fast - and their market value crashes like a retail stock after Amazon takes over the industry. Find out what makes your market value rise and what makes it crash hard. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412992]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Women Don't Know About Men Author: Jazz Vazquez Narrator: Kitty Legree Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 12 minutes Release date: December 9, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Dating expert Jazz Vazquez explains what women don't know about men and startling male sexual dynamics. Jazz has the shocking and sometimes disturbing inside view of the rarely exposed male psyche. What does it really mean when a man tells you he finds you fascinating? Vazquez sifts through the garbage women read in chick magazines to tell you the truth. Learn about generational sex exchanges such as moms who pawn off their adult daughters to boyfriends as well as husbands who give their wives to their senior citizen fathers as "sex offerings." It is not what you want to hear, but what you need to know if you are a woman who wants to get married or have a hot sex life. Men like women who are tight and young. While there is still a place for older women, it is not in the bedroom unless she is hanging mini blinds or cleaning. Women who spout about their list of "what they want in a man," are clueless to the realities of life. Mainly, women get old fast - and their market value crashes like a retail stock after Amazon takes over the industry. Find out what makes your market value rise and what makes it crash hard. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412991 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412991]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Porn Stars Do Drugs Author: Johnny Quick Narrator: Kitty Legree Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 7 minutes Release date: December 9, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The porn star is not a victim. She is not shooting up to dull the pain of unwanted sex. Quite the opposite. Her addiction is to sex, and drugs are a substitute for it. Johnny Quick Mon, 09 Dec 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412991 thebookvoice.com 0:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412991]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Porn Stars Do Drugs Author: Johnny Quick Narrator: Kitty Legree Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 7 minutes Release date: December 9, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The porn star is not a victim. She is not shooting up to dull the pain of unwanted sex. Quite the opposite. Her addiction is to sex, and drugs are a substitute for it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412991]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Porn Stars Do Drugs Author: Johnny Quick Narrator: Kitty Legree Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 7 minutes Release date: December 9, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The porn star is not a victim. She is not shooting up to dull the pain of unwanted sex. Quite the opposite. Her addiction is to sex, and drugs are a substitute for it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412846 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412846]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Tus zonas sagradas Author: Dr. Wayne Dyer Narrator: Miguel ángel álvarez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 48 minutes Release date: January 16, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Conoce tu yo sagrado para abordar positivamente tus dificultades cotidianas. Te encuentras atenazado en los límites de tu realidad inmediata; aceptas las presiones, los ajetreos de esta como si fueran lo natural, la única vida posible. Pero existe otra realidad, una realidad más plena y dichosa a la que puedes acceder... simplemente despertando tu otro yo. Reconocer y aceptar la guía de ese yo sagrado te permitirá situarte por encima de las dificultades cotidianas, no para desdeñarlas, sino más bien para abordarlas en sus justas proporciones; además, te permitirá irradiar esa recuperada lucidez, de modo que podrás transmitirla a otros. Dr. Wayne Dyer Thu, 16 Jan 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412846 thebookvoice.com 11:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412846]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Tus zonas sagradas Author: Dr. Wayne Dyer Narrator: Miguel ángel álvarez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 48 minutes Release date: January 16, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Conoce tu yo sagrado para abordar positivamente tus dificultades cotidianas. Te encuentras atenazado en los límites de tu realidad inmediata; aceptas las presiones, los ajetreos de esta como si fueran lo natural, la única vida posible. Pero existe otra realidad, una realidad más plena y dichosa a la que puedes acceder... simplemente despertando tu otro yo. Reconocer y aceptar la guía de ese yo sagrado te permitirá situarte por encima de las dificultades cotidianas, no para desdeñarlas, sino más bien para abordarlas en sus justas proporciones; además, te permitirá irradiar esa recuperada lucidez, de modo que podrás transmitirla a otros. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412846]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Tus zonas sagradas Author: Dr. Wayne Dyer Narrator: Miguel ángel álvarez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 48 minutes Release date: January 16, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Conoce tu yo sagrado para abordar positivamente tus dificultades cotidianas. Te encuentras atenazado en los límites de tu realidad inmediata; aceptas las presiones, los ajetreos de esta como si fueran lo natural, la única vida posible. Pero existe otra realidad, una realidad más plena y dichosa a la que puedes acceder... simplemente despertando tu otro yo. Reconocer y aceptar la guía de ese yo sagrado te permitirá situarte por encima de las dificultades cotidianas, no para desdeñarlas, sino más bien para abordarlas en sus justas proporciones; además, te permitirá irradiar esa recuperada lucidez, de modo que podrás transmitirla a otros. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412634 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412634]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fentanyl, Inc.: How Rogue Chemists Are Creating the Deadliest Wave of the Opioid Epidemic Author: Ben Westhoff Narrator: Alex Boyles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 40 minutes Release date: September 3, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A deeply human story, Fentanyl, Inc. is the first deep-dive investigation of a hazardous and illicit industry that has created a worldwide epidemic, ravaging communities and overwhelming and confounding government agencies that are challenged to combat it. “A whole new crop of chemicals is radically changing the recreational drug landscape,” writes Ben Westhoff. “These are known as Novel Psychoactive Substances (NPS) and they include replacements for known drugs like heroin, cocaine, ecstasy, and marijuana. They are synthetic, made in a laboratory, and are much more potent than traditional drugs”―and all-too-often tragically lethal. Drugs like fentanyl, K2, and Spice―and those with arcane acronyms like 25i-NBOMe―were all originally conceived in legitimate laboratories for proper scientific and medicinal purposes. Their formulas were then hijacked and manufactured by rogue chemists, largely in China, who change their molecular structures to stay ahead of the law, making the drugs’ effects impossible to predict. Westhoff has infiltrated this shadowy world. He tracks down the little-known scientists who invented these drugs and inadvertently killed thousands, as well as a mysterious drug baron who turned the law upside down in his home country of New Zealand. Westhoff visits the shady factories in China from which these drugs emanate, providing startling and original reporting on how China’s vast chemical industry operates, and how the Chinese government subsidizes it. Poignantly, he chronicles the lives of addicted users and dealers, families of victims, law enforcement officers, and underground drug awareness organizers in the US and Europe. Together they represent the shocking and riveting full anatomy of a calamity we are just beginning to understand. From its depths, as Westhoff relates, are emerging new strategies that may provide essential long-term solutions to the drug crisis that has affected so many. Ben Westhoff Tue, 03 Sep 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412634 thebookvoice.com 12:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412634]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fentanyl, Inc.: How Rogue Chemists Are Creating the Deadliest Wave of the Opioid Epidemic Author: Ben Westhoff Narrator: Alex Boyles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 40 minutes Release date: September 3, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A deeply human story, Fentanyl, Inc. is the first deep-dive investigation of a hazardous and illicit industry that has created a worldwide epidemic, ravaging communities and overwhelming and confounding government agencies that are challenged to combat it. “A whole new crop of chemicals is radically changing the recreational drug landscape,” writes Ben Westhoff. “These are known as Novel Psychoactive Substances (NPS) and they include replacements for known drugs like heroin, cocaine, ecstasy, and marijuana. They are synthetic, made in a laboratory, and are much more potent than traditional drugs”―and all-too-often tragically lethal. Drugs like fentanyl, K2, and Spice―and those with arcane acronyms like 25i-NBOMe―were all originally conceived in legitimate laboratories for proper scientific and medicinal purposes. Their formulas were then hijacked and manufactured by rogue chemists, largely in China, who change their molecular structures to stay ahead of the law, making the drugs’ effects impossible to predict. Westhoff has infiltrated this shadowy world. He tracks down the little-known scientists who invented these drugs and inadvertently killed thousands, as well as a mysterious drug baron who turned the law upside down in his home country of New Zealand. Westhoff visits the shady factories in China from which these drugs emanate, providing startling and original reporting on how China’s vast chemical industry operates, and how the Chinese government subsidizes it. Poignantly, he chronicles the lives of addicted users and dealers, families of victims, law enforcement officers, and underground drug awareness organizers in the US and Europe. Together they represent the shocking and riveting full anatomy of a calamity we are just beginning to understand. From its depths, as Westhoff relates, are emerging new strategies that may provide essential long-term solutions to the drug crisis that has affected so many. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412634]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fentanyl, Inc.: How Rogue Chemists Are Creating the Deadliest Wave of the Opioid Epidemic Author: Ben Westhoff Narrator: Alex Boyles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 40 minutes Release date: September 3, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A deeply human story, Fentanyl, Inc. is the first deep-dive investigation of a hazardous and illicit industry that has created a worldwide epidemic, ravaging communities and overwhelming and confounding government agencies that are challenged to combat it. “A whole new crop of chemicals is radically changing the recreational drug landscape,” writes Ben Westhoff. “These are known as Novel Psychoactive Substances (NPS) and they include replacements for known drugs like heroin, cocaine, ecstasy, and marijuana. They are synthetic, made in a laboratory, and are much more potent than traditional drugs”―and all-too-often tragically lethal. Drugs like fentanyl, K2, and Spice―and those with arcane acronyms like 25i-NBOMe―were all originally conceived in legitimate laboratories for proper scientific and medicinal purposes. Their formulas were then hijacked and manufactured by rogue chemists, largely in China, who change their molecular structures to stay ahead of the law, making the drugs’ effects impossible to predict. Westhoff has infiltrated this shadowy world. He tracks down the little-known scientists who invented these drugs and inadvertently killed thousands, as well as a mysterious drug baron who turned the law upside down in his home country of New Zealand. Westhoff visits the shady factories in China from which these drugs emanate, providing startling and original reporting on how China’s vast chemical industry operates, and how the Chinese government subsidizes it. Poignantly, he chronicles the lives of addicted users and dealers, families of victims, law enforcement officers, and underground drug awareness organizers in the US and Europe. Together they represent the shocking and riveting full anatomy of a calamity we are just beginning to understand. From its depths, as Westhoff relates, are emerging new strategies that may provide essential long-term solutions to the drug crisis that has affected so many. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411971 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411971]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bravey: Chasing Dreams, Befriending Pain, and Other Big Ideas Author: Alexi Pappas Narrator: Alexi Pappas, Maya Rudolph Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 17 minutes Release date: January 12, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 4.88 of Total 8 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The Olympic runner, actress, filmmaker and writer Alexi Pappas shares what she’s learned about confidence, self-reliance, mental health, embracing pain, and achieving your dreams. NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY REAL SIMPLE • “Heartbreaking and hilarious.”—Mindy Kaling • “A beautiful read.”—Ruth Reichl • “Essential guidance to anyone dreaming big dreams.”—Shalane Flanagan • “I couldn’t put it down.”—Adam Grant run like a bravey sleep like a baby dream like a crazy replace can’t with maybe When “Renaissance runner” (New York Times) Alexi Pappas—Olympic athlete, actress, filmmaker, and writer—was four years old, her mother died by suicide, drastically altering the course of Pappas’s life and setting her on a search for female role models. When her father signed his bereaved daughter up for sports teams as a way to keep her busy, female athletes became the first women Pappas looked up to, and her Olympic dream was born. At the same time, Pappas had big creative dreams, too: She wanted to make movies, write, and act. Despite setbacks and hardships, Pappas refused to pick just one lane. She put in a tremendous amount of hard work and wouldn’t let anything stand in her way until she achieved all of her dreams, however unrelated they may seem to outsiders. In a single year, 2016, she made her Olympic debut as a distance runner and wrote, directed, and starred in her first feature film.  But great highs are often accompanied by deep lows; with joy comes sorrow. In Bravey, Pappas fearlessly and honestly shares her battle with post-Olympic depression and describes how she emerged on the other side as a thriving and self-actualized woman. Unflinching, exuberant, and always entertaining, Bravey showcases Pappas’s signature, charming voice as she reflects upon the touchstone moments in her life and the lessons that have powered her career as both an athlete and an artist—foremost among them, how to be brave.  Pappas’s experiences reveal how we can all overcome hardship, befriend pain, celebrate victory, relish the loyalty found in teammates, and claim joy. In short: how every one of us can become a bravey. Alexi Pappas Tue, 12 Jan 2021 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411971 thebookvoice.com 9:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411971]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bravey: Chasing Dreams, Befriending Pain, and Other Big Ideas Author: Alexi Pappas Narrator: Alexi Pappas, Maya Rudolph Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 17 minutes Release date: January 12, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 4.88 of Total 8 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The Olympic runner, actress, filmmaker and writer Alexi Pappas shares what she’s learned about confidence, self-reliance, mental health, embracing pain, and achieving your dreams. NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY REAL SIMPLE • “Heartbreaking and hilarious.”—Mindy Kaling • “A beautiful read.”—Ruth Reichl • “Essential guidance to anyone dreaming big dreams.”—Shalane Flanagan • “I couldn’t put it down.”—Adam Grant run like a bravey sleep like a baby dream like a crazy replace can’t with maybe When “Renaissance runner” (New York Times) Alexi Pappas—Olympic athlete, actress, filmmaker, and writer—was four years old, her mother died by suicide, drastically altering the course of Pappas’s life and setting her on a search for female role models. When her father signed his bereaved daughter up for sports teams as a way to keep her busy, female athletes became the first women Pappas looked up to, and her Olympic dream was born. At the same time, Pappas had big creative dreams, too: She wanted to make movies, write, and act. Despite setbacks and hardships, Pappas refused to pick just one lane. She put in a tremendous amount of hard work and wouldn’t let anything stand in her way until she achieved all of her dreams, however unrelated they may seem to outsiders. In a single year, 2016, she made her Olympic debut as a distance runner and wrote, directed, and starred in her first feature film.  But great highs are often accompanied by deep lows; with joy comes sorrow. In Bravey, Pappas fearlessly and honestly shares her battle with post-Olympic depression and describes how she emerged on the other side as a thriving and self-actualized woman. Unflinching, exuberant, and always entertaining, Bravey showcases Pappas’s signature, charming voice as she reflects upon the touchstone moments in her life and the lessons that have powered her career as both an athlete and an artist—foremost among them, how to be brave.  Pappas’s experiences reveal how we can all overcome hardship, befriend pain, celebrate victory, relish the loyalty found in teammates, and claim joy. In short: how every one of us can become a bravey. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411971]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bravey: Chasing Dreams, Befriending Pain, and Other Big Ideas Author: Alexi Pappas Narrator: Alexi Pappas, Maya Rudolph Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 17 minutes Release date: January 12, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 4.88 of Total 8 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The Olympic runner, actress, filmmaker and writer Alexi Pappas shares what she’s learned about confidence, self-reliance, mental health, embracing pain, and achieving your dreams. NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY REAL SIMPLE • “Heartbreaking and hilarious.”—Mindy Kaling • “A beautiful read.”—Ruth Reichl • “Essential guidance to anyone dreaming big dreams.”—Shalane Flanagan • “I couldn’t put it down.”—Adam Grant run like a bravey sleep like a baby dream like a crazy replace can’t with maybe When “Renaissance runner” (New York Times) Alexi Pappas—Olympic athlete, actress, filmmaker, and writer—was four years old, her mother died by suicide, drastically altering the course of Pappas’s life and setting her on a search for female role models. When her father signed his bereaved daughter up for sports teams as a way to keep her busy, female athletes became the first women Pappas looked up to, and her Olympic dream was born. At the same time, Pappas had big creative dreams, too: She wanted to make movies, write, and act. Despite setbacks and hardships, Pappas refused to pick just one lane. She put in a tremendous amount of hard work and wouldn’t let anything stand in her way until she achieved all of her dreams, however unrelated they may seem to outsiders. In a single year, 2016, she made her Olympic debut as a distance runner and wrote, directed, and starred in her first feature film.  But great highs are often accompanied by deep lows; with joy comes sorrow. In Bravey, Pappas fearlessly and honestly shares her battle with post-Olympic depression and describes how she emerged on the other side as a thriving and self-actualized woman. Unflinching, exuberant, and always entertaining, Bravey showcases Pappas’s signature, charming voice as she reflects upon the touchstone moments in her life and the lessons that have powered her career as both an athlete and an artist—foremost among them, how to be brave.  Pappas’s experiences reveal how we can all overcome hardship, befriend pain, celebrate victory, relish the loyalty found in teammates, and claim joy. In short: how every one of us can become a bravey. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411803 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411803]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sensehacking: How to Use the Power of Your Senses for Happier, Healthier Living Author: Charles Spence Narrator: Sam Woolf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 6 minutes Release date: January 14, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. The world expert in multisensory perception on the remarkable ways we can use our senses to lead happier, healthier, richer lives How can the furniture in your home affect your well-being? What colour clothing will help you play sport better? And what simple trick will calm you after a tense day at work? In this revelatory book, pioneering and entertaining Oxford professor Charles Spence shows how our senses change how we think and feel, and how by 'hacking' them we can reduce stress, become more productive and be happier. We like to think of ourselves as rational beings, and yet it's the scent of expensive face cream that removes wrinkles (temporarily) and the noise of the crowd really does affect the referee's decision. Sensehacking explores how the senses are stimulated in nature, at home, in the workplace and at play. Using cutting-edge science, Spence shows how the senses interact and affect our minds and bodies. © Charles Spence 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021 Charles Spence Thu, 14 Jan 2021 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411803 thebookvoice.com 9:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411803]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sensehacking: How to Use the Power of Your Senses for Happier, Healthier Living Author: Charles Spence Narrator: Sam Woolf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 6 minutes Release date: January 14, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. The world expert in multisensory perception on the remarkable ways we can use our senses to lead happier, healthier, richer lives How can the furniture in your home affect your well-being? What colour clothing will help you play sport better? And what simple trick will calm you after a tense day at work? In this revelatory book, pioneering and entertaining Oxford professor Charles Spence shows how our senses change how we think and feel, and how by 'hacking' them we can reduce stress, become more productive and be happier. We like to think of ourselves as rational beings, and yet it's the scent of expensive face cream that removes wrinkles (temporarily) and the noise of the crowd really does affect the referee's decision. Sensehacking explores how the senses are stimulated in nature, at home, in the workplace and at play. Using cutting-edge science, Spence shows how the senses interact and affect our minds and bodies. © Charles Spence 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411803]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sensehacking: How to Use the Power of Your Senses for Happier, Healthier Living Author: Charles Spence Narrator: Sam Woolf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 6 minutes Release date: January 14, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. The world expert in multisensory perception on the remarkable ways we can use our senses to lead happier, healthier, richer lives How can the furniture in your home affect your well-being? What colour clothing will help you play sport better? And what simple trick will calm you after a tense day at work? In this revelatory book, pioneering and entertaining Oxford professor Charles Spence shows how our senses change how we think and feel, and how by 'hacking' them we can reduce stress, become more productive and be happier. We like to think of ourselves as rational beings, and yet it's the scent of expensive face cream that removes wrinkles (temporarily) and the noise of the crowd really does affect the referee's decision. Sensehacking explores how the senses are stimulated in nature, at home, in the workplace and at play. Using cutting-edge science, Spence shows how the senses interact and affect our minds and bodies. © Charles Spence 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411690 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411690]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Girls on the Edge: Why So Many Girls Are Anxious, Wired, and Obsessed--And What Parents Can Do Author: Leonard Sax, MD, PhD Narrator: Andrew Colford Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 41 minutes Release date: August 25, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A parenting expert reveals the four biggest threats to girls' psychological growth and explains how parents can help their daughters develop a healthy sense of self. In Girls on the Edge, psychologist and physician Leonard Sax argues that many girls today have a brittle sense of self-they may look confident and strong on the outside, but they're fragile within. Sax offers the tools we need to help them become independent and confident women, and provides parents with practical tips on everything from helping their daughter limit her time on social media, to choosing a sport, to nurturing her spirit through female-centered activities. Compelling and inspiring, Girls on the Edge points the way to a new future for today's girls and young women. Leonard Sax, MD, PhD Tue, 25 Aug 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411690 thebookvoice.com 7:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411690]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Girls on the Edge: Why So Many Girls Are Anxious, Wired, and Obsessed--And What Parents Can Do Author: Leonard Sax, MD, PhD Narrator: Andrew Colford Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 41 minutes Release date: August 25, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A parenting expert reveals the four biggest threats to girls' psychological growth and explains how parents can help their daughters develop a healthy sense of self. In Girls on the Edge, psychologist and physician Leonard Sax argues that many girls today have a brittle sense of self-they may look confident and strong on the outside, but they're fragile within. Sax offers the tools we need to help them become independent and confident women, and provides parents with practical tips on everything from helping their daughter limit her time on social media, to choosing a sport, to nurturing her spirit through female-centered activities. Compelling and inspiring, Girls on the Edge points the way to a new future for today's girls and young women. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411690]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Girls on the Edge: Why So Many Girls Are Anxious, Wired, and Obsessed--And What Parents Can Do Author: Leonard Sax, MD, PhD Narrator: Andrew Colford Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 41 minutes Release date: August 25, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A parenting expert reveals the four biggest threats to girls' psychological growth and explains how parents can help their daughters develop a healthy sense of self. In Girls on the Edge, psychologist and physician Leonard Sax argues that many girls today have a brittle sense of self-they may look confident and strong on the outside, but they're fragile within. Sax offers the tools we need to help them become independent and confident women, and provides parents with practical tips on everything from helping their daughter limit her time on social media, to choosing a sport, to nurturing her spirit through female-centered activities. Compelling and inspiring, Girls on the Edge points the way to a new future for today's girls and young women. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411675 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411675]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: AARP Love and Meaning after 50: The 10 Challenges to Great Relationships—and How to Overcome Them Author: Barry J. Jacobs, Julia L. Mayer Narrator: Wendy Tremont King Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 15 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Sustain loving relationships and set yourself up for emotional wellness in your fifties, sixties, and beyond with this valuable collection of advice from two psychology experts. 'Drs. Mayer and Jacobs use their clinical wisdom and story-telling abilities to bring to life the challenges for couples as they age. Their advice will help strengthen long-term relationships to combat the rising trend of Gray Divorce.'--Janis Abrahms Spring, PhD, author of After the Affair and Life with Pop With couples divorcing at higher rates than any generation before, and longer lifespans leaving people unwilling to settle for an unsatisfying partner, it's more important than ever to refocus and strengthen your relationship. The only question is: how? In AARP Love and Meaning after 50, husband-wife psychologist team Julia Mayer and Barry Jacobs -- with 50+ years of experience between them -- identify the 10 most common challenges to sustain loving relationships: The Empty Nest * Extended Family * Finances * InfidelityRetirement * Downsizing and Relocating * SexHealth Concerns * Caregiving * Loss of Loved Ones AARP Love and Meaning after 50 offers insights and anecdotes, do it yourself assessments and follow-up exercises, and tips for connecting through the difficult times. With this book, you'll find deeper meaning and greater satisfaction for the decades ahead--together. Barry J. Jacobs, Julia L. Mayer Tue, 04 Aug 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411675 thebookvoice.com 6:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411675]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: AARP Love and Meaning after 50: The 10 Challenges to Great Relationships—and How to Overcome Them Author: Barry J. Jacobs, Julia L. Mayer Narrator: Wendy Tremont King Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 15 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Sustain loving relationships and set yourself up for emotional wellness in your fifties, sixties, and beyond with this valuable collection of advice from two psychology experts. 'Drs. Mayer and Jacobs use their clinical wisdom and story-telling abilities to bring to life the challenges for couples as they age. Their advice will help strengthen long-term relationships to combat the rising trend of Gray Divorce.'--Janis Abrahms Spring, PhD, author of After the Affair and Life with Pop With couples divorcing at higher rates than any generation before, and longer lifespans leaving people unwilling to settle for an unsatisfying partner, it's more important than ever to refocus and strengthen your relationship. The only question is: how? In AARP Love and Meaning after 50, husband-wife psychologist team Julia Mayer and Barry Jacobs -- with 50+ years of experience between them -- identify the 10 most common challenges to sustain loving relationships: The Empty Nest * Extended Family * Finances * InfidelityRetirement * Downsizing and Relocating * SexHealth Concerns * Caregiving * Loss of Loved Ones AARP Love and Meaning after 50 offers insights and anecdotes, do it yourself assessments and follow-up exercises, and tips for connecting through the difficult times. With this book, you'll find deeper meaning and greater satisfaction for the decades ahead--together. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411675]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: AARP Love and Meaning after 50: The 10 Challenges to Great Relationships—and How to Overcome Them Author: Barry J. Jacobs, Julia L. Mayer Narrator: Wendy Tremont King Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 15 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Sustain loving relationships and set yourself up for emotional wellness in your fifties, sixties, and beyond with this valuable collection of advice from two psychology experts. 'Drs. Mayer and Jacobs use their clinical wisdom and story-telling abilities to bring to life the challenges for couples as they age. Their advice will help strengthen long-term relationships to combat the rising trend of Gray Divorce.'--Janis Abrahms Spring, PhD, author of After the Affair and Life with Pop With couples divorcing at higher rates than any generation before, and longer lifespans leaving people unwilling to settle for an unsatisfying partner, it's more important than ever to refocus and strengthen your relationship. The only question is: how? In AARP Love and Meaning after 50, husband-wife psychologist team Julia Mayer and Barry Jacobs -- with 50+ years of experience between them -- identify the 10 most common challenges to sustain loving relationships: The Empty Nest * Extended Family * Finances * InfidelityRetirement * Downsizing and Relocating * SexHealth Concerns * Caregiving * Loss of Loved Ones AARP Love and Meaning after 50 offers insights and anecdotes, do it yourself assessments and follow-up exercises, and tips for connecting through the difficult times. With this book, you'll find deeper meaning and greater satisfaction for the decades ahead--together. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411319 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411319]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Can't Lie to Me: The Revolutionary Program to Supercharge Your Inner Lie Detector and Get to the Truth Author: Janine Driver Narrator: Randye Kaye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 23 minutes Release date: May 5, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Janine Driver was trained as a lie detection expert for the ATF, FBI, and the CIA and is a New York Times bestselling author (You Say More Than You Think). Now she makes a powerful and incontrovertible declaration: You Can't Lie to Me. Driver—who is known in professional circles as 'the Lyin’ Tamer' and has demonstrated her world-renowned expertise on such programs as The Today Show, The Dr. Oz Show, and Nancy Grace—now offers listeners essential tools that will enable them to detect deceptions, recognize a liar, and ultimately improve their lives. For fans of Never Be Lied to Again by David Lieberman and anyone worried about the possibility of cheating partners, devious co-workers, lying employees, or ubiquitous con men, You Can't Lie to Me will help you uncover the truth in any situation while giving you the skills you need to keep yourself happy, your family safe, and your business protected. Janine Driver Tue, 05 May 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411319 thebookvoice.com 9:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411319]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Can't Lie to Me: The Revolutionary Program to Supercharge Your Inner Lie Detector and Get to the Truth Author: Janine Driver Narrator: Randye Kaye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 23 minutes Release date: May 5, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Janine Driver was trained as a lie detection expert for the ATF, FBI, and the CIA and is a New York Times bestselling author (You Say More Than You Think). Now she makes a powerful and incontrovertible declaration: You Can't Lie to Me. Driver—who is known in professional circles as 'the Lyin’ Tamer' and has demonstrated her world-renowned expertise on such programs as The Today Show, The Dr. Oz Show, and Nancy Grace—now offers listeners essential tools that will enable them to detect deceptions, recognize a liar, and ultimately improve their lives. For fans of Never Be Lied to Again by David Lieberman and anyone worried about the possibility of cheating partners, devious co-workers, lying employees, or ubiquitous con men, You Can't Lie to Me will help you uncover the truth in any situation while giving you the skills you need to keep yourself happy, your family safe, and your business protected. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411319]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Can't Lie to Me: The Revolutionary Program to Supercharge Your Inner Lie Detector and Get to the Truth Author: Janine Driver Narrator: Randye Kaye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 23 minutes Release date: May 5, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Janine Driver was trained as a lie detection expert for the ATF, FBI, and the CIA and is a New York Times bestselling author (You Say More Than You Think). Now she makes a powerful and incontrovertible declaration: You Can't Lie to Me. Driver—who is known in professional circles as 'the Lyin’ Tamer' and has demonstrated her world-renowned expertise on such programs as The Today Show, The Dr. Oz Show, and Nancy Grace—now offers listeners essential tools that will enable them to detect deceptions, recognize a liar, and ultimately improve their lives. For fans of Never Be Lied to Again by David Lieberman and anyone worried about the possibility of cheating partners, devious co-workers, lying employees, or ubiquitous con men, You Can't Lie to Me will help you uncover the truth in any situation while giving you the skills you need to keep yourself happy, your family safe, and your business protected. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411182 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411182]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Transiciones Author: Sonia Abadi Narrator: Sonia Abadi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 1 minute Release date: January 1, 2001 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Transiciones no pretende ser un tratado sobre la obra de D. W. Winnicott, ni siquiera un libro de texto. Es apenas una invitación a transitar sus ideas de acuerdo a algunos itinerarios posibles. Como esas guías de viaje que proponen al lector circuitos para recorrer a pie una ciudad, señalándole los puntos de interés, los que uno sabe que vale la pena conocer, dejando tiempos y espacios para que cada uno descubra y encuentre su propia ciudad, y pueda inventar su propio viaje. Sonia Abadi Mon, 01 Jan 2001 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411182 thebookvoice.com 4:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411182]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Transiciones Author: Sonia Abadi Narrator: Sonia Abadi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 1 minute Release date: January 1, 2001 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Transiciones no pretende ser un tratado sobre la obra de D. W. Winnicott, ni siquiera un libro de texto. Es apenas una invitación a transitar sus ideas de acuerdo a algunos itinerarios posibles. Como esas guías de viaje que proponen al lector circuitos para recorrer a pie una ciudad, señalándole los puntos de interés, los que uno sabe que vale la pena conocer, dejando tiempos y espacios para que cada uno descubra y encuentre su propia ciudad, y pueda inventar su propio viaje. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411182]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Transiciones Author: Sonia Abadi Narrator: Sonia Abadi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 1 minute Release date: January 1, 2001 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Transiciones no pretende ser un tratado sobre la obra de D. W. Winnicott, ni siquiera un libro de texto. Es apenas una invitación a transitar sus ideas de acuerdo a algunos itinerarios posibles. Como esas guías de viaje que proponen al lector circuitos para recorrer a pie una ciudad, señalándole los puntos de interés, los que uno sabe que vale la pena conocer, dejando tiempos y espacios para que cada uno descubra y encuentre su propia ciudad, y pueda inventar su propio viaje. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410931 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410931]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Quitter: A Memoir of Drinking, Relapse, and Recovery Author: Erica C. Barnett Narrator: Jean Ann Douglass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 48 minutes Release date: July 7, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.09 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Barnett's prose style is brassy and cleareyed, with echoes of Anne Lamott.' --Beth Macy, The New York Times Book Review 'Emotionally devastating and self-aware, this cautionary tale about substance abuse is a worthy heir to Cat Marnell's How to Murder Your Life.' --Publishers Weekly (starred review) A startlingly frank memoir of one woman's struggles with alcoholism and recovery, with essential new insights into addiction and treatment Erica C. Barnett had her first sip of alcohol when she was thirteen, and she quickly developed a taste for drinking to oblivion with her friends. In her late twenties, her addiction became inescapable. Volatile relationships, blackouts, and unsuccessful stints in detox defined her life, with the vodka bottles she hid throughout her apartment and offices acting as both her tormentors and closest friends. By the time she was in her late thirties, Erica Barnett had run the gauntlet of alcoholism. She had recovered and relapsed time and again, but after each new program or detox center would find herself far from rehabilitated. 'Rock bottom,' Barnett writes, 'is a lie.' It is always possible, she learned, to go lower than your lowest point. She found that the terms other alcoholics used to describe the trajectory of their addiction--'rock bottom' and 'moment of clarity'--and the mottos touted by Alcoholics Anonymous, such as 'let go and let God' and 'you're only as sick as your secrets'--didn't correspond to her experience and could actually be detrimental. With remarkably brave and vulnerable writing, Barnett expands on her personal story to confront the dire state of addiction in America, the rise of alcoholism in American women in the last century, and the lack of rehabilitation options available to addicts. At a time when opioid addiction is a national epidemic and one in twelve Americans suffers from alcohol abuse disorder, Quitter is essential reading for our age and an ultimately hopeful story of Barnett's own hard-fought path to sobriety. Erica C. Barnett Tue, 07 Jul 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410931 thebookvoice.com 10:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410931]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Quitter: A Memoir of Drinking, Relapse, and Recovery Author: Erica C. Barnett Narrator: Jean Ann Douglass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 48 minutes Release date: July 7, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.09 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Barnett's prose style is brassy and cleareyed, with echoes of Anne Lamott.' --Beth Macy, The New York Times Book Review 'Emotionally devastating and self-aware, this cautionary tale about substance abuse is a worthy heir to Cat Marnell's How to Murder Your Life.' --Publishers Weekly (starred review) A startlingly frank memoir of one woman's struggles with alcoholism and recovery, with essential new insights into addiction and treatment Erica C. Barnett had her first sip of alcohol when she was thirteen, and she quickly developed a taste for drinking to oblivion with her friends. In her late twenties, her addiction became inescapable. Volatile relationships, blackouts, and unsuccessful stints in detox defined her life, with the vodka bottles she hid throughout her apartment and offices acting as both her tormentors and closest friends. By the time she was in her late thirties, Erica Barnett had run the gauntlet of alcoholism. She had recovered and relapsed time and again, but after each new program or detox center would find herself far from rehabilitated. 'Rock bottom,' Barnett writes, 'is a lie.' It is always possible, she learned, to go lower than your lowest point. She found that the terms other alcoholics used to describe the trajectory of their addiction--'rock bottom' and 'moment of clarity'--and the mottos touted by Alcoholics Anonymous, such as 'let go and let God' and 'you're only as sick as your secrets'--didn't correspond to her experience and could actually be detrimental. With remarkably brave and vulnerable writing, Barnett expands on her personal story to confront the dire state of addiction in America, the rise of alcoholism in American women in the last century, and the lack of rehabilitation options available to addicts. At a time when opioid addiction is a national epidemic and one in twelve Americans suffers from alcohol abuse disorder, Quitter is essential reading for our age and an ultimately hopeful story of Barnett's own hard-fought path to sobriety. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410931]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Quitter: A Memoir of Drinking, Relapse, and Recovery Author: Erica C. Barnett Narrator: Jean Ann Douglass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 48 minutes Release date: July 7, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.09 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Barnett's prose style is brassy and cleareyed, with echoes of Anne Lamott.' --Beth Macy, The New York Times Book Review 'Emotionally devastating and self-aware, this cautionary tale about substance abuse is a worthy heir to Cat Marnell's How to Murder Your Life.' --Publishers Weekly (starred review) A startlingly frank memoir of one woman's struggles with alcoholism and recovery, with essential new insights into addiction and treatment Erica C. Barnett had her first sip of alcohol when she was thirteen, and she quickly developed a taste for drinking to oblivion with her friends. In her late twenties, her addiction became inescapable. Volatile relationships, blackouts, and unsuccessful stints in detox defined her life, with the vodka bottles she hid throughout her apartment and offices acting as both her tormentors and closest friends. By the time she was in her late thirties, Erica Barnett had run the gauntlet of alcoholism. She had recovered and relapsed time and again, but after each new program or detox center would find herself far from rehabilitated. 'Rock bottom,' Barnett writes, 'is a lie.' It is always possible, she learned, to go lower than your lowest point. She found that the terms other alcoholics used to describe the trajectory of their addiction--'rock bottom' and 'moment of clarity'--and the mottos touted by Alcoholics Anonymous, such as 'let go and let God' and 'you're only as sick as your secrets'--didn't correspond to her experience and could actually be detrimental. With remarkably brave and vulnerable writing, Barnett expands on her personal story to confront the dire state of addiction in America, the rise of alcoholism in American women in the last century, and the lack of rehabilitation options available to addicts. At a time when opioid addiction is a national epidemic and one in twelve Americans suffers from alcohol abuse disorder, Quitter is essential reading for our age and an ultimately hopeful story of Barnett's own hard-fought path to sobriety. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410927 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410927]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reinventing Your Life: The Breakthough Program to End Negative Behavior...and Feel Great Again Author: Jeffrey E. Young, Janet S. Klosko Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 39 minutes Release date: July 28, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.35 of Total 17 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Learn how to end the self-destructive behaviors that stop you from living your best life with this breakthrough program. Do you... • Put the needs of others above your own? • Start to panic when someone you love leaves—or threatens to? • Often feel anxious about natural disasters, losing all your money, or getting seriously ill? • Find that no matter how successful you are, you still feel unhappy, unfulfilled, or undeserving? Unsatisfactory relationships, irrational lack of self-esteem, feelings of being unfulfilled—these are all problems that can be solved by changing the types of messages that people internalize. These self-defeating behavior patterns are called “lifetraps,” and Reinventing Your Life shows you how to stop the cycle that keeps you from attaining happiness. Two of America's leading psychologists, Jeffrey E. Young, Ph.D., and Janet S. Klosko, Ph.D., draw on the breakthrough principles of cognitive therapy to help you recognize and change negative thought patterns, without the aid of drugs or long-term traditional therapy. They describe eleven of the most common lifetraps, provide a diagnostic test for each, and offer step-by-step suggestions to help you break free of the traps. Thousands of men and women have seen the immediate and long-term results of the extraordinary program outlines in this clear, compassionate, liberating book. Its innovative approach to solving ongoing emotional problems will help you create a more fulfilling, productive life. Jeffrey E. Young, Janet S. Klosko Tue, 28 Jul 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410927 thebookvoice.com 15:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410927]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reinventing Your Life: The Breakthough Program to End Negative Behavior...and Feel Great Again Author: Jeffrey E. Young, Janet S. Klosko Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 39 minutes Release date: July 28, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.35 of Total 17 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Learn how to end the self-destructive behaviors that stop you from living your best life with this breakthrough program. Do you... • Put the needs of others above your own? • Start to panic when someone you love leaves—or threatens to? • Often feel anxious about natural disasters, losing all your money, or getting seriously ill? • Find that no matter how successful you are, you still feel unhappy, unfulfilled, or undeserving? Unsatisfactory relationships, irrational lack of self-esteem, feelings of being unfulfilled—these are all problems that can be solved by changing the types of messages that people internalize. These self-defeating behavior patterns are called “lifetraps,” and Reinventing Your Life shows you how to stop the cycle that keeps you from attaining happiness. Two of America's leading psychologists, Jeffrey E. Young, Ph.D., and Janet S. Klosko, Ph.D., draw on the breakthrough principles of cognitive therapy to help you recognize and change negative thought patterns, without the aid of drugs or long-term traditional therapy. They describe eleven of the most common lifetraps, provide a diagnostic test for each, and offer step-by-step suggestions to help you break free of the traps. Thousands of men and women have seen the immediate and long-term results of the extraordinary program outlines in this clear, compassionate, liberating book. Its innovative approach to solving ongoing emotional problems will help you create a more fulfilling, productive life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410927]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reinventing Your Life: The Breakthough Program to End Negative Behavior...and Feel Great Again Author: Jeffrey E. Young, Janet S. Klosko Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 39 minutes Release date: July 28, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.35 of Total 17 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Learn how to end the self-destructive behaviors that stop you from living your best life with this breakthrough program. Do you... • Put the needs of others above your own? • Start to panic when someone you love leaves—or threatens to? • Often feel anxious about natural disasters, losing all your money, or getting seriously ill? • Find that no matter how successful you are, you still feel unhappy, unfulfilled, or undeserving? Unsatisfactory relationships, irrational lack of self-esteem, feelings of being unfulfilled—these are all problems that can be solved by changing the types of messages that people internalize. These self-defeating behavior patterns are called “lifetraps,” and Reinventing Your Life shows you how to stop the cycle that keeps you from attaining happiness. Two of America's leading psychologists, Jeffrey E. Young, Ph.D., and Janet S. Klosko, Ph.D., draw on the breakthrough principles of cognitive therapy to help you recognize and change negative thought patterns, without the aid of drugs or long-term traditional therapy. They describe eleven of the most common lifetraps, provide a diagnostic test for each, and offer step-by-step suggestions to help you break free of the traps. Thousands of men and women have seen the immediate and long-term results of the extraordinary program outlines in this clear, compassionate, liberating book. Its innovative approach to solving ongoing emotional problems will help you create a more fulfilling, productive life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410905 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410905]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sex and Sacrifice: Psychology of Submission Author: Jazz Vazquez Narrator: Ashley Grayson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 13 minutes Release date: November 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Author Jazz Vazquez delves into the psychology of sacrifice as the ultimate in sexual submission. Do serial killers such as Ted Bundy play God by offering some of his victims a way out? God gives people free will. And Bundy had a God complex. In order for some men to feel psychologically satisfied by domination, they need a willing participant. Throughout time and in various cultures, people sacrificed virgins to the gods and goddesses. Why does the concept of sexual sacrifice continue to appeal to some people? Why did Ted Bundy feel compelled to kidnap, rape and murder? Sexual fantasy and role playing related to domination and submission does not lead to dangerous behavior in confident and well-adjusted adults Jazz Vazquez Mon, 25 Nov 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410905 thebookvoice.com 0:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410905]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sex and Sacrifice: Psychology of Submission Author: Jazz Vazquez Narrator: Ashley Grayson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 13 minutes Release date: November 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Author Jazz Vazquez delves into the psychology of sacrifice as the ultimate in sexual submission. Do serial killers such as Ted Bundy play God by offering some of his victims a way out? God gives people free will. And Bundy had a God complex. In order for some men to feel psychologically satisfied by domination, they need a willing participant. Throughout time and in various cultures, people sacrificed virgins to the gods and goddesses. Why does the concept of sexual sacrifice continue to appeal to some people? Why did Ted Bundy feel compelled to kidnap, rape and murder? Sexual fantasy and role playing related to domination and submission does not lead to dangerous behavior in confident and well-adjusted adults Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410905]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sex and Sacrifice: Psychology of Submission Author: Jazz Vazquez Narrator: Ashley Grayson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 13 minutes Release date: November 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Author Jazz Vazquez delves into the psychology of sacrifice as the ultimate in sexual submission. Do serial killers such as Ted Bundy play God by offering some of his victims a way out? God gives people free will. And Bundy had a God complex. In order for some men to feel psychologically satisfied by domination, they need a willing participant. Throughout time and in various cultures, people sacrificed virgins to the gods and goddesses. Why does the concept of sexual sacrifice continue to appeal to some people? Why did Ted Bundy feel compelled to kidnap, rape and murder? Sexual fantasy and role playing related to domination and submission does not lead to dangerous behavior in confident and well-adjusted adults https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410876 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410876]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Marion Woodman Compilation: Addiction, Feminine & Archetypal Psychology Author: Marion Woodman Narrator: Marion Woodman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 23 minutes Release date: January 21, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This unique program with Jungian Analyst, Dr Marion Woodman features a compilation of rare and unique talks on the subjects of: The Addictive Personality, Loss of the Feminine Workshop, Chrysalis Encountered, Piercing The Heart Marion Woodman was a Canadian mythopoetic author, poet, analytical psychologist and women's movement figure. She has written and spoken extensively about the dream theories of Carl Jung. Woodman taught high school English for more than twenty years. Suffering from anorexia, she took a sabbatical and traveled first to India and then to England, where she became interested in the theories of Carl Jung; she then enrolled in the C. G. Jung Institute in Zürich, training to be an analyst. Woodman was listed in Watkins' Mind Body Spirit Magazine in 2012 as one of the 100 most spiritually influential living people. Marion Woodman Tue, 21 Jan 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410876 thebookvoice.com 5:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410876]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Marion Woodman Compilation: Addiction, Feminine & Archetypal Psychology Author: Marion Woodman Narrator: Marion Woodman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 23 minutes Release date: January 21, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This unique program with Jungian Analyst, Dr Marion Woodman features a compilation of rare and unique talks on the subjects of: The Addictive Personality, Loss of the Feminine Workshop, Chrysalis Encountered, Piercing The Heart Marion Woodman was a Canadian mythopoetic author, poet, analytical psychologist and women's movement figure. She has written and spoken extensively about the dream theories of Carl Jung. Woodman taught high school English for more than twenty years. Suffering from anorexia, she took a sabbatical and traveled first to India and then to England, where she became interested in the theories of Carl Jung; she then enrolled in the C. G. Jung Institute in Zürich, training to be an analyst. Woodman was listed in Watkins' Mind Body Spirit Magazine in 2012 as one of the 100 most spiritually influential living people. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410876]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Marion Woodman Compilation: Addiction, Feminine & Archetypal Psychology Author: Marion Woodman Narrator: Marion Woodman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 23 minutes Release date: January 21, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This unique program with Jungian Analyst, Dr Marion Woodman features a compilation of rare and unique talks on the subjects of: The Addictive Personality, Loss of the Feminine Workshop, Chrysalis Encountered, Piercing The Heart Marion Woodman was a Canadian mythopoetic author, poet, analytical psychologist and women's movement figure. She has written and spoken extensively about the dream theories of Carl Jung. Woodman taught high school English for more than twenty years. Suffering from anorexia, she took a sabbatical and traveled first to India and then to England, where she became interested in the theories of Carl Jung; she then enrolled in the C. G. Jung Institute in Zürich, training to be an analyst. Woodman was listed in Watkins' Mind Body Spirit Magazine in 2012 as one of the 100 most spiritually influential living people. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410861 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410861]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hold Me Tight: Seven Conversations for a Lifetime of Love Series: #1 of The Dr. Sue Johnson Collection Author: Sue Johnson Narrator: Helen Keeley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 48 minutes Release date: February 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.26 of Total 46 Ratings of Narrator: 4.69 of Total 13 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Strengthen and deepen your relationships with this "much-needed" (Harville Hendrix, PhD) guide that has sold over one million copies, through revelatory practical exercises, seven profound conversations, and sage advice from “the best couple’s therapist in the world” (John Gottman, PhD, bestselling author) Are you looking to enrich a healthy relationship, revitalize a tired one, or rescue one gone awry? We all want a lifetime of love, support, and companionship. But sometimes we need a little help.   Enter Dr. Sue Johnson, developer of Emotionally Focused Couple Therapy and “the most original contributor to couple’s therapy to come along in the last thirty years,” according to Dr. William J. Doherty, PhD. In Hold Me Tight, Dr. Johnson shares her groundbreaking and remarkably successful program for creating stronger, more secure relationships.   The message of Hold Me Tight is simple: Forget about learning how to argue better, analyzing your early childhood, making grand romantic gestures, or experimenting with new sexual positions. Instead, get to the emotional underpinnings of your relationship by recognizing that you are emotionally attached to and dependent on your partner in much the same way that a child is on a parent for nurturing, soothing, and protection. Dr. Johnson teaches that the way to enhance or save a relationship is to be open, attuned, and responsive to each other and to reestablish emotional connection. With this in mind, she focuses on key moments in a relationship and uses them as touch points for seven healing conversations, including:   - Recognizing the Demon Dialogues - Finding the Raw Spots - Revisiting a Rocky Moment - Forgiving Injuries - Keeping Your Love Alive  These conversations give you insight into the defining moments in your relationship and guide you in reshaping these moments to create a secure and lasting bond.   Through stories from Dr. Johnson’s practice, illuminating advice, and practical exercises, you will learn how to nurture, protect, and grow your relationship, ensuring a lifetime of love. Sue Johnson Tue, 11 Feb 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410861 thebookvoice.com 8:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410861]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hold Me Tight: Seven Conversations for a Lifetime of Love Series: #1 of The Dr. Sue Johnson Collection Author: Sue Johnson Narrator: Helen Keeley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 48 minutes Release date: February 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.26 of Total 46 Ratings of Narrator: 4.69 of Total 13 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Strengthen and deepen your relationships with this "much-needed" (Harville Hendrix, PhD) guide that has sold over one million copies, through revelatory practical exercises, seven profound conversations, and sage advice from “the best couple’s therapist in the world” (John Gottman, PhD, bestselling author) Are you looking to enrich a healthy relationship, revitalize a tired one, or rescue one gone awry? We all want a lifetime of love, support, and companionship. But sometimes we need a little help.   Enter Dr. Sue Johnson, developer of Emotionally Focused Couple Therapy and “the most original contributor to couple’s therapy to come along in the last thirty years,” according to Dr. William J. Doherty, PhD. In Hold Me Tight, Dr. Johnson shares her groundbreaking and remarkably successful program for creating stronger, more secure relationships.   The message of Hold Me Tight is simple: Forget about learning how to argue better, analyzing your early childhood, making grand romantic gestures, or experimenting with new sexual positions. Instead, get to the emotional underpinnings of your relationship by recognizing that you are emotionally attached to and dependent on your partner in much the same way that a child is on a parent for nurturing, soothing, and protection. Dr. Johnson teaches that the way to enhance or save a relationship is to be open, attuned, and responsive to each other and to reestablish emotional connection. With this in mind, she focuses on key moments in a relationship and uses them as touch points for seven healing conversations, including:   - Recognizing the Demon Dialogues - Finding the Raw Spots - Revisiting a Rocky Moment - Forgiving Injuries - Keeping Your Love Alive  These conversations give you insight into the defining moments in your relationship and guide you in reshaping these moments to create a secure and lasting bond.   Through stories from Dr. Johnson’s practice, illuminating advice, and practical exercises, you will learn how to nurture, protect, and grow your relationship, ensuring a lifetime of love. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410861]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hold Me Tight: Seven Conversations for a Lifetime of Love Series: #1 of The Dr. Sue Johnson Collection Author: Sue Johnson Narrator: Helen Keeley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 48 minutes Release date: February 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.26 of Total 46 Ratings of Narrator: 4.69 of Total 13 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Strengthen and deepen your relationships with this "much-needed" (Harville Hendrix, PhD) guide that has sold over one million copies, through revelatory practical exercises, seven profound conversations, and sage advice from “the best couple’s therapist in the world” (John Gottman, PhD, bestselling author) Are you looking to enrich a healthy relationship, revitalize a tired one, or rescue one gone awry? We all want a lifetime of love, support, and companionship. But sometimes we need a little help.   Enter Dr. Sue Johnson, developer of Emotionally Focused Couple Therapy and “the most original contributor to couple’s therapy to come along in the last thirty years,” according to Dr. William J. Doherty, PhD. In Hold Me Tight, Dr. Johnson shares her groundbreaking and remarkably successful program for creating stronger, more secure relationships.   The message of Hold Me Tight is simple: Forget about learning how to argue better, analyzing your early childhood, making grand romantic gestures, or experimenting with new sexual positions. Instead, get to the emotional underpinnings of your relationship by recognizing that you are emotionally attached to and dependent on your partner in much the same way that a child is on a parent for nurturing, soothing, and protection. Dr. Johnson teaches that the way to enhance or save a relationship is to be open, attuned, and responsive to each other and to reestablish emotional connection. With this in mind, she focuses on key moments in a relationship and uses them as touch points for seven healing conversations, including:   - Recognizing the Demon Dialogues - Finding the Raw Spots - Revisiting a Rocky Moment - Forgiving Injuries - Keeping Your Love Alive  These conversations give you insight into the defining moments in your relationship and guide you in reshaping these moments to create a secure and lasting bond.   Through stories from Dr. Johnson’s practice, illuminating advice, and practical exercises, you will learn how to nurture, protect, and grow your relationship, ensuring a lifetime of love. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410677 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410677]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Five Archetypes: Discover Your True Nature and Transform Your Life and Relationships Author: Carey Davidson Narrator: Carey Davidson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 5 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Discover the personality archetypes within you and improve your life and relationships with a new self-guided system of personal transformation. In Traditional Chinese Medicine (TCM) philosophy, the elements Wood, Fire, Earth, Metal, and Water are the foundation of how nature grows and evolves. They are believed to help us understand everything from illness and healing to the fundamental processes of child development—and they continue to inform Chinese medicine practice today. But as Ayurvedic nutritionist, reiki master, and Tournesol founder Carey Davidson demonstrates in this book, each of the five elements can also be seen as a personality archetype—and inside all of us is a unique blend of these archetypes that serves as a window into living a more fulfilling life on every level. In The Five Archetypes, Davidson explains that by knowing the personality traits associated with each type and using what she calls the Five Archetypes method, you can actually start to predict your behavioral patterns—not only with yourself but also with your friends, your romantic partner, your children, and even your colleagues. By practicing this method, you will also: -Learn how to exercise more control over behaviors that thwart your potential -Hone your self-awareness and self-regulation skills in the face of day-to-day stress -And understand what really makes people tick, so that you spend less time in stagnant relationships and more time in gratifying ones Through her study of the elements and the observations she’s made in her work with individuals, couples, companies, parents, kids, and educators, Davidson has created a simplified and practical guide to harnessing the strengths of our five archetypes. Complete with an assessment designed to help you discover your primary, secondary, and lowest types, The Five Archetypes will not only teach you more about yourself and others but also transform your relationships and set you on the path to personal and interpersonal harmony. Carey Davidson Tue, 07 Apr 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410677 thebookvoice.com 9:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410677]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Five Archetypes: Discover Your True Nature and Transform Your Life and Relationships Author: Carey Davidson Narrator: Carey Davidson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 5 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Discover the personality archetypes within you and improve your life and relationships with a new self-guided system of personal transformation. In Traditional Chinese Medicine (TCM) philosophy, the elements Wood, Fire, Earth, Metal, and Water are the foundation of how nature grows and evolves. They are believed to help us understand everything from illness and healing to the fundamental processes of child development—and they continue to inform Chinese medicine practice today. But as Ayurvedic nutritionist, reiki master, and Tournesol founder Carey Davidson demonstrates in this book, each of the five elements can also be seen as a personality archetype—and inside all of us is a unique blend of these archetypes that serves as a window into living a more fulfilling life on every level. In The Five Archetypes, Davidson explains that by knowing the personality traits associated with each type and using what she calls the Five Archetypes method, you can actually start to predict your behavioral patterns—not only with yourself but also with your friends, your romantic partner, your children, and even your colleagues. By practicing this method, you will also: -Learn how to exercise more control over behaviors that thwart your potential -Hone your self-awareness and self-regulation skills in the face of day-to-day stress -And understand what really makes people tick, so that you spend less time in stagnant relationships and more time in gratifying ones Through her study of the elements and the observations she’s made in her work with individuals, couples, companies, parents, kids, and educators, Davidson has created a simplified and practical guide to harnessing the strengths of our five archetypes. Complete with an assessment designed to help you discover your primary, secondary, and lowest types, The Five Archetypes will not only teach you more about yourself and others but also transform your relationships and set you on the path to personal and interpersonal harmony. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410677]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Five Archetypes: Discover Your True Nature and Transform Your Life and Relationships Author: Carey Davidson Narrator: Carey Davidson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 5 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Discover the personality archetypes within you and improve your life and relationships with a new self-guided system of personal transformation. In Traditional Chinese Medicine (TCM) philosophy, the elements Wood, Fire, Earth, Metal, and Water are the foundation of how nature grows and evolves. They are believed to help us understand everything from illness and healing to the fundamental processes of child development—and they continue to inform Chinese medicine practice today. But as Ayurvedic nutritionist, reiki master, and Tournesol founder Carey Davidson demonstrates in this book, each of the five elements can also be seen as a personality archetype—and inside all of us is a unique blend of these archetypes that serves as a window into living a more fulfilling life on every level. In The Five Archetypes, Davidson explains that by knowing the personality traits associated with each type and using what she calls the Five Archetypes method, you can actually start to predict your behavioral patterns—not only with yourself but also with your friends, your romantic partner, your children, and even your colleagues. By practicing this method, you will also: -Learn how to exercise more control over behaviors that thwart your potential -Hone your self-awareness and self-regulation skills in the face of day-to-day stress -And understand what really makes people tick, so that you spend less time in stagnant relationships and more time in gratifying ones Through her study of the elements and the observations she’s made in her work with individuals, couples, companies, parents, kids, and educators, Davidson has created a simplified and practical guide to harnessing the strengths of our five archetypes. Complete with an assessment designed to help you discover your primary, secondary, and lowest types, The Five Archetypes will not only teach you more about yourself and others but also transform your relationships and set you on the path to personal and interpersonal harmony. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410623 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410623]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 33 Meditations on Death: Notes from the Wrong End of Medicine Author: David Jarrett Narrator: Simon Bubb Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 39 minutes Release date: April 16, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. “Brilliant - a grimly humourous yet humane account of the realities of growing old in the modern age. Everybody over the age of 60 should read it and ponder their probable future.” - Henry Marsh What is a good death? How would you choose to live your last few months? How do we best care for the rising tide of very elderly? This unusual and important book is a series of reflections on death in all its forms: the science of it, the medicine, the tragedy and the comedy. Dr David Jarrett draws on family stories and case histories from his thirty years of treating the old, demented and frail to try to find his own understanding of the end. And he writes about all the conversations that we, our parents, our children, the medical community, our government and society as a whole should be having. Profound, provocative, strangely funny and astonishingly compelling, it is an impassioned plea that we start talking frankly and openly about death. And it is a call to arms for us to make radical changes to our perspective on ‘the seventh age of man’. © David Jarrett 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 David Jarrett Thu, 16 Apr 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410623 thebookvoice.com 7:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410623]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 33 Meditations on Death: Notes from the Wrong End of Medicine Author: David Jarrett Narrator: Simon Bubb Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 39 minutes Release date: April 16, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. “Brilliant - a grimly humourous yet humane account of the realities of growing old in the modern age. Everybody over the age of 60 should read it and ponder their probable future.” - Henry Marsh What is a good death? How would you choose to live your last few months? How do we best care for the rising tide of very elderly? This unusual and important book is a series of reflections on death in all its forms: the science of it, the medicine, the tragedy and the comedy. Dr David Jarrett draws on family stories and case histories from his thirty years of treating the old, demented and frail to try to find his own understanding of the end. And he writes about all the conversations that we, our parents, our children, the medical community, our government and society as a whole should be having. Profound, provocative, strangely funny and astonishingly compelling, it is an impassioned plea that we start talking frankly and openly about death. And it is a call to arms for us to make radical changes to our perspective on ‘the seventh age of man’. © David Jarrett 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410623]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 33 Meditations on Death: Notes from the Wrong End of Medicine Author: David Jarrett Narrator: Simon Bubb Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 39 minutes Release date: April 16, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. “Brilliant - a grimly humourous yet humane account of the realities of growing old in the modern age. Everybody over the age of 60 should read it and ponder their probable future.” - Henry Marsh What is a good death? How would you choose to live your last few months? How do we best care for the rising tide of very elderly? This unusual and important book is a series of reflections on death in all its forms: the science of it, the medicine, the tragedy and the comedy. Dr David Jarrett draws on family stories and case histories from his thirty years of treating the old, demented and frail to try to find his own understanding of the end. And he writes about all the conversations that we, our parents, our children, the medical community, our government and society as a whole should be having. Profound, provocative, strangely funny and astonishingly compelling, it is an impassioned plea that we start talking frankly and openly about death. And it is a call to arms for us to make radical changes to our perspective on ‘the seventh age of man’. © David Jarrett 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410617 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410617]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Start Your Engines: My Unstoppable CrossFit Journey Author: Sam Briggs Narrator: Victoria Riley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 23 minutes Release date: April 16, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. You don’t get biceps like Briggs by giving up when the going gets tough… CrossFit superstar Sam Briggs, aka ‘The Engine’, is a true hero in the sport, with a level of endurance unparalleled in the game. This is the story of how she got to the top, and battled with everything she had to stay there. Sam’s memoir takes in the whole story, from being kicked out of ballet lessons as a child but being accepted on the boys’ sports teams, to working as a firefighter in West Yorkshire for ten years, tackling dangerous and adrenaline-fueled situations on a daily basis, and to taking up CrossFit at the comparatively ancient age of 27. Sam tells of what it took to become champion a mere three years later, and after a year out with a broken patella. Despite the numerous setbacks and debilitating injuries that have plagued her in the years that followed, when most other athletes would have thrown in the towel, Sam has fought, and continues to fight, to be the very best that she can be. Start Your Engines is the story of how, with a combination of grit, training and dogged motivation, it’s never too late to achieve your dreams. © Sam Briggs 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Sam Briggs Thu, 16 Apr 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410617 thebookvoice.com 9:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410617]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Start Your Engines: My Unstoppable CrossFit Journey Author: Sam Briggs Narrator: Victoria Riley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 23 minutes Release date: April 16, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. You don’t get biceps like Briggs by giving up when the going gets tough… CrossFit superstar Sam Briggs, aka ‘The Engine’, is a true hero in the sport, with a level of endurance unparalleled in the game. This is the story of how she got to the top, and battled with everything she had to stay there. Sam’s memoir takes in the whole story, from being kicked out of ballet lessons as a child but being accepted on the boys’ sports teams, to working as a firefighter in West Yorkshire for ten years, tackling dangerous and adrenaline-fueled situations on a daily basis, and to taking up CrossFit at the comparatively ancient age of 27. Sam tells of what it took to become champion a mere three years later, and after a year out with a broken patella. Despite the numerous setbacks and debilitating injuries that have plagued her in the years that followed, when most other athletes would have thrown in the towel, Sam has fought, and continues to fight, to be the very best that she can be. Start Your Engines is the story of how, with a combination of grit, training and dogged motivation, it’s never too late to achieve your dreams. © Sam Briggs 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410617]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Start Your Engines: My Unstoppable CrossFit Journey Author: Sam Briggs Narrator: Victoria Riley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 23 minutes Release date: April 16, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. You don’t get biceps like Briggs by giving up when the going gets tough… CrossFit superstar Sam Briggs, aka ‘The Engine’, is a true hero in the sport, with a level of endurance unparalleled in the game. This is the story of how she got to the top, and battled with everything she had to stay there. Sam’s memoir takes in the whole story, from being kicked out of ballet lessons as a child but being accepted on the boys’ sports teams, to working as a firefighter in West Yorkshire for ten years, tackling dangerous and adrenaline-fueled situations on a daily basis, and to taking up CrossFit at the comparatively ancient age of 27. Sam tells of what it took to become champion a mere three years later, and after a year out with a broken patella. Despite the numerous setbacks and debilitating injuries that have plagued her in the years that followed, when most other athletes would have thrown in the towel, Sam has fought, and continues to fight, to be the very best that she can be. Start Your Engines is the story of how, with a combination of grit, training and dogged motivation, it’s never too late to achieve your dreams. © Sam Briggs 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409966 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409966]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 6 Needs of Every Child: Empowering Parents and Kids through the Science of Connection Author: Amy Elizabeth Olrick, Jeffrey Olrick Narrator: Cris Dukehart, Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 11 minutes Release date: June 9, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Like most parents, Amy and Jeffrey Olrick left the hospital with their first child desperate to know, 'What do we do?' But years of parenting three kids and Jeffrey's work as a child psychologist convinced them to ask a better question: 'How shall I be with this new person?' In a culture obsessed with parenting formulas, it's easy to miss the fact that science and lived experience have proven that human development and thriving are a matter of relationship. Drawing on decades of psychological research, neuroscience, and their own experience as parents and people of faith, the Olricks present six relational needs for human growth that will transform the way you think about your child--and yourself. Together, the needs form a trustworthy compass to guide you and your child to a path of purpose and relational wholeness. For parents who feel pulled in a hundred directions, dizzied by the volume of clashing strategies, and jaded by the parenting programs that complicated their own childhoods, The 6 Needs of Every Child is a groundbreaking roadmap integrating the science of connection with practical tools. You'll be equipped with: - An in-depth look at the six essentials your child needs to thrive - Tools to use when you feel stuck - The secret to secure connection with your child - Self-assessment tools to discern your unique parenting style More than a parenting guide, this audiobook is your invitation to break free from the myth of perfect parenting and embrace your child's long journey of growth. With insight, humor, and compassion, it calls parents to discover the power of being imperfectly present with their children, developing mental, emotional, and spiritual resilience that will sustain them for a lifetime. Accompanying charts, assessment tools, and additional resources are available in the audiobook companion PDF download. Amy Elizabeth Olrick, Jeffrey Olrick Tue, 09 Jun 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409966 thebookvoice.com 6:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409966]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 6 Needs of Every Child: Empowering Parents and Kids through the Science of Connection Author: Amy Elizabeth Olrick, Jeffrey Olrick Narrator: Cris Dukehart, Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 11 minutes Release date: June 9, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Like most parents, Amy and Jeffrey Olrick left the hospital with their first child desperate to know, 'What do we do?' But years of parenting three kids and Jeffrey's work as a child psychologist convinced them to ask a better question: 'How shall I be with this new person?' In a culture obsessed with parenting formulas, it's easy to miss the fact that science and lived experience have proven that human development and thriving are a matter of relationship. Drawing on decades of psychological research, neuroscience, and their own experience as parents and people of faith, the Olricks present six relational needs for human growth that will transform the way you think about your child--and yourself. Together, the needs form a trustworthy compass to guide you and your child to a path of purpose and relational wholeness. For parents who feel pulled in a hundred directions, dizzied by the volume of clashing strategies, and jaded by the parenting programs that complicated their own childhoods, The 6 Needs of Every Child is a groundbreaking roadmap integrating the science of connection with practical tools. You'll be equipped with: - An in-depth look at the six essentials your child needs to thrive - Tools to use when you feel stuck - The secret to secure connection with your child - Self-assessment tools to discern your unique parenting style More than a parenting guide, this audiobook is your invitation to break free from the myth of perfect parenting and embrace your child's long journey of growth. With insight, humor, and compassion, it calls parents to discover the power of being imperfectly present with their children, developing mental, emotional, and spiritual resilience that will sustain them for a lifetime. Accompanying charts, assessment tools, and additional resources are available in the audiobook companion PDF download. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409966]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 6 Needs of Every Child: Empowering Parents and Kids through the Science of Connection Author: Amy Elizabeth Olrick, Jeffrey Olrick Narrator: Cris Dukehart, Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 11 minutes Release date: June 9, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Like most parents, Amy and Jeffrey Olrick left the hospital with their first child desperate to know, 'What do we do?' But years of parenting three kids and Jeffrey's work as a child psychologist convinced them to ask a better question: 'How shall I be with this new person?' In a culture obsessed with parenting formulas, it's easy to miss the fact that science and lived experience have proven that human development and thriving are a matter of relationship. Drawing on decades of psychological research, neuroscience, and their own experience as parents and people of faith, the Olricks present six relational needs for human growth that will transform the way you think about your child--and yourself. Together, the needs form a trustworthy compass to guide you and your child to a path of purpose and relational wholeness. For parents who feel pulled in a hundred directions, dizzied by the volume of clashing strategies, and jaded by the parenting programs that complicated their own childhoods, The 6 Needs of Every Child is a groundbreaking roadmap integrating the science of connection with practical tools. You'll be equipped with: - An in-depth look at the six essentials your child needs to thrive - Tools to use when you feel stuck - The secret to secure connection with your child - Self-assessment tools to discern your unique parenting style More than a parenting guide, this audiobook is your invitation to break free from the myth of perfect parenting and embrace your child's long journey of growth. With insight, humor, and compassion, it calls parents to discover the power of being imperfectly present with their children, developing mental, emotional, and spiritual resilience that will sustain them for a lifetime. Accompanying charts, assessment tools, and additional resources are available in the audiobook companion PDF download. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409963 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409963]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Enneagram of Belonging: A Compassionate Journey of Self-Acceptance Author: Christopher L. Heuertz Narrator: Christopher Heuertz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 29 minutes Release date: May 19, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: For the Enneagram enthusiast looking to deepen their transformation, The Enneagram of Belonging offers an enlightening, enriching path forward. Many have discovered the Enneagram to be a powerful tool for self-understanding, yet knowing ourselves doesn't necessarily mean we accept ourselves. Most of us tend to curate the personality of our type: leading with the traits we perceive as positive, and sidelining the traits that cause us shame.  But what if it all belonged? Rather than furthering our own fragmentation, what if we dared to make peace with the whole of who we are with bold compassion? The Enneagram of Belonging is your guide to this essential journey. While most contemporary Enneagram books stop at the descriptions of the nine types, Enneagram teacher and The Sacred Enneagram bestselling author Chris Heuertz uncovers the missing link in our journey of living into our true self: radical self-compassion that can bring us back to belonging. Rather than get stuck on stereotypes or curated personality, Heuertz proposes we develop an honest relationship with our type, confronting our 'inner dragons,' practicing self-compassion, and thereby coming to fully belong to ourselves--and, ultimately, to love itself. In this in-depth examination of the Enneagram of Personality, you will discover: - A fresh, compassionate way of understanding your childhood wound, which Heuertz reframes as your Kidlife Crisis - Your unique subtype and how this colors your dominant type, plus how to work with your Enneagram instinct - Practical insight to help you find freedom from your type's Passions and Fixations - Your personalized path back to belonging, as you come home to your true self - . . . and much more. As a masterful mapmaker and trailblazer of grace, Heuertz casts a vision for how we can create a better world. The truth is how we treat ourselves is how we treat others, so let's start with compassion, and let this outflow into our relationships, communities, and world. Accompanying graphics are available in the audiobook companion PDF download. Christopher L. Heuertz Tue, 19 May 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409963 thebookvoice.com 6:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409963]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Enneagram of Belonging: A Compassionate Journey of Self-Acceptance Author: Christopher L. Heuertz Narrator: Christopher Heuertz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 29 minutes Release date: May 19, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: For the Enneagram enthusiast looking to deepen their transformation, The Enneagram of Belonging offers an enlightening, enriching path forward. Many have discovered the Enneagram to be a powerful tool for self-understanding, yet knowing ourselves doesn't necessarily mean we accept ourselves. Most of us tend to curate the personality of our type: leading with the traits we perceive as positive, and sidelining the traits that cause us shame.  But what if it all belonged? Rather than furthering our own fragmentation, what if we dared to make peace with the whole of who we are with bold compassion? The Enneagram of Belonging is your guide to this essential journey. While most contemporary Enneagram books stop at the descriptions of the nine types, Enneagram teacher and The Sacred Enneagram bestselling author Chris Heuertz uncovers the missing link in our journey of living into our true self: radical self-compassion that can bring us back to belonging. Rather than get stuck on stereotypes or curated personality, Heuertz proposes we develop an honest relationship with our type, confronting our 'inner dragons,' practicing self-compassion, and thereby coming to fully belong to ourselves--and, ultimately, to love itself. In this in-depth examination of the Enneagram of Personality, you will discover: - A fresh, compassionate way of understanding your childhood wound, which Heuertz reframes as your Kidlife Crisis - Your unique subtype and how this colors your dominant type, plus how to work with your Enneagram instinct - Practical insight to help you find freedom from your type's Passions and Fixations - Your personalized path back to belonging, as you come home to your true self - . . . and much more. As a masterful mapmaker and trailblazer of grace, Heuertz casts a vision for how we can create a better world. The truth is how we treat ourselves is how we treat others, so let's start with compassion, and let this outflow into our relationships, communities, and world. Accompanying graphics are available in the audiobook companion PDF download. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409963]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Enneagram of Belonging: A Compassionate Journey of Self-Acceptance Author: Christopher L. Heuertz Narrator: Christopher Heuertz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 29 minutes Release date: May 19, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: For the Enneagram enthusiast looking to deepen their transformation, The Enneagram of Belonging offers an enlightening, enriching path forward. Many have discovered the Enneagram to be a powerful tool for self-understanding, yet knowing ourselves doesn't necessarily mean we accept ourselves. Most of us tend to curate the personality of our type: leading with the traits we perceive as positive, and sidelining the traits that cause us shame.  But what if it all belonged? Rather than furthering our own fragmentation, what if we dared to make peace with the whole of who we are with bold compassion? The Enneagram of Belonging is your guide to this essential journey. While most contemporary Enneagram books stop at the descriptions of the nine types, Enneagram teacher and The Sacred Enneagram bestselling author Chris Heuertz uncovers the missing link in our journey of living into our true self: radical self-compassion that can bring us back to belonging. Rather than get stuck on stereotypes or curated personality, Heuertz proposes we develop an honest relationship with our type, confronting our 'inner dragons,' practicing self-compassion, and thereby coming to fully belong to ourselves--and, ultimately, to love itself. In this in-depth examination of the Enneagram of Personality, you will discover: - A fresh, compassionate way of understanding your childhood wound, which Heuertz reframes as your Kidlife Crisis - Your unique subtype and how this colors your dominant type, plus how to work with your Enneagram instinct - Practical insight to help you find freedom from your type's Passions and Fixations - Your personalized path back to belonging, as you come home to your true self - . . . and much more. As a masterful mapmaker and trailblazer of grace, Heuertz casts a vision for how we can create a better world. The truth is how we treat ourselves is how we treat others, so let's start with compassion, and let this outflow into our relationships, communities, and world. Accompanying graphics are available in the audiobook companion PDF download. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409919 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409919]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Past Present: How to Stop Making the Same Relationship Mistakes---and Start Building a Better Life Author: Scott Vaudrey, M.D. Narrator: Mark Smeby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 54 minutes Release date: July 28, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Past Present shows listeners how to change destructive relationship patterns by identifying the root issues from their pasts and finding the source of healing for their unique stories. No matter where we are in life, both our greatest joys and our deepest heartaches are linked to the people in our lives--family, friends, or coworkers. And each of us brings both beauty and brokenness into relationships. The origins of our beauty and our brokenness often can be traced to the patterns of relating we learned when we were young. We relate to others in ways that reflect the distorted messages we heard and internalized earlier in life. The good news is this: we don't have to remain stuck in these patterns. In Past Present, Scott Vaudrey equips us with tools and a strategy to - identify the messages we've internalized--both as children and as adults--from the influential people in our lives; - refute and repair the distorted messages that led to unhelpful patterns now holding us back; and - recognize the productive messages we've internalized and maximize the strengths they built into us along the way. We can't undo yesterday. But we can do the rest of our lives better. Accompanying graphics, tables, and reflection questions are available in the audiobook companion PDF download. Scott Vaudrey, M.D. Tue, 28 Jul 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409919 thebookvoice.com 4:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409919]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Past Present: How to Stop Making the Same Relationship Mistakes---and Start Building a Better Life Author: Scott Vaudrey, M.D. Narrator: Mark Smeby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 54 minutes Release date: July 28, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Past Present shows listeners how to change destructive relationship patterns by identifying the root issues from their pasts and finding the source of healing for their unique stories. No matter where we are in life, both our greatest joys and our deepest heartaches are linked to the people in our lives--family, friends, or coworkers. And each of us brings both beauty and brokenness into relationships. The origins of our beauty and our brokenness often can be traced to the patterns of relating we learned when we were young. We relate to others in ways that reflect the distorted messages we heard and internalized earlier in life. The good news is this: we don't have to remain stuck in these patterns. In Past Present, Scott Vaudrey equips us with tools and a strategy to - identify the messages we've internalized--both as children and as adults--from the influential people in our lives; - refute and repair the distorted messages that led to unhelpful patterns now holding us back; and - recognize the productive messages we've internalized and maximize the strengths they built into us along the way. We can't undo yesterday. But we can do the rest of our lives better. Accompanying graphics, tables, and reflection questions are available in the audiobook companion PDF download. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409919]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Past Present: How to Stop Making the Same Relationship Mistakes---and Start Building a Better Life Author: Scott Vaudrey, M.D. Narrator: Mark Smeby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 54 minutes Release date: July 28, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Past Present shows listeners how to change destructive relationship patterns by identifying the root issues from their pasts and finding the source of healing for their unique stories. No matter where we are in life, both our greatest joys and our deepest heartaches are linked to the people in our lives--family, friends, or coworkers. And each of us brings both beauty and brokenness into relationships. The origins of our beauty and our brokenness often can be traced to the patterns of relating we learned when we were young. We relate to others in ways that reflect the distorted messages we heard and internalized earlier in life. The good news is this: we don't have to remain stuck in these patterns. In Past Present, Scott Vaudrey equips us with tools and a strategy to - identify the messages we've internalized--both as children and as adults--from the influential people in our lives; - refute and repair the distorted messages that led to unhelpful patterns now holding us back; and - recognize the productive messages we've internalized and maximize the strengths they built into us along the way. We can't undo yesterday. But we can do the rest of our lives better. Accompanying graphics, tables, and reflection questions are available in the audiobook companion PDF download. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409906 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409906]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Ways of Prosperity: God's Provision for Every Area of Your Life Author: Ally Butrous, Jeremy Butrous Narrator: Liz Stanislawski, Kevin Kilpatrick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 21 minutes Release date: August 18, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: God wants our days to be abundant and thriving! Learn to cultivate habits that produce prosperity and contentment in every area of life. What if you were immersed in a daily experience of prosperity—one that would give you hope and impact all of your life? It is likely you would receive God’s blessings as never before. True prosperity goes beyond the area of finances. It is so much more than you ever imagined. The Ways of Prosperity will guide you to identify and engage with opportunities for prosperity in seven vital areas of life: - Relational - Spiritual - Emotional and Physical Health - Financial - Professional - Mindset - Social  The Ways of Prosperity is a biblically based holistic guide to building a thriving life. Jeremy and Ally’s powerful collaboration utilizes Jeremy’s decade-long work with Christian authors and speakers and Ally’s expertise in the field of psychology (she is scheduled to receive her doctorate in September 2020). Walk out your prosperous journey with teachings, prayers, reflections, and activations. This audiobook will help you partner with the abundant life Jesus has made available for you. Ally Butrous, Jeremy Butrous Tue, 18 Aug 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409906 thebookvoice.com 6:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409906]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Ways of Prosperity: God's Provision for Every Area of Your Life Author: Ally Butrous, Jeremy Butrous Narrator: Liz Stanislawski, Kevin Kilpatrick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 21 minutes Release date: August 18, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: God wants our days to be abundant and thriving! Learn to cultivate habits that produce prosperity and contentment in every area of life. What if you were immersed in a daily experience of prosperity—one that would give you hope and impact all of your life? It is likely you would receive God’s blessings as never before. True prosperity goes beyond the area of finances. It is so much more than you ever imagined. The Ways of Prosperity will guide you to identify and engage with opportunities for prosperity in seven vital areas of life: - Relational - Spiritual - Emotional and Physical Health - Financial - Professional - Mindset - Social  The Ways of Prosperity is a biblically based holistic guide to building a thriving life. Jeremy and Ally’s powerful collaboration utilizes Jeremy’s decade-long work with Christian authors and speakers and Ally’s expertise in the field of psychology (she is scheduled to receive her doctorate in September 2020). Walk out your prosperous journey with teachings, prayers, reflections, and activations. This audiobook will help you partner with the abundant life Jesus has made available for you. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409906]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Ways of Prosperity: God's Provision for Every Area of Your Life Author: Ally Butrous, Jeremy Butrous Narrator: Liz Stanislawski, Kevin Kilpatrick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 21 minutes Release date: August 18, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: God wants our days to be abundant and thriving! Learn to cultivate habits that produce prosperity and contentment in every area of life. What if you were immersed in a daily experience of prosperity—one that would give you hope and impact all of your life? It is likely you would receive God’s blessings as never before. True prosperity goes beyond the area of finances. It is so much more than you ever imagined. The Ways of Prosperity will guide you to identify and engage with opportunities for prosperity in seven vital areas of life: - Relational - Spiritual - Emotional and Physical Health - Financial - Professional - Mindset - Social  The Ways of Prosperity is a biblically based holistic guide to building a thriving life. Jeremy and Ally’s powerful collaboration utilizes Jeremy’s decade-long work with Christian authors and speakers and Ally’s expertise in the field of psychology (she is scheduled to receive her doctorate in September 2020). Walk out your prosperous journey with teachings, prayers, reflections, and activations. This audiobook will help you partner with the abundant life Jesus has made available for you. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409732 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409732]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cognitive Behavioural Therapy For Dummies: 3rd Edition Author: Rob Willson, Rhena Branch Narrator: Bruce Mann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 1 minute Release date: February 18, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Cognitive behavioral therapy, or CBT for short, is often cited as the gold standard of psychotherapy. Its techniques allow you to identify the negative thought processes that hold you back and exchange them for new, productive ones that can change your life. Increasingly popular among healthcare professionals, the CBT approach can be used by anyone to overcome common problems ranging from depression or anxiety to more complex disorders like OCD, PTSD, and addiction. CBT can also be used to simply developing a healthier, more productive outlook on life. This book shows you how you can easily incorporate the techniques of CBT into your day-to-day life and produce tangible results. You'll learn how to take your negative thoughts to boot camp and retrain them, establishing new habits that tackle your toxic thoughts and retool your awareness, allowing you be free of the weight of past negative thinking biases. Move on: take a fresh look at your past and maybe even overcome it. Mellow out: relax yourself through techniques that reduce anger and stress. Lighten up: hear practical advice on healthy attitudes for living and ways to nourish optimism. Look again: discover how to overcome low self-esteem and body image issues. Rob Willson, Rhena Branch Tue, 18 Feb 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409732 thebookvoice.com 15:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409732]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cognitive Behavioural Therapy For Dummies: 3rd Edition Author: Rob Willson, Rhena Branch Narrator: Bruce Mann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 1 minute Release date: February 18, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Cognitive behavioral therapy, or CBT for short, is often cited as the gold standard of psychotherapy. Its techniques allow you to identify the negative thought processes that hold you back and exchange them for new, productive ones that can change your life. Increasingly popular among healthcare professionals, the CBT approach can be used by anyone to overcome common problems ranging from depression or anxiety to more complex disorders like OCD, PTSD, and addiction. CBT can also be used to simply developing a healthier, more productive outlook on life. This book shows you how you can easily incorporate the techniques of CBT into your day-to-day life and produce tangible results. You'll learn how to take your negative thoughts to boot camp and retrain them, establishing new habits that tackle your toxic thoughts and retool your awareness, allowing you be free of the weight of past negative thinking biases. Move on: take a fresh look at your past and maybe even overcome it. Mellow out: relax yourself through techniques that reduce anger and stress. Lighten up: hear practical advice on healthy attitudes for living and ways to nourish optimism. Look again: discover how to overcome low self-esteem and body image issues. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409732]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cognitive Behavioural Therapy For Dummies: 3rd Edition Author: Rob Willson, Rhena Branch Narrator: Bruce Mann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 1 minute Release date: February 18, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Cognitive behavioral therapy, or CBT for short, is often cited as the gold standard of psychotherapy. Its techniques allow you to identify the negative thought processes that hold you back and exchange them for new, productive ones that can change your life. Increasingly popular among healthcare professionals, the CBT approach can be used by anyone to overcome common problems ranging from depression or anxiety to more complex disorders like OCD, PTSD, and addiction. CBT can also be used to simply developing a healthier, more productive outlook on life. This book shows you how you can easily incorporate the techniques of CBT into your day-to-day life and produce tangible results. You'll learn how to take your negative thoughts to boot camp and retrain them, establishing new habits that tackle your toxic thoughts and retool your awareness, allowing you be free of the weight of past negative thinking biases. Move on: take a fresh look at your past and maybe even overcome it. Mellow out: relax yourself through techniques that reduce anger and stress. Lighten up: hear practical advice on healthy attitudes for living and ways to nourish optimism. Look again: discover how to overcome low self-esteem and body image issues. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409293 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409293]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Observations and Aphorisms Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: Paul Metcalfe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 53 minutes Release date: November 13, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Sharp and deep observations and aphorisms on matters of faith, business, finance, and personal growth. J.-M. Kuczynski Wed, 13 Nov 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409293 thebookvoice.com 0:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409293]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Observations and Aphorisms Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: Paul Metcalfe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 53 minutes Release date: November 13, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Sharp and deep observations and aphorisms on matters of faith, business, finance, and personal growth. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409293]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Observations and Aphorisms Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: Paul Metcalfe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 53 minutes Release date: November 13, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Sharp and deep observations and aphorisms on matters of faith, business, finance, and personal growth. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409067 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409067]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The INFJ Scam Author: Jazz Vazquez Narrator: Diedra Eby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 8 minutes Release date: November 12, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Jazz Vazquez, author and psychoanalyst, delves into the mystery of the INFJ scam. Why are so many You Tube personalities posing as INFJs when they are actually gigolos and whores? People want to have the rarest personality type in the world. The INFJ scam is a short cut to developing real character or depth. Real INFJs are some of the most imaginative artists and insightful self-help writers in the world. Is the creativity of authentic INFJs hijacked by fake INFJ whores and gigolos on You Tube who don't want to grow up? Jazz Vazquez Tue, 12 Nov 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409067 thebookvoice.com 0:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409067]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The INFJ Scam Author: Jazz Vazquez Narrator: Diedra Eby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 8 minutes Release date: November 12, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Jazz Vazquez, author and psychoanalyst, delves into the mystery of the INFJ scam. Why are so many You Tube personalities posing as INFJs when they are actually gigolos and whores? People want to have the rarest personality type in the world. The INFJ scam is a short cut to developing real character or depth. Real INFJs are some of the most imaginative artists and insightful self-help writers in the world. Is the creativity of authentic INFJs hijacked by fake INFJ whores and gigolos on You Tube who don't want to grow up? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409067]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The INFJ Scam Author: Jazz Vazquez Narrator: Diedra Eby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 8 minutes Release date: November 12, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Jazz Vazquez, author and psychoanalyst, delves into the mystery of the INFJ scam. Why are so many You Tube personalities posing as INFJs when they are actually gigolos and whores? People want to have the rarest personality type in the world. The INFJ scam is a short cut to developing real character or depth. Real INFJs are some of the most imaginative artists and insightful self-help writers in the world. Is the creativity of authentic INFJs hijacked by fake INFJ whores and gigolos on You Tube who don't want to grow up? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409059 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409059]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Laying of Hands: When a Pastor Rapes Author: Thorn And Rose Institute Narrator: Lori Morris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 12 minutes Release date: November 12, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A woman shares her anonymous true story of how she was raped by her pastor. Far away from her family and home, a young college girl joins a charismatic Christian fellowship group that meets at the pastor's home. Hoping to get closer to Jesus, the trusting girl goes along with the Christian crowd without suspecting they will lay hands on her as part of a demon exorcism. When she turns to her pastor to rescue her from a predator, our anonymous author finds betrayal in his church office. Learn how one woman was raped by her church pastor. Rather than chastising the pastor, the community promoted him to senior pastor while giving the author dirty looks as if she was the Whore of Babylon. Thorn And Rose Institute Tue, 12 Nov 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409059 thebookvoice.com 0:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409059]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Laying of Hands: When a Pastor Rapes Author: Thorn And Rose Institute Narrator: Lori Morris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 12 minutes Release date: November 12, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A woman shares her anonymous true story of how she was raped by her pastor. Far away from her family and home, a young college girl joins a charismatic Christian fellowship group that meets at the pastor's home. Hoping to get closer to Jesus, the trusting girl goes along with the Christian crowd without suspecting they will lay hands on her as part of a demon exorcism. When she turns to her pastor to rescue her from a predator, our anonymous author finds betrayal in his church office. Learn how one woman was raped by her church pastor. Rather than chastising the pastor, the community promoted him to senior pastor while giving the author dirty looks as if she was the Whore of Babylon. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409059]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Laying of Hands: When a Pastor Rapes Author: Thorn And Rose Institute Narrator: Lori Morris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 12 minutes Release date: November 12, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A woman shares her anonymous true story of how she was raped by her pastor. Far away from her family and home, a young college girl joins a charismatic Christian fellowship group that meets at the pastor's home. Hoping to get closer to Jesus, the trusting girl goes along with the Christian crowd without suspecting they will lay hands on her as part of a demon exorcism. When she turns to her pastor to rescue her from a predator, our anonymous author finds betrayal in his church office. Learn how one woman was raped by her church pastor. Rather than chastising the pastor, the community promoted him to senior pastor while giving the author dirty looks as if she was the Whore of Babylon. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408986 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408986]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Calling Bullshit: The Art of Skepticism in a Data-Driven World Author: Carl T. Bergstrom, Jevin D. West Narrator: Patrick Zeller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 17 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Bullshit isn’t what it used to be. Now, two science professors give us the tools to dismantle misinformation and think clearly in a world of fake news and bad data.   Misinformation, disinformation, and fake news abound and it’s increasingly difficult to know what’s true. Our media environment has become hyperpartisan. Science is conducted by press release. Startup culture elevates bullshit to high art. We are fairly well equipped to spot the sort of old-school bullshit that is based in fancy rhetoric and weasel words, but most of us don’t feel qualified to challenge the avalanche of new-school bullshit presented in the language of math, science, or statistics. In Calling Bullshit, Professors Carl Bergstrom and Jevin West give us a set of powerful tools to cut through the most intimidating data. You don’t need a lot of technical expertise to call out problems with data. Are the numbers or results too good or too dramatic to be true? Is the claim comparing like with like? Is it confirming your personal bias? Drawing on a deep well of expertise in statistics and computational biology, Bergstrom and West exuberantly unpack examples of selection bias and muddled data visualization, distinguish between correlation and causation, and examine the susceptibility of science to modern bullshit. We have always needed people who call bullshit when necessary, whether within a circle of friends, a community of scholars, or the citizenry of a nation. Now that bullshit has evolved, we need to relearn the art of skepticism. This audiobook includes a downloadable PDF that contains multiple examples of bullshit in the form of charts, graphs, and illustrations from the book. Carl T. Bergstrom, Jevin D. West Tue, 04 Aug 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408986 thebookvoice.com 10:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408986]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Calling Bullshit: The Art of Skepticism in a Data-Driven World Author: Carl T. Bergstrom, Jevin D. West Narrator: Patrick Zeller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 17 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Bullshit isn’t what it used to be. Now, two science professors give us the tools to dismantle misinformation and think clearly in a world of fake news and bad data.   Misinformation, disinformation, and fake news abound and it’s increasingly difficult to know what’s true. Our media environment has become hyperpartisan. Science is conducted by press release. Startup culture elevates bullshit to high art. We are fairly well equipped to spot the sort of old-school bullshit that is based in fancy rhetoric and weasel words, but most of us don’t feel qualified to challenge the avalanche of new-school bullshit presented in the language of math, science, or statistics. In Calling Bullshit, Professors Carl Bergstrom and Jevin West give us a set of powerful tools to cut through the most intimidating data. You don’t need a lot of technical expertise to call out problems with data. Are the numbers or results too good or too dramatic to be true? Is the claim comparing like with like? Is it confirming your personal bias? Drawing on a deep well of expertise in statistics and computational biology, Bergstrom and West exuberantly unpack examples of selection bias and muddled data visualization, distinguish between correlation and causation, and examine the susceptibility of science to modern bullshit. We have always needed people who call bullshit when necessary, whether within a circle of friends, a community of scholars, or the citizenry of a nation. Now that bullshit has evolved, we need to relearn the art of skepticism. This audiobook includes a downloadable PDF that contains multiple examples of bullshit in the form of charts, graphs, and illustrations from the book. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408986]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Calling Bullshit: The Art of Skepticism in a Data-Driven World Author: Carl T. Bergstrom, Jevin D. West Narrator: Patrick Zeller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 17 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Bullshit isn’t what it used to be. Now, two science professors give us the tools to dismantle misinformation and think clearly in a world of fake news and bad data.   Misinformation, disinformation, and fake news abound and it’s increasingly difficult to know what’s true. Our media environment has become hyperpartisan. Science is conducted by press release. Startup culture elevates bullshit to high art. We are fairly well equipped to spot the sort of old-school bullshit that is based in fancy rhetoric and weasel words, but most of us don’t feel qualified to challenge the avalanche of new-school bullshit presented in the language of math, science, or statistics. In Calling Bullshit, Professors Carl Bergstrom and Jevin West give us a set of powerful tools to cut through the most intimidating data. You don’t need a lot of technical expertise to call out problems with data. Are the numbers or results too good or too dramatic to be true? Is the claim comparing like with like? Is it confirming your personal bias? Drawing on a deep well of expertise in statistics and computational biology, Bergstrom and West exuberantly unpack examples of selection bias and muddled data visualization, distinguish between correlation and causation, and examine the susceptibility of science to modern bullshit. We have always needed people who call bullshit when necessary, whether within a circle of friends, a community of scholars, or the citizenry of a nation. Now that bullshit has evolved, we need to relearn the art of skepticism. This audiobook includes a downloadable PDF that contains multiple examples of bullshit in the form of charts, graphs, and illustrations from the book. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408931 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408931]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Making Sense: Conversations on Consciousness, Morality, and the Future of Humanity Author: Sam Harris Narrator: Robert Sapolsky, Timothy Snyder, Anil Seth, David Chalmers, Nick Bostrom, Max Tegmark, Thomas Metzinger, David Deutsch, Daniel Kahneman, David Krakauer, Sam Harris, Glenn C. Loury Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 26 minutes Release date: August 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the bestselling author of Waking Up and The End of Faith, a collection of the best conversations from his wildly popular, often controversial podcast, Making Sense. “Civilization rests on a series of successful conversations.” —Sam Harris Sam Harris—neuroscientist, philosopher, and bestselling author—has been exploring some of the most important questions about the human mind, society, and current events on his podcast, Making Sense. With over one million downloads per episode, these discussions have clearly hit a nerve, frequently walking a tightrope where either host or guest—and sometimes both—lose their footing, but always in search of a greater understanding of the world in which we live. For Harris, honest conversation, no matter how difficult or controversial, represents the only path to moral and intellectual progress.  The Making Sense audiobook includes talks with Daniel Kahneman, Timothy Snyder, Nick Bostrom, and Glen Loury, on topics that range from the nature of consciousness and free will, to politics and extremism, to living ethically. Together they shine a light on what it means to “make sense” in the modern world. Sam Harris Tue, 11 Aug 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408931 thebookvoice.com 22:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408931]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Making Sense: Conversations on Consciousness, Morality, and the Future of Humanity Author: Sam Harris Narrator: Robert Sapolsky, Timothy Snyder, Anil Seth, David Chalmers, Nick Bostrom, Max Tegmark, Thomas Metzinger, David Deutsch, Daniel Kahneman, David Krakauer, Sam Harris, Glenn C. Loury Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 26 minutes Release date: August 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the bestselling author of Waking Up and The End of Faith, a collection of the best conversations from his wildly popular, often controversial podcast, Making Sense. “Civilization rests on a series of successful conversations.” —Sam Harris Sam Harris—neuroscientist, philosopher, and bestselling author—has been exploring some of the most important questions about the human mind, society, and current events on his podcast, Making Sense. With over one million downloads per episode, these discussions have clearly hit a nerve, frequently walking a tightrope where either host or guest—and sometimes both—lose their footing, but always in search of a greater understanding of the world in which we live. For Harris, honest conversation, no matter how difficult or controversial, represents the only path to moral and intellectual progress.  The Making Sense audiobook includes talks with Daniel Kahneman, Timothy Snyder, Nick Bostrom, and Glen Loury, on topics that range from the nature of consciousness and free will, to politics and extremism, to living ethically. Together they shine a light on what it means to “make sense” in the modern world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408931]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Making Sense: Conversations on Consciousness, Morality, and the Future of Humanity Author: Sam Harris Narrator: Robert Sapolsky, Timothy Snyder, Anil Seth, David Chalmers, Nick Bostrom, Max Tegmark, Thomas Metzinger, David Deutsch, Daniel Kahneman, David Krakauer, Sam Harris, Glenn C. Loury Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 26 minutes Release date: August 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the bestselling author of Waking Up and The End of Faith, a collection of the best conversations from his wildly popular, often controversial podcast, Making Sense. “Civilization rests on a series of successful conversations.” —Sam Harris Sam Harris—neuroscientist, philosopher, and bestselling author—has been exploring some of the most important questions about the human mind, society, and current events on his podcast, Making Sense. With over one million downloads per episode, these discussions have clearly hit a nerve, frequently walking a tightrope where either host or guest—and sometimes both—lose their footing, but always in search of a greater understanding of the world in which we live. For Harris, honest conversation, no matter how difficult or controversial, represents the only path to moral and intellectual progress.  The Making Sense audiobook includes talks with Daniel Kahneman, Timothy Snyder, Nick Bostrom, and Glen Loury, on topics that range from the nature of consciousness and free will, to politics and extremism, to living ethically. Together they shine a light on what it means to “make sense” in the modern world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408694 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408694]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rewilding: Meditations, Practices, and Skills for Awakening in Nature Author: Micah Mortali Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 10 minutes Release date: January 28, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Reconnect with your wild essence as you awaken your innate bond with the natural world 'Rewilding is a return to our essential nature. It is an attempt to reclaim something of what we were before we used words like 'civilized' to define ourselves.' —Micah Mortali In his long-awaited book Rewilding, Kripalu director Micah Mortali brings together yoga, mindfulness, wilderness training, and ancestral skills to create a unique guide for reigniting your primal energy—your undomesticated true self—and deepening your connection with the living earth. For hundreds of thousands of years, humans lived intimately with the earth. We were in the wild and of the wild. Today, we live mostly urban lives—and our vital wildness has gone dormant. As a result, we're more isolated, unhealthy, anxious, and depressed than ever, and our planet has suffered alongside us. With Rewilding, Mortali invites us to shed the effects of over-civilization and explore an inner wisdom that is primal, ancient, and profound. Whether you live in the middle of a city or alongside the woods, the insights and practices in this book will bring you home to your wild, wise, and alive self. Micah Mortali Tue, 28 Jan 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408694 thebookvoice.com 8:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408694]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rewilding: Meditations, Practices, and Skills for Awakening in Nature Author: Micah Mortali Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 10 minutes Release date: January 28, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Reconnect with your wild essence as you awaken your innate bond with the natural world 'Rewilding is a return to our essential nature. It is an attempt to reclaim something of what we were before we used words like 'civilized' to define ourselves.' —Micah Mortali In his long-awaited book Rewilding, Kripalu director Micah Mortali brings together yoga, mindfulness, wilderness training, and ancestral skills to create a unique guide for reigniting your primal energy—your undomesticated true self—and deepening your connection with the living earth. For hundreds of thousands of years, humans lived intimately with the earth. We were in the wild and of the wild. Today, we live mostly urban lives—and our vital wildness has gone dormant. As a result, we're more isolated, unhealthy, anxious, and depressed than ever, and our planet has suffered alongside us. With Rewilding, Mortali invites us to shed the effects of over-civilization and explore an inner wisdom that is primal, ancient, and profound. Whether you live in the middle of a city or alongside the woods, the insights and practices in this book will bring you home to your wild, wise, and alive self. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408694]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rewilding: Meditations, Practices, and Skills for Awakening in Nature Author: Micah Mortali Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 10 minutes Release date: January 28, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Reconnect with your wild essence as you awaken your innate bond with the natural world 'Rewilding is a return to our essential nature. It is an attempt to reclaim something of what we were before we used words like 'civilized' to define ourselves.' —Micah Mortali In his long-awaited book Rewilding, Kripalu director Micah Mortali brings together yoga, mindfulness, wilderness training, and ancestral skills to create a unique guide for reigniting your primal energy—your undomesticated true self—and deepening your connection with the living earth. For hundreds of thousands of years, humans lived intimately with the earth. We were in the wild and of the wild. Today, we live mostly urban lives—and our vital wildness has gone dormant. As a result, we're more isolated, unhealthy, anxious, and depressed than ever, and our planet has suffered alongside us. With Rewilding, Mortali invites us to shed the effects of over-civilization and explore an inner wisdom that is primal, ancient, and profound. Whether you live in the middle of a city or alongside the woods, the insights and practices in this book will bring you home to your wild, wise, and alive self. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408602 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408602]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Más agudo, más rápido y mejor: Los secretos para ser más productivo en la vida y en el trabajo Author: Charles Duhigg Narrator: Raúl Arrieta Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 16 minutes Release date: November 21, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: En Más agudo, más rápido y mejor, Charles Duhigg nos desvela los avances de la ciencia de la productividad de forma clara y práctica, y nos enseña cómo aplicarlos para mejorar en todo lo que hacemos. Por el autor del best seller El poder de los hábitos. En El poder del hábito, el periodista, ganador del Premio Pulitzer, Charles Duhigg explica por qué hacemos lo que hacemos. En Más agudo, más rápido y mejor, aplica la misma curiosidad para descifrar cómo podemos hacer mejor aquello que hacemos. A partir de ocho conceptos clave que van desde la motivación y el establecimiento de objetivos hasta la toma de decisiones, Charles Duhigg nos enseña en Más agudo, más rápido y mejor por qué algunas personas y empresas consiguen ser más productivas que otras, y cómo deberíamos actuar para mejorar y conseguir nuestros objetivos con menos estrés y esfuerzo. En definitiva, ser más agudos, más rápidos y mejores en todo lo que hacemos. Fundamentado en los últimos descubrimientos en neurociencia, psicología y psicoeconomía, así como en las experiencias vividas por profesionales de diversos ámbitos como agentes del FBI, pilotos comerciales, directores generales, y altos mandos del ejército, este libro constituye la herramienta perfecta para que nuestra vida laboral y personal sea mucho más fructífera y agradable. «La productividad tiene que ver sobre todo con elegir ciertas opciones de ciertas maneras. El modo en que decidimos vernos a nosotros mismos y encuadrar las decisiones cotidianas, las historias que nos contamos y los objetivos fáciles que ignoramos, el sentimiento de comunidad que inculcamos en nuestros compañeros de equipo y la cultura creativa que establecemos como líderes, todo esto es lo que diferencia a las personas simplemente ocupadas de las realmente productivas.» Charles Duhigg Reseñas: «Una lectura imprescindible para todos los que deseen ser más productivos (y de forma más creativa).» Jim Collins, autor de Empresas que sobresalen «Charles Duhigg es un buen narrador que posee una singular habilidad para combinar ciencia social, reportajes detallados y anécdotas muy entretenidas.» The Economist «Más agudo, más rápido y mejor ofrece grandes lecciones. Duhigg es un excelente narrador y un maestro cuyas palabras atrapan al lector.» The Financial Times Charles Duhigg Thu, 21 Nov 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408602 thebookvoice.com 11:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408602]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Más agudo, más rápido y mejor: Los secretos para ser más productivo en la vida y en el trabajo Author: Charles Duhigg Narrator: Raúl Arrieta Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 16 minutes Release date: November 21, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: En Más agudo, más rápido y mejor, Charles Duhigg nos desvela los avances de la ciencia de la productividad de forma clara y práctica, y nos enseña cómo aplicarlos para mejorar en todo lo que hacemos. Por el autor del best seller El poder de los hábitos. En El poder del hábito, el periodista, ganador del Premio Pulitzer, Charles Duhigg explica por qué hacemos lo que hacemos. En Más agudo, más rápido y mejor, aplica la misma curiosidad para descifrar cómo podemos hacer mejor aquello que hacemos. A partir de ocho conceptos clave que van desde la motivación y el establecimiento de objetivos hasta la toma de decisiones, Charles Duhigg nos enseña en Más agudo, más rápido y mejor por qué algunas personas y empresas consiguen ser más productivas que otras, y cómo deberíamos actuar para mejorar y conseguir nuestros objetivos con menos estrés y esfuerzo. En definitiva, ser más agudos, más rápidos y mejores en todo lo que hacemos. Fundamentado en los últimos descubrimientos en neurociencia, psicología y psicoeconomía, así como en las experiencias vividas por profesionales de diversos ámbitos como agentes del FBI, pilotos comerciales, directores generales, y altos mandos del ejército, este libro constituye la herramienta perfecta para que nuestra vida laboral y personal sea mucho más fructífera y agradable. «La productividad tiene que ver sobre todo con elegir ciertas opciones de ciertas maneras. El modo en que decidimos vernos a nosotros mismos y encuadrar las decisiones cotidianas, las historias que nos contamos y los objetivos fáciles que ignoramos, el sentimiento de comunidad que inculcamos en nuestros compañeros de equipo y la cultura creativa que establecemos como líderes, todo esto es lo que diferencia a las personas simplemente ocupadas de las realmente productivas.» Charles Duhigg Reseñas: «Una lectura imprescindible para todos los que deseen ser más productivos (y de forma más creativa).» Jim Collins, autor de Empresas que sobresalen «Charles Duhigg es un buen narrador que posee una singular habilidad para combinar ciencia social, reportajes detallados y anécdotas muy entretenidas.» The Economist «Más agudo, más rápido y mejor ofrece grandes lecciones. Duhigg es un excelente narrador y un maestro cuyas palabras atrapan al lector.» The Financial Times Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408602]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Más agudo, más rápido y mejor: Los secretos para ser más productivo en la vida y en el trabajo Author: Charles Duhigg Narrator: Raúl Arrieta Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 16 minutes Release date: November 21, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: En Más agudo, más rápido y mejor, Charles Duhigg nos desvela los avances de la ciencia de la productividad de forma clara y práctica, y nos enseña cómo aplicarlos para mejorar en todo lo que hacemos. Por el autor del best seller El poder de los hábitos. En El poder del hábito, el periodista, ganador del Premio Pulitzer, Charles Duhigg explica por qué hacemos lo que hacemos. En Más agudo, más rápido y mejor, aplica la misma curiosidad para descifrar cómo podemos hacer mejor aquello que hacemos. A partir de ocho conceptos clave que van desde la motivación y el establecimiento de objetivos hasta la toma de decisiones, Charles Duhigg nos enseña en Más agudo, más rápido y mejor por qué algunas personas y empresas consiguen ser más productivas que otras, y cómo deberíamos actuar para mejorar y conseguir nuestros objetivos con menos estrés y esfuerzo. En definitiva, ser más agudos, más rápidos y mejores en todo lo que hacemos. Fundamentado en los últimos descubrimientos en neurociencia, psicología y psicoeconomía, así como en las experiencias vividas por profesionales de diversos ámbitos como agentes del FBI, pilotos comerciales, directores generales, y altos mandos del ejército, este libro constituye la herramienta perfecta para que nuestra vida laboral y personal sea mucho más fructífera y agradable. «La productividad tiene que ver sobre todo con elegir ciertas opciones de ciertas maneras. El modo en que decidimos vernos a nosotros mismos y encuadrar las decisiones cotidianas, las historias que nos contamos y los objetivos fáciles que ignoramos, el sentimiento de comunidad que inculcamos en nuestros compañeros de equipo y la cultura creativa que establecemos como líderes, todo esto es lo que diferencia a las personas simplemente ocupadas de las realmente productivas.» Charles Duhigg Reseñas: «Una lectura imprescindible para todos los que deseen ser más productivos (y de forma más creativa).» Jim Collins, autor de Empresas que sobresalen «Charles Duhigg es un buen narrador que posee una singular habilidad para combinar ciencia social, reportajes detallados y anécdotas muy entretenidas.» The Economist «Más agudo, más rápido y mejor ofrece grandes lecciones. Duhigg es un excelente narrador y un maestro cuyas palabras atrapan al lector.» The Financial Times https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408413 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408413]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fat Cow, Fat Chance: The science and psychology of size Author: Jenni Murray Narrator: Jenni Murray Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 39 minutes Release date: July 16, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. At sixty-four, Jenni Murray's weight had become a disability. She avoided the scales, she wore a uniform of baggy black clothes, refused to make connections between her weight and health issues and told herself that she was fat and happy. She was certainly fat. But the happy part was an Oscar-winning performance. In private she lived with a growing sense of fear and misery that it would probably kill her before she made it to seventy. Interwoven with the science, social history and psychology of weight management Fat Cow, Fat Chance is a refreshingly honest account of what it’s like to be fat when society dictates that skinny is the norm. It asks why we overeat and why, when the weight is finally lost through dieting, do we simply pile the pounds back on again? How do we help young people become comfortable with the way they look? What are the consequences of the obesity epidemic for an already overstretched NHS? And, whilst fat shaming is so often called out, why is it that shouting ‘fat cow’ at a woman in the street hasn’t been included in the list of hate crimes? Fusing politics, science and personal pain, this is a powerful exploration of our battle with obesity. ©Jenni Murray 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Jenni Murray Thu, 16 Jul 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408413 thebookvoice.com 8:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408413]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fat Cow, Fat Chance: The science and psychology of size Author: Jenni Murray Narrator: Jenni Murray Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 39 minutes Release date: July 16, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. At sixty-four, Jenni Murray's weight had become a disability. She avoided the scales, she wore a uniform of baggy black clothes, refused to make connections between her weight and health issues and told herself that she was fat and happy. She was certainly fat. But the happy part was an Oscar-winning performance. In private she lived with a growing sense of fear and misery that it would probably kill her before she made it to seventy. Interwoven with the science, social history and psychology of weight management Fat Cow, Fat Chance is a refreshingly honest account of what it’s like to be fat when society dictates that skinny is the norm. It asks why we overeat and why, when the weight is finally lost through dieting, do we simply pile the pounds back on again? How do we help young people become comfortable with the way they look? What are the consequences of the obesity epidemic for an already overstretched NHS? And, whilst fat shaming is so often called out, why is it that shouting ‘fat cow’ at a woman in the street hasn’t been included in the list of hate crimes? Fusing politics, science and personal pain, this is a powerful exploration of our battle with obesity. ©Jenni Murray 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408413]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fat Cow, Fat Chance: The science and psychology of size Author: Jenni Murray Narrator: Jenni Murray Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 39 minutes Release date: July 16, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. At sixty-four, Jenni Murray's weight had become a disability. She avoided the scales, she wore a uniform of baggy black clothes, refused to make connections between her weight and health issues and told herself that she was fat and happy. She was certainly fat. But the happy part was an Oscar-winning performance. In private she lived with a growing sense of fear and misery that it would probably kill her before she made it to seventy. Interwoven with the science, social history and psychology of weight management Fat Cow, Fat Chance is a refreshingly honest account of what it’s like to be fat when society dictates that skinny is the norm. It asks why we overeat and why, when the weight is finally lost through dieting, do we simply pile the pounds back on again? How do we help young people become comfortable with the way they look? What are the consequences of the obesity epidemic for an already overstretched NHS? And, whilst fat shaming is so often called out, why is it that shouting ‘fat cow’ at a woman in the street hasn’t been included in the list of hate crimes? Fusing politics, science and personal pain, this is a powerful exploration of our battle with obesity. ©Jenni Murray 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408392 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408392]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hurt: The Sunday Times Sports Book of the Year Author: Dylan Hartley Narrator: Mike Sengelow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 29 minutes Release date: September 3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Rugby hurts. It demands mental resilience and resistance to pain. It explores character, beyond a capacity to endure punishment. In The Hurt, Dylan Hartley, one of England's most successful captains, tells a story of hard men and harsh truths. This is rugby in the raw, a unique insight into the price of sporting obsession. At the age of 16, Hartley travelled to England, on his own, to build a life and learn the dark arts of front row play. He won 97 international caps before his retirement, due to a persistent knee condition, in November 2019. He formed an unusually close coach-captain relationship with Eddie Jones, winning the Grand Slam in their first season together. Hartley addresses the ever-increasing physical and psychological demands on international players, and the toll it can take on their mental health. He describes with brutal clarity the effects of multiple concussions, and his fear of the potential long-term damage caused by a game he fell in love with as a boy in rural New Zealand. 'Rugby is great for the soul,' he writes, 'but terrible for the body.' Dylan Hartley has survived old-school brawls, and thrived in the high-pressure, high-performance culture created by Eddie Jones before his dream of leading England on the biggest stage in the 2019 World Cup was shattered by untimely injury. Along the way, he learned a lot about leadership and about himself. The Hurt shows us his life and his sport, warts and all. 'Few have had more twists and turns in a pro rugby career than the now-retired Dylan Hartley. Never a one dimensional character on or off the field and led England to some famous wins.' Robert Kitson Dylan Hartley Thu, 03 Sep 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408392 thebookvoice.com 9:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408392]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hurt: The Sunday Times Sports Book of the Year Author: Dylan Hartley Narrator: Mike Sengelow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 29 minutes Release date: September 3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Rugby hurts. It demands mental resilience and resistance to pain. It explores character, beyond a capacity to endure punishment. In The Hurt, Dylan Hartley, one of England's most successful captains, tells a story of hard men and harsh truths. This is rugby in the raw, a unique insight into the price of sporting obsession. At the age of 16, Hartley travelled to England, on his own, to build a life and learn the dark arts of front row play. He won 97 international caps before his retirement, due to a persistent knee condition, in November 2019. He formed an unusually close coach-captain relationship with Eddie Jones, winning the Grand Slam in their first season together. Hartley addresses the ever-increasing physical and psychological demands on international players, and the toll it can take on their mental health. He describes with brutal clarity the effects of multiple concussions, and his fear of the potential long-term damage caused by a game he fell in love with as a boy in rural New Zealand. 'Rugby is great for the soul,' he writes, 'but terrible for the body.' Dylan Hartley has survived old-school brawls, and thrived in the high-pressure, high-performance culture created by Eddie Jones before his dream of leading England on the biggest stage in the 2019 World Cup was shattered by untimely injury. Along the way, he learned a lot about leadership and about himself. The Hurt shows us his life and his sport, warts and all. 'Few have had more twists and turns in a pro rugby career than the now-retired Dylan Hartley. Never a one dimensional character on or off the field and led England to some famous wins.' Robert Kitson Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408392]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hurt: The Sunday Times Sports Book of the Year Author: Dylan Hartley Narrator: Mike Sengelow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 29 minutes Release date: September 3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Rugby hurts. It demands mental resilience and resistance to pain. It explores character, beyond a capacity to endure punishment. In The Hurt, Dylan Hartley, one of England's most successful captains, tells a story of hard men and harsh truths. This is rugby in the raw, a unique insight into the price of sporting obsession. At the age of 16, Hartley travelled to England, on his own, to build a life and learn the dark arts of front row play. He won 97 international caps before his retirement, due to a persistent knee condition, in November 2019. He formed an unusually close coach-captain relationship with Eddie Jones, winning the Grand Slam in their first season together. Hartley addresses the ever-increasing physical and psychological demands on international players, and the toll it can take on their mental health. He describes with brutal clarity the effects of multiple concussions, and his fear of the potential long-term damage caused by a game he fell in love with as a boy in rural New Zealand. 'Rugby is great for the soul,' he writes, 'but terrible for the body.' Dylan Hartley has survived old-school brawls, and thrived in the high-pressure, high-performance culture created by Eddie Jones before his dream of leading England on the biggest stage in the 2019 World Cup was shattered by untimely injury. Along the way, he learned a lot about leadership and about himself. The Hurt shows us his life and his sport, warts and all. 'Few have had more twists and turns in a pro rugby career than the now-retired Dylan Hartley. Never a one dimensional character on or off the field and led England to some famous wins.' Robert Kitson https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408387 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408387]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fear Less: How to Win at Life Without Losing Yourself Author: Pippa Grange Narrator: Pippa Grange Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 46 minutes Release date: July 23, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. If we were truly free from fear, what could we achieve? We strive for success, but we are rarely happy. The more we try to win – putting on a brave face for work or family – the more we risk losing ourselves. And even reaching our goals can feel strangely hollow. The culprit? Fear. It makes us anxious, or shameful, or turns us into perfectionists. We pretend to be someone else while aiming for a status that’s never truly satisfying. There is another way. A way to find our true voice, to win on our own terms. Building that open mindset is at the heart of this mould-breaking book by Dr Pippa Grange, the psychologist who helped transform the England team, taking them all the way to the World Cup semi-finals in 2018. In Fear Less, Pippa Grange shows all of us how, by starting to live with less fear, we can find our real passions and deeper fulfilment. Her simple manifesto enables us to replace stress with courage, and connect with the people around us on a far deeper level. This type of success isn’t about trophies or beating others, it’s about winning at the very deepest level: winning from within. It’s time to fear less. ©Dr Pippa Grange 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Pippa Grange Thu, 23 Jul 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408387 thebookvoice.com 6:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408387]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fear Less: How to Win at Life Without Losing Yourself Author: Pippa Grange Narrator: Pippa Grange Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 46 minutes Release date: July 23, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. If we were truly free from fear, what could we achieve? We strive for success, but we are rarely happy. The more we try to win – putting on a brave face for work or family – the more we risk losing ourselves. And even reaching our goals can feel strangely hollow. The culprit? Fear. It makes us anxious, or shameful, or turns us into perfectionists. We pretend to be someone else while aiming for a status that’s never truly satisfying. There is another way. A way to find our true voice, to win on our own terms. Building that open mindset is at the heart of this mould-breaking book by Dr Pippa Grange, the psychologist who helped transform the England team, taking them all the way to the World Cup semi-finals in 2018. In Fear Less, Pippa Grange shows all of us how, by starting to live with less fear, we can find our real passions and deeper fulfilment. Her simple manifesto enables us to replace stress with courage, and connect with the people around us on a far deeper level. This type of success isn’t about trophies or beating others, it’s about winning at the very deepest level: winning from within. It’s time to fear less. ©Dr Pippa Grange 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408387]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fear Less: How to Win at Life Without Losing Yourself Author: Pippa Grange Narrator: Pippa Grange Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 46 minutes Release date: July 23, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. If we were truly free from fear, what could we achieve? We strive for success, but we are rarely happy. The more we try to win – putting on a brave face for work or family – the more we risk losing ourselves. And even reaching our goals can feel strangely hollow. The culprit? Fear. It makes us anxious, or shameful, or turns us into perfectionists. We pretend to be someone else while aiming for a status that’s never truly satisfying. There is another way. A way to find our true voice, to win on our own terms. Building that open mindset is at the heart of this mould-breaking book by Dr Pippa Grange, the psychologist who helped transform the England team, taking them all the way to the World Cup semi-finals in 2018. In Fear Less, Pippa Grange shows all of us how, by starting to live with less fear, we can find our real passions and deeper fulfilment. Her simple manifesto enables us to replace stress with courage, and connect with the people around us on a far deeper level. This type of success isn’t about trophies or beating others, it’s about winning at the very deepest level: winning from within. It’s time to fear less. ©Dr Pippa Grange 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408372 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408372]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Idiot's Guide Cognitive Behavioral Therapy: Valuable Advice on Developing Coping Skills and Techniques Author: Jayme Albin, Eileen Bailey Narrator: Jessica Ball Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 14 minutes Release date: December 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: DK Audio presents The Complete Idiot's Guide to Cognitive Behavioural Therapy read to you by Jessica Ball, who has narrated over 250 audiobooks. Change your behaviour and improve your outcomes by adjusting your thinking. You have the ability to change your thinking and control your actions from the inside out. Whether you have an anxiety disorder or OCD, you struggle with diet or substance abuse, or you're just unhappy with the results you're getting in life, cognitive behavioural therapy can teach you how to think and act more constructively. In this helpful guide, you get: - Powerful tools to help identify and address self-defeating patterns - Effective techniques for coping with anger issues, depression, and anxiety - Insightful tips on using meditation, visualisation, and relaxation to move you closer to your goals - Expert advice on dealing with stress and setbacks - and staying focused on your goals - Helpful exercises for developing a realistic but positive attitude © 2014 Dr Jayme Albin; Eileen Bailey © 2019 DK Audio Jayme Albin, Eileen Bailey Thu, 19 Dec 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408372 thebookvoice.com 11:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408372]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Idiot's Guide Cognitive Behavioral Therapy: Valuable Advice on Developing Coping Skills and Techniques Author: Jayme Albin, Eileen Bailey Narrator: Jessica Ball Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 14 minutes Release date: December 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: DK Audio presents The Complete Idiot's Guide to Cognitive Behavioural Therapy read to you by Jessica Ball, who has narrated over 250 audiobooks. Change your behaviour and improve your outcomes by adjusting your thinking. You have the ability to change your thinking and control your actions from the inside out. Whether you have an anxiety disorder or OCD, you struggle with diet or substance abuse, or you're just unhappy with the results you're getting in life, cognitive behavioural therapy can teach you how to think and act more constructively. In this helpful guide, you get: - Powerful tools to help identify and address self-defeating patterns - Effective techniques for coping with anger issues, depression, and anxiety - Insightful tips on using meditation, visualisation, and relaxation to move you closer to your goals - Expert advice on dealing with stress and setbacks - and staying focused on your goals - Helpful exercises for developing a realistic but positive attitude © 2014 Dr Jayme Albin; Eileen Bailey © 2019 DK Audio Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408372]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Idiot's Guide Cognitive Behavioral Therapy: Valuable Advice on Developing Coping Skills and Techniques Author: Jayme Albin, Eileen Bailey Narrator: Jessica Ball Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 14 minutes Release date: December 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: DK Audio presents The Complete Idiot's Guide to Cognitive Behavioural Therapy read to you by Jessica Ball, who has narrated over 250 audiobooks. Change your behaviour and improve your outcomes by adjusting your thinking. You have the ability to change your thinking and control your actions from the inside out. Whether you have an anxiety disorder or OCD, you struggle with diet or substance abuse, or you're just unhappy with the results you're getting in life, cognitive behavioural therapy can teach you how to think and act more constructively. In this helpful guide, you get: - Powerful tools to help identify and address self-defeating patterns - Effective techniques for coping with anger issues, depression, and anxiety - Insightful tips on using meditation, visualisation, and relaxation to move you closer to your goals - Expert advice on dealing with stress and setbacks - and staying focused on your goals - Helpful exercises for developing a realistic but positive attitude © 2014 Dr Jayme Albin; Eileen Bailey © 2019 DK Audio https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408312 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408312]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Enneagram: Become Who You Really Are with the Sacred Road of the 9 Personality Types. Master Personal Growth, Emotional Healing & Self-Discovery - All You Need to Go Back to Being Yourself in 2019 Author: John Heffner Narrator: Mike Eberhardt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 6 minutes Release date: November 7, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.78 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: IF YOU'VE ALWAYS WANTED TO LEARN MORE ABOUT YOURSELF AND WHO YOU REALLY ARE, OR YOU WOULD LIKE TO MAKE A CHANGE BUT DO NOT KNOW WHERE TO START, THEN KEEP READING... Have you ever wondered why you are the way you are? Do you want to understand the motivations and dynamics of your personality? Most likely, the middle of the human personality will always retain some mystery, but with the proper tool in hand, almost anyone can start to pry away the opaque clouds of wonder and get a glimpse into the truth about themselves. If you have never heard of the Enneagram before, then it just may be the tool you have been missing. The Enneagram is a powerful ancient tool used to help individuals recognize their personality types and thus, better understand their actions, thoughts, and feelings more intimately. Through this understanding, you will be finally able to realizing, owning, and accepting your deepest strengths and weaknesses You will discover: • The 9 different personality types. • The wings (secondary personality traits). • Enneagram Subtype • Enneagram and Self-Discovery • Integration and disintegration points. The Enneagram is a powerful tool for discovering your authentic self and using that knowledge to improve in a variety of ways. This comprehensive guide will show you exactly how to apply the principles of the Enneagram personality typing system to find insight and strength for navigating life's changes and challenges. Challenges can arise and causes our weaknesses to surface, and our point of views becomes rigid which results with us getting caught up in automatic habits. But Thanks to the Enneagram you will be able to recognize, adjust and compensate these unconscious patterns. Buy this audiobook today, and start discovering who you really are! John Heffner Thu, 07 Nov 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408312 thebookvoice.com 3:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408312]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Enneagram: Become Who You Really Are with the Sacred Road of the 9 Personality Types. Master Personal Growth, Emotional Healing & Self-Discovery - All You Need to Go Back to Being Yourself in 2019 Author: John Heffner Narrator: Mike Eberhardt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 6 minutes Release date: November 7, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.78 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: IF YOU'VE ALWAYS WANTED TO LEARN MORE ABOUT YOURSELF AND WHO YOU REALLY ARE, OR YOU WOULD LIKE TO MAKE A CHANGE BUT DO NOT KNOW WHERE TO START, THEN KEEP READING... Have you ever wondered why you are the way you are? Do you want to understand the motivations and dynamics of your personality? Most likely, the middle of the human personality will always retain some mystery, but with the proper tool in hand, almost anyone can start to pry away the opaque clouds of wonder and get a glimpse into the truth about themselves. If you have never heard of the Enneagram before, then it just may be the tool you have been missing. The Enneagram is a powerful ancient tool used to help individuals recognize their personality types and thus, better understand their actions, thoughts, and feelings more intimately. Through this understanding, you will be finally able to realizing, owning, and accepting your deepest strengths and weaknesses You will discover: • The 9 different personality types. • The wings (secondary personality traits). • Enneagram Subtype • Enneagram and Self-Discovery • Integration and disintegration points. The Enneagram is a powerful tool for discovering your authentic self and using that knowledge to improve in a variety of ways. This comprehensive guide will show you exactly how to apply the principles of the Enneagram personality typing system to find insight and strength for navigating life's changes and challenges. Challenges can arise and causes our weaknesses to surface, and our point of views becomes rigid which results with us getting caught up in automatic habits. But Thanks to the Enneagram you will be able to recognize, adjust and compensate these unconscious patterns. Buy this audiobook today, and start discovering who you really are! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408312]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Enneagram: Become Who You Really Are with the Sacred Road of the 9 Personality Types. Master Personal Growth, Emotional Healing & Self-Discovery - All You Need to Go Back to Being Yourself in 2019 Author: John Heffner Narrator: Mike Eberhardt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 6 minutes Release date: November 7, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.78 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: IF YOU'VE ALWAYS WANTED TO LEARN MORE ABOUT YOURSELF AND WHO YOU REALLY ARE, OR YOU WOULD LIKE TO MAKE A CHANGE BUT DO NOT KNOW WHERE TO START, THEN KEEP READING... Have you ever wondered why you are the way you are? Do you want to understand the motivations and dynamics of your personality? Most likely, the middle of the human personality will always retain some mystery, but with the proper tool in hand, almost anyone can start to pry away the opaque clouds of wonder and get a glimpse into the truth about themselves. If you have never heard of the Enneagram before, then it just may be the tool you have been missing. The Enneagram is a powerful ancient tool used to help individuals recognize their personality types and thus, better understand their actions, thoughts, and feelings more intimately. Through this understanding, you will be finally able to realizing, owning, and accepting your deepest strengths and weaknesses You will discover: • The 9 different personality types. • The wings (secondary personality traits). • Enneagram Subtype • Enneagram and Self-Discovery • Integration and disintegration points. The Enneagram is a powerful tool for discovering your authentic self and using that knowledge to improve in a variety of ways. This comprehensive guide will show you exactly how to apply the principles of the Enneagram personality typing system to find insight and strength for navigating life's changes and challenges. Challenges can arise and causes our weaknesses to surface, and our point of views becomes rigid which results with us getting caught up in automatic habits. But Thanks to the Enneagram you will be able to recognize, adjust and compensate these unconscious patterns. Buy this audiobook today, and start discovering who you really are! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408126 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408126]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hidden Habits of Genius: Beyond Talent, IQ, and Grit—Unlocking the Secrets of Greatness Author: Craig Wright Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 7 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “An unusually engaging book on the forces that fuel originality across fields.” --Adam Grant Looking at the 14 key traits of genius, from curiosity to creative maladjustment to obsession, Professor Craig Wright, creator of Yale University's popular “Genius Course,” explores what we can learn from brilliant minds that have changed the world.  Einstein. Beethoven. Picasso. Jobs. The word genius evokes these iconic figures, whose cultural contributions have irreversibly shaped society. Yet Beethoven could not multiply. Picasso couldn’t pass a 4th grade math test. And Jobs left high school with a 2.65 GPA. What does this say about our metrics for measuring success and achievement today? Why do we teach children to behave and play by the rules, when the transformative geniuses of Western culture have done just the opposite? And what is genius, really? Professor Craig Wright, creator of Yale University’s popular “Genius Course,” has devoted more than two decades to exploring these questions and probing the nature of this term, which is deeply embedded in our culture. In The Hidden Habits of Genius, he reveals what we can learn from the lives of those we have dubbed “geniuses,” past and present. Examining the lives of transformative individuals ranging from Charles Darwin and Marie Curie to Leonardo Da Vinci and Andy Warhol to Toni Morrison and Elon Musk, Wright identifies more than a dozen drivers of genius—characteristics and patterns of behavior common to great minds throughout history. He argues that genius is about more than intellect and work ethic—it is far more complex—and that the famed “eureka” moment is a Hollywood fiction. Brilliant insights that change the world are never sudden, but rather, they are the result of unique modes of thinking and lengthy gestation. Most importantly, the habits of mind that produce great thinking and discovery can be actively learned and cultivated, and Wright shows us how. This book won't make you a genius. But embracing the hidden habits of these transformative individuals will make you more strategic, creative, and successful, and, ultimately, happier. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Craig Wright Tue, 06 Oct 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408126 thebookvoice.com 10:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408126]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hidden Habits of Genius: Beyond Talent, IQ, and Grit—Unlocking the Secrets of Greatness Author: Craig Wright Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 7 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “An unusually engaging book on the forces that fuel originality across fields.” --Adam Grant Looking at the 14 key traits of genius, from curiosity to creative maladjustment to obsession, Professor Craig Wright, creator of Yale University's popular “Genius Course,” explores what we can learn from brilliant minds that have changed the world.  Einstein. Beethoven. Picasso. Jobs. The word genius evokes these iconic figures, whose cultural contributions have irreversibly shaped society. Yet Beethoven could not multiply. Picasso couldn’t pass a 4th grade math test. And Jobs left high school with a 2.65 GPA. What does this say about our metrics for measuring success and achievement today? Why do we teach children to behave and play by the rules, when the transformative geniuses of Western culture have done just the opposite? And what is genius, really? Professor Craig Wright, creator of Yale University’s popular “Genius Course,” has devoted more than two decades to exploring these questions and probing the nature of this term, which is deeply embedded in our culture. In The Hidden Habits of Genius, he reveals what we can learn from the lives of those we have dubbed “geniuses,” past and present. Examining the lives of transformative individuals ranging from Charles Darwin and Marie Curie to Leonardo Da Vinci and Andy Warhol to Toni Morrison and Elon Musk, Wright identifies more than a dozen drivers of genius—characteristics and patterns of behavior common to great minds throughout history. He argues that genius is about more than intellect and work ethic—it is far more complex—and that the famed “eureka” moment is a Hollywood fiction. Brilliant insights that change the world are never sudden, but rather, they are the result of unique modes of thinking and lengthy gestation. Most importantly, the habits of mind that produce great thinking and discovery can be actively learned and cultivated, and Wright shows us how. This book won't make you a genius. But embracing the hidden habits of these transformative individuals will make you more strategic, creative, and successful, and, ultimately, happier. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408126]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hidden Habits of Genius: Beyond Talent, IQ, and Grit—Unlocking the Secrets of Greatness Author: Craig Wright Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 7 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “An unusually engaging book on the forces that fuel originality across fields.” --Adam Grant Looking at the 14 key traits of genius, from curiosity to creative maladjustment to obsession, Professor Craig Wright, creator of Yale University's popular “Genius Course,” explores what we can learn from brilliant minds that have changed the world.  Einstein. Beethoven. Picasso. Jobs. The word genius evokes these iconic figures, whose cultural contributions have irreversibly shaped society. Yet Beethoven could not multiply. Picasso couldn’t pass a 4th grade math test. And Jobs left high school with a 2.65 GPA. What does this say about our metrics for measuring success and achievement today? Why do we teach children to behave and play by the rules, when the transformative geniuses of Western culture have done just the opposite? And what is genius, really? Professor Craig Wright, creator of Yale University’s popular “Genius Course,” has devoted more than two decades to exploring these questions and probing the nature of this term, which is deeply embedded in our culture. In The Hidden Habits of Genius, he reveals what we can learn from the lives of those we have dubbed “geniuses,” past and present. Examining the lives of transformative individuals ranging from Charles Darwin and Marie Curie to Leonardo Da Vinci and Andy Warhol to Toni Morrison and Elon Musk, Wright identifies more than a dozen drivers of genius—characteristics and patterns of behavior common to great minds throughout history. He argues that genius is about more than intellect and work ethic—it is far more complex—and that the famed “eureka” moment is a Hollywood fiction. Brilliant insights that change the world are never sudden, but rather, they are the result of unique modes of thinking and lengthy gestation. Most importantly, the habits of mind that produce great thinking and discovery can be actively learned and cultivated, and Wright shows us how. This book won't make you a genius. But embracing the hidden habits of these transformative individuals will make you more strategic, creative, and successful, and, ultimately, happier. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407392 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407392]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This City Is Killing Me: Community Trauma and Toxic Stress in Urban America Author: Jonathan Foiles Narrator: Kevin Kenerly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 12 minutes Release date: August 6, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: When Jonathan Foiles was a graduate student in social work, he had to choose between a mental health or policy track. But once he began working, he found it impossible to tell the two apart. While helping poor patients from the south side and west side of Chicago, he realized that individual therapy could not take into account the importance of unemployment, poverty, lack of affordable housing, and other policy decisions that impact the well-being of both individuals and communities. It is easy to be depressed if you live in a neighborhood that has few supportive resources available or is marred by gun violence. We are able to diagnose people with depression, but how does one heal a neighborhood? This City Is Killing Me brings policy and psychology together. Through case studies, Foiles opens up his therapy door to allow us to overhear the stories of individual poor Chicagoans. As we listen, Foiles teaches us how he makes diagnoses, explains how therapists before him would analyze these patients, and, through statistics and the example of Chicago, teaches us how policy decisions have contributed to these individuals’ suffering. The result is a remarkable, unique work with an urgent political call to action at its core. Jonathan Foiles Tue, 06 Aug 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407392 thebookvoice.com 3:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407392]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This City Is Killing Me: Community Trauma and Toxic Stress in Urban America Author: Jonathan Foiles Narrator: Kevin Kenerly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 12 minutes Release date: August 6, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: When Jonathan Foiles was a graduate student in social work, he had to choose between a mental health or policy track. But once he began working, he found it impossible to tell the two apart. While helping poor patients from the south side and west side of Chicago, he realized that individual therapy could not take into account the importance of unemployment, poverty, lack of affordable housing, and other policy decisions that impact the well-being of both individuals and communities. It is easy to be depressed if you live in a neighborhood that has few supportive resources available or is marred by gun violence. We are able to diagnose people with depression, but how does one heal a neighborhood? This City Is Killing Me brings policy and psychology together. Through case studies, Foiles opens up his therapy door to allow us to overhear the stories of individual poor Chicagoans. As we listen, Foiles teaches us how he makes diagnoses, explains how therapists before him would analyze these patients, and, through statistics and the example of Chicago, teaches us how policy decisions have contributed to these individuals’ suffering. The result is a remarkable, unique work with an urgent political call to action at its core. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407392]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This City Is Killing Me: Community Trauma and Toxic Stress in Urban America Author: Jonathan Foiles Narrator: Kevin Kenerly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 12 minutes Release date: August 6, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: When Jonathan Foiles was a graduate student in social work, he had to choose between a mental health or policy track. But once he began working, he found it impossible to tell the two apart. While helping poor patients from the south side and west side of Chicago, he realized that individual therapy could not take into account the importance of unemployment, poverty, lack of affordable housing, and other policy decisions that impact the well-being of both individuals and communities. It is easy to be depressed if you live in a neighborhood that has few supportive resources available or is marred by gun violence. We are able to diagnose people with depression, but how does one heal a neighborhood? This City Is Killing Me brings policy and psychology together. Through case studies, Foiles opens up his therapy door to allow us to overhear the stories of individual poor Chicagoans. As we listen, Foiles teaches us how he makes diagnoses, explains how therapists before him would analyze these patients, and, through statistics and the example of Chicago, teaches us how policy decisions have contributed to these individuals’ suffering. The result is a remarkable, unique work with an urgent political call to action at its core. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407339 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407339]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Gaslighting (Ungekürzt) Author: Claudia Szczesny-Friedmann Narrator: Katja Sallay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 1 minute Release date: February 26, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Psychologische Methoden der Kriegsführung sind auf dem Vormarsch. Weil es heutzutage als unanständig gilt, Aggressionen offen einzusetzen, haben wir es häufig mit Angriffen auf uns selbst, auf unsere Position und unsere Integrität zu tun, die gar nicht ohne weiteres als Angriffe kenntlich sind. Von Verboten und Sanktionen eingeschränkt äußert sich unsere Aggressionsneigung meist auf Umwegen, versteckt, subtiler, in einer Vielzahl raffinierter Manöver. Dabei sind es gerade die privaten Beziehungen - Partnerschaft und Familie - die das destruktive Potential in sich tragen. Hier sind wir offen und verletzlich, hier sind wir abhängig in dem Maße, in dem wir auf die Tragfähigkeit gerade dieser Beziehungen bauen, hier liegt die Hauptquelle unseres individuellen Selbstverständnisses und unseres Selbstwertgefühls. Hier kann man uns wirklich treffen. Claudia Szczesny-Friedmann Tue, 26 Feb 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407339 thebookvoice.com 7:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407339]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Gaslighting (Ungekürzt) Author: Claudia Szczesny-Friedmann Narrator: Katja Sallay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 1 minute Release date: February 26, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Psychologische Methoden der Kriegsführung sind auf dem Vormarsch. Weil es heutzutage als unanständig gilt, Aggressionen offen einzusetzen, haben wir es häufig mit Angriffen auf uns selbst, auf unsere Position und unsere Integrität zu tun, die gar nicht ohne weiteres als Angriffe kenntlich sind. Von Verboten und Sanktionen eingeschränkt äußert sich unsere Aggressionsneigung meist auf Umwegen, versteckt, subtiler, in einer Vielzahl raffinierter Manöver. Dabei sind es gerade die privaten Beziehungen - Partnerschaft und Familie - die das destruktive Potential in sich tragen. Hier sind wir offen und verletzlich, hier sind wir abhängig in dem Maße, in dem wir auf die Tragfähigkeit gerade dieser Beziehungen bauen, hier liegt die Hauptquelle unseres individuellen Selbstverständnisses und unseres Selbstwertgefühls. Hier kann man uns wirklich treffen. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407339]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Gaslighting (Ungekürzt) Author: Claudia Szczesny-Friedmann Narrator: Katja Sallay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 1 minute Release date: February 26, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Psychologische Methoden der Kriegsführung sind auf dem Vormarsch. Weil es heutzutage als unanständig gilt, Aggressionen offen einzusetzen, haben wir es häufig mit Angriffen auf uns selbst, auf unsere Position und unsere Integrität zu tun, die gar nicht ohne weiteres als Angriffe kenntlich sind. Von Verboten und Sanktionen eingeschränkt äußert sich unsere Aggressionsneigung meist auf Umwegen, versteckt, subtiler, in einer Vielzahl raffinierter Manöver. Dabei sind es gerade die privaten Beziehungen - Partnerschaft und Familie - die das destruktive Potential in sich tragen. Hier sind wir offen und verletzlich, hier sind wir abhängig in dem Maße, in dem wir auf die Tragfähigkeit gerade dieser Beziehungen bauen, hier liegt die Hauptquelle unseres individuellen Selbstverständnisses und unseres Selbstwertgefühls. Hier kann man uns wirklich treffen. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407112 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407112]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Brain Health Book: Using the Power of Neuroscience to Improve Your Life Author: John Randolph Narrator: Chris Lutkin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 10 minutes Release date: February 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Concerns about memory and other thinking skills are common, particularly in middle age and beyond. Due to worries about declining brain health, some seek out dubious products or supplements purportedly designed to improve memory and other cognitive abilities. Fortunately, scientific research has uncovered a clear-cut set of evidence-based activities and lifestyle choices that are inexpensive or free and known to promote brain and cognitive functioning. John Randolph translates this science in an engaging and accessible way, including the brain-boosting effects of exercise, social activity, mental stimulation, task management strategies, nutrition, and positive self-care. Interwoven with lessons from neuroscience, positive psychology, social and clinical psychology, and habit-formation research are powerful self-coaching exercises designed to help listeners incorporate lifestyle changes that promote brain health. John Randolph Tue, 11 Feb 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407112 thebookvoice.com 7:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407112]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Brain Health Book: Using the Power of Neuroscience to Improve Your Life Author: John Randolph Narrator: Chris Lutkin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 10 minutes Release date: February 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Concerns about memory and other thinking skills are common, particularly in middle age and beyond. Due to worries about declining brain health, some seek out dubious products or supplements purportedly designed to improve memory and other cognitive abilities. Fortunately, scientific research has uncovered a clear-cut set of evidence-based activities and lifestyle choices that are inexpensive or free and known to promote brain and cognitive functioning. John Randolph translates this science in an engaging and accessible way, including the brain-boosting effects of exercise, social activity, mental stimulation, task management strategies, nutrition, and positive self-care. Interwoven with lessons from neuroscience, positive psychology, social and clinical psychology, and habit-formation research are powerful self-coaching exercises designed to help listeners incorporate lifestyle changes that promote brain health. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407112]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Brain Health Book: Using the Power of Neuroscience to Improve Your Life Author: John Randolph Narrator: Chris Lutkin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 10 minutes Release date: February 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Concerns about memory and other thinking skills are common, particularly in middle age and beyond. Due to worries about declining brain health, some seek out dubious products or supplements purportedly designed to improve memory and other cognitive abilities. Fortunately, scientific research has uncovered a clear-cut set of evidence-based activities and lifestyle choices that are inexpensive or free and known to promote brain and cognitive functioning. John Randolph translates this science in an engaging and accessible way, including the brain-boosting effects of exercise, social activity, mental stimulation, task management strategies, nutrition, and positive self-care. Interwoven with lessons from neuroscience, positive psychology, social and clinical psychology, and habit-formation research are powerful self-coaching exercises designed to help listeners incorporate lifestyle changes that promote brain health. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407034 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407034]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Emotional Intelligence Mastery & Cognitive Behavioral Therapy 2019: The Ultimate 2.0 Techniques for Retraining Your Brain to Overcome Anxiety, Depression & Panic. EQ & CBT Made Simple -Learn in 7 Week Author: John Heffner Narrator: Joe Wosik, Derek Dysart Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 3 minutes Release date: November 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ARE YOU DREAMING OF CONSTRUCTING MORE MEANINGFUL BRIDGES FOR RELATIONSHIPS, WHETHER IN YOUR PERSONAL LIFE OR WORK ENVIRONMENT? Wouldn't you like to figure out how to effectively master your ability to communicate with the people around you to smoothly achieve your goals while avoiding conflicts? Then the combination of Emotional Intelligence& Cognitive Behavioral Therapy techniques, will be just the solution you need to make a drastically positive change in your everyday life. According to scientific research, Emotional Intelligence is far more important than ones intelligence quotient or technical abilities when it comes to determining a person's overall success in life. But it become twice as powerful when implemented with Cognitive Behavioral therapy techniques. This Bundle includes the most powerful collection of strategies that will help you improve in every area of your emotional life, personal life, and with your relationships. It will quickly lead you to more rewarding and fulfilling relationships, as well as a more successful and enriching professional life. You will learn: • How to identify your emotions, express healthy ones and get rid of harmful ones • Creating a positive, uplifting environment around you • Practicing empathy with others and making them open up to you • Nine ways to improve your relationships using emotional intelligence • How to take responsibility for your emotions and behavior • And much more! This audiobook was created using actionable tips to help you building the right mindset in which you can model success to achieve your desired outcome. Finally break away from the pack and become the leader of your life that you often dream about! So what are you waiting for? Buy this Audiobook Today, and dive into the world of human psychology and behavior! John Heffner Mon, 04 Nov 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407034 thebookvoice.com 6:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407034]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Emotional Intelligence Mastery & Cognitive Behavioral Therapy 2019: The Ultimate 2.0 Techniques for Retraining Your Brain to Overcome Anxiety, Depression & Panic. EQ & CBT Made Simple -Learn in 7 Week Author: John Heffner Narrator: Joe Wosik, Derek Dysart Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 3 minutes Release date: November 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ARE YOU DREAMING OF CONSTRUCTING MORE MEANINGFUL BRIDGES FOR RELATIONSHIPS, WHETHER IN YOUR PERSONAL LIFE OR WORK ENVIRONMENT? Wouldn't you like to figure out how to effectively master your ability to communicate with the people around you to smoothly achieve your goals while avoiding conflicts? Then the combination of Emotional Intelligence& Cognitive Behavioral Therapy techniques, will be just the solution you need to make a drastically positive change in your everyday life. According to scientific research, Emotional Intelligence is far more important than ones intelligence quotient or technical abilities when it comes to determining a person's overall success in life. But it become twice as powerful when implemented with Cognitive Behavioral therapy techniques. This Bundle includes the most powerful collection of strategies that will help you improve in every area of your emotional life, personal life, and with your relationships. It will quickly lead you to more rewarding and fulfilling relationships, as well as a more successful and enriching professional life. You will learn: • How to identify your emotions, express healthy ones and get rid of harmful ones • Creating a positive, uplifting environment around you • Practicing empathy with others and making them open up to you • Nine ways to improve your relationships using emotional intelligence • How to take responsibility for your emotions and behavior • And much more! This audiobook was created using actionable tips to help you building the right mindset in which you can model success to achieve your desired outcome. Finally break away from the pack and become the leader of your life that you often dream about! So what are you waiting for? Buy this Audiobook Today, and dive into the world of human psychology and behavior! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407034]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Emotional Intelligence Mastery & Cognitive Behavioral Therapy 2019: The Ultimate 2.0 Techniques for Retraining Your Brain to Overcome Anxiety, Depression & Panic. EQ & CBT Made Simple -Learn in 7 Week Author: John Heffner Narrator: Joe Wosik, Derek Dysart Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 3 minutes Release date: November 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ARE YOU DREAMING OF CONSTRUCTING MORE MEANINGFUL BRIDGES FOR RELATIONSHIPS, WHETHER IN YOUR PERSONAL LIFE OR WORK ENVIRONMENT? Wouldn't you like to figure out how to effectively master your ability to communicate with the people around you to smoothly achieve your goals while avoiding conflicts? Then the combination of Emotional Intelligence& Cognitive Behavioral Therapy techniques, will be just the solution you need to make a drastically positive change in your everyday life. According to scientific research, Emotional Intelligence is far more important than ones intelligence quotient or technical abilities when it comes to determining a person's overall success in life. But it become twice as powerful when implemented with Cognitive Behavioral therapy techniques. This Bundle includes the most powerful collection of strategies that will help you improve in every area of your emotional life, personal life, and with your relationships. It will quickly lead you to more rewarding and fulfilling relationships, as well as a more successful and enriching professional life. You will learn: • How to identify your emotions, express healthy ones and get rid of harmful ones • Creating a positive, uplifting environment around you • Practicing empathy with others and making them open up to you • Nine ways to improve your relationships using emotional intelligence • How to take responsibility for your emotions and behavior • And much more! This audiobook was created using actionable tips to help you building the right mindset in which you can model success to achieve your desired outcome. Finally break away from the pack and become the leader of your life that you often dream about! So what are you waiting for? Buy this Audiobook Today, and dive into the world of human psychology and behavior! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407024 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407024]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Emotional Intelligence Mastery: The Guide you need to Improving Your Social Skills and Relationships, Boosting Your 2.0 EQ, Mastering Self-Awareness, Controlling Your Emotions, and Win Friends Author: John Hoffner Narrator: Derek Dysart Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 53 minutes Release date: November 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.13 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: PRACTICAL STRATEGIES TO MASTER YOUR EMOTIONS EFFECTIVELY! Knowing how to control your feelings and your reactions to them is known as "emotional intelligence." We are getting richer, but less and less happy. Depression, suicide, relationship breakdowns, fear of closeness, addictions-these are clear evidence that we are getting increasingly worse when it comes to dealing with our emotions. Imagine being able to gain back control of your life. Imagine living a happy life with confidence. Emotional Intelligence is a skill and can be learned through constant practice and training Emotionally intelligent people are open to new experiences, can show appropriate feelings in any situation, either good or bad, and find it easy to socialize with other people and establish new contacts. They handle stress well, say "no" easily, realistically assess the achievements of themselves or others, and are not afraid of constructive criticism and taking calculated risks. They are successful. In this guide, you will discover: • The basics - the whys, 'whats', and 'hows' of emotive control • Poor social skills successfully improved - what you need to know • How to Forgive Yourself and How to Forgive Others • Boosting your self-esteem - proven ways to hack your emotional competence • How To Deal With Your Internal Dialogues • Body language - killer applications to help you read the secret signals • How to Free Yourself from Other People's Opinions and Judgments Every chapter covers different areas of emotional intelligence and shows you, step by step, exactly what you can do to get what you really want from life! What are you waiting for? Get this Audiobook and become the better version of Yourself! John Hoffner Mon, 04 Nov 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407024 thebookvoice.com 2:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407024]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Emotional Intelligence Mastery: The Guide you need to Improving Your Social Skills and Relationships, Boosting Your 2.0 EQ, Mastering Self-Awareness, Controlling Your Emotions, and Win Friends Author: John Hoffner Narrator: Derek Dysart Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 53 minutes Release date: November 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.13 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: PRACTICAL STRATEGIES TO MASTER YOUR EMOTIONS EFFECTIVELY! Knowing how to control your feelings and your reactions to them is known as "emotional intelligence." We are getting richer, but less and less happy. Depression, suicide, relationship breakdowns, fear of closeness, addictions-these are clear evidence that we are getting increasingly worse when it comes to dealing with our emotions. Imagine being able to gain back control of your life. Imagine living a happy life with confidence. Emotional Intelligence is a skill and can be learned through constant practice and training Emotionally intelligent people are open to new experiences, can show appropriate feelings in any situation, either good or bad, and find it easy to socialize with other people and establish new contacts. They handle stress well, say "no" easily, realistically assess the achievements of themselves or others, and are not afraid of constructive criticism and taking calculated risks. They are successful. In this guide, you will discover: • The basics - the whys, 'whats', and 'hows' of emotive control • Poor social skills successfully improved - what you need to know • How to Forgive Yourself and How to Forgive Others • Boosting your self-esteem - proven ways to hack your emotional competence • How To Deal With Your Internal Dialogues • Body language - killer applications to help you read the secret signals • How to Free Yourself from Other People's Opinions and Judgments Every chapter covers different areas of emotional intelligence and shows you, step by step, exactly what you can do to get what you really want from life! What are you waiting for? Get this Audiobook and become the better version of Yourself! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407024]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Emotional Intelligence Mastery: The Guide you need to Improving Your Social Skills and Relationships, Boosting Your 2.0 EQ, Mastering Self-Awareness, Controlling Your Emotions, and Win Friends Author: John Hoffner Narrator: Derek Dysart Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 53 minutes Release date: November 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.13 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: PRACTICAL STRATEGIES TO MASTER YOUR EMOTIONS EFFECTIVELY! Knowing how to control your feelings and your reactions to them is known as "emotional intelligence." We are getting richer, but less and less happy. Depression, suicide, relationship breakdowns, fear of closeness, addictions-these are clear evidence that we are getting increasingly worse when it comes to dealing with our emotions. Imagine being able to gain back control of your life. Imagine living a happy life with confidence. Emotional Intelligence is a skill and can be learned through constant practice and training Emotionally intelligent people are open to new experiences, can show appropriate feelings in any situation, either good or bad, and find it easy to socialize with other people and establish new contacts. They handle stress well, say "no" easily, realistically assess the achievements of themselves or others, and are not afraid of constructive criticism and taking calculated risks. They are successful. In this guide, you will discover: • The basics - the whys, 'whats', and 'hows' of emotive control • Poor social skills successfully improved - what you need to know • How to Forgive Yourself and How to Forgive Others • Boosting your self-esteem - proven ways to hack your emotional competence • How To Deal With Your Internal Dialogues • Body language - killer applications to help you read the secret signals • How to Free Yourself from Other People's Opinions and Judgments Every chapter covers different areas of emotional intelligence and shows you, step by step, exactly what you can do to get what you really want from life! What are you waiting for? Get this Audiobook and become the better version of Yourself! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406998 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406998]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The INFJ Scam Author: Jazz Vazquez Narrator: Dierdra Eby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 8 minutes Release date: November 4, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Jazz Vazquez, author and psychoanalyst, delves into the mystery of the INFJ scam. Why are so many You Tube personalities posing as INFJs when they are actually gigolos and whores? People want to have the rarest personality type in the world. The INFJ scam is a short cut to developing real character or depth. Real INFJs are some of the most imaginative artists and insightful self-help writers in the world. Is the creativity of authentic INFJs hijacked by fake INFJ whores and gigolos on You Tube who don't want to grow up? Jazz Vazquez Mon, 04 Nov 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406998 thebookvoice.com 0:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406998]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The INFJ Scam Author: Jazz Vazquez Narrator: Dierdra Eby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 8 minutes Release date: November 4, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Jazz Vazquez, author and psychoanalyst, delves into the mystery of the INFJ scam. Why are so many You Tube personalities posing as INFJs when they are actually gigolos and whores? People want to have the rarest personality type in the world. The INFJ scam is a short cut to developing real character or depth. Real INFJs are some of the most imaginative artists and insightful self-help writers in the world. Is the creativity of authentic INFJs hijacked by fake INFJ whores and gigolos on You Tube who don't want to grow up? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406998]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The INFJ Scam Author: Jazz Vazquez Narrator: Dierdra Eby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 8 minutes Release date: November 4, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Jazz Vazquez, author and psychoanalyst, delves into the mystery of the INFJ scam. Why are so many You Tube personalities posing as INFJs when they are actually gigolos and whores? People want to have the rarest personality type in the world. The INFJ scam is a short cut to developing real character or depth. Real INFJs are some of the most imaginative artists and insightful self-help writers in the world. Is the creativity of authentic INFJs hijacked by fake INFJ whores and gigolos on You Tube who don't want to grow up? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406986 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406986]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Be All In: Raising Kids for Success in Sports and Life Author: Christie Pearce Rampone, Kristine Keane Narrator: Kristine Keane, Christie Pearce Rampone Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 11 minutes Release date: August 18, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Soccer star and Olympic gold medalist Christie Pearce Rampone and sports neuropsychologist Dr. Kristine Keane share the best practices that athletes, parents, and coaches can use to turn the lessons learned through sports into lifelong skills. Sports offer a vital path for children to get healthy, self-confident, and social. In Be All In, three-time Olympic gold medalist, World Cup Champion, and US team captain Christie Pearce Rampone and sports neuropsychologist and brain health expert Dr. Kristine Keane offer practical, real world advice on how to handle the pressures felt by youth athletes, parents, and coaches today and provide kids with their best shot at reaching their dreams. In contrast to outdated adages like 'no pain, no gain,' the ethos of 'be all in' is about being authentically present in everything you do, on and off the field. Through a unique blend of neuroscience, parenting strategies, and wisdom gleaned from the extraordinary experiences of a world-class athlete, this transformative book explains how to create realistic expectations for kids, help them succeed in all aspects of their life, improve game day performance, and reduce the stress of dealing with their coaches, ambitions,and losses. With invaluable insight into parenting behaviors that may derail children's performance despite best intentions, and concrete strategies for teaching accountability, confidence, self-efficacy, and resiliency, this fundamental guide has tips to support athletes of any age, sport, or level of competition. Christie Pearce Rampone, Kristine Keane Tue, 18 Aug 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406986 thebookvoice.com 8:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406986]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Be All In: Raising Kids for Success in Sports and Life Author: Christie Pearce Rampone, Kristine Keane Narrator: Kristine Keane, Christie Pearce Rampone Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 11 minutes Release date: August 18, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Soccer star and Olympic gold medalist Christie Pearce Rampone and sports neuropsychologist Dr. Kristine Keane share the best practices that athletes, parents, and coaches can use to turn the lessons learned through sports into lifelong skills. Sports offer a vital path for children to get healthy, self-confident, and social. In Be All In, three-time Olympic gold medalist, World Cup Champion, and US team captain Christie Pearce Rampone and sports neuropsychologist and brain health expert Dr. Kristine Keane offer practical, real world advice on how to handle the pressures felt by youth athletes, parents, and coaches today and provide kids with their best shot at reaching their dreams. In contrast to outdated adages like 'no pain, no gain,' the ethos of 'be all in' is about being authentically present in everything you do, on and off the field. Through a unique blend of neuroscience, parenting strategies, and wisdom gleaned from the extraordinary experiences of a world-class athlete, this transformative book explains how to create realistic expectations for kids, help them succeed in all aspects of their life, improve game day performance, and reduce the stress of dealing with their coaches, ambitions,and losses. With invaluable insight into parenting behaviors that may derail children's performance despite best intentions, and concrete strategies for teaching accountability, confidence, self-efficacy, and resiliency, this fundamental guide has tips to support athletes of any age, sport, or level of competition. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406986]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Be All In: Raising Kids for Success in Sports and Life Author: Christie Pearce Rampone, Kristine Keane Narrator: Kristine Keane, Christie Pearce Rampone Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 11 minutes Release date: August 18, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Soccer star and Olympic gold medalist Christie Pearce Rampone and sports neuropsychologist Dr. Kristine Keane share the best practices that athletes, parents, and coaches can use to turn the lessons learned through sports into lifelong skills. Sports offer a vital path for children to get healthy, self-confident, and social. In Be All In, three-time Olympic gold medalist, World Cup Champion, and US team captain Christie Pearce Rampone and sports neuropsychologist and brain health expert Dr. Kristine Keane offer practical, real world advice on how to handle the pressures felt by youth athletes, parents, and coaches today and provide kids with their best shot at reaching their dreams. In contrast to outdated adages like 'no pain, no gain,' the ethos of 'be all in' is about being authentically present in everything you do, on and off the field. Through a unique blend of neuroscience, parenting strategies, and wisdom gleaned from the extraordinary experiences of a world-class athlete, this transformative book explains how to create realistic expectations for kids, help them succeed in all aspects of their life, improve game day performance, and reduce the stress of dealing with their coaches, ambitions,and losses. With invaluable insight into parenting behaviors that may derail children's performance despite best intentions, and concrete strategies for teaching accountability, confidence, self-efficacy, and resiliency, this fundamental guide has tips to support athletes of any age, sport, or level of competition. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406493 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406493]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Burning Bright: Rituals, Reiki, and Self-Care to Heal Burnout, Anxiety, and Stress Author: Kelsey J. Patel Narrator: Kelsey J. Patel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 41 minutes Release date: April 28, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: You have a choice. There is a path out of pain, anxiety, burnout, and the feeling of complete overwhelm. This book is your invitation to choose that path.   “Patel shares how to tap into subtle energy shifts through simple yet powerful practices that you can do on yourself.”—Goop   When Kelsey Patel was struck by searing back pain in her twenties while working on Capitol Hill, she had no idea that repressed emotions could manifest as debilitating anxiety and physical pain. What healed her was empowering herself to choose how she lived her life. In Burning Bright, her first book, Kelsey shares the self-care techniques that helped get her body, health, and emotions back into alignment: Reiki, emotional freedom technique, meditation, yoga, and more.    Now a spiritual coach, Reiki master, and wellness expert, Kelsey has helped thousands struggling with burnout and anxiety. This book is filled with stories, hard-won wisdom, profound empathy, and the secrets to reexamining thoughts and breaking negative patterns. You will learn how to:   • practice Reiki on yourself, without a master; • interrupt anxiety cycles with tapping, breathwork, and journaling; • perform simple rituals that can boring you peace in any situation; • ground yourself and get back into your physical body; • release emotional and physical blocks so that your energy can flow freely; • establish a solid foundation of self-worth and self-care.   As you use these techniques to align with your priorities, you’ll watch your authentic life unfold—a life of harmony, fulfillment, purpose, and joy. Burnout makes you feel like there is always more, more, more to do, but the truth is, you are enough right now without any more doing. Learn how to feel this truth because it’s time for you to start burning bright. Kelsey J. Patel Tue, 28 Apr 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406493 thebookvoice.com 12:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406493]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Burning Bright: Rituals, Reiki, and Self-Care to Heal Burnout, Anxiety, and Stress Author: Kelsey J. Patel Narrator: Kelsey J. Patel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 41 minutes Release date: April 28, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: You have a choice. There is a path out of pain, anxiety, burnout, and the feeling of complete overwhelm. This book is your invitation to choose that path.   “Patel shares how to tap into subtle energy shifts through simple yet powerful practices that you can do on yourself.”—Goop   When Kelsey Patel was struck by searing back pain in her twenties while working on Capitol Hill, she had no idea that repressed emotions could manifest as debilitating anxiety and physical pain. What healed her was empowering herself to choose how she lived her life. In Burning Bright, her first book, Kelsey shares the self-care techniques that helped get her body, health, and emotions back into alignment: Reiki, emotional freedom technique, meditation, yoga, and more.    Now a spiritual coach, Reiki master, and wellness expert, Kelsey has helped thousands struggling with burnout and anxiety. This book is filled with stories, hard-won wisdom, profound empathy, and the secrets to reexamining thoughts and breaking negative patterns. You will learn how to:   • practice Reiki on yourself, without a master; • interrupt anxiety cycles with tapping, breathwork, and journaling; • perform simple rituals that can boring you peace in any situation; • ground yourself and get back into your physical body; • release emotional and physical blocks so that your energy can flow freely; • establish a solid foundation of self-worth and self-care.   As you use these techniques to align with your priorities, you’ll watch your authentic life unfold—a life of harmony, fulfillment, purpose, and joy. Burnout makes you feel like there is always more, more, more to do, but the truth is, you are enough right now without any more doing. Learn how to feel this truth because it’s time for you to start burning bright. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406493]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Burning Bright: Rituals, Reiki, and Self-Care to Heal Burnout, Anxiety, and Stress Author: Kelsey J. Patel Narrator: Kelsey J. Patel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 41 minutes Release date: April 28, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: You have a choice. There is a path out of pain, anxiety, burnout, and the feeling of complete overwhelm. This book is your invitation to choose that path.   “Patel shares how to tap into subtle energy shifts through simple yet powerful practices that you can do on yourself.”—Goop   When Kelsey Patel was struck by searing back pain in her twenties while working on Capitol Hill, she had no idea that repressed emotions could manifest as debilitating anxiety and physical pain. What healed her was empowering herself to choose how she lived her life. In Burning Bright, her first book, Kelsey shares the self-care techniques that helped get her body, health, and emotions back into alignment: Reiki, emotional freedom technique, meditation, yoga, and more.    Now a spiritual coach, Reiki master, and wellness expert, Kelsey has helped thousands struggling with burnout and anxiety. This book is filled with stories, hard-won wisdom, profound empathy, and the secrets to reexamining thoughts and breaking negative patterns. You will learn how to:   • practice Reiki on yourself, without a master; • interrupt anxiety cycles with tapping, breathwork, and journaling; • perform simple rituals that can boring you peace in any situation; • ground yourself and get back into your physical body; • release emotional and physical blocks so that your energy can flow freely; • establish a solid foundation of self-worth and self-care.   As you use these techniques to align with your priorities, you’ll watch your authentic life unfold—a life of harmony, fulfillment, purpose, and joy. Burnout makes you feel like there is always more, more, more to do, but the truth is, you are enough right now without any more doing. Learn how to feel this truth because it’s time for you to start burning bright. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406455 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406455]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Yes to Life: In Spite of Everything Author: Viktor E. Frankl Narrator: David Rintoul Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 4 minutes Release date: May 5, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Find hope even in these dark times with this rediscovered masterpiece, a companion to his international bestseller Man’s Search for Meaning. Eleven months after he was liberated from the Nazi concentration camps, Viktor E. Frankl held a series of public lectures in Vienna. The psychiatrist, who would soon become world famous, explained his central thoughts on meaning, resilience, and the importance of embracing life even in the face of great adversity. Published here for the very first time in English, Frankl’s words resonate as strongly today—as the world faces a coronavirus pandemic, social isolation, and great economic uncertainty—as they did in 1946. He offers an insightful exploration of the maxim “Live as if you were living for the second time,” and he unfolds his basic conviction that every crisis contains opportunity. Despite the unspeakable horrors of the camps, Frankl learned from the strength of his fellow inmates that it is always possible to “say yes to life”—a profound and timeless lesson for us all. Viktor E. Frankl Tue, 05 May 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406455 thebookvoice.com 3:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406455]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Yes to Life: In Spite of Everything Author: Viktor E. Frankl Narrator: David Rintoul Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 4 minutes Release date: May 5, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Find hope even in these dark times with this rediscovered masterpiece, a companion to his international bestseller Man’s Search for Meaning. Eleven months after he was liberated from the Nazi concentration camps, Viktor E. Frankl held a series of public lectures in Vienna. The psychiatrist, who would soon become world famous, explained his central thoughts on meaning, resilience, and the importance of embracing life even in the face of great adversity. Published here for the very first time in English, Frankl’s words resonate as strongly today—as the world faces a coronavirus pandemic, social isolation, and great economic uncertainty—as they did in 1946. He offers an insightful exploration of the maxim “Live as if you were living for the second time,” and he unfolds his basic conviction that every crisis contains opportunity. Despite the unspeakable horrors of the camps, Frankl learned from the strength of his fellow inmates that it is always possible to “say yes to life”—a profound and timeless lesson for us all. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406455]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Yes to Life: In Spite of Everything Author: Viktor E. Frankl Narrator: David Rintoul Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 4 minutes Release date: May 5, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Find hope even in these dark times with this rediscovered masterpiece, a companion to his international bestseller Man’s Search for Meaning. Eleven months after he was liberated from the Nazi concentration camps, Viktor E. Frankl held a series of public lectures in Vienna. The psychiatrist, who would soon become world famous, explained his central thoughts on meaning, resilience, and the importance of embracing life even in the face of great adversity. Published here for the very first time in English, Frankl’s words resonate as strongly today—as the world faces a coronavirus pandemic, social isolation, and great economic uncertainty—as they did in 1946. He offers an insightful exploration of the maxim “Live as if you were living for the second time,” and he unfolds his basic conviction that every crisis contains opportunity. Despite the unspeakable horrors of the camps, Frankl learned from the strength of his fellow inmates that it is always possible to “say yes to life”—a profound and timeless lesson for us all. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406392 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406392]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Like Crazy: Life with My Mother and Her Invisible Friends Author: Dan Mathews Narrator: Dan Mathews Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 46 minutes Release date: August 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “Exquisite. Full of wry humor, tenderness, and compassion.” —Jeannette Walls, New York Times bestselling author A hilarious and heartbreaking memoir about a mother and son’s outlandish odyssey of self-discovery, and the rag-tag community that rallied to help them when they needed it most. Dan Mathews knew that his witty, bawdy seventy-eight year-old mother, Perry, was unable to maintain her fierce independence—so he flew her across the country to Virginia to live with him in an 1870 townhouse badly in need of repairs. But to Dan, a screwdriver is a cocktail not a tool, and he was soon overwhelmed with two fixer-uppers: the house and his mother. Unbowed, Dan and Perry built a rollicking life together fueled by costume parties, road trips, and an unshakeable sense of humor as they faced down hurricanes, blizzards, and Perry’s steady decline. They got by with the help of an ever-expanding circle of sidekicks—Dan’s boyfriends (past and present), ex-cons, sailors, strippers, deaf hillbillies, evangelicals, and grumpy cats—while flipping the parent-child relationship on its head. But it wasn’t until a kicking-and-screaming trip to the emergency room that Dan discovered the cause of his mother’s unpredictable, often caustic behavior: undiagnosed schizophrenia. Irreverent and emotionally powerful, Like Crazy is a “journey to self-acceptance and ultimately finding love” (Alan Cumming) and shows the remarkable growth that takes place when a wild child settles down to care for the wild woman who raised him. Dan Mathews Tue, 11 Aug 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406392 thebookvoice.com 5:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406392]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Like Crazy: Life with My Mother and Her Invisible Friends Author: Dan Mathews Narrator: Dan Mathews Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 46 minutes Release date: August 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “Exquisite. Full of wry humor, tenderness, and compassion.” —Jeannette Walls, New York Times bestselling author A hilarious and heartbreaking memoir about a mother and son’s outlandish odyssey of self-discovery, and the rag-tag community that rallied to help them when they needed it most. Dan Mathews knew that his witty, bawdy seventy-eight year-old mother, Perry, was unable to maintain her fierce independence—so he flew her across the country to Virginia to live with him in an 1870 townhouse badly in need of repairs. But to Dan, a screwdriver is a cocktail not a tool, and he was soon overwhelmed with two fixer-uppers: the house and his mother. Unbowed, Dan and Perry built a rollicking life together fueled by costume parties, road trips, and an unshakeable sense of humor as they faced down hurricanes, blizzards, and Perry’s steady decline. They got by with the help of an ever-expanding circle of sidekicks—Dan’s boyfriends (past and present), ex-cons, sailors, strippers, deaf hillbillies, evangelicals, and grumpy cats—while flipping the parent-child relationship on its head. But it wasn’t until a kicking-and-screaming trip to the emergency room that Dan discovered the cause of his mother’s unpredictable, often caustic behavior: undiagnosed schizophrenia. Irreverent and emotionally powerful, Like Crazy is a “journey to self-acceptance and ultimately finding love” (Alan Cumming) and shows the remarkable growth that takes place when a wild child settles down to care for the wild woman who raised him. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406392]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Like Crazy: Life with My Mother and Her Invisible Friends Author: Dan Mathews Narrator: Dan Mathews Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 46 minutes Release date: August 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “Exquisite. Full of wry humor, tenderness, and compassion.” —Jeannette Walls, New York Times bestselling author A hilarious and heartbreaking memoir about a mother and son’s outlandish odyssey of self-discovery, and the rag-tag community that rallied to help them when they needed it most. Dan Mathews knew that his witty, bawdy seventy-eight year-old mother, Perry, was unable to maintain her fierce independence—so he flew her across the country to Virginia to live with him in an 1870 townhouse badly in need of repairs. But to Dan, a screwdriver is a cocktail not a tool, and he was soon overwhelmed with two fixer-uppers: the house and his mother. Unbowed, Dan and Perry built a rollicking life together fueled by costume parties, road trips, and an unshakeable sense of humor as they faced down hurricanes, blizzards, and Perry’s steady decline. They got by with the help of an ever-expanding circle of sidekicks—Dan’s boyfriends (past and present), ex-cons, sailors, strippers, deaf hillbillies, evangelicals, and grumpy cats—while flipping the parent-child relationship on its head. But it wasn’t until a kicking-and-screaming trip to the emergency room that Dan discovered the cause of his mother’s unpredictable, often caustic behavior: undiagnosed schizophrenia. Irreverent and emotionally powerful, Like Crazy is a “journey to self-acceptance and ultimately finding love” (Alan Cumming) and shows the remarkable growth that takes place when a wild child settles down to care for the wild woman who raised him. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406381 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406381]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Critical Thinking Author: Jonathan Haber Narrator: Joel Richards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 59 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Critical thinking is regularly cited as an essential twenty-first century skill, the key to success in school and work. Given our propensity to believe fake news, draw incorrect conclusions, and make decisions based on emotion rather than reason, it might even be said that critical thinking is vital to the survival of a democratic society. But what, exactly, is critical thinking? Haber describes the term's origins in such disciplines as philosophy, psychology, and science. He examines the components of critical thinking, including structured thinking, language skills, background knowledge, and information literacy, along with such necessary intellectual traits as intellectual humility, empathy, and open-mindedness. He discusses how research has defined critical thinking, how elements of critical thinking have been taught for centuries, and how educators can teach critical thinking skills now. Haber argues that the most important critical thinking issue today is that not enough people are doing enough of it. Fortunately, critical thinking can be taught, practiced, and evaluated. This book offers a guide for teachers, students, and aspiring critical thinkers everywhere, including advice for educational leaders and policy makers on how to make the teaching and learning of critical thinking an educational priority and practical reality. Jonathan Haber Tue, 07 Apr 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406381 thebookvoice.com 3:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406381]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Critical Thinking Author: Jonathan Haber Narrator: Joel Richards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 59 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Critical thinking is regularly cited as an essential twenty-first century skill, the key to success in school and work. Given our propensity to believe fake news, draw incorrect conclusions, and make decisions based on emotion rather than reason, it might even be said that critical thinking is vital to the survival of a democratic society. But what, exactly, is critical thinking? Haber describes the term's origins in such disciplines as philosophy, psychology, and science. He examines the components of critical thinking, including structured thinking, language skills, background knowledge, and information literacy, along with such necessary intellectual traits as intellectual humility, empathy, and open-mindedness. He discusses how research has defined critical thinking, how elements of critical thinking have been taught for centuries, and how educators can teach critical thinking skills now. Haber argues that the most important critical thinking issue today is that not enough people are doing enough of it. Fortunately, critical thinking can be taught, practiced, and evaluated. This book offers a guide for teachers, students, and aspiring critical thinkers everywhere, including advice for educational leaders and policy makers on how to make the teaching and learning of critical thinking an educational priority and practical reality. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406381]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Critical Thinking Author: Jonathan Haber Narrator: Joel Richards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 59 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Critical thinking is regularly cited as an essential twenty-first century skill, the key to success in school and work. Given our propensity to believe fake news, draw incorrect conclusions, and make decisions based on emotion rather than reason, it might even be said that critical thinking is vital to the survival of a democratic society. But what, exactly, is critical thinking? Haber describes the term's origins in such disciplines as philosophy, psychology, and science. He examines the components of critical thinking, including structured thinking, language skills, background knowledge, and information literacy, along with such necessary intellectual traits as intellectual humility, empathy, and open-mindedness. He discusses how research has defined critical thinking, how elements of critical thinking have been taught for centuries, and how educators can teach critical thinking skills now. Haber argues that the most important critical thinking issue today is that not enough people are doing enough of it. Fortunately, critical thinking can be taught, practiced, and evaluated. This book offers a guide for teachers, students, and aspiring critical thinkers everywhere, including advice for educational leaders and policy makers on how to make the teaching and learning of critical thinking an educational priority and practical reality. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406303 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406303]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Attachment-Focused EMDR: Healing Relational Trauma Author: Laurel Parnell Narrator: Wendy Tremont King Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 50 minutes Release date: February 18, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Integrating the latest in attachment theory and research into the use of EMDR. Much has been written about trauma and neglect and the damage they do to the developing brain. But little has been written or researched about the potential to heal these attachment wounds and address the damage sustained from neglect or poor parenting in early childhood. This book presents a therapy that focuses on precisely these areas. Laurel Parnell, leader and innovator in the field of eye-movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR), offers us a way to embrace two often separate worlds of knowing: the science of early attachment relationships and the practice of healing within an EMDR framework. This beautifully written and clinically practical book combines attachment theory with EMDR to teach therapists a new way of healing clients with relational trauma and attachment deficits. EMDR is a powerful tool for catalyzing integration in an individual across several domains, including memory, narrative, state, and vertical and bilateral integration. In Laurel Parnell's attachment-based modifications of the EMDR approach, the structural foundations of this integrative framework are adapted to further catalyze integration for individuals who have experienced non-secure attachment and developmental trauma. Laurel Parnell Tue, 18 Feb 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406303 thebookvoice.com 17:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406303]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Attachment-Focused EMDR: Healing Relational Trauma Author: Laurel Parnell Narrator: Wendy Tremont King Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 50 minutes Release date: February 18, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Integrating the latest in attachment theory and research into the use of EMDR. Much has been written about trauma and neglect and the damage they do to the developing brain. But little has been written or researched about the potential to heal these attachment wounds and address the damage sustained from neglect or poor parenting in early childhood. This book presents a therapy that focuses on precisely these areas. Laurel Parnell, leader and innovator in the field of eye-movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR), offers us a way to embrace two often separate worlds of knowing: the science of early attachment relationships and the practice of healing within an EMDR framework. This beautifully written and clinically practical book combines attachment theory with EMDR to teach therapists a new way of healing clients with relational trauma and attachment deficits. EMDR is a powerful tool for catalyzing integration in an individual across several domains, including memory, narrative, state, and vertical and bilateral integration. In Laurel Parnell's attachment-based modifications of the EMDR approach, the structural foundations of this integrative framework are adapted to further catalyze integration for individuals who have experienced non-secure attachment and developmental trauma. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406303]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Attachment-Focused EMDR: Healing Relational Trauma Author: Laurel Parnell Narrator: Wendy Tremont King Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 50 minutes Release date: February 18, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Integrating the latest in attachment theory and research into the use of EMDR. Much has been written about trauma and neglect and the damage they do to the developing brain. But little has been written or researched about the potential to heal these attachment wounds and address the damage sustained from neglect or poor parenting in early childhood. This book presents a therapy that focuses on precisely these areas. Laurel Parnell, leader and innovator in the field of eye-movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR), offers us a way to embrace two often separate worlds of knowing: the science of early attachment relationships and the practice of healing within an EMDR framework. This beautifully written and clinically practical book combines attachment theory with EMDR to teach therapists a new way of healing clients with relational trauma and attachment deficits. EMDR is a powerful tool for catalyzing integration in an individual across several domains, including memory, narrative, state, and vertical and bilateral integration. In Laurel Parnell's attachment-based modifications of the EMDR approach, the structural foundations of this integrative framework are adapted to further catalyze integration for individuals who have experienced non-secure attachment and developmental trauma. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406304 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406304]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Therapist's Guide to EMDR: Tools and Techniques for Successful Treatment Author: Laurel Parnell Narrator: Wendy Tremont King Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 19 minutes Release date: March 24, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A Therapist's Guide to EMDR reviews the theoretical basis for EMDR and presents new information on the neurobiology of trauma. It provides a detailed explanation of the procedural steps along with helpful suggestions and modifications. Areas essential to successful utilization of EMDR are emphasized. These include: case conceptualization; preparation for EMDR trauma processing, including resource development and installation; target development; methods for unblocking blocked processing, including the creative use of interweaves; and session closure. Case examples are used throughout to illustrate concepts. The emphasis in this book is on clinical usefulness, not research. This book goes into the therapy room with clinicians who actually use EMDR, and shows listeners how to do it in practice, not just in theory. In short, this is the new, practical book on EMDR. Laurel Parnell Tue, 24 Mar 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406304 thebookvoice.com 16:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406304]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Therapist's Guide to EMDR: Tools and Techniques for Successful Treatment Author: Laurel Parnell Narrator: Wendy Tremont King Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 19 minutes Release date: March 24, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A Therapist's Guide to EMDR reviews the theoretical basis for EMDR and presents new information on the neurobiology of trauma. It provides a detailed explanation of the procedural steps along with helpful suggestions and modifications. Areas essential to successful utilization of EMDR are emphasized. These include: case conceptualization; preparation for EMDR trauma processing, including resource development and installation; target development; methods for unblocking blocked processing, including the creative use of interweaves; and session closure. Case examples are used throughout to illustrate concepts. The emphasis in this book is on clinical usefulness, not research. This book goes into the therapy room with clinicians who actually use EMDR, and shows listeners how to do it in practice, not just in theory. In short, this is the new, practical book on EMDR. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406304]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Therapist's Guide to EMDR: Tools and Techniques for Successful Treatment Author: Laurel Parnell Narrator: Wendy Tremont King Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 19 minutes Release date: March 24, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A Therapist's Guide to EMDR reviews the theoretical basis for EMDR and presents new information on the neurobiology of trauma. It provides a detailed explanation of the procedural steps along with helpful suggestions and modifications. Areas essential to successful utilization of EMDR are emphasized. These include: case conceptualization; preparation for EMDR trauma processing, including resource development and installation; target development; methods for unblocking blocked processing, including the creative use of interweaves; and session closure. Case examples are used throughout to illustrate concepts. The emphasis in this book is on clinical usefulness, not research. This book goes into the therapy room with clinicians who actually use EMDR, and shows listeners how to do it in practice, not just in theory. In short, this is the new, practical book on EMDR. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406302 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406302]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rewiring the Addicted Brain with EMDR-Based Treatment Author: Laurel Parnell PhD Narrator: Wendy Tremont King Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 26 minutes Release date: December 31, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Attachment-focused EMDR and resource tapping applied to the clinical challenge of addictions recovery. Writing for both EMDR therapists and substance abuse counselors, Laurel Parnell provides user-friendly tools to help support clients in recovery with EMDR-based techniques that can be easily integrated into all levels of addiction treatment. Emphasizing the practical clinical application of principles and techniques helpful for addictions and addictive disorders, this book interweaves case material throughout, with some chapters presenting in-depth cases to illustrate the techniques. Topics include treating trauma and supporting resilience, tools for affect regulation, and rewiring the motivation-reward circuits. Laurel Parnell PhD Tue, 31 Dec 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406302 thebookvoice.com 12:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406302]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rewiring the Addicted Brain with EMDR-Based Treatment Author: Laurel Parnell PhD Narrator: Wendy Tremont King Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 26 minutes Release date: December 31, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Attachment-focused EMDR and resource tapping applied to the clinical challenge of addictions recovery. Writing for both EMDR therapists and substance abuse counselors, Laurel Parnell provides user-friendly tools to help support clients in recovery with EMDR-based techniques that can be easily integrated into all levels of addiction treatment. Emphasizing the practical clinical application of principles and techniques helpful for addictions and addictive disorders, this book interweaves case material throughout, with some chapters presenting in-depth cases to illustrate the techniques. Topics include treating trauma and supporting resilience, tools for affect regulation, and rewiring the motivation-reward circuits. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406302]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rewiring the Addicted Brain with EMDR-Based Treatment Author: Laurel Parnell PhD Narrator: Wendy Tremont King Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 26 minutes Release date: December 31, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Attachment-focused EMDR and resource tapping applied to the clinical challenge of addictions recovery. Writing for both EMDR therapists and substance abuse counselors, Laurel Parnell provides user-friendly tools to help support clients in recovery with EMDR-based techniques that can be easily integrated into all levels of addiction treatment. Emphasizing the practical clinical application of principles and techniques helpful for addictions and addictive disorders, this book interweaves case material throughout, with some chapters presenting in-depth cases to illustrate the techniques. Topics include treating trauma and supporting resilience, tools for affect regulation, and rewiring the motivation-reward circuits. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405847 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405847]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Be Your Best Self: The Official Companion to the New York Times Bestseller Best Self Author: Mike Bayer Narrator: Mike Bayer, Will Damron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 31 minutes Release date: July 28, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Based on Mike Bayer’s New York Times bestseller Best Self, a motivational, do-it-yourself workbook teaching you how to reinvent your life and live every day as your Best Self. In Best Self, Mike Bayer, known to his fans and followers as Coach Mike, empowered his listeners to embrace authenticity, break through obstacles, and discover the freedom to be their best selves. By working through each of the Seven SPHERES of life—Social, Personal, Health, Education, Relationships, Employment, and Spiritual Development—Coach Mike distilled his wisdom into a focused guide to get real results. Now, Coach Mike, a regular on The Dr. Phil Show, expands upon his tried-and-true strategy for igniting change and shows you how to design a life that is deeply fulfilling. In this fully interactive workbook, Coach Mike builds on the revealing quizzes, provocative questionnaires, and paradigm-shifting prompts he introduced in Best Self. Using his important but tough questions and exercises, he can help anyone see what their Best Selves and Anti-Selves really look like. The truth is, we all show up in slightly different ways within each of our seven SPHERES. We behave differently when we are in “parenting” mode, versus “career” mode, and so on. That’s to be expected to a degree, but where we run into trouble is when we aren’t always acting as our Best Self within all of our SPHERES. This workbook helps the reader discover personalized strategies for consistently staying connected to and behaving authentically within each SPHERE, because if we aren’t, then we run the risk of getting way out of balance in some areas of our lives. As a mental health specialist, a personal development coach, and an all-around change agent, Coach Mike understands our struggles intimately, because he’s faced—and overcome—his own. With this essential handbook, he makes you see that change is possible. Be Your Best Self will give listeners the tools to build a better life, in real-time. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Mike Bayer Tue, 28 Jul 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405847 thebookvoice.com 2:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405847]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Be Your Best Self: The Official Companion to the New York Times Bestseller Best Self Author: Mike Bayer Narrator: Mike Bayer, Will Damron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 31 minutes Release date: July 28, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Based on Mike Bayer’s New York Times bestseller Best Self, a motivational, do-it-yourself workbook teaching you how to reinvent your life and live every day as your Best Self. In Best Self, Mike Bayer, known to his fans and followers as Coach Mike, empowered his listeners to embrace authenticity, break through obstacles, and discover the freedom to be their best selves. By working through each of the Seven SPHERES of life—Social, Personal, Health, Education, Relationships, Employment, and Spiritual Development—Coach Mike distilled his wisdom into a focused guide to get real results. Now, Coach Mike, a regular on The Dr. Phil Show, expands upon his tried-and-true strategy for igniting change and shows you how to design a life that is deeply fulfilling. In this fully interactive workbook, Coach Mike builds on the revealing quizzes, provocative questionnaires, and paradigm-shifting prompts he introduced in Best Self. Using his important but tough questions and exercises, he can help anyone see what their Best Selves and Anti-Selves really look like. The truth is, we all show up in slightly different ways within each of our seven SPHERES. We behave differently when we are in “parenting” mode, versus “career” mode, and so on. That’s to be expected to a degree, but where we run into trouble is when we aren’t always acting as our Best Self within all of our SPHERES. This workbook helps the reader discover personalized strategies for consistently staying connected to and behaving authentically within each SPHERE, because if we aren’t, then we run the risk of getting way out of balance in some areas of our lives. As a mental health specialist, a personal development coach, and an all-around change agent, Coach Mike understands our struggles intimately, because he’s faced—and overcome—his own. With this essential handbook, he makes you see that change is possible. Be Your Best Self will give listeners the tools to build a better life, in real-time. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405847]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Be Your Best Self: The Official Companion to the New York Times Bestseller Best Self Author: Mike Bayer Narrator: Mike Bayer, Will Damron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 31 minutes Release date: July 28, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Based on Mike Bayer’s New York Times bestseller Best Self, a motivational, do-it-yourself workbook teaching you how to reinvent your life and live every day as your Best Self. In Best Self, Mike Bayer, known to his fans and followers as Coach Mike, empowered his listeners to embrace authenticity, break through obstacles, and discover the freedom to be their best selves. By working through each of the Seven SPHERES of life—Social, Personal, Health, Education, Relationships, Employment, and Spiritual Development—Coach Mike distilled his wisdom into a focused guide to get real results. Now, Coach Mike, a regular on The Dr. Phil Show, expands upon his tried-and-true strategy for igniting change and shows you how to design a life that is deeply fulfilling. In this fully interactive workbook, Coach Mike builds on the revealing quizzes, provocative questionnaires, and paradigm-shifting prompts he introduced in Best Self. Using his important but tough questions and exercises, he can help anyone see what their Best Selves and Anti-Selves really look like. The truth is, we all show up in slightly different ways within each of our seven SPHERES. We behave differently when we are in “parenting” mode, versus “career” mode, and so on. That’s to be expected to a degree, but where we run into trouble is when we aren’t always acting as our Best Self within all of our SPHERES. This workbook helps the reader discover personalized strategies for consistently staying connected to and behaving authentically within each SPHERE, because if we aren’t, then we run the risk of getting way out of balance in some areas of our lives. As a mental health specialist, a personal development coach, and an all-around change agent, Coach Mike understands our struggles intimately, because he’s faced—and overcome—his own. With this essential handbook, he makes you see that change is possible. Be Your Best Self will give listeners the tools to build a better life, in real-time. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405842 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405842]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everything is an Emergency: An OCD Story Author: Jason Adam Katzenstein Narrator: Michael Crouch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 17 minutes Release date: June 30, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “This book undid me in all the best ways. Everything is an Emergency is a brilliant, honest, necessary book that exposes the intricacies of the human brain while showing us the way creativity and friendship can anchor us. This is a must-read for anyone who has ever wondered if they see the world a little differently.” –Ada Limón A New Yorker cartoonist illustrates his lifelong struggle with OCD Jason Adam Katzenstein is just trying to live his life, but he keeps getting sidetracked by his over-active, anxious brain. Mundane events like shaking hands or sharing a drink snowball into absolute catastrophes. Jason has Obsessive Compulsive Disorder, a mental illness that compels him to perform rituals in order to protect himself from dangers that don’t really exist. He checks, washes, over-thinks, rinse, repeat.  He does his best to hide his embarrassing compulsions, and sometimes this even works. He grows up, worries about his first kiss, falls in love with making cartoons, moves to New York City — which is magical and gross, etc. All the while, half his energy goes into living his life, while the other half is devoted to the increasingly ridiculous rituals he’s decided to maintain to keep himself from fully short-circuiting,  Then, he fully short-circuits.  At his absolute lowest, Jason finally decides to do the things he’s always been told to do to get better: exposure therapy and medication. These are the things that have always freaked him out, and they continue to freak him out. Also, they help him recover.  Everything is an Emergency is about all the self-destructive stories someone tells himself, over and over, until they start to seem true. In images surreal, witty, and confessional, Jason shows us that OCD can be funny, even when it feels like it’s ruining your life. Jason Adam Katzenstein Tue, 30 Jun 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405842 thebookvoice.com 1:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405842]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everything is an Emergency: An OCD Story Author: Jason Adam Katzenstein Narrator: Michael Crouch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 17 minutes Release date: June 30, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “This book undid me in all the best ways. Everything is an Emergency is a brilliant, honest, necessary book that exposes the intricacies of the human brain while showing us the way creativity and friendship can anchor us. This is a must-read for anyone who has ever wondered if they see the world a little differently.” –Ada Limón A New Yorker cartoonist illustrates his lifelong struggle with OCD Jason Adam Katzenstein is just trying to live his life, but he keeps getting sidetracked by his over-active, anxious brain. Mundane events like shaking hands or sharing a drink snowball into absolute catastrophes. Jason has Obsessive Compulsive Disorder, a mental illness that compels him to perform rituals in order to protect himself from dangers that don’t really exist. He checks, washes, over-thinks, rinse, repeat.  He does his best to hide his embarrassing compulsions, and sometimes this even works. He grows up, worries about his first kiss, falls in love with making cartoons, moves to New York City — which is magical and gross, etc. All the while, half his energy goes into living his life, while the other half is devoted to the increasingly ridiculous rituals he’s decided to maintain to keep himself from fully short-circuiting,  Then, he fully short-circuits.  At his absolute lowest, Jason finally decides to do the things he’s always been told to do to get better: exposure therapy and medication. These are the things that have always freaked him out, and they continue to freak him out. Also, they help him recover.  Everything is an Emergency is about all the self-destructive stories someone tells himself, over and over, until they start to seem true. In images surreal, witty, and confessional, Jason shows us that OCD can be funny, even when it feels like it’s ruining your life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405842]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everything is an Emergency: An OCD Story Author: Jason Adam Katzenstein Narrator: Michael Crouch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 17 minutes Release date: June 30, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “This book undid me in all the best ways. Everything is an Emergency is a brilliant, honest, necessary book that exposes the intricacies of the human brain while showing us the way creativity and friendship can anchor us. This is a must-read for anyone who has ever wondered if they see the world a little differently.” –Ada Limón A New Yorker cartoonist illustrates his lifelong struggle with OCD Jason Adam Katzenstein is just trying to live his life, but he keeps getting sidetracked by his over-active, anxious brain. Mundane events like shaking hands or sharing a drink snowball into absolute catastrophes. Jason has Obsessive Compulsive Disorder, a mental illness that compels him to perform rituals in order to protect himself from dangers that don’t really exist. He checks, washes, over-thinks, rinse, repeat.  He does his best to hide his embarrassing compulsions, and sometimes this even works. He grows up, worries about his first kiss, falls in love with making cartoons, moves to New York City — which is magical and gross, etc. All the while, half his energy goes into living his life, while the other half is devoted to the increasingly ridiculous rituals he’s decided to maintain to keep himself from fully short-circuiting,  Then, he fully short-circuits.  At his absolute lowest, Jason finally decides to do the things he’s always been told to do to get better: exposure therapy and medication. These are the things that have always freaked him out, and they continue to freak him out. Also, they help him recover.  Everything is an Emergency is about all the self-destructive stories someone tells himself, over and over, until they start to seem true. In images surreal, witty, and confessional, Jason shows us that OCD can be funny, even when it feels like it’s ruining your life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405827 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405827]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Explaining Humans: Winner of the Royal Society Science Book Prize 2020 Author: Camilla Pang Narrator: Camilla Pang Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 52 minutes Release date: March 12, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 7 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. WINNER OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY INSIGHT INVESTMENT SCIENCE BOOK PRIZE 2020 Diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder at the age of eight, Dr Camilla Pang struggled to understand the world around her. Desperate for a solution, Camilla asked her mother if there was an instruction manual for humans that she could consult. But, without the blueprint to life she was hoping for, Camilla began to create her own. Now armed with a PhD in biochemistry, Camilla dismantles our obscure social customs and identifies what it really means to be human using her unique expertise and a language she knows best: science. Through a set of scientific principles, this book examines life's everyday interactions including: Decisions and the route we take to make them; Conflict and how we can avoid it; Relationships and how we establish them; Etiquette and how we conform to it. Explaining Humans is an original and incisive exploration of human nature and the strangeness of social norms, written from the outside looking in. Camilla's unique perspective of the world, in turn, tells us so much about ourselves - about who we are and why we do it - and is a fascinating guide on how to lead a more connected, happier life. © Camilla Pang 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Camilla Pang Thu, 12 Mar 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405827 thebookvoice.com 6:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405827]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Explaining Humans: Winner of the Royal Society Science Book Prize 2020 Author: Camilla Pang Narrator: Camilla Pang Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 52 minutes Release date: March 12, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 7 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. WINNER OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY INSIGHT INVESTMENT SCIENCE BOOK PRIZE 2020 Diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder at the age of eight, Dr Camilla Pang struggled to understand the world around her. Desperate for a solution, Camilla asked her mother if there was an instruction manual for humans that she could consult. But, without the blueprint to life she was hoping for, Camilla began to create her own. Now armed with a PhD in biochemistry, Camilla dismantles our obscure social customs and identifies what it really means to be human using her unique expertise and a language she knows best: science. Through a set of scientific principles, this book examines life's everyday interactions including: Decisions and the route we take to make them; Conflict and how we can avoid it; Relationships and how we establish them; Etiquette and how we conform to it. Explaining Humans is an original and incisive exploration of human nature and the strangeness of social norms, written from the outside looking in. Camilla's unique perspective of the world, in turn, tells us so much about ourselves - about who we are and why we do it - and is a fascinating guide on how to lead a more connected, happier life. © Camilla Pang 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405827]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Explaining Humans: Winner of the Royal Society Science Book Prize 2020 Author: Camilla Pang Narrator: Camilla Pang Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 52 minutes Release date: March 12, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 7 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. WINNER OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY INSIGHT INVESTMENT SCIENCE BOOK PRIZE 2020 Diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder at the age of eight, Dr Camilla Pang struggled to understand the world around her. Desperate for a solution, Camilla asked her mother if there was an instruction manual for humans that she could consult. But, without the blueprint to life she was hoping for, Camilla began to create her own. Now armed with a PhD in biochemistry, Camilla dismantles our obscure social customs and identifies what it really means to be human using her unique expertise and a language she knows best: science. Through a set of scientific principles, this book examines life's everyday interactions including: Decisions and the route we take to make them; Conflict and how we can avoid it; Relationships and how we establish them; Etiquette and how we conform to it. Explaining Humans is an original and incisive exploration of human nature and the strangeness of social norms, written from the outside looking in. Camilla's unique perspective of the world, in turn, tells us so much about ourselves - about who we are and why we do it - and is a fascinating guide on how to lead a more connected, happier life. © Camilla Pang 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405739 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405739]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Only Girl in the World: Booktrack Edition: A Memoir Author: Maude Julien Narrator: Elisabeth Rodgers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 41 minutes Release date: October 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: For readers of Room and The Glass Castle, an astonishing memoir of one woman's rise above an unimaginable childhood. Maude Julien's parents were fanatics who believed it was their sacred duty to turn her into the ultimate survivor--raising her in isolation, tyrannizing her childhood and subjecting her to endless drills designed to 'eliminate weakness.' Maude learned to hold an electric fence for minutes without flinching, and to sit perfectly still in a rat-infested cellar all night long (her mother sewed bells onto her clothes that would give her away if she moved). She endured a life without heat, hot water, adequate food, friendship, or any kind of affectionate treatment. But Maude's parents could not rule her inner life. Befriending the animals on the lonely estate as well as the characters in the novels she read in secret, young Maude nurtured in herself the compassion and love that her parents forbid as weak. And when, after more than a decade, an outsider managed to penetrate her family's paranoid world, Maude seized her opportunity. By turns horrifying and magical, The Only Girl in the World is a story that will grip you from the first minute and leave you spellbound, a chilling exploration of psychological control that ends with a glorious escape. *Booktrack is an immersive format that pairs traditional audiobook narration to complementary music. The tempo and rhythm of the score are in perfect harmony with the action and characters throughout the audiobook. Gently playing in the background, the music never overpowers or distracts from the narration, so listeners can enjoy every minute. When you purchase this Booktrack edition, you receive the exact narration as the traditional audiobook available, with the addition of music throughout. Maude Julien Tue, 08 Oct 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405739 thebookvoice.com 7:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405739]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Only Girl in the World: Booktrack Edition: A Memoir Author: Maude Julien Narrator: Elisabeth Rodgers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 41 minutes Release date: October 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: For readers of Room and The Glass Castle, an astonishing memoir of one woman's rise above an unimaginable childhood. Maude Julien's parents were fanatics who believed it was their sacred duty to turn her into the ultimate survivor--raising her in isolation, tyrannizing her childhood and subjecting her to endless drills designed to 'eliminate weakness.' Maude learned to hold an electric fence for minutes without flinching, and to sit perfectly still in a rat-infested cellar all night long (her mother sewed bells onto her clothes that would give her away if she moved). She endured a life without heat, hot water, adequate food, friendship, or any kind of affectionate treatment. But Maude's parents could not rule her inner life. Befriending the animals on the lonely estate as well as the characters in the novels she read in secret, young Maude nurtured in herself the compassion and love that her parents forbid as weak. And when, after more than a decade, an outsider managed to penetrate her family's paranoid world, Maude seized her opportunity. By turns horrifying and magical, The Only Girl in the World is a story that will grip you from the first minute and leave you spellbound, a chilling exploration of psychological control that ends with a glorious escape. *Booktrack is an immersive format that pairs traditional audiobook narration to complementary music. The tempo and rhythm of the score are in perfect harmony with the action and characters throughout the audiobook. Gently playing in the background, the music never overpowers or distracts from the narration, so listeners can enjoy every minute. When you purchase this Booktrack edition, you receive the exact narration as the traditional audiobook available, with the addition of music throughout. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405739]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Only Girl in the World: Booktrack Edition: A Memoir Author: Maude Julien Narrator: Elisabeth Rodgers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 41 minutes Release date: October 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: For readers of Room and The Glass Castle, an astonishing memoir of one woman's rise above an unimaginable childhood. Maude Julien's parents were fanatics who believed it was their sacred duty to turn her into the ultimate survivor--raising her in isolation, tyrannizing her childhood and subjecting her to endless drills designed to 'eliminate weakness.' Maude learned to hold an electric fence for minutes without flinching, and to sit perfectly still in a rat-infested cellar all night long (her mother sewed bells onto her clothes that would give her away if she moved). She endured a life without heat, hot water, adequate food, friendship, or any kind of affectionate treatment. But Maude's parents could not rule her inner life. Befriending the animals on the lonely estate as well as the characters in the novels she read in secret, young Maude nurtured in herself the compassion and love that her parents forbid as weak. And when, after more than a decade, an outsider managed to penetrate her family's paranoid world, Maude seized her opportunity. By turns horrifying and magical, The Only Girl in the World is a story that will grip you from the first minute and leave you spellbound, a chilling exploration of psychological control that ends with a glorious escape. *Booktrack is an immersive format that pairs traditional audiobook narration to complementary music. The tempo and rhythm of the score are in perfect harmony with the action and characters throughout the audiobook. Gently playing in the background, the music never overpowers or distracts from the narration, so listeners can enjoy every minute. When you purchase this Booktrack edition, you receive the exact narration as the traditional audiobook available, with the addition of music throughout. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405621 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405621]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brag Better: Master the Art of Fearless Self-Promotion Author: Meredith Fineman Narrator: Meredith Fineman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 6 minutes Release date: June 16, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This effortless and unapologetic approach to self-promotion will manage your anxiety and allow you to champion yourself. Does talking about your accomplishments feel scary or icky because you're worried people will think you're 'obnoxious'? Does it feel more natural to 'put your head down and do the work'? Are you tired of watching the loudest people in your industry get disproportionate praise and rewards? If you answered 'yes' to any of the above, you might be self-sabotaging. You need to learn to Brag Better. Meredith Fineman has built a career working with 'The Qualified Quiet': smart people who struggle to talk about themselves and thus go underestimated or unrecognized. Now, she shares the surefire and anxiety-proof strategies that have helped her clients effectively communicate their achievements and skillsets to others. Bragging Better doesn't require false bravado, talking over people, or pretending to be more qualified than you are. Instead, Fineman advocates finding quiet confidence in your opinions, abilities, and background, and then turning up the volume. In this book, you will learn the career-changing tools she's developed over the past decade that make bragging feel easy, including: - Get remembered by focusing your personal brand and voice on key adjectives (like 'effective, subtle, and edgy') - Practice explaining what you do in simple, sticky terms to earn respect and recognition from the public and people at work. - Eliminate words that undermine your work and find better ones--like your bio saying you're 'trying' or 'attempting' to do something instead that you ARE doing it. If you're ready to begin Bragging Better--to telling the truth about your accomplishments with grace and confidence--this book is for you. Meredith Fineman Tue, 16 Jun 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405621 thebookvoice.com 7:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405621]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brag Better: Master the Art of Fearless Self-Promotion Author: Meredith Fineman Narrator: Meredith Fineman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 6 minutes Release date: June 16, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This effortless and unapologetic approach to self-promotion will manage your anxiety and allow you to champion yourself. Does talking about your accomplishments feel scary or icky because you're worried people will think you're 'obnoxious'? Does it feel more natural to 'put your head down and do the work'? Are you tired of watching the loudest people in your industry get disproportionate praise and rewards? If you answered 'yes' to any of the above, you might be self-sabotaging. You need to learn to Brag Better. Meredith Fineman has built a career working with 'The Qualified Quiet': smart people who struggle to talk about themselves and thus go underestimated or unrecognized. Now, she shares the surefire and anxiety-proof strategies that have helped her clients effectively communicate their achievements and skillsets to others. Bragging Better doesn't require false bravado, talking over people, or pretending to be more qualified than you are. Instead, Fineman advocates finding quiet confidence in your opinions, abilities, and background, and then turning up the volume. In this book, you will learn the career-changing tools she's developed over the past decade that make bragging feel easy, including: - Get remembered by focusing your personal brand and voice on key adjectives (like 'effective, subtle, and edgy') - Practice explaining what you do in simple, sticky terms to earn respect and recognition from the public and people at work. - Eliminate words that undermine your work and find better ones--like your bio saying you're 'trying' or 'attempting' to do something instead that you ARE doing it. If you're ready to begin Bragging Better--to telling the truth about your accomplishments with grace and confidence--this book is for you. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405621]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brag Better: Master the Art of Fearless Self-Promotion Author: Meredith Fineman Narrator: Meredith Fineman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 6 minutes Release date: June 16, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This effortless and unapologetic approach to self-promotion will manage your anxiety and allow you to champion yourself. Does talking about your accomplishments feel scary or icky because you're worried people will think you're 'obnoxious'? Does it feel more natural to 'put your head down and do the work'? Are you tired of watching the loudest people in your industry get disproportionate praise and rewards? If you answered 'yes' to any of the above, you might be self-sabotaging. You need to learn to Brag Better. Meredith Fineman has built a career working with 'The Qualified Quiet': smart people who struggle to talk about themselves and thus go underestimated or unrecognized. Now, she shares the surefire and anxiety-proof strategies that have helped her clients effectively communicate their achievements and skillsets to others. Bragging Better doesn't require false bravado, talking over people, or pretending to be more qualified than you are. Instead, Fineman advocates finding quiet confidence in your opinions, abilities, and background, and then turning up the volume. In this book, you will learn the career-changing tools she's developed over the past decade that make bragging feel easy, including: - Get remembered by focusing your personal brand and voice on key adjectives (like 'effective, subtle, and edgy') - Practice explaining what you do in simple, sticky terms to earn respect and recognition from the public and people at work. - Eliminate words that undermine your work and find better ones--like your bio saying you're 'trying' or 'attempting' to do something instead that you ARE doing it. If you're ready to begin Bragging Better--to telling the truth about your accomplishments with grace and confidence--this book is for you. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405598 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405598]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Survival of the Friendliest: Understanding Our Origins and Rediscovering Our Common Humanity Author: Brian Hare, Vanessa Woods Narrator: René Ruiz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 5 minutes Release date: July 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A powerful new theory of human nature suggests that our secret to success as a species is our unique friendliness “Brilliant, eye-opening, and absolutely inspiring—and a riveting read. Hare and Woods have written the perfect book for our time.”—Cass R. Sunstein, author of How Change Happens and co-author of Nudge For most of the approximately 300,000 years that Homo sapiens have existed, we have shared the planet with at least four other types of humans. All of these were smart, strong, and inventive. But around 50,000 years ago, Homo sapiens made a cognitive leap that gave us an edge over other species. What happened? Since Charles Darwin wrote about “evolutionary fitness,” the idea of fitness has been confused with physical strength, tactical brilliance, and aggression. In fact, what made us evolutionarily fit was a remarkable kind of friendliness, a virtuosic ability to coordinate and communicate with others that allowed us to achieve all the cultural and technical marvels in human history. Advancing what they call the “self-domestication theory,” Brian Hare, professor in the department of evolutionary anthropology and the Center for Cognitive Neuroscience at Duke University and his wife, Vanessa Woods, a research scientist and award-winning journalist, shed light on the mysterious leap in human cognition that allowed Homo sapiens to thrive.  But this gift for friendliness came at a cost. Just as a mother bear is most dangerous around her cubs, we are at our most dangerous when someone we love is threatened by an “outsider.” The threatening outsider is demoted to sub-human, fair game for our worst instincts. Hare’s groundbreaking research, developed in close coordination with Richard Wrangham and Michael Tomasello, giants in the field of cognitive evolution, reveals that the same traits that make us the most tolerant species on the planet also make us the cruelest.  Survival of the Friendliest offers us a new way to look at our cultural as well as cognitive evolution and sends a clear message: In order to survive and even to flourish, we need to expand our definition of who belongs. Brian Hare, Vanessa Woods Tue, 14 Jul 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405598 thebookvoice.com 6:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405598]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Survival of the Friendliest: Understanding Our Origins and Rediscovering Our Common Humanity Author: Brian Hare, Vanessa Woods Narrator: René Ruiz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 5 minutes Release date: July 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A powerful new theory of human nature suggests that our secret to success as a species is our unique friendliness “Brilliant, eye-opening, and absolutely inspiring—and a riveting read. Hare and Woods have written the perfect book for our time.”—Cass R. Sunstein, author of How Change Happens and co-author of Nudge For most of the approximately 300,000 years that Homo sapiens have existed, we have shared the planet with at least four other types of humans. All of these were smart, strong, and inventive. But around 50,000 years ago, Homo sapiens made a cognitive leap that gave us an edge over other species. What happened? Since Charles Darwin wrote about “evolutionary fitness,” the idea of fitness has been confused with physical strength, tactical brilliance, and aggression. In fact, what made us evolutionarily fit was a remarkable kind of friendliness, a virtuosic ability to coordinate and communicate with others that allowed us to achieve all the cultural and technical marvels in human history. Advancing what they call the “self-domestication theory,” Brian Hare, professor in the department of evolutionary anthropology and the Center for Cognitive Neuroscience at Duke University and his wife, Vanessa Woods, a research scientist and award-winning journalist, shed light on the mysterious leap in human cognition that allowed Homo sapiens to thrive.  But this gift for friendliness came at a cost. Just as a mother bear is most dangerous around her cubs, we are at our most dangerous when someone we love is threatened by an “outsider.” The threatening outsider is demoted to sub-human, fair game for our worst instincts. Hare’s groundbreaking research, developed in close coordination with Richard Wrangham and Michael Tomasello, giants in the field of cognitive evolution, reveals that the same traits that make us the most tolerant species on the planet also make us the cruelest.  Survival of the Friendliest offers us a new way to look at our cultural as well as cognitive evolution and sends a clear message: In order to survive and even to flourish, we need to expand our definition of who belongs. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405598]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Survival of the Friendliest: Understanding Our Origins and Rediscovering Our Common Humanity Author: Brian Hare, Vanessa Woods Narrator: René Ruiz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 5 minutes Release date: July 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A powerful new theory of human nature suggests that our secret to success as a species is our unique friendliness “Brilliant, eye-opening, and absolutely inspiring—and a riveting read. Hare and Woods have written the perfect book for our time.”—Cass R. Sunstein, author of How Change Happens and co-author of Nudge For most of the approximately 300,000 years that Homo sapiens have existed, we have shared the planet with at least four other types of humans. All of these were smart, strong, and inventive. But around 50,000 years ago, Homo sapiens made a cognitive leap that gave us an edge over other species. What happened? Since Charles Darwin wrote about “evolutionary fitness,” the idea of fitness has been confused with physical strength, tactical brilliance, and aggression. In fact, what made us evolutionarily fit was a remarkable kind of friendliness, a virtuosic ability to coordinate and communicate with others that allowed us to achieve all the cultural and technical marvels in human history. Advancing what they call the “self-domestication theory,” Brian Hare, professor in the department of evolutionary anthropology and the Center for Cognitive Neuroscience at Duke University and his wife, Vanessa Woods, a research scientist and award-winning journalist, shed light on the mysterious leap in human cognition that allowed Homo sapiens to thrive.  But this gift for friendliness came at a cost. Just as a mother bear is most dangerous around her cubs, we are at our most dangerous when someone we love is threatened by an “outsider.” The threatening outsider is demoted to sub-human, fair game for our worst instincts. Hare’s groundbreaking research, developed in close coordination with Richard Wrangham and Michael Tomasello, giants in the field of cognitive evolution, reveals that the same traits that make us the most tolerant species on the planet also make us the cruelest.  Survival of the Friendliest offers us a new way to look at our cultural as well as cognitive evolution and sends a clear message: In order to survive and even to flourish, we need to expand our definition of who belongs. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405492 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405492]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Detox Your Thoughts: Quit Negative Self-Talk for Good and Discover the Life You've Always Wanted Author: Andrea Bonior Narrator: Andrea Bonior Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 2 minutes Release date: May 5, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In Detox Your Thoughts, popular psychologist Andrea Bonior, PhD, identifies the 12 most prevalent thought patterns that make people feel anxious, insecure, and generally just bad. To overcome the most common mental traps, you must completely change the way you relate to your thoughts. If breaking free of negative thought patterns could be cured through simply thinking positively or doubling down on our self-care, we wouldn't see such epidemic rates of depression and anxiety disorders worldwide. Bonior deciphers the psychological research to help us disempower our self-sabotaging thoughts, and teaches specific and actionable ways to overcome them in a transformational read. • Dr. Andrea Bonior is a popular psychologist and contributor to BuzzFeed and the Washington Post. • Inspired by her popular BuzzFeed challenge Detox Your Thoughts Bonior identifies 12 mental traps that keep us locked in negative thinking. • The book explores a surprising path to break free of these harmful thoughts. With bite-sized pop psychology takes on the thought patterns that plague most people and a practical approach to quitting negative self-talk for good, Detox Your Thoughts is a transformational read. Dr. Bonior's mental health advice column, 'Baggage Check,' has appeared for 14 years in the Washington Post and several other newspapers nationwide. • Perfect for readers of the Washington Post's 'Baggage Check' column, Goodful's Detox Your Thoughts, Psychology Today, and The Cut's 'Science of Us' • Also a good fit for those who love pop psychology, self-help books, and any books related to motivation or happiness. • Fans of Anxious for Nothing: Finding Calm in a Chaotic World by Max Lucado, 13 Things Mentally Strong People Don't Do by Amy Morin, and Dare: The New Way to End Anxiety and Stop Panic Attacks by Barry McDonagh will want this in their collection. Andrea Bonior Tue, 05 May 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405492 thebookvoice.com 6:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405492]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Detox Your Thoughts: Quit Negative Self-Talk for Good and Discover the Life You've Always Wanted Author: Andrea Bonior Narrator: Andrea Bonior Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 2 minutes Release date: May 5, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In Detox Your Thoughts, popular psychologist Andrea Bonior, PhD, identifies the 12 most prevalent thought patterns that make people feel anxious, insecure, and generally just bad. To overcome the most common mental traps, you must completely change the way you relate to your thoughts. If breaking free of negative thought patterns could be cured through simply thinking positively or doubling down on our self-care, we wouldn't see such epidemic rates of depression and anxiety disorders worldwide. Bonior deciphers the psychological research to help us disempower our self-sabotaging thoughts, and teaches specific and actionable ways to overcome them in a transformational read. • Dr. Andrea Bonior is a popular psychologist and contributor to BuzzFeed and the Washington Post. • Inspired by her popular BuzzFeed challenge Detox Your Thoughts Bonior identifies 12 mental traps that keep us locked in negative thinking. • The book explores a surprising path to break free of these harmful thoughts. With bite-sized pop psychology takes on the thought patterns that plague most people and a practical approach to quitting negative self-talk for good, Detox Your Thoughts is a transformational read. Dr. Bonior's mental health advice column, 'Baggage Check,' has appeared for 14 years in the Washington Post and several other newspapers nationwide. • Perfect for readers of the Washington Post's 'Baggage Check' column, Goodful's Detox Your Thoughts, Psychology Today, and The Cut's 'Science of Us' • Also a good fit for those who love pop psychology, self-help books, and any books related to motivation or happiness. • Fans of Anxious for Nothing: Finding Calm in a Chaotic World by Max Lucado, 13 Things Mentally Strong People Don't Do by Amy Morin, and Dare: The New Way to End Anxiety and Stop Panic Attacks by Barry McDonagh will want this in their collection. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405492]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Detox Your Thoughts: Quit Negative Self-Talk for Good and Discover the Life You've Always Wanted Author: Andrea Bonior Narrator: Andrea Bonior Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 2 minutes Release date: May 5, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In Detox Your Thoughts, popular psychologist Andrea Bonior, PhD, identifies the 12 most prevalent thought patterns that make people feel anxious, insecure, and generally just bad. To overcome the most common mental traps, you must completely change the way you relate to your thoughts. If breaking free of negative thought patterns could be cured through simply thinking positively or doubling down on our self-care, we wouldn't see such epidemic rates of depression and anxiety disorders worldwide. Bonior deciphers the psychological research to help us disempower our self-sabotaging thoughts, and teaches specific and actionable ways to overcome them in a transformational read. • Dr. Andrea Bonior is a popular psychologist and contributor to BuzzFeed and the Washington Post. • Inspired by her popular BuzzFeed challenge Detox Your Thoughts Bonior identifies 12 mental traps that keep us locked in negative thinking. • The book explores a surprising path to break free of these harmful thoughts. With bite-sized pop psychology takes on the thought patterns that plague most people and a practical approach to quitting negative self-talk for good, Detox Your Thoughts is a transformational read. Dr. Bonior's mental health advice column, 'Baggage Check,' has appeared for 14 years in the Washington Post and several other newspapers nationwide. • Perfect for readers of the Washington Post's 'Baggage Check' column, Goodful's Detox Your Thoughts, Psychology Today, and The Cut's 'Science of Us' • Also a good fit for those who love pop psychology, self-help books, and any books related to motivation or happiness. • Fans of Anxious for Nothing: Finding Calm in a Chaotic World by Max Lucado, 13 Things Mentally Strong People Don't Do by Amy Morin, and Dare: The New Way to End Anxiety and Stop Panic Attacks by Barry McDonagh will want this in their collection. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405469 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405469]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Good Apology: Four Steps to Make Things Right Author: Molly Howes Narrator: Molly Howes, Maggie-Meg Reed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: July 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Through its four essential steps, A GOOD APOLOGY gives groundbreaking advice on how best to make an effective apology toward rebuilding any relationship, for readers of The Body Keeps the Score. We've all done something wrong or made a mistake or insulted someone -- even if by accident. We've all been hurt and wanted the other person to help us heal. It may be surprising, but the breaches themselves aren't the real problem; our inability to fix them is what causes us trouble. In A Good Apology, Dr. Molly Howes uses her experiences with patients in her practice, research findings, and news stories to illustrate the power and importance of a thorough apology. She teaches how we can all learn to craft an effective apology with four straightforward steps. An apology is a small-scale event between people, but it's enormously powerful. This comprehensive book gives readers the tools to fix their relationships, make amends, and move forward. With it, you'll fully understand the meaning and importance of this universal and timeless endeavor: a good apology. Molly Howes Tue, 21 Jul 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405469 thebookvoice.com 8:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405469]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Good Apology: Four Steps to Make Things Right Author: Molly Howes Narrator: Molly Howes, Maggie-Meg Reed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: July 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Through its four essential steps, A GOOD APOLOGY gives groundbreaking advice on how best to make an effective apology toward rebuilding any relationship, for readers of The Body Keeps the Score. We've all done something wrong or made a mistake or insulted someone -- even if by accident. We've all been hurt and wanted the other person to help us heal. It may be surprising, but the breaches themselves aren't the real problem; our inability to fix them is what causes us trouble. In A Good Apology, Dr. Molly Howes uses her experiences with patients in her practice, research findings, and news stories to illustrate the power and importance of a thorough apology. She teaches how we can all learn to craft an effective apology with four straightforward steps. An apology is a small-scale event between people, but it's enormously powerful. This comprehensive book gives readers the tools to fix their relationships, make amends, and move forward. With it, you'll fully understand the meaning and importance of this universal and timeless endeavor: a good apology. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405469]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Good Apology: Four Steps to Make Things Right Author: Molly Howes Narrator: Molly Howes, Maggie-Meg Reed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: July 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Through its four essential steps, A GOOD APOLOGY gives groundbreaking advice on how best to make an effective apology toward rebuilding any relationship, for readers of The Body Keeps the Score. We've all done something wrong or made a mistake or insulted someone -- even if by accident. We've all been hurt and wanted the other person to help us heal. It may be surprising, but the breaches themselves aren't the real problem; our inability to fix them is what causes us trouble. In A Good Apology, Dr. Molly Howes uses her experiences with patients in her practice, research findings, and news stories to illustrate the power and importance of a thorough apology. She teaches how we can all learn to craft an effective apology with four straightforward steps. An apology is a small-scale event between people, but it's enormously powerful. This comprehensive book gives readers the tools to fix their relationships, make amends, and move forward. With it, you'll fully understand the meaning and importance of this universal and timeless endeavor: a good apology. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405426 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405426]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 44 Chapters About 4 Men Author: BB Easton Narrator: Ramona Master Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 19 minutes Release date: February 18, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.86 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4.4 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: One woman's secret journal completely changes her marriage in this hilarious and biting memoir -- the inspiration for the Netflix Original Series SEX/LIFE. School psychologists aren't supposed to write books about sex. Doing so would be considered "unethical" and "a fireable offense." Lucky for you, ethics was never my strong suit. Sex/Life: 44 Chapters About 4 Men is a laugh-out-loud funny and brutally honest look at female sexuality, as told through the razor-sharp lens of domesticated bad girl BB Easton. No one and nothing is off limits as BB revisits the ex-boyfriends -- a sadistic tattoo artist, a punk rock parolee, and a heavy metal bass player -- that led her to finally find true love with a straight-laced, drop-dead-gorgeous . . . accountant. After settling down and starting a family with her perfectly vanilla "husbot," Ken, BB finds herself longing for the reckless passion she had in her youth. She begins to write about these escapades in a secret journal, just for fun, but when Ken starts to act out the words on the pages, BB realizes that she might have stumbled upon the holy grail of behavior modification techniques. The psychological dance that ensues is nothing short of hilarious as BB wields her journal like a blowtorch, trying to light a fire under her cold, distant partner. Sometimes it works, sometimes it doesn't, but in the end, BB learns that the man she was trying so hard to change was perfect for her all along. BB Easton Tue, 18 Feb 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405426 thebookvoice.com 8:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405426]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 44 Chapters About 4 Men Author: BB Easton Narrator: Ramona Master Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 19 minutes Release date: February 18, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.86 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4.4 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: One woman's secret journal completely changes her marriage in this hilarious and biting memoir -- the inspiration for the Netflix Original Series SEX/LIFE. School psychologists aren't supposed to write books about sex. Doing so would be considered "unethical" and "a fireable offense." Lucky for you, ethics was never my strong suit. Sex/Life: 44 Chapters About 4 Men is a laugh-out-loud funny and brutally honest look at female sexuality, as told through the razor-sharp lens of domesticated bad girl BB Easton. No one and nothing is off limits as BB revisits the ex-boyfriends -- a sadistic tattoo artist, a punk rock parolee, and a heavy metal bass player -- that led her to finally find true love with a straight-laced, drop-dead-gorgeous . . . accountant. After settling down and starting a family with her perfectly vanilla "husbot," Ken, BB finds herself longing for the reckless passion she had in her youth. She begins to write about these escapades in a secret journal, just for fun, but when Ken starts to act out the words on the pages, BB realizes that she might have stumbled upon the holy grail of behavior modification techniques. The psychological dance that ensues is nothing short of hilarious as BB wields her journal like a blowtorch, trying to light a fire under her cold, distant partner. Sometimes it works, sometimes it doesn't, but in the end, BB learns that the man she was trying so hard to change was perfect for her all along. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405426]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 44 Chapters About 4 Men Author: BB Easton Narrator: Ramona Master Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 19 minutes Release date: February 18, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.86 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4.4 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: One woman's secret journal completely changes her marriage in this hilarious and biting memoir -- the inspiration for the Netflix Original Series SEX/LIFE. School psychologists aren't supposed to write books about sex. Doing so would be considered "unethical" and "a fireable offense." Lucky for you, ethics was never my strong suit. Sex/Life: 44 Chapters About 4 Men is a laugh-out-loud funny and brutally honest look at female sexuality, as told through the razor-sharp lens of domesticated bad girl BB Easton. No one and nothing is off limits as BB revisits the ex-boyfriends -- a sadistic tattoo artist, a punk rock parolee, and a heavy metal bass player -- that led her to finally find true love with a straight-laced, drop-dead-gorgeous . . . accountant. After settling down and starting a family with her perfectly vanilla "husbot," Ken, BB finds herself longing for the reckless passion she had in her youth. She begins to write about these escapades in a secret journal, just for fun, but when Ken starts to act out the words on the pages, BB realizes that she might have stumbled upon the holy grail of behavior modification techniques. The psychological dance that ensues is nothing short of hilarious as BB wields her journal like a blowtorch, trying to light a fire under her cold, distant partner. Sometimes it works, sometimes it doesn't, but in the end, BB learns that the man she was trying so hard to change was perfect for her all along. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405367 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405367]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Aging Well: Surprising Guideposts to a Happier Life from the Landmark Study of Adult Development Author: George E. Vaillant Narrator: Keith Sellon-Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 24 minutes Release date: January 14, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In an unprecedented series of studies, Harvard Medical School has followed 824 subjects -- men and women, some rich, some poor -- from their teens to old age. Harvard's George Vaillant now uses these studies -- the most complete ever done anywhere in the world -- and the subjects' individual histories to illustrate the factors involved in reaching a happy, healthy old age. He explains precisely why some people turn out to be more resilient than others, the complicated effects of marriage and divorce, negative personality changes, and how to live a more fulfilling, satisfying and rewarding life in the later years. He shows why a person's background has less to do with their eventual happiness than the specific lifestyle choices they make. And he offers step-by-step advice about how each of us can change our lifestyles and age successfully. Sure to be debated on talk shows and in living rooms, Vaillant's definitive and inspiring book is the new classic account of how we live and how we can live better. It will receive massive media attention, and with good reason: we have never seen anything like it, and what it has to tell us will make all the difference in the world. George E. Vaillant Tue, 14 Jan 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405367 thebookvoice.com 12:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405367]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Aging Well: Surprising Guideposts to a Happier Life from the Landmark Study of Adult Development Author: George E. Vaillant Narrator: Keith Sellon-Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 24 minutes Release date: January 14, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In an unprecedented series of studies, Harvard Medical School has followed 824 subjects -- men and women, some rich, some poor -- from their teens to old age. Harvard's George Vaillant now uses these studies -- the most complete ever done anywhere in the world -- and the subjects' individual histories to illustrate the factors involved in reaching a happy, healthy old age. He explains precisely why some people turn out to be more resilient than others, the complicated effects of marriage and divorce, negative personality changes, and how to live a more fulfilling, satisfying and rewarding life in the later years. He shows why a person's background has less to do with their eventual happiness than the specific lifestyle choices they make. And he offers step-by-step advice about how each of us can change our lifestyles and age successfully. Sure to be debated on talk shows and in living rooms, Vaillant's definitive and inspiring book is the new classic account of how we live and how we can live better. It will receive massive media attention, and with good reason: we have never seen anything like it, and what it has to tell us will make all the difference in the world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405367]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Aging Well: Surprising Guideposts to a Happier Life from the Landmark Study of Adult Development Author: George E. Vaillant Narrator: Keith Sellon-Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 24 minutes Release date: January 14, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In an unprecedented series of studies, Harvard Medical School has followed 824 subjects -- men and women, some rich, some poor -- from their teens to old age. Harvard's George Vaillant now uses these studies -- the most complete ever done anywhere in the world -- and the subjects' individual histories to illustrate the factors involved in reaching a happy, healthy old age. He explains precisely why some people turn out to be more resilient than others, the complicated effects of marriage and divorce, negative personality changes, and how to live a more fulfilling, satisfying and rewarding life in the later years. He shows why a person's background has less to do with their eventual happiness than the specific lifestyle choices they make. And he offers step-by-step advice about how each of us can change our lifestyles and age successfully. Sure to be debated on talk shows and in living rooms, Vaillant's definitive and inspiring book is the new classic account of how we live and how we can live better. It will receive massive media attention, and with good reason: we have never seen anything like it, and what it has to tell us will make all the difference in the world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405357 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405357]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Idea of the Brain: The Past and Future of Neuroscience Author: Matthew Cobb Narrator: Joe Jameson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 15 minutes Release date: April 21, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An 'elegant', 'engrossing' (Carol Tavris, Wall Street Journal) examination of what we think we know about the brain and why -- despite technological advances -- the workings of our most essential organ remain a mystery. 'I cannot recommend this book strongly enough.'--Henry Marsh, author of Do No Harm For thousands of years, thinkers and scientists have tried to understand what the brain does. Yet, despite the astonishing discoveries of science, we still have only the vaguest idea of how the brain works. In The Idea of the Brain, scientist and historian Matthew Cobb traces how our conception of the brain has evolved over the centuries. Although it might seem to be a story of ever-increasing knowledge of biology, Cobb shows how our ideas about the brain have been shaped by each era's most significant technologies. Today we might think the brain is like a supercomputer. In the past, it has been compared to a telegraph, a telephone exchange, or some kind of hydraulic system. What will we think the brain is like tomorrow, when new technology arises? The result is an essential read for anyone interested in the complex processes that drive science and the forces that have shaped our marvelous brains. Matthew Cobb Tue, 21 Apr 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405357 thebookvoice.com 14:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405357]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Idea of the Brain: The Past and Future of Neuroscience Author: Matthew Cobb Narrator: Joe Jameson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 15 minutes Release date: April 21, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An 'elegant', 'engrossing' (Carol Tavris, Wall Street Journal) examination of what we think we know about the brain and why -- despite technological advances -- the workings of our most essential organ remain a mystery. 'I cannot recommend this book strongly enough.'--Henry Marsh, author of Do No Harm For thousands of years, thinkers and scientists have tried to understand what the brain does. Yet, despite the astonishing discoveries of science, we still have only the vaguest idea of how the brain works. In The Idea of the Brain, scientist and historian Matthew Cobb traces how our conception of the brain has evolved over the centuries. Although it might seem to be a story of ever-increasing knowledge of biology, Cobb shows how our ideas about the brain have been shaped by each era's most significant technologies. Today we might think the brain is like a supercomputer. In the past, it has been compared to a telegraph, a telephone exchange, or some kind of hydraulic system. What will we think the brain is like tomorrow, when new technology arises? The result is an essential read for anyone interested in the complex processes that drive science and the forces that have shaped our marvelous brains. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405357]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Idea of the Brain: The Past and Future of Neuroscience Author: Matthew Cobb Narrator: Joe Jameson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 15 minutes Release date: April 21, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An 'elegant', 'engrossing' (Carol Tavris, Wall Street Journal) examination of what we think we know about the brain and why -- despite technological advances -- the workings of our most essential organ remain a mystery. 'I cannot recommend this book strongly enough.'--Henry Marsh, author of Do No Harm For thousands of years, thinkers and scientists have tried to understand what the brain does. Yet, despite the astonishing discoveries of science, we still have only the vaguest idea of how the brain works. In The Idea of the Brain, scientist and historian Matthew Cobb traces how our conception of the brain has evolved over the centuries. Although it might seem to be a story of ever-increasing knowledge of biology, Cobb shows how our ideas about the brain have been shaped by each era's most significant technologies. Today we might think the brain is like a supercomputer. In the past, it has been compared to a telegraph, a telephone exchange, or some kind of hydraulic system. What will we think the brain is like tomorrow, when new technology arises? The result is an essential read for anyone interested in the complex processes that drive science and the forces that have shaped our marvelous brains. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405330 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405330]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Discord: Why the Ups and Downs of Relationships Are the Secret to Building Intimacy, Resilience, and Trust Author: Ed Tronick, Claudia M. Gold Narrator: Betsy Foldes Meiman, Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: June 2, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This 'profoundly wise' look at how to foster connections, attachment, and resiliency explains why working through discord is the key to better relationships. (Sue Johnson, bestselling author of Hold Me Tight) You might think that perfect harmony is the defining characteristic of healthy relationships, but the truth is that human interactions are messy, complicated, and confusing. And according to renowned psychologist Ed Tronick and pediatrician Claudia Gold, that is not only okay, it is actually crucial to our social and emotional development. In The Power of Discord they show how working through the inevitable dissonance of human connection is the path to better relationships with romantic partners, family, friends, and colleagues. Dr. Tronick was one of the first researchers to show that babies are profoundly affected by their parents' emotions and behavior via 'The Still-Face Experiment.' His work, which brought about a foundational shift in our understanding of human development, shows that our highly evolved sense of self makes us separate, yet our survival depends on connection. And so we approximate, iteratively learning about one another's desires and intentions, and gaining confidence in the process as we correct the mistakes and misunderstandings that arise. Working through the volley of mismatch and repair in everyday life helps us form deep, lasting, trusting relationships, resilience in times of stress and trauma, and a solid sense of self in the world. Drawing on Dr. Tronick's research and Dr. Gold's clinical experience, The Power of Discord is a refreshing and original look at our ability to relate to others and to ourselves. Ed Tronick, Claudia M. Gold Tue, 02 Jun 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405330 thebookvoice.com 8:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405330]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Discord: Why the Ups and Downs of Relationships Are the Secret to Building Intimacy, Resilience, and Trust Author: Ed Tronick, Claudia M. Gold Narrator: Betsy Foldes Meiman, Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: June 2, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This 'profoundly wise' look at how to foster connections, attachment, and resiliency explains why working through discord is the key to better relationships. (Sue Johnson, bestselling author of Hold Me Tight) You might think that perfect harmony is the defining characteristic of healthy relationships, but the truth is that human interactions are messy, complicated, and confusing. And according to renowned psychologist Ed Tronick and pediatrician Claudia Gold, that is not only okay, it is actually crucial to our social and emotional development. In The Power of Discord they show how working through the inevitable dissonance of human connection is the path to better relationships with romantic partners, family, friends, and colleagues. Dr. Tronick was one of the first researchers to show that babies are profoundly affected by their parents' emotions and behavior via 'The Still-Face Experiment.' His work, which brought about a foundational shift in our understanding of human development, shows that our highly evolved sense of self makes us separate, yet our survival depends on connection. And so we approximate, iteratively learning about one another's desires and intentions, and gaining confidence in the process as we correct the mistakes and misunderstandings that arise. Working through the volley of mismatch and repair in everyday life helps us form deep, lasting, trusting relationships, resilience in times of stress and trauma, and a solid sense of self in the world. Drawing on Dr. Tronick's research and Dr. Gold's clinical experience, The Power of Discord is a refreshing and original look at our ability to relate to others and to ourselves. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405330]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Discord: Why the Ups and Downs of Relationships Are the Secret to Building Intimacy, Resilience, and Trust Author: Ed Tronick, Claudia M. Gold Narrator: Betsy Foldes Meiman, Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: June 2, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This 'profoundly wise' look at how to foster connections, attachment, and resiliency explains why working through discord is the key to better relationships. (Sue Johnson, bestselling author of Hold Me Tight) You might think that perfect harmony is the defining characteristic of healthy relationships, but the truth is that human interactions are messy, complicated, and confusing. And according to renowned psychologist Ed Tronick and pediatrician Claudia Gold, that is not only okay, it is actually crucial to our social and emotional development. In The Power of Discord they show how working through the inevitable dissonance of human connection is the path to better relationships with romantic partners, family, friends, and colleagues. Dr. Tronick was one of the first researchers to show that babies are profoundly affected by their parents' emotions and behavior via 'The Still-Face Experiment.' His work, which brought about a foundational shift in our understanding of human development, shows that our highly evolved sense of self makes us separate, yet our survival depends on connection. And so we approximate, iteratively learning about one another's desires and intentions, and gaining confidence in the process as we correct the mistakes and misunderstandings that arise. Working through the volley of mismatch and repair in everyday life helps us form deep, lasting, trusting relationships, resilience in times of stress and trauma, and a solid sense of self in the world. Drawing on Dr. Tronick's research and Dr. Gold's clinical experience, The Power of Discord is a refreshing and original look at our ability to relate to others and to ourselves. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405329 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405329]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Weird: The Power of Being an Outsider in an Insider World Author: Olga Khazan Narrator: Renata Friedman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Learn why the concept of "weird" is being reclaimed and turned into a badge of honor, used to show how being different—culturally, socially, physically, or mentally—can be a person's greatest strength. Most of us have at some point in our lives felt like an outsider, sometimes considering ourselves "too weird" to fit in. Growing up as a Russian immigrant in West Texas, Olga Khazan always felt there was something different about her. This feeling has permeated her life, and as she embarked on a science writing career, she realized there were psychological connections between this feeling of being an outsider and both her struggles and successes later in life. She decided to reach out to other people who were unique in their environments to see if they had experienced similar feelings of alienation, and if so, to learn how they overcame them. Weird is based on in-person interviews with many of these individuals, such as a woman who is professionally surrounded by men, a liberal in a conservative area, and a Muslim in a predominantly Christian town. In addition, it provides actionable insights based on interviews with dozens of experts and a review of hundreds of scientific studies. Weird explores why it is that we crave conformity, how that affects people who are different, and what they can do about it. First, the book dives into the history of social norms and why some people hew to them more strictly than others. Next, Khazan explores the causes behind-and the consequences of-social rejection. She then reveals the hidden upsides to being "weird," as well as the strategies that people who are different might use in order to achieve success in a society that values normalcy. Finally, the book follows the trajectories of unique individuals who either decided to be among others just like them; to stay weird; or to dwell somewhere in between. Combining Khazan's own story with those of others and with fascinating takeaways from cutting-edge psychology research, Weird reveals how successful individuals learned to embrace their weirdness, using it to their advantage. Olga Khazan Tue, 07 Apr 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405329 thebookvoice.com 9:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405329]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Weird: The Power of Being an Outsider in an Insider World Author: Olga Khazan Narrator: Renata Friedman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Learn why the concept of "weird" is being reclaimed and turned into a badge of honor, used to show how being different—culturally, socially, physically, or mentally—can be a person's greatest strength. Most of us have at some point in our lives felt like an outsider, sometimes considering ourselves "too weird" to fit in. Growing up as a Russian immigrant in West Texas, Olga Khazan always felt there was something different about her. This feeling has permeated her life, and as she embarked on a science writing career, she realized there were psychological connections between this feeling of being an outsider and both her struggles and successes later in life. She decided to reach out to other people who were unique in their environments to see if they had experienced similar feelings of alienation, and if so, to learn how they overcame them. Weird is based on in-person interviews with many of these individuals, such as a woman who is professionally surrounded by men, a liberal in a conservative area, and a Muslim in a predominantly Christian town. In addition, it provides actionable insights based on interviews with dozens of experts and a review of hundreds of scientific studies. Weird explores why it is that we crave conformity, how that affects people who are different, and what they can do about it. First, the book dives into the history of social norms and why some people hew to them more strictly than others. Next, Khazan explores the causes behind-and the consequences of-social rejection. She then reveals the hidden upsides to being "weird," as well as the strategies that people who are different might use in order to achieve success in a society that values normalcy. Finally, the book follows the trajectories of unique individuals who either decided to be among others just like them; to stay weird; or to dwell somewhere in between. Combining Khazan's own story with those of others and with fascinating takeaways from cutting-edge psychology research, Weird reveals how successful individuals learned to embrace their weirdness, using it to their advantage. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405329]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Weird: The Power of Being an Outsider in an Insider World Author: Olga Khazan Narrator: Renata Friedman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Learn why the concept of "weird" is being reclaimed and turned into a badge of honor, used to show how being different—culturally, socially, physically, or mentally—can be a person's greatest strength. Most of us have at some point in our lives felt like an outsider, sometimes considering ourselves "too weird" to fit in. Growing up as a Russian immigrant in West Texas, Olga Khazan always felt there was something different about her. This feeling has permeated her life, and as she embarked on a science writing career, she realized there were psychological connections between this feeling of being an outsider and both her struggles and successes later in life. She decided to reach out to other people who were unique in their environments to see if they had experienced similar feelings of alienation, and if so, to learn how they overcame them. Weird is based on in-person interviews with many of these individuals, such as a woman who is professionally surrounded by men, a liberal in a conservative area, and a Muslim in a predominantly Christian town. In addition, it provides actionable insights based on interviews with dozens of experts and a review of hundreds of scientific studies. Weird explores why it is that we crave conformity, how that affects people who are different, and what they can do about it. First, the book dives into the history of social norms and why some people hew to them more strictly than others. Next, Khazan explores the causes behind-and the consequences of-social rejection. She then reveals the hidden upsides to being "weird," as well as the strategies that people who are different might use in order to achieve success in a society that values normalcy. Finally, the book follows the trajectories of unique individuals who either decided to be among others just like them; to stay weird; or to dwell somewhere in between. Combining Khazan's own story with those of others and with fascinating takeaways from cutting-edge psychology research, Weird reveals how successful individuals learned to embrace their weirdness, using it to their advantage. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405308 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405308]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Intangibles: Unlocking the Science and Soul of Team Chemistry Author: Joan Ryan Narrator: Joan Ryan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 32 minutes Release date: April 28, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From baseball to biology, an award-winning journalist highlights the power of team chemistry in this 'terrific' data-driven investigation of human relationships (Billie Jean King). Does team chemistry actually exist? Is there scientific or mathematical proof? Is team chemistry as real and relevant as on-base percentages and wins above replacement? In Joan Ryan's groundbreaking book we discover that the answer to all of the above is a resounding yes. As Ryan puts it, team chemistry, or the combination of biological and social forces that boosts selfless effort among more players over more days of a season, is what drives sports teams toward a common goal, encouraging the players to be the best versions of themselves. These are the elements of teams that make them 'click,' the ones that foster trust and respect, and push players to exceed their own potential when they work well together. Team chemistry alone won't win a World Series, but talent alone won't win it, either. And by interviewing more than 100 players, coaches, managers, and statisticians, as well as over five years of extensive research in neuroscience, biology, physiology, and psychology, Ryan proves that the social and emotional state of a team does affect performance. Grit, passion, selflessness, and effort matter -- but never underestimate the power of chemistry. Joan Ryan Tue, 28 Apr 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405308 thebookvoice.com 8:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405308]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Intangibles: Unlocking the Science and Soul of Team Chemistry Author: Joan Ryan Narrator: Joan Ryan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 32 minutes Release date: April 28, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From baseball to biology, an award-winning journalist highlights the power of team chemistry in this 'terrific' data-driven investigation of human relationships (Billie Jean King). Does team chemistry actually exist? Is there scientific or mathematical proof? Is team chemistry as real and relevant as on-base percentages and wins above replacement? In Joan Ryan's groundbreaking book we discover that the answer to all of the above is a resounding yes. As Ryan puts it, team chemistry, or the combination of biological and social forces that boosts selfless effort among more players over more days of a season, is what drives sports teams toward a common goal, encouraging the players to be the best versions of themselves. These are the elements of teams that make them 'click,' the ones that foster trust and respect, and push players to exceed their own potential when they work well together. Team chemistry alone won't win a World Series, but talent alone won't win it, either. And by interviewing more than 100 players, coaches, managers, and statisticians, as well as over five years of extensive research in neuroscience, biology, physiology, and psychology, Ryan proves that the social and emotional state of a team does affect performance. Grit, passion, selflessness, and effort matter -- but never underestimate the power of chemistry. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405308]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Intangibles: Unlocking the Science and Soul of Team Chemistry Author: Joan Ryan Narrator: Joan Ryan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 32 minutes Release date: April 28, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From baseball to biology, an award-winning journalist highlights the power of team chemistry in this 'terrific' data-driven investigation of human relationships (Billie Jean King). Does team chemistry actually exist? Is there scientific or mathematical proof? Is team chemistry as real and relevant as on-base percentages and wins above replacement? In Joan Ryan's groundbreaking book we discover that the answer to all of the above is a resounding yes. As Ryan puts it, team chemistry, or the combination of biological and social forces that boosts selfless effort among more players over more days of a season, is what drives sports teams toward a common goal, encouraging the players to be the best versions of themselves. These are the elements of teams that make them 'click,' the ones that foster trust and respect, and push players to exceed their own potential when they work well together. Team chemistry alone won't win a World Series, but talent alone won't win it, either. And by interviewing more than 100 players, coaches, managers, and statisticians, as well as over five years of extensive research in neuroscience, biology, physiology, and psychology, Ryan proves that the social and emotional state of a team does affect performance. Grit, passion, selflessness, and effort matter -- but never underestimate the power of chemistry. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405305 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405305]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trauma and Recovery: The Aftermath of Violence--From Domestic Abuse to Political Terror Author: Judith Lewis Herman Narrator: Alison Mathews, Xe Sands Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 34 minutes Release date: December 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.58 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The groundbreaking work on trauma that remains a “classic for our generation” (Bessel van der Kolk, MD, author of The Body Keeps the Score) Trauma and Recovery is the foundational text on understanding trauma survivors. By placing individual experience in a political frame, psychiatrist Judith L. Herman argues that psychological trauma is inseparable from its social and political context. Drawing on her own research on incest, as well as a vast literature on combat veterans and victims of political terror, she shows surprising parallels between private horrors like child abuse and public horrors like war. This edition includes a new epilogue by the author assessing what has—and hasn’t—changed in understanding and treating trauma over the last three decades. Hailed by the New York Times as “one of the most important psychiatry works to be published since Freud,” Trauma and Recovery is essential reading for anyone seeking to understand how we heal. Judith Lewis Herman Tue, 10 Dec 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405305 thebookvoice.com 11:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405305]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trauma and Recovery: The Aftermath of Violence--From Domestic Abuse to Political Terror Author: Judith Lewis Herman Narrator: Alison Mathews, Xe Sands Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 34 minutes Release date: December 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.58 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The groundbreaking work on trauma that remains a “classic for our generation” (Bessel van der Kolk, MD, author of The Body Keeps the Score) Trauma and Recovery is the foundational text on understanding trauma survivors. By placing individual experience in a political frame, psychiatrist Judith L. Herman argues that psychological trauma is inseparable from its social and political context. Drawing on her own research on incest, as well as a vast literature on combat veterans and victims of political terror, she shows surprising parallels between private horrors like child abuse and public horrors like war. This edition includes a new epilogue by the author assessing what has—and hasn’t—changed in understanding and treating trauma over the last three decades. Hailed by the New York Times as “one of the most important psychiatry works to be published since Freud,” Trauma and Recovery is essential reading for anyone seeking to understand how we heal. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405305]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trauma and Recovery: The Aftermath of Violence--From Domestic Abuse to Political Terror Author: Judith Lewis Herman Narrator: Alison Mathews, Xe Sands Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 34 minutes Release date: December 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.58 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The groundbreaking work on trauma that remains a “classic for our generation” (Bessel van der Kolk, MD, author of The Body Keeps the Score) Trauma and Recovery is the foundational text on understanding trauma survivors. By placing individual experience in a political frame, psychiatrist Judith L. Herman argues that psychological trauma is inseparable from its social and political context. Drawing on her own research on incest, as well as a vast literature on combat veterans and victims of political terror, she shows surprising parallels between private horrors like child abuse and public horrors like war. This edition includes a new epilogue by the author assessing what has—and hasn’t—changed in understanding and treating trauma over the last three decades. Hailed by the New York Times as “one of the most important psychiatry works to be published since Freud,” Trauma and Recovery is essential reading for anyone seeking to understand how we heal. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405297 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405297]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Know It When We See It: What the Neurobiology of Vision Tells Us About How We Think Author: Richard Masland Narrator: Matt Kugler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 31 minutes Release date: March 10, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A Harvard researcher investigates the human eye in this insightful account of what vision reveals about intelligence, learning, and the greatest mysteries of neuroscience. Spotting a face in a crowd is so easy, you take it for granted. But how you do it is one of science's great mysteries. And vision is involved with so much of everything your brain does. Explaining how it works reveals more than just how you see. In We Know It When We See It, Harvard neuroscientist Richard Masland tackles vital questions about how the brain processes information -- how it perceives, learns, and remembers -- through a careful study of the inner life of the eye. Covering everything from what happens when light hits your retina, to the increasingly sophisticated nerve nets that turn that light into knowledge, to what a computer algorithm must be able to do before it can be called truly 'intelligent,' We Know It When We See It is a profound yet approachable investigation into how our bodies make sense of the world. Richard Masland Tue, 10 Mar 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405297 thebookvoice.com 7:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405297]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Know It When We See It: What the Neurobiology of Vision Tells Us About How We Think Author: Richard Masland Narrator: Matt Kugler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 31 minutes Release date: March 10, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A Harvard researcher investigates the human eye in this insightful account of what vision reveals about intelligence, learning, and the greatest mysteries of neuroscience. Spotting a face in a crowd is so easy, you take it for granted. But how you do it is one of science's great mysteries. And vision is involved with so much of everything your brain does. Explaining how it works reveals more than just how you see. In We Know It When We See It, Harvard neuroscientist Richard Masland tackles vital questions about how the brain processes information -- how it perceives, learns, and remembers -- through a careful study of the inner life of the eye. Covering everything from what happens when light hits your retina, to the increasingly sophisticated nerve nets that turn that light into knowledge, to what a computer algorithm must be able to do before it can be called truly 'intelligent,' We Know It When We See It is a profound yet approachable investigation into how our bodies make sense of the world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405297]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Know It When We See It: What the Neurobiology of Vision Tells Us About How We Think Author: Richard Masland Narrator: Matt Kugler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 31 minutes Release date: March 10, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A Harvard researcher investigates the human eye in this insightful account of what vision reveals about intelligence, learning, and the greatest mysteries of neuroscience. Spotting a face in a crowd is so easy, you take it for granted. But how you do it is one of science's great mysteries. And vision is involved with so much of everything your brain does. Explaining how it works reveals more than just how you see. In We Know It When We See It, Harvard neuroscientist Richard Masland tackles vital questions about how the brain processes information -- how it perceives, learns, and remembers -- through a careful study of the inner life of the eye. Covering everything from what happens when light hits your retina, to the increasingly sophisticated nerve nets that turn that light into knowledge, to what a computer algorithm must be able to do before it can be called truly 'intelligent,' We Know It When We See It is a profound yet approachable investigation into how our bodies make sense of the world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405271 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405271]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Tanking to the Top: The Philadelphia 76ers and the Most Audacious Process in the History of Professional Sports Author: Yaron Weitzman Narrator: Yaron Weitzman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 19 minutes Release date: March 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Enter the City of Brotherly Love and see how the NBA's Philadelphia 76ers trusted The Process–using a bold plan to get to first by becoming the worst.  When a group of private equity bigwigs purchased the Philadelphia 76ers in 2011, the team was both bad and boring. Attendance was down. So were ratings. The Sixers had an aging coach, an antiquated front office, and a group of players that could best be described as mediocre.  Enter Sam Hinkie—a man with a plan straight out of the PE playbook, one that violated professional sports' Golden Rule: You play to win the game. In Hinkie's view, the best way to reach first was to embrace becoming the worst—to sacrifice wins in the present in order to capture championships in the future. And to those dubious, Hinkie had a response: Trust The Process, and the results will follow.  The plan, dubbed "The Process," seems to have worked. More than six years after handing Hinkie the keys, the Sixers have transformed into one of the most exciting teams in the NBA. They've emerged as a championship contender with a roster full of stars, none bigger than Joel Embiid, a captivating seven-footer known for both brutalizing opponents on the court and taunting them off of it.  Beneath the surface, though, lies a different story, one of infighting, dueling egos, and competing agendas. Hinkie, pushed out less than three years into his reign by a demoralized owner, a jealous CEO, and an embarrassed NBA, was the first casualty of The Process. He'd be far from the last.  Drawing from interviews with nearly 175 people, Tanking to the Top brings to life the palace intrigue incited by Hinkie's proposal, taking readers into the boardroom where the Sixers laid out their plans, and onto the courts where those plans met reality. Full of uplifting, rags-to-riches stories, backroom dealings, mysterious injuries, and burner Twitter accounts, Tanking to the Top is the definitive, inside story of the Sixers' Process and a fun and lively behind-the-scenes look at one of America's most transgressive teams.  Including exclusive interviews with Joel Embiid, Ben Simmons, and Coach Brett Brown, Sam Hinkie, and more. Yaron Weitzman Tue, 17 Mar 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405271 thebookvoice.com 9:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405271]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Tanking to the Top: The Philadelphia 76ers and the Most Audacious Process in the History of Professional Sports Author: Yaron Weitzman Narrator: Yaron Weitzman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 19 minutes Release date: March 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Enter the City of Brotherly Love and see how the NBA's Philadelphia 76ers trusted The Process–using a bold plan to get to first by becoming the worst.  When a group of private equity bigwigs purchased the Philadelphia 76ers in 2011, the team was both bad and boring. Attendance was down. So were ratings. The Sixers had an aging coach, an antiquated front office, and a group of players that could best be described as mediocre.  Enter Sam Hinkie—a man with a plan straight out of the PE playbook, one that violated professional sports' Golden Rule: You play to win the game. In Hinkie's view, the best way to reach first was to embrace becoming the worst—to sacrifice wins in the present in order to capture championships in the future. And to those dubious, Hinkie had a response: Trust The Process, and the results will follow.  The plan, dubbed "The Process," seems to have worked. More than six years after handing Hinkie the keys, the Sixers have transformed into one of the most exciting teams in the NBA. They've emerged as a championship contender with a roster full of stars, none bigger than Joel Embiid, a captivating seven-footer known for both brutalizing opponents on the court and taunting them off of it.  Beneath the surface, though, lies a different story, one of infighting, dueling egos, and competing agendas. Hinkie, pushed out less than three years into his reign by a demoralized owner, a jealous CEO, and an embarrassed NBA, was the first casualty of The Process. He'd be far from the last.  Drawing from interviews with nearly 175 people, Tanking to the Top brings to life the palace intrigue incited by Hinkie's proposal, taking readers into the boardroom where the Sixers laid out their plans, and onto the courts where those plans met reality. Full of uplifting, rags-to-riches stories, backroom dealings, mysterious injuries, and burner Twitter accounts, Tanking to the Top is the definitive, inside story of the Sixers' Process and a fun and lively behind-the-scenes look at one of America's most transgressive teams.  Including exclusive interviews with Joel Embiid, Ben Simmons, and Coach Brett Brown, Sam Hinkie, and more. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405271]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Tanking to the Top: The Philadelphia 76ers and the Most Audacious Process in the History of Professional Sports Author: Yaron Weitzman Narrator: Yaron Weitzman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 19 minutes Release date: March 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Enter the City of Brotherly Love and see how the NBA's Philadelphia 76ers trusted The Process–using a bold plan to get to first by becoming the worst.  When a group of private equity bigwigs purchased the Philadelphia 76ers in 2011, the team was both bad and boring. Attendance was down. So were ratings. The Sixers had an aging coach, an antiquated front office, and a group of players that could best be described as mediocre.  Enter Sam Hinkie—a man with a plan straight out of the PE playbook, one that violated professional sports' Golden Rule: You play to win the game. In Hinkie's view, the best way to reach first was to embrace becoming the worst—to sacrifice wins in the present in order to capture championships in the future. And to those dubious, Hinkie had a response: Trust The Process, and the results will follow.  The plan, dubbed "The Process," seems to have worked. More than six years after handing Hinkie the keys, the Sixers have transformed into one of the most exciting teams in the NBA. They've emerged as a championship contender with a roster full of stars, none bigger than Joel Embiid, a captivating seven-footer known for both brutalizing opponents on the court and taunting them off of it.  Beneath the surface, though, lies a different story, one of infighting, dueling egos, and competing agendas. Hinkie, pushed out less than three years into his reign by a demoralized owner, a jealous CEO, and an embarrassed NBA, was the first casualty of The Process. He'd be far from the last.  Drawing from interviews with nearly 175 people, Tanking to the Top brings to life the palace intrigue incited by Hinkie's proposal, taking readers into the boardroom where the Sixers laid out their plans, and onto the courts where those plans met reality. Full of uplifting, rags-to-riches stories, backroom dealings, mysterious injuries, and burner Twitter accounts, Tanking to the Top is the definitive, inside story of the Sixers' Process and a fun and lively behind-the-scenes look at one of America's most transgressive teams.  Including exclusive interviews with Joel Embiid, Ben Simmons, and Coach Brett Brown, Sam Hinkie, and more. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405262 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405262]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dress Your Best Life: How to Use Fashion Psychology to Take Your Look -- and Your Life -- to the Next Level Author: Dawnn Karen Narrator: Jeanette Illidge Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 37 minutes Release date: April 14, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Harness the power of your wardrobe to achieve your dreams with this timely take on personal style from a world-renowned fashion psychologist. You may get dressed every day without really thinking about what you're putting on, but did you know that what you wear has a powerful effect on how you feel? Or that your clothes influence the way others perceive you? By making a few adjustments to your wardrobe, and learning to style from the inside out, you'll not only elevate your look, but level up your entire life. Dawnn Karen is a pioneer in the field of fashion psychology, and she has spent years studying the relationship between attire and attitude. In Dress Your Best Life she goes far beyond well-known makeover advice, pushing you to ask yourself: Are my clothing choices hurting me or helping me to achieve my life goals? Her book will help you discover your unique style story, become a smarter shopper, use color to your advantage, match moods to clothing choices, and embrace new or different standards of beauty. This knowledge is a power that you'll exercise every time you open your closet door or walk into an important meeting in just the right outfit. Packed with practical tips and cutting-edge advice, Dress Your Best Life will teach you to harness the power of fashion for the life you want to live. Dawnn Karen Tue, 14 Apr 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405262 thebookvoice.com 10:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405262]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dress Your Best Life: How to Use Fashion Psychology to Take Your Look -- and Your Life -- to the Next Level Author: Dawnn Karen Narrator: Jeanette Illidge Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 37 minutes Release date: April 14, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Harness the power of your wardrobe to achieve your dreams with this timely take on personal style from a world-renowned fashion psychologist. You may get dressed every day without really thinking about what you're putting on, but did you know that what you wear has a powerful effect on how you feel? Or that your clothes influence the way others perceive you? By making a few adjustments to your wardrobe, and learning to style from the inside out, you'll not only elevate your look, but level up your entire life. Dawnn Karen is a pioneer in the field of fashion psychology, and she has spent years studying the relationship between attire and attitude. In Dress Your Best Life she goes far beyond well-known makeover advice, pushing you to ask yourself: Are my clothing choices hurting me or helping me to achieve my life goals? Her book will help you discover your unique style story, become a smarter shopper, use color to your advantage, match moods to clothing choices, and embrace new or different standards of beauty. This knowledge is a power that you'll exercise every time you open your closet door or walk into an important meeting in just the right outfit. Packed with practical tips and cutting-edge advice, Dress Your Best Life will teach you to harness the power of fashion for the life you want to live. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405262]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dress Your Best Life: How to Use Fashion Psychology to Take Your Look -- and Your Life -- to the Next Level Author: Dawnn Karen Narrator: Jeanette Illidge Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 37 minutes Release date: April 14, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Harness the power of your wardrobe to achieve your dreams with this timely take on personal style from a world-renowned fashion psychologist. You may get dressed every day without really thinking about what you're putting on, but did you know that what you wear has a powerful effect on how you feel? Or that your clothes influence the way others perceive you? By making a few adjustments to your wardrobe, and learning to style from the inside out, you'll not only elevate your look, but level up your entire life. Dawnn Karen is a pioneer in the field of fashion psychology, and she has spent years studying the relationship between attire and attitude. In Dress Your Best Life she goes far beyond well-known makeover advice, pushing you to ask yourself: Are my clothing choices hurting me or helping me to achieve my life goals? Her book will help you discover your unique style story, become a smarter shopper, use color to your advantage, match moods to clothing choices, and embrace new or different standards of beauty. This knowledge is a power that you'll exercise every time you open your closet door or walk into an important meeting in just the right outfit. Packed with practical tips and cutting-edge advice, Dress Your Best Life will teach you to harness the power of fashion for the life you want to live. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405190 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405190]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anti-Diet: Reclaim Your Time, Money, Well-Being, and Happiness Through Intuitive Eating Author: Christy Harrison Narrator: Christy Harrison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 47 minutes Release date: December 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 4.43 of Total 7 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Reclaim your time, money, health, and happiness from our toxic diet culture with groundbreaking strategies from a registered dietitian, journalist, and host of the Food Psych podcast. 68 percent of Americans have dieted at some point in their lives. But upwards of 90% of people who intentionally lose weight gain it back within five years. And as many as 66% of people who embark on weight-loss efforts end up gaining more weight than they lost. If dieting is so clearly ineffective, why are we so obsessed with it? The culprit is diet culture, a system of beliefs that equates thinness to health and moral virtue, promotes weight loss as a means of attaining higher status, and demonizes certain ways of eating while elevating others. It's sexist, racist, and classist, yet this way of thinking about food and bodies is so embedded in the fabric of our society that it can be hard to recognize. It masquerades as health, wellness, and fitness, and for some, it is all-consuming. In Anti-Diet, Christy Harrison takes on diet culture and the multi-billion-dollar industries that profit from it, exposing all the ways it robs people of their time, money, health, and happiness. It will turn what you think you know about health and wellness upside down, as Harrison explores the history of diet culture, how it's infiltrated the health and wellness world, how to recognize it in all its sneaky forms, and how letting go of efforts to lose weight or eat "perfectly" actually helps to improve people's health—no matter their size. Drawing on scientific research, personal experience, and stories from patients and colleagues, Anti-Diet provides a radical alternative to diet culture, and helps readers reclaim their bodies, minds, and lives so they can focus on the things that truly matter. Christy Harrison Tue, 24 Dec 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405190 thebookvoice.com 9:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405190]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anti-Diet: Reclaim Your Time, Money, Well-Being, and Happiness Through Intuitive Eating Author: Christy Harrison Narrator: Christy Harrison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 47 minutes Release date: December 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 4.43 of Total 7 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Reclaim your time, money, health, and happiness from our toxic diet culture with groundbreaking strategies from a registered dietitian, journalist, and host of the Food Psych podcast. 68 percent of Americans have dieted at some point in their lives. But upwards of 90% of people who intentionally lose weight gain it back within five years. And as many as 66% of people who embark on weight-loss efforts end up gaining more weight than they lost. If dieting is so clearly ineffective, why are we so obsessed with it? The culprit is diet culture, a system of beliefs that equates thinness to health and moral virtue, promotes weight loss as a means of attaining higher status, and demonizes certain ways of eating while elevating others. It's sexist, racist, and classist, yet this way of thinking about food and bodies is so embedded in the fabric of our society that it can be hard to recognize. It masquerades as health, wellness, and fitness, and for some, it is all-consuming. In Anti-Diet, Christy Harrison takes on diet culture and the multi-billion-dollar industries that profit from it, exposing all the ways it robs people of their time, money, health, and happiness. It will turn what you think you know about health and wellness upside down, as Harrison explores the history of diet culture, how it's infiltrated the health and wellness world, how to recognize it in all its sneaky forms, and how letting go of efforts to lose weight or eat "perfectly" actually helps to improve people's health—no matter their size. Drawing on scientific research, personal experience, and stories from patients and colleagues, Anti-Diet provides a radical alternative to diet culture, and helps readers reclaim their bodies, minds, and lives so they can focus on the things that truly matter. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405190]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anti-Diet: Reclaim Your Time, Money, Well-Being, and Happiness Through Intuitive Eating Author: Christy Harrison Narrator: Christy Harrison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 47 minutes Release date: December 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 4.43 of Total 7 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Reclaim your time, money, health, and happiness from our toxic diet culture with groundbreaking strategies from a registered dietitian, journalist, and host of the Food Psych podcast. 68 percent of Americans have dieted at some point in their lives. But upwards of 90% of people who intentionally lose weight gain it back within five years. And as many as 66% of people who embark on weight-loss efforts end up gaining more weight than they lost. If dieting is so clearly ineffective, why are we so obsessed with it? The culprit is diet culture, a system of beliefs that equates thinness to health and moral virtue, promotes weight loss as a means of attaining higher status, and demonizes certain ways of eating while elevating others. It's sexist, racist, and classist, yet this way of thinking about food and bodies is so embedded in the fabric of our society that it can be hard to recognize. It masquerades as health, wellness, and fitness, and for some, it is all-consuming. In Anti-Diet, Christy Harrison takes on diet culture and the multi-billion-dollar industries that profit from it, exposing all the ways it robs people of their time, money, health, and happiness. It will turn what you think you know about health and wellness upside down, as Harrison explores the history of diet culture, how it's infiltrated the health and wellness world, how to recognize it in all its sneaky forms, and how letting go of efforts to lose weight or eat "perfectly" actually helps to improve people's health—no matter their size. Drawing on scientific research, personal experience, and stories from patients and colleagues, Anti-Diet provides a radical alternative to diet culture, and helps readers reclaim their bodies, minds, and lives so they can focus on the things that truly matter. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405180 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405180]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everything Isn't Terrible: Conquer Your Insecurities, Interrupt Your Anxiety, and Finally Calm Down Author: Kathleen Smith Narrator: Kathleen Smith, Christine Lakin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: December 31, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In the spirit of You Are a Badass and The Life-Changing Magic of Not Giving a F*ck, a helpful and humorous guide to shedding our anxious habits and building a more solid sense of self in an increasingly anxiety-inducing world. Licensed therapist and mental health writer Dr. Kathleen Smith offers a smart, practical antidote to our anxiety-ridden times. Everything Isn't Terrible is an informative and practical guide -- featuring a healthy dose of humor—for people who want to become beacons of calmness in their families, at work, and in our anxious world. Everything Isn't Terrible will inspire you to confront your anxious self, take charge of your anxiety, and increase your own capacity to choose how you respond to it. Comprised of short chapters containing anecdotal examples from Smith's work with her clients, in addition to engaging, actionable exercises for readers, Everything Isn't Terrible will give anyone suffering from anxiety all the tools they need to finally...calm...down. Ultimately, living a calmer, less anxious life—one that isn't terrible—is possible, and with this book you'll learn how to do it. Kathleen Smith Tue, 31 Dec 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405180 thebookvoice.com 5:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405180]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everything Isn't Terrible: Conquer Your Insecurities, Interrupt Your Anxiety, and Finally Calm Down Author: Kathleen Smith Narrator: Kathleen Smith, Christine Lakin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: December 31, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In the spirit of You Are a Badass and The Life-Changing Magic of Not Giving a F*ck, a helpful and humorous guide to shedding our anxious habits and building a more solid sense of self in an increasingly anxiety-inducing world. Licensed therapist and mental health writer Dr. Kathleen Smith offers a smart, practical antidote to our anxiety-ridden times. Everything Isn't Terrible is an informative and practical guide -- featuring a healthy dose of humor—for people who want to become beacons of calmness in their families, at work, and in our anxious world. Everything Isn't Terrible will inspire you to confront your anxious self, take charge of your anxiety, and increase your own capacity to choose how you respond to it. Comprised of short chapters containing anecdotal examples from Smith's work with her clients, in addition to engaging, actionable exercises for readers, Everything Isn't Terrible will give anyone suffering from anxiety all the tools they need to finally...calm...down. Ultimately, living a calmer, less anxious life—one that isn't terrible—is possible, and with this book you'll learn how to do it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405180]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everything Isn't Terrible: Conquer Your Insecurities, Interrupt Your Anxiety, and Finally Calm Down Author: Kathleen Smith Narrator: Kathleen Smith, Christine Lakin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: December 31, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In the spirit of You Are a Badass and The Life-Changing Magic of Not Giving a F*ck, a helpful and humorous guide to shedding our anxious habits and building a more solid sense of self in an increasingly anxiety-inducing world. Licensed therapist and mental health writer Dr. Kathleen Smith offers a smart, practical antidote to our anxiety-ridden times. Everything Isn't Terrible is an informative and practical guide -- featuring a healthy dose of humor—for people who want to become beacons of calmness in their families, at work, and in our anxious world. Everything Isn't Terrible will inspire you to confront your anxious self, take charge of your anxiety, and increase your own capacity to choose how you respond to it. Comprised of short chapters containing anecdotal examples from Smith's work with her clients, in addition to engaging, actionable exercises for readers, Everything Isn't Terrible will give anyone suffering from anxiety all the tools they need to finally...calm...down. Ultimately, living a calmer, less anxious life—one that isn't terrible—is possible, and with this book you'll learn how to do it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405172 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405172]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Narcissist in Your Life: Recognizing the Patterns and Learning to Break Free Author: Julie L. Hall Narrator: Rosanne Rubino Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 30 minutes Release date: December 3, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A highly illuminating examination of narcissistic personality disorder (NPD) and its insidiously traumatic impact on family members and partners. Packed with insight, compassion, and practical strategies for recovery, this is a must-read for survivors and clinicians alike. Narcissistic personality disorder (NPD) has a profoundly dehumanizing effect on those subject to its distortions, manipulations, and rage. The Narcissist in Your Life illuminates the emotionally annihilating experience of narcissistic abuse in families and relationships, acknowledges the complex emotional and physical trauma that results, and assists survivors with compassionate, practical advice on the path of recovery. Whether you are just learning about NPD, managing a narcissistic parent or other family member, leaving a narcissistic relationship, or struggling with complex PTSD, you will find life-changing answers to these common questions: - What are the different forms of NPD? - Is my partner a narcissist? - Why do I keep attracting narcissistic personalities? - How can I help my kids? - What happens in a narcissistic family? - Why did my other parent go along with the abuse? - Why am I alienated from my siblings? - Why is it so hard to believe in myself and my future? - What is complex PTSD and do I have it? - What are the health problems associated with narcissistic abuse? Journalist, survivor, and NPD trauma coach Julie L. Hall provides a comprehensive, up-to-date, affirming, and accessible guide that will not only help you understand narcissistic abuse trauma, but will help you overcome trauma cycles and move forward with healing. Julie L. Hall Tue, 03 Dec 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405172 thebookvoice.com 10:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405172]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Narcissist in Your Life: Recognizing the Patterns and Learning to Break Free Author: Julie L. Hall Narrator: Rosanne Rubino Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 30 minutes Release date: December 3, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A highly illuminating examination of narcissistic personality disorder (NPD) and its insidiously traumatic impact on family members and partners. Packed with insight, compassion, and practical strategies for recovery, this is a must-read for survivors and clinicians alike. Narcissistic personality disorder (NPD) has a profoundly dehumanizing effect on those subject to its distortions, manipulations, and rage. The Narcissist in Your Life illuminates the emotionally annihilating experience of narcissistic abuse in families and relationships, acknowledges the complex emotional and physical trauma that results, and assists survivors with compassionate, practical advice on the path of recovery. Whether you are just learning about NPD, managing a narcissistic parent or other family member, leaving a narcissistic relationship, or struggling with complex PTSD, you will find life-changing answers to these common questions: - What are the different forms of NPD? - Is my partner a narcissist? - Why do I keep attracting narcissistic personalities? - How can I help my kids? - What happens in a narcissistic family? - Why did my other parent go along with the abuse? - Why am I alienated from my siblings? - Why is it so hard to believe in myself and my future? - What is complex PTSD and do I have it? - What are the health problems associated with narcissistic abuse? Journalist, survivor, and NPD trauma coach Julie L. Hall provides a comprehensive, up-to-date, affirming, and accessible guide that will not only help you understand narcissistic abuse trauma, but will help you overcome trauma cycles and move forward with healing. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405172]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Narcissist in Your Life: Recognizing the Patterns and Learning to Break Free Author: Julie L. Hall Narrator: Rosanne Rubino Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 30 minutes Release date: December 3, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A highly illuminating examination of narcissistic personality disorder (NPD) and its insidiously traumatic impact on family members and partners. Packed with insight, compassion, and practical strategies for recovery, this is a must-read for survivors and clinicians alike. Narcissistic personality disorder (NPD) has a profoundly dehumanizing effect on those subject to its distortions, manipulations, and rage. The Narcissist in Your Life illuminates the emotionally annihilating experience of narcissistic abuse in families and relationships, acknowledges the complex emotional and physical trauma that results, and assists survivors with compassionate, practical advice on the path of recovery. Whether you are just learning about NPD, managing a narcissistic parent or other family member, leaving a narcissistic relationship, or struggling with complex PTSD, you will find life-changing answers to these common questions: - What are the different forms of NPD? - Is my partner a narcissist? - Why do I keep attracting narcissistic personalities? - How can I help my kids? - What happens in a narcissistic family? - Why did my other parent go along with the abuse? - Why am I alienated from my siblings? - Why is it so hard to believe in myself and my future? - What is complex PTSD and do I have it? - What are the health problems associated with narcissistic abuse? Journalist, survivor, and NPD trauma coach Julie L. Hall provides a comprehensive, up-to-date, affirming, and accessible guide that will not only help you understand narcissistic abuse trauma, but will help you overcome trauma cycles and move forward with healing. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405164 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405164]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Freeing Your Child from Negative Thinking: Powerful, Practical Strategies to Build a Lifetime of Resilience, Flexibility, and Happiness Author: Tamar Chansky Narrator: Maggie-Meg Reed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 1 minute Release date: January 14, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A leading clinical expert in the fields of child cognitive behavior therapy and anxiety disorders, Dr. Tamar Chansky frequently counsels children (and their parents) whose negative thinking creates chronic or occasional emotional hurdles and impedes optimism, flexibility, and happiness. Now, in the first book that specifically focuses on negative thinking in kids, Freeing Your Child from Negative Thinking provides parents, caregivers, and clinicians the same clear, concise, and compassionate guidance that Dr. Chansky employed in her previous guides to relieving children from anxiety and obsessive compulsive symptoms. Here she thoroughly covers the underlying causes of children's negative attitudes, as well as providing multiple strategies for managing negative thoughts, building optimism, and establishing emotional resilience. Tamar Chansky Tue, 14 Jan 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405164 thebookvoice.com 13:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405164]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Freeing Your Child from Negative Thinking: Powerful, Practical Strategies to Build a Lifetime of Resilience, Flexibility, and Happiness Author: Tamar Chansky Narrator: Maggie-Meg Reed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 1 minute Release date: January 14, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A leading clinical expert in the fields of child cognitive behavior therapy and anxiety disorders, Dr. Tamar Chansky frequently counsels children (and their parents) whose negative thinking creates chronic or occasional emotional hurdles and impedes optimism, flexibility, and happiness. Now, in the first book that specifically focuses on negative thinking in kids, Freeing Your Child from Negative Thinking provides parents, caregivers, and clinicians the same clear, concise, and compassionate guidance that Dr. Chansky employed in her previous guides to relieving children from anxiety and obsessive compulsive symptoms. Here she thoroughly covers the underlying causes of children's negative attitudes, as well as providing multiple strategies for managing negative thoughts, building optimism, and establishing emotional resilience. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405164]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Freeing Your Child from Negative Thinking: Powerful, Practical Strategies to Build a Lifetime of Resilience, Flexibility, and Happiness Author: Tamar Chansky Narrator: Maggie-Meg Reed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 1 minute Release date: January 14, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A leading clinical expert in the fields of child cognitive behavior therapy and anxiety disorders, Dr. Tamar Chansky frequently counsels children (and their parents) whose negative thinking creates chronic or occasional emotional hurdles and impedes optimism, flexibility, and happiness. Now, in the first book that specifically focuses on negative thinking in kids, Freeing Your Child from Negative Thinking provides parents, caregivers, and clinicians the same clear, concise, and compassionate guidance that Dr. Chansky employed in her previous guides to relieving children from anxiety and obsessive compulsive symptoms. Here she thoroughly covers the underlying causes of children's negative attitudes, as well as providing multiple strategies for managing negative thoughts, building optimism, and establishing emotional resilience. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405161 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405161]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why We're Wrong About Nearly Everything: A Theory of Human Misunderstanding Author: Bobby Duffy Narrator: Nicholas Tecosky Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 36 minutes Release date: November 26, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A leading social researcher explains why humans so consistently misunderstand the outside world How often are women harassed? What percentage of the population are immigrants? How bad is unemployment? These questions are important, but most of us get the answers wrong. Research shows that people often wildly misunderstand the state of the world, regardless of age, sex, or education. And though the internet brings us unprecedented access to information, there's little evidence we're any better informed because of it. We may blame cognitive bias or fake news, but neither tells the complete story. In Why We're Wrong About Nearly Everything, Bobby Duffy draws on his research into public perception across more than forty countries, offering a sweeping account of the stubborn problem of human delusion: how society breeds it, why it will never go away, and what our misperceptions say about what we really believe. We won't always know the facts, but they still matter. Why We're Wrong About Nearly Everything is mandatory reading for anyone interested making humankind a little bit smarter. Bobby Duffy Tue, 26 Nov 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405161 thebookvoice.com 7:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405161]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why We're Wrong About Nearly Everything: A Theory of Human Misunderstanding Author: Bobby Duffy Narrator: Nicholas Tecosky Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 36 minutes Release date: November 26, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A leading social researcher explains why humans so consistently misunderstand the outside world How often are women harassed? What percentage of the population are immigrants? How bad is unemployment? These questions are important, but most of us get the answers wrong. Research shows that people often wildly misunderstand the state of the world, regardless of age, sex, or education. And though the internet brings us unprecedented access to information, there's little evidence we're any better informed because of it. We may blame cognitive bias or fake news, but neither tells the complete story. In Why We're Wrong About Nearly Everything, Bobby Duffy draws on his research into public perception across more than forty countries, offering a sweeping account of the stubborn problem of human delusion: how society breeds it, why it will never go away, and what our misperceptions say about what we really believe. We won't always know the facts, but they still matter. Why We're Wrong About Nearly Everything is mandatory reading for anyone interested making humankind a little bit smarter. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405161]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why We're Wrong About Nearly Everything: A Theory of Human Misunderstanding Author: Bobby Duffy Narrator: Nicholas Tecosky Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 36 minutes Release date: November 26, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A leading social researcher explains why humans so consistently misunderstand the outside world How often are women harassed? What percentage of the population are immigrants? How bad is unemployment? These questions are important, but most of us get the answers wrong. Research shows that people often wildly misunderstand the state of the world, regardless of age, sex, or education. And though the internet brings us unprecedented access to information, there's little evidence we're any better informed because of it. We may blame cognitive bias or fake news, but neither tells the complete story. In Why We're Wrong About Nearly Everything, Bobby Duffy draws on his research into public perception across more than forty countries, offering a sweeping account of the stubborn problem of human delusion: how society breeds it, why it will never go away, and what our misperceptions say about what we really believe. We won't always know the facts, but they still matter. Why We're Wrong About Nearly Everything is mandatory reading for anyone interested making humankind a little bit smarter. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405134 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405134]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: EMDR: The Breakthrough Therapy for Overcoming Anxiety, Stress, and Trauma Author: Francine Shapiro, Margot Silk Forrest Narrator: Jennywren Walker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 3 minutes Release date: February 18, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Hailed as the most important method to emerge in psychotherapy in decades, EMDR has successfully treated psychological problems and illnesses in more than one million sufferers worldwide, with a rapidity that defies belief. In a new introduction, Shapiro presents the new applications of this remarkable therapy and the latest scientific research that demonstrates its efficacy. Francine Shapiro, Margot Silk Forrest Tue, 18 Feb 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405134 thebookvoice.com 12:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405134]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: EMDR: The Breakthrough Therapy for Overcoming Anxiety, Stress, and Trauma Author: Francine Shapiro, Margot Silk Forrest Narrator: Jennywren Walker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 3 minutes Release date: February 18, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Hailed as the most important method to emerge in psychotherapy in decades, EMDR has successfully treated psychological problems and illnesses in more than one million sufferers worldwide, with a rapidity that defies belief. In a new introduction, Shapiro presents the new applications of this remarkable therapy and the latest scientific research that demonstrates its efficacy. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405134]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: EMDR: The Breakthrough Therapy for Overcoming Anxiety, Stress, and Trauma Author: Francine Shapiro, Margot Silk Forrest Narrator: Jennywren Walker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 3 minutes Release date: February 18, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Hailed as the most important method to emerge in psychotherapy in decades, EMDR has successfully treated psychological problems and illnesses in more than one million sufferers worldwide, with a rapidity that defies belief. In a new introduction, Shapiro presents the new applications of this remarkable therapy and the latest scientific research that demonstrates its efficacy. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405086 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405086]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Artist in the Machine: The World of AI-Powered Creativity Author: Arthur I. Miller Narrator: Adam Lofbomm Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 10 minutes Release date: January 21, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Today's computers are composing music that sounds 'more Bach than Bach,' turning photographs into paintings in the style of Van Gogh's Starry Night, and even writing screenplays. But are computers truly creative—or are they merely tools to be used by musicians, artists, and writers? Miller, an authority on creativity, identifies the key factors essential to the creative process, from 'the need for introspection' to 'the ability to discover the key problem.' He talks to people on the cutting edge of artificial intelligence, encountering computers that mimic the brain and machines that have defeated champions in chess, Jeopardy!, and Go. In the central part of the book, Miller explores the riches of computer-created art, introducing us to artists and computer scientists who have, among much else, unleashed an artificial neural network to create a nightmarish, multi-eyed dog-cat; taught AI to imagine; developed a robot that paints; created algorithms for poetry; and produced the world's first computer-composed musical. But, Miller writes, in order to be truly creative, machines will need to step into the world. He probes the nature of consciousness and speaks to researchers trying to develop emotions and consciousness in computers. Miller argues that computers can already be as creative as humans—and someday will surpass us. Arthur I. Miller Tue, 21 Jan 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405086 thebookvoice.com 10:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405086]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Artist in the Machine: The World of AI-Powered Creativity Author: Arthur I. Miller Narrator: Adam Lofbomm Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 10 minutes Release date: January 21, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Today's computers are composing music that sounds 'more Bach than Bach,' turning photographs into paintings in the style of Van Gogh's Starry Night, and even writing screenplays. But are computers truly creative—or are they merely tools to be used by musicians, artists, and writers? Miller, an authority on creativity, identifies the key factors essential to the creative process, from 'the need for introspection' to 'the ability to discover the key problem.' He talks to people on the cutting edge of artificial intelligence, encountering computers that mimic the brain and machines that have defeated champions in chess, Jeopardy!, and Go. In the central part of the book, Miller explores the riches of computer-created art, introducing us to artists and computer scientists who have, among much else, unleashed an artificial neural network to create a nightmarish, multi-eyed dog-cat; taught AI to imagine; developed a robot that paints; created algorithms for poetry; and produced the world's first computer-composed musical. But, Miller writes, in order to be truly creative, machines will need to step into the world. He probes the nature of consciousness and speaks to researchers trying to develop emotions and consciousness in computers. Miller argues that computers can already be as creative as humans—and someday will surpass us. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405086]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Artist in the Machine: The World of AI-Powered Creativity Author: Arthur I. Miller Narrator: Adam Lofbomm Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 10 minutes Release date: January 21, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Today's computers are composing music that sounds 'more Bach than Bach,' turning photographs into paintings in the style of Van Gogh's Starry Night, and even writing screenplays. But are computers truly creative—or are they merely tools to be used by musicians, artists, and writers? Miller, an authority on creativity, identifies the key factors essential to the creative process, from 'the need for introspection' to 'the ability to discover the key problem.' He talks to people on the cutting edge of artificial intelligence, encountering computers that mimic the brain and machines that have defeated champions in chess, Jeopardy!, and Go. In the central part of the book, Miller explores the riches of computer-created art, introducing us to artists and computer scientists who have, among much else, unleashed an artificial neural network to create a nightmarish, multi-eyed dog-cat; taught AI to imagine; developed a robot that paints; created algorithms for poetry; and produced the world's first computer-composed musical. But, Miller writes, in order to be truly creative, machines will need to step into the world. He probes the nature of consciousness and speaks to researchers trying to develop emotions and consciousness in computers. Miller argues that computers can already be as creative as humans—and someday will surpass us. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404853 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404853]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Good Chemistry: The Science of Connection, from Soul to Psychedelics Author: Julie Holland Narrator: Jean Ann Douglass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 16 minutes Release date: June 16, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A psychiatrist and psychedelic researcher explores the science of connection—why we need it, how we’ve lost it, and how we might find it again. We are suffering from an epidemic of disconnection that antidepressants and social media can’t fix. This state of isolation puts us in “fight or flight mode,” deranging sleep, metabolism and libido. What’s worse, we’re paranoid of others. This kill-or-be-killed framework is not a way to live. But, when we feel safe and loved, we can rest, digest, and repair. We can heal. And it is only in this state of belonging that we can open up to connection with others. In this powerful book, Holland helps us to understand the science of connection as revealed in human experiences from the spiritual to the psychedelic. The key is oxytocin—a neurotransmitter and hormone produced in our bodies that allows us to trust and bond. It fosters attachment between mothers and infants, romantic partners, friends, and even with our pets. There are many ways to reach this state of mental and physical wellbeing that modern medicine has overlooked. The implications for our happiness and health are profound.  We can find oneness in meditation, in community, or in awe at the beauty around us. Another option: psychedelic medicines that can catalyze a connection with the self, with nature, or the cosmos. Good Chemistry points us on the right path to forging true and deeper attachments with our own souls, to one another, and even to our planet, helping us heal ourselves and our world.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Julie Holland Tue, 16 Jun 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404853 thebookvoice.com 9:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404853]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Good Chemistry: The Science of Connection, from Soul to Psychedelics Author: Julie Holland Narrator: Jean Ann Douglass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 16 minutes Release date: June 16, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A psychiatrist and psychedelic researcher explores the science of connection—why we need it, how we’ve lost it, and how we might find it again. We are suffering from an epidemic of disconnection that antidepressants and social media can’t fix. This state of isolation puts us in “fight or flight mode,” deranging sleep, metabolism and libido. What’s worse, we’re paranoid of others. This kill-or-be-killed framework is not a way to live. But, when we feel safe and loved, we can rest, digest, and repair. We can heal. And it is only in this state of belonging that we can open up to connection with others. In this powerful book, Holland helps us to understand the science of connection as revealed in human experiences from the spiritual to the psychedelic. The key is oxytocin—a neurotransmitter and hormone produced in our bodies that allows us to trust and bond. It fosters attachment between mothers and infants, romantic partners, friends, and even with our pets. There are many ways to reach this state of mental and physical wellbeing that modern medicine has overlooked. The implications for our happiness and health are profound.  We can find oneness in meditation, in community, or in awe at the beauty around us. Another option: psychedelic medicines that can catalyze a connection with the self, with nature, or the cosmos. Good Chemistry points us on the right path to forging true and deeper attachments with our own souls, to one another, and even to our planet, helping us heal ourselves and our world.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404853]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Good Chemistry: The Science of Connection, from Soul to Psychedelics Author: Julie Holland Narrator: Jean Ann Douglass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 16 minutes Release date: June 16, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A psychiatrist and psychedelic researcher explores the science of connection—why we need it, how we’ve lost it, and how we might find it again. We are suffering from an epidemic of disconnection that antidepressants and social media can’t fix. This state of isolation puts us in “fight or flight mode,” deranging sleep, metabolism and libido. What’s worse, we’re paranoid of others. This kill-or-be-killed framework is not a way to live. But, when we feel safe and loved, we can rest, digest, and repair. We can heal. And it is only in this state of belonging that we can open up to connection with others. In this powerful book, Holland helps us to understand the science of connection as revealed in human experiences from the spiritual to the psychedelic. The key is oxytocin—a neurotransmitter and hormone produced in our bodies that allows us to trust and bond. It fosters attachment between mothers and infants, romantic partners, friends, and even with our pets. There are many ways to reach this state of mental and physical wellbeing that modern medicine has overlooked. The implications for our happiness and health are profound.  We can find oneness in meditation, in community, or in awe at the beauty around us. Another option: psychedelic medicines that can catalyze a connection with the self, with nature, or the cosmos. Good Chemistry points us on the right path to forging true and deeper attachments with our own souls, to one another, and even to our planet, helping us heal ourselves and our world.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404696 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404696]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pre-Suasion: A Revolutionary Way to Influence and Persuade Author: Robert Cialdini Narrator: John Bedford Lloyd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 23 minutes Release date: January 30, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. When it comes to persuasion, success can begin before you say a word. In his global bestseller Influence, Professor Robert Cialdini transformed the way we think about the craft of persuasion. Now he offers revelatory new insights into the art of winning people over: it isn’t just what we say or how we say it that counts, but also what goes on in the moments before we speak. This is the world of ‘pre-suasion’, where subtle turns of phrase, seemingly insignificant visual cues, and apparently unimportant details of location can prime people to say ‘yes’ even before they are asked. It’s a world where the cautious blurt out personal information if asked a particular initial question, where on-line purchases are influenced by unrelated background images, and where exam results are affected by the layout of the classroom. And as Cialdini reveals, it’s a world you can master. If you understand the tools of pre-suasion, you will better placed to win a debate, get support for an idea or cause, promote a campaign - even persuade yourself to do something you find difficult. Drawing on the latest research, and packed with fascinating case studies, Pre-Suasion is both a rigorous work of cutting-edge scholarship and a compelling account of the strange workings of the human mind. It’s also a supremely practical guide to enhancing your powers of influence. NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER WALL STREET JOURNAL BESTSELLER INC. 'BEST SALES AND MARKETING BOOK OF 2016' A FINANCIAL TIMES 'BEST BOOK OF 2016' © Rovert Cialdini 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Robert Cialdini Thu, 30 Jan 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404696 thebookvoice.com 9:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404696]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pre-Suasion: A Revolutionary Way to Influence and Persuade Author: Robert Cialdini Narrator: John Bedford Lloyd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 23 minutes Release date: January 30, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. When it comes to persuasion, success can begin before you say a word. In his global bestseller Influence, Professor Robert Cialdini transformed the way we think about the craft of persuasion. Now he offers revelatory new insights into the art of winning people over: it isn’t just what we say or how we say it that counts, but also what goes on in the moments before we speak. This is the world of ‘pre-suasion’, where subtle turns of phrase, seemingly insignificant visual cues, and apparently unimportant details of location can prime people to say ‘yes’ even before they are asked. It’s a world where the cautious blurt out personal information if asked a particular initial question, where on-line purchases are influenced by unrelated background images, and where exam results are affected by the layout of the classroom. And as Cialdini reveals, it’s a world you can master. If you understand the tools of pre-suasion, you will better placed to win a debate, get support for an idea or cause, promote a campaign - even persuade yourself to do something you find difficult. Drawing on the latest research, and packed with fascinating case studies, Pre-Suasion is both a rigorous work of cutting-edge scholarship and a compelling account of the strange workings of the human mind. It’s also a supremely practical guide to enhancing your powers of influence. NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER WALL STREET JOURNAL BESTSELLER INC. 'BEST SALES AND MARKETING BOOK OF 2016' A FINANCIAL TIMES 'BEST BOOK OF 2016' © Rovert Cialdini 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404696]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pre-Suasion: A Revolutionary Way to Influence and Persuade Author: Robert Cialdini Narrator: John Bedford Lloyd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 23 minutes Release date: January 30, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. When it comes to persuasion, success can begin before you say a word. In his global bestseller Influence, Professor Robert Cialdini transformed the way we think about the craft of persuasion. Now he offers revelatory new insights into the art of winning people over: it isn’t just what we say or how we say it that counts, but also what goes on in the moments before we speak. This is the world of ‘pre-suasion’, where subtle turns of phrase, seemingly insignificant visual cues, and apparently unimportant details of location can prime people to say ‘yes’ even before they are asked. It’s a world where the cautious blurt out personal information if asked a particular initial question, where on-line purchases are influenced by unrelated background images, and where exam results are affected by the layout of the classroom. And as Cialdini reveals, it’s a world you can master. If you understand the tools of pre-suasion, you will better placed to win a debate, get support for an idea or cause, promote a campaign - even persuade yourself to do something you find difficult. Drawing on the latest research, and packed with fascinating case studies, Pre-Suasion is both a rigorous work of cutting-edge scholarship and a compelling account of the strange workings of the human mind. It’s also a supremely practical guide to enhancing your powers of influence. NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER WALL STREET JOURNAL BESTSELLER INC. 'BEST SALES AND MARKETING BOOK OF 2016' A FINANCIAL TIMES 'BEST BOOK OF 2016' © Rovert Cialdini 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404082 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404082]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Denial: A Memoir Author: Jessica Stern Narrator: Suzie Althens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 25 minutes Release date: July 14, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From one of the world’s foremost experts on terrorism and post-traumatic stress disorder, comes an intimate and astonishingly frank examination of her own rape at 15, the life of her rapist, and how both shaped her life and work. Jessica Stern is one of the world’s foremost experts on terrorism and post-traumatic stress disorder. She has interviewed some of the most feared terrorists in their own camps in Pakistan and Afghanistan. She has worked with the National Security Council and the FBI as an expert on what extreme trauma can do to a person, be they friend or foe. By her own admission, she feels no fear in these terrifying scenarios. On a fall night in Concord, a quiet Massachusetts suburb, in 1973, Jessica was 15. She and her sister were at doing their homework after ballet class when a serial rapist, Dennis Meggs, entered their bedroom and sexually assaulted the girls for over an hour. When he left them alone, they tried to call for help, but he had cut the phone line. They walked to Friendly’s to call their babysitter from a payphone. She did not believe the girls until she saw them. Their mother was dead, and their father was on a business trip to Europe with his new wife from which he did not return for three days after hearing the news. The girls wrote their statements for the police in their best cursive hand. Following the example of her family, her father the Holocaust survivor and her abusive grandfather, Jessica denied the pain of her experience. She kept striving to be good. Her academic and writing career took off at a supersonic speed, but her personal life stalled. She miscarried twelve times, and her marriage dissolved once she finally gave birth to a son. Until a friend’s request forced her to sit down with her police file in 2006, she had disassociated from most of the details of the attack and its aftermath. But, when she did review the file, something clicked in the mind of this world-class social scientist. She had to know the truth and could deny her feelings no longer. She began an investigation, with the help of a devoted police lietenant and her new husband, to find the truth about Dennis Meggs, the town of Concord, her own family, and her own mind. The results are astonishing. In her own words, “Nabokov once said, “Life is pain,” a riff on the Buddhist notion that to live is to crave and to crave is to feel pain. To live in this world involves pain. Had I not been catapulted, in that one hour, half-way to death, and therefore closer to enlightenment? In death we no longer feel human cravings, no longer feel human pain. I was now half way there. I was prepared to be quiet. I have been quiet, and I have listened all my life. But now, I will finally speak.” Jessica Stern Tue, 14 Jul 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404082 thebookvoice.com 10:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404082]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Denial: A Memoir Author: Jessica Stern Narrator: Suzie Althens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 25 minutes Release date: July 14, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From one of the world’s foremost experts on terrorism and post-traumatic stress disorder, comes an intimate and astonishingly frank examination of her own rape at 15, the life of her rapist, and how both shaped her life and work. Jessica Stern is one of the world’s foremost experts on terrorism and post-traumatic stress disorder. She has interviewed some of the most feared terrorists in their own camps in Pakistan and Afghanistan. She has worked with the National Security Council and the FBI as an expert on what extreme trauma can do to a person, be they friend or foe. By her own admission, she feels no fear in these terrifying scenarios. On a fall night in Concord, a quiet Massachusetts suburb, in 1973, Jessica was 15. She and her sister were at doing their homework after ballet class when a serial rapist, Dennis Meggs, entered their bedroom and sexually assaulted the girls for over an hour. When he left them alone, they tried to call for help, but he had cut the phone line. They walked to Friendly’s to call their babysitter from a payphone. She did not believe the girls until she saw them. Their mother was dead, and their father was on a business trip to Europe with his new wife from which he did not return for three days after hearing the news. The girls wrote their statements for the police in their best cursive hand. Following the example of her family, her father the Holocaust survivor and her abusive grandfather, Jessica denied the pain of her experience. She kept striving to be good. Her academic and writing career took off at a supersonic speed, but her personal life stalled. She miscarried twelve times, and her marriage dissolved once she finally gave birth to a son. Until a friend’s request forced her to sit down with her police file in 2006, she had disassociated from most of the details of the attack and its aftermath. But, when she did review the file, something clicked in the mind of this world-class social scientist. She had to know the truth and could deny her feelings no longer. She began an investigation, with the help of a devoted police lietenant and her new husband, to find the truth about Dennis Meggs, the town of Concord, her own family, and her own mind. The results are astonishing. In her own words, “Nabokov once said, “Life is pain,” a riff on the Buddhist notion that to live is to crave and to crave is to feel pain. To live in this world involves pain. Had I not been catapulted, in that one hour, half-way to death, and therefore closer to enlightenment? In death we no longer feel human cravings, no longer feel human pain. I was now half way there. I was prepared to be quiet. I have been quiet, and I have listened all my life. But now, I will finally speak.” Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404082]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Denial: A Memoir Author: Jessica Stern Narrator: Suzie Althens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 25 minutes Release date: July 14, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From one of the world’s foremost experts on terrorism and post-traumatic stress disorder, comes an intimate and astonishingly frank examination of her own rape at 15, the life of her rapist, and how both shaped her life and work. Jessica Stern is one of the world’s foremost experts on terrorism and post-traumatic stress disorder. She has interviewed some of the most feared terrorists in their own camps in Pakistan and Afghanistan. She has worked with the National Security Council and the FBI as an expert on what extreme trauma can do to a person, be they friend or foe. By her own admission, she feels no fear in these terrifying scenarios. On a fall night in Concord, a quiet Massachusetts suburb, in 1973, Jessica was 15. She and her sister were at doing their homework after ballet class when a serial rapist, Dennis Meggs, entered their bedroom and sexually assaulted the girls for over an hour. When he left them alone, they tried to call for help, but he had cut the phone line. They walked to Friendly’s to call their babysitter from a payphone. She did not believe the girls until she saw them. Their mother was dead, and their father was on a business trip to Europe with his new wife from which he did not return for three days after hearing the news. The girls wrote their statements for the police in their best cursive hand. Following the example of her family, her father the Holocaust survivor and her abusive grandfather, Jessica denied the pain of her experience. She kept striving to be good. Her academic and writing career took off at a supersonic speed, but her personal life stalled. She miscarried twelve times, and her marriage dissolved once she finally gave birth to a son. Until a friend’s request forced her to sit down with her police file in 2006, she had disassociated from most of the details of the attack and its aftermath. But, when she did review the file, something clicked in the mind of this world-class social scientist. She had to know the truth and could deny her feelings no longer. She began an investigation, with the help of a devoted police lietenant and her new husband, to find the truth about Dennis Meggs, the town of Concord, her own family, and her own mind. The results are astonishing. In her own words, “Nabokov once said, “Life is pain,” a riff on the Buddhist notion that to live is to crave and to crave is to feel pain. To live in this world involves pain. Had I not been catapulted, in that one hour, half-way to death, and therefore closer to enlightenment? In death we no longer feel human cravings, no longer feel human pain. I was now half way there. I was prepared to be quiet. I have been quiet, and I have listened all my life. But now, I will finally speak.” https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403994 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403994]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Ethical Sellout: Maintaining Your Integrity in the Age of Compromise Author: Lily Zheng, Inge Hansen Narrator: Tiffany Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 3 minutes Release date: October 29, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In the age of identity politics, the fear of selling out is rampant-but Zheng and Hansen say there's nothing wrong with it and show how to do it without betraying your deepest values and beliefs. What happens when you're a proud person of color, but you fall in love with a white person? What if you don't believe in working for megacorporations, but one offers you a six-figure salary, and you have a family to feed? Will you sell out, and is that wrong? The truth is we're all sellouts. Our life circumstances change in ways we can't predict. Offering practical assessment scenarios and hard-hitting questions, Zheng and Hansen propose new ways of authentically thinking about marginalization, privilege, and self-interest, including five key components of ethically selling out: - Lose the purity politics-you're a human being, not a model member of a group. - Embrace your changing identities, roles, and expectations-see change as growth, not betrayal. - Maintain a sense of meaning-hang on to your personal values as you navigate life's changes. - Seek a chosen family and community-isolation only reinforces negative reactions to selling out. - Constantly question your world-don't accept the status quo! Lily Zheng, Inge Hansen Tue, 29 Oct 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403994 thebookvoice.com 5:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403994]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Ethical Sellout: Maintaining Your Integrity in the Age of Compromise Author: Lily Zheng, Inge Hansen Narrator: Tiffany Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 3 minutes Release date: October 29, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In the age of identity politics, the fear of selling out is rampant-but Zheng and Hansen say there's nothing wrong with it and show how to do it without betraying your deepest values and beliefs. What happens when you're a proud person of color, but you fall in love with a white person? What if you don't believe in working for megacorporations, but one offers you a six-figure salary, and you have a family to feed? Will you sell out, and is that wrong? The truth is we're all sellouts. Our life circumstances change in ways we can't predict. Offering practical assessment scenarios and hard-hitting questions, Zheng and Hansen propose new ways of authentically thinking about marginalization, privilege, and self-interest, including five key components of ethically selling out: - Lose the purity politics-you're a human being, not a model member of a group. - Embrace your changing identities, roles, and expectations-see change as growth, not betrayal. - Maintain a sense of meaning-hang on to your personal values as you navigate life's changes. - Seek a chosen family and community-isolation only reinforces negative reactions to selling out. - Constantly question your world-don't accept the status quo! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403994]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Ethical Sellout: Maintaining Your Integrity in the Age of Compromise Author: Lily Zheng, Inge Hansen Narrator: Tiffany Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 3 minutes Release date: October 29, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In the age of identity politics, the fear of selling out is rampant-but Zheng and Hansen say there's nothing wrong with it and show how to do it without betraying your deepest values and beliefs. What happens when you're a proud person of color, but you fall in love with a white person? What if you don't believe in working for megacorporations, but one offers you a six-figure salary, and you have a family to feed? Will you sell out, and is that wrong? The truth is we're all sellouts. Our life circumstances change in ways we can't predict. Offering practical assessment scenarios and hard-hitting questions, Zheng and Hansen propose new ways of authentically thinking about marginalization, privilege, and self-interest, including five key components of ethically selling out: - Lose the purity politics-you're a human being, not a model member of a group. - Embrace your changing identities, roles, and expectations-see change as growth, not betrayal. - Maintain a sense of meaning-hang on to your personal values as you navigate life's changes. - Seek a chosen family and community-isolation only reinforces negative reactions to selling out. - Constantly question your world-don't accept the status quo! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403987 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403987]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Fair Junkie: Booktrack Edition: A Memoir of Getting Dirty and Staying Clean Author: Amy Dresner Narrator: Amy Dresner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In the tradition of Blackout and Permanent Midnight, a darkly funny and revealing debut memoir of one woman's twenty-year battle with sex, drugs, and alcohol addiction, and what happens when she finally emerges on the other side. Growing up in Beverly Hills, Amy Dresner had it all: a top-notch private-school education, the most expensive summer camps, and even a weekly clothing allowance. But at 24, she started dabbling in meth in San Francisco and unleashed a fiendish addiction monster. Soon, if you could snort it, smoke it, or have sex with it, she did. Thus began a spiral that eventually landed her in the psych ward--and then penniless, divorced, and looking at 240 hours of court-ordered community service. For two years, assigned to a Hollywood Boulevard 'chain gang,' she swept up syringes (and worse) as she bounced from rehabs to halfway houses, all while struggling with sobriety, sex addiction, and starting over in her forties. In the tradition of Orange Is the New Black and Jerry Stahl's Permanent Midnight, this is an insightful, darkly funny, and shamelessly honest memoir of one woman's battle with all forms of addiction, hitting rock bottom, and forging a path to a life worth living. *Booktrack is an immersive format that pairs traditional audiobook narration to complementary music. The tempo and rhythm of the score are in perfect harmony with the action and characters throughout the audiobook. Gently playing in the background, the music never overpowers or distracts from the narration, so listeners can enjoy every minute. When you purchase this Booktrack edition, you receive the exact narration as the traditional audiobook available, with the addition of music throughout. Amy Dresner Tue, 24 Sep 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403987 thebookvoice.com 8:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403987]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Fair Junkie: Booktrack Edition: A Memoir of Getting Dirty and Staying Clean Author: Amy Dresner Narrator: Amy Dresner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In the tradition of Blackout and Permanent Midnight, a darkly funny and revealing debut memoir of one woman's twenty-year battle with sex, drugs, and alcohol addiction, and what happens when she finally emerges on the other side. Growing up in Beverly Hills, Amy Dresner had it all: a top-notch private-school education, the most expensive summer camps, and even a weekly clothing allowance. But at 24, she started dabbling in meth in San Francisco and unleashed a fiendish addiction monster. Soon, if you could snort it, smoke it, or have sex with it, she did. Thus began a spiral that eventually landed her in the psych ward--and then penniless, divorced, and looking at 240 hours of court-ordered community service. For two years, assigned to a Hollywood Boulevard 'chain gang,' she swept up syringes (and worse) as she bounced from rehabs to halfway houses, all while struggling with sobriety, sex addiction, and starting over in her forties. In the tradition of Orange Is the New Black and Jerry Stahl's Permanent Midnight, this is an insightful, darkly funny, and shamelessly honest memoir of one woman's battle with all forms of addiction, hitting rock bottom, and forging a path to a life worth living. *Booktrack is an immersive format that pairs traditional audiobook narration to complementary music. The tempo and rhythm of the score are in perfect harmony with the action and characters throughout the audiobook. Gently playing in the background, the music never overpowers or distracts from the narration, so listeners can enjoy every minute. When you purchase this Booktrack edition, you receive the exact narration as the traditional audiobook available, with the addition of music throughout. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403987]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Fair Junkie: Booktrack Edition: A Memoir of Getting Dirty and Staying Clean Author: Amy Dresner Narrator: Amy Dresner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In the tradition of Blackout and Permanent Midnight, a darkly funny and revealing debut memoir of one woman's twenty-year battle with sex, drugs, and alcohol addiction, and what happens when she finally emerges on the other side. Growing up in Beverly Hills, Amy Dresner had it all: a top-notch private-school education, the most expensive summer camps, and even a weekly clothing allowance. But at 24, she started dabbling in meth in San Francisco and unleashed a fiendish addiction monster. Soon, if you could snort it, smoke it, or have sex with it, she did. Thus began a spiral that eventually landed her in the psych ward--and then penniless, divorced, and looking at 240 hours of court-ordered community service. For two years, assigned to a Hollywood Boulevard 'chain gang,' she swept up syringes (and worse) as she bounced from rehabs to halfway houses, all while struggling with sobriety, sex addiction, and starting over in her forties. In the tradition of Orange Is the New Black and Jerry Stahl's Permanent Midnight, this is an insightful, darkly funny, and shamelessly honest memoir of one woman's battle with all forms of addiction, hitting rock bottom, and forging a path to a life worth living. *Booktrack is an immersive format that pairs traditional audiobook narration to complementary music. The tempo and rhythm of the score are in perfect harmony with the action and characters throughout the audiobook. Gently playing in the background, the music never overpowers or distracts from the narration, so listeners can enjoy every minute. When you purchase this Booktrack edition, you receive the exact narration as the traditional audiobook available, with the addition of music throughout. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403965 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403965]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Idea of the World: A Multi-Disciplinary Argument for the Mental Nature of Reality Author: Bernardo Kastrup Narrator: Matthew Josdal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A rigorous case for the primacy of mind in nature, from philosophy to neuroscience, psychology, and physics. The Idea of the World offers a grounded alternative to the frenzy of unrestrained abstractions and unexamined assumptions in philosophy and science today. This book examines what can be learned about the nature of reality based on conceptual parsimony, straightforward logic, and empirical evidence from fields as diverse as physics and neuroscience. It compiles an overarching case for idealism—the notion that reality is essentially mental—from ten original articles the author has previously published in leading academic journals. The case begins with an exposition of the logical fallacies and internal contradictions of the reigning physicalist ontology and its popular alternatives, such as bottom-up panpsychism. It then advances a compelling formulation of idealism that elegantly makes sense of—and reconciles—classical and quantum worlds. The main objections to idealism are systematically refuted and empirical evidence is reviewed that corroborates the formulation presented here. The book closes with an analysis of the hidden psychological motivations behind mainstream physicalism and the implications of idealism for the way we relate to the world. Bernardo Kastrup Tue, 10 Dec 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403965 thebookvoice.com 10:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403965]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Idea of the World: A Multi-Disciplinary Argument for the Mental Nature of Reality Author: Bernardo Kastrup Narrator: Matthew Josdal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A rigorous case for the primacy of mind in nature, from philosophy to neuroscience, psychology, and physics. The Idea of the World offers a grounded alternative to the frenzy of unrestrained abstractions and unexamined assumptions in philosophy and science today. This book examines what can be learned about the nature of reality based on conceptual parsimony, straightforward logic, and empirical evidence from fields as diverse as physics and neuroscience. It compiles an overarching case for idealism—the notion that reality is essentially mental—from ten original articles the author has previously published in leading academic journals. The case begins with an exposition of the logical fallacies and internal contradictions of the reigning physicalist ontology and its popular alternatives, such as bottom-up panpsychism. It then advances a compelling formulation of idealism that elegantly makes sense of—and reconciles—classical and quantum worlds. The main objections to idealism are systematically refuted and empirical evidence is reviewed that corroborates the formulation presented here. The book closes with an analysis of the hidden psychological motivations behind mainstream physicalism and the implications of idealism for the way we relate to the world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403965]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Idea of the World: A Multi-Disciplinary Argument for the Mental Nature of Reality Author: Bernardo Kastrup Narrator: Matthew Josdal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A rigorous case for the primacy of mind in nature, from philosophy to neuroscience, psychology, and physics. The Idea of the World offers a grounded alternative to the frenzy of unrestrained abstractions and unexamined assumptions in philosophy and science today. This book examines what can be learned about the nature of reality based on conceptual parsimony, straightforward logic, and empirical evidence from fields as diverse as physics and neuroscience. It compiles an overarching case for idealism—the notion that reality is essentially mental—from ten original articles the author has previously published in leading academic journals. The case begins with an exposition of the logical fallacies and internal contradictions of the reigning physicalist ontology and its popular alternatives, such as bottom-up panpsychism. It then advances a compelling formulation of idealism that elegantly makes sense of—and reconciles—classical and quantum worlds. The main objections to idealism are systematically refuted and empirical evidence is reviewed that corroborates the formulation presented here. The book closes with an analysis of the hidden psychological motivations behind mainstream physicalism and the implications of idealism for the way we relate to the world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403871 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403871]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Keep Sharp: How to Build a Better Brain at Any Age Author: Sanjay Gupta Narrator: Sanjay Gupta Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 5, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.39 of Total 120 Ratings of Narrator: 4.88 of Total 25 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Keep your brain young, healthy, and sharp with this science-driven guide to protecting your mind from decline by neurosurgeon and CNN chief medical correspondent Dr. Sanjay Gupta. Throughout our life, we look for ways to keep our minds sharp and effortlessly productive. Now, globetrotting neurosurgeon Dr. Sanjay Gupta offers “the book all of us need, young and old” (Walter Isaacson, #1 New York Times bestselling author of The Code Breaker) with insights from top scientists all over the world, whose cutting-edge research can help you heighten and protect brain function and maintain cognitive health at any age. Keep Sharp debunks common myths about aging and mental decline, explores whether there’s a “best” diet or exercise regimen for the brain, and explains whether it’s healthier to play video games that test memory and processing speed, or to engage in more social interaction. Discover what we can learn from “super-brained” people who are in their eighties and nineties with no signs of slowing down—and whether there are truly any benefits to drugs, supplements, and vitamins. Dr. Gupta also addresses brain disease, particularly Alzheimer’s, answers all your questions about the signs and symptoms, and shows how to ward against it and stay healthy while caring for a partner in cognitive decline. He likewise provides you with a personalized twelve-week program featuring practical strategies to strengthen your brain every day. Keep Sharp is the “must-read owner’s manual” (Arianna Huffington) you’ll need to keep your brain young and healthy regardless of your age! Sanjay Gupta Tue, 05 Jan 2021 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403871 thebookvoice.com 10:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403871]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Keep Sharp: How to Build a Better Brain at Any Age Author: Sanjay Gupta Narrator: Sanjay Gupta Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 5, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.39 of Total 120 Ratings of Narrator: 4.88 of Total 25 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Keep your brain young, healthy, and sharp with this science-driven guide to protecting your mind from decline by neurosurgeon and CNN chief medical correspondent Dr. Sanjay Gupta. Throughout our life, we look for ways to keep our minds sharp and effortlessly productive. Now, globetrotting neurosurgeon Dr. Sanjay Gupta offers “the book all of us need, young and old” (Walter Isaacson, #1 New York Times bestselling author of The Code Breaker) with insights from top scientists all over the world, whose cutting-edge research can help you heighten and protect brain function and maintain cognitive health at any age. Keep Sharp debunks common myths about aging and mental decline, explores whether there’s a “best” diet or exercise regimen for the brain, and explains whether it’s healthier to play video games that test memory and processing speed, or to engage in more social interaction. Discover what we can learn from “super-brained” people who are in their eighties and nineties with no signs of slowing down—and whether there are truly any benefits to drugs, supplements, and vitamins. Dr. Gupta also addresses brain disease, particularly Alzheimer’s, answers all your questions about the signs and symptoms, and shows how to ward against it and stay healthy while caring for a partner in cognitive decline. He likewise provides you with a personalized twelve-week program featuring practical strategies to strengthen your brain every day. Keep Sharp is the “must-read owner’s manual” (Arianna Huffington) you’ll need to keep your brain young and healthy regardless of your age! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403871]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Keep Sharp: How to Build a Better Brain at Any Age Author: Sanjay Gupta Narrator: Sanjay Gupta Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 5, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.39 of Total 120 Ratings of Narrator: 4.88 of Total 25 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Keep your brain young, healthy, and sharp with this science-driven guide to protecting your mind from decline by neurosurgeon and CNN chief medical correspondent Dr. Sanjay Gupta. Throughout our life, we look for ways to keep our minds sharp and effortlessly productive. Now, globetrotting neurosurgeon Dr. Sanjay Gupta offers “the book all of us need, young and old” (Walter Isaacson, #1 New York Times bestselling author of The Code Breaker) with insights from top scientists all over the world, whose cutting-edge research can help you heighten and protect brain function and maintain cognitive health at any age. Keep Sharp debunks common myths about aging and mental decline, explores whether there’s a “best” diet or exercise regimen for the brain, and explains whether it’s healthier to play video games that test memory and processing speed, or to engage in more social interaction. Discover what we can learn from “super-brained” people who are in their eighties and nineties with no signs of slowing down—and whether there are truly any benefits to drugs, supplements, and vitamins. Dr. Gupta also addresses brain disease, particularly Alzheimer’s, answers all your questions about the signs and symptoms, and shows how to ward against it and stay healthy while caring for a partner in cognitive decline. He likewise provides you with a personalized twelve-week program featuring practical strategies to strengthen your brain every day. Keep Sharp is the “must-read owner’s manual” (Arianna Huffington) you’ll need to keep your brain young and healthy regardless of your age! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403868 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403868]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Filthy Beasts Author: Kirkland Hamill Narrator: Kirkland Hamill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: July 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Running with Scissors meets Grey Gardens in this “vivid tragicomedy” (People), a riveting riches-to-rags tale of a wealthy family who lost it all and the unforgettable journey of a man coming to terms with his family’s deep flaws and his own hidden secrets. “Wake up, you filthy beasts!” Wendy Hamill would shout to her children in the mornings before school. Startled from their dreams, Kirk and his two brothers couldn’t help but wonder—would they find enough food in the house for breakfast? Following a hostile exit from New York’s upper-class society, newly divorced Wendy and her three sons are exiled from the East Coast elite circle. Wendy’s middle son, Kirk, is eight when she moves the family to her native Bermuda, leaving the three young boys to fend for themselves as she chases after the highs of her old life: alcohol, a wealthy new suitor, and other indulgences. After eventually leaving his mother’s dysfunctional orbit for college in New Orleans, Kirk begins to realize how different his family and upbringing is from that of his friends and peers. Split between rich privilege—early years living in luxury on his family’s private compound—and bare survival—rationing food and water during the height of his mother’s alcoholism—Kirk is used to keeping up appearances and burying his inconvenient truths from the world, until he’s eighteen and falls in love for the first time. A keenly observed, fascinating window into the life of extreme privilege and a powerful story of self-acceptance, Filthy Beasts is “a stunning, deeply satisfying story about how we outlive our upbringings” (Kirkus Reviews, starred review). Kirkland Hamill Tue, 14 Jul 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403868 thebookvoice.com 7:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403868]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Filthy Beasts Author: Kirkland Hamill Narrator: Kirkland Hamill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: July 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Running with Scissors meets Grey Gardens in this “vivid tragicomedy” (People), a riveting riches-to-rags tale of a wealthy family who lost it all and the unforgettable journey of a man coming to terms with his family’s deep flaws and his own hidden secrets. “Wake up, you filthy beasts!” Wendy Hamill would shout to her children in the mornings before school. Startled from their dreams, Kirk and his two brothers couldn’t help but wonder—would they find enough food in the house for breakfast? Following a hostile exit from New York’s upper-class society, newly divorced Wendy and her three sons are exiled from the East Coast elite circle. Wendy’s middle son, Kirk, is eight when she moves the family to her native Bermuda, leaving the three young boys to fend for themselves as she chases after the highs of her old life: alcohol, a wealthy new suitor, and other indulgences. After eventually leaving his mother’s dysfunctional orbit for college in New Orleans, Kirk begins to realize how different his family and upbringing is from that of his friends and peers. Split between rich privilege—early years living in luxury on his family’s private compound—and bare survival—rationing food and water during the height of his mother’s alcoholism—Kirk is used to keeping up appearances and burying his inconvenient truths from the world, until he’s eighteen and falls in love for the first time. A keenly observed, fascinating window into the life of extreme privilege and a powerful story of self-acceptance, Filthy Beasts is “a stunning, deeply satisfying story about how we outlive our upbringings” (Kirkus Reviews, starred review). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403868]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Filthy Beasts Author: Kirkland Hamill Narrator: Kirkland Hamill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: July 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Running with Scissors meets Grey Gardens in this “vivid tragicomedy” (People), a riveting riches-to-rags tale of a wealthy family who lost it all and the unforgettable journey of a man coming to terms with his family’s deep flaws and his own hidden secrets. “Wake up, you filthy beasts!” Wendy Hamill would shout to her children in the mornings before school. Startled from their dreams, Kirk and his two brothers couldn’t help but wonder—would they find enough food in the house for breakfast? Following a hostile exit from New York’s upper-class society, newly divorced Wendy and her three sons are exiled from the East Coast elite circle. Wendy’s middle son, Kirk, is eight when she moves the family to her native Bermuda, leaving the three young boys to fend for themselves as she chases after the highs of her old life: alcohol, a wealthy new suitor, and other indulgences. After eventually leaving his mother’s dysfunctional orbit for college in New Orleans, Kirk begins to realize how different his family and upbringing is from that of his friends and peers. Split between rich privilege—early years living in luxury on his family’s private compound—and bare survival—rationing food and water during the height of his mother’s alcoholism—Kirk is used to keeping up appearances and burying his inconvenient truths from the world, until he’s eighteen and falls in love for the first time. A keenly observed, fascinating window into the life of extreme privilege and a powerful story of self-acceptance, Filthy Beasts is “a stunning, deeply satisfying story about how we outlive our upbringings” (Kirkus Reviews, starred review). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403765 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403765]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Manipulation Techniques: The Complete Guide On How To Manipulate Anyone Ethically Through NLP, Mind Control And Persuasion Author: Edward Konovalov Narrator: Ryan Whiting Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 40 minutes Release date: October 11, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Unlock the incredible power of Dark Psychology.   Do you want to be more persuasive? Do you have trouble convincing people, or getting them to do what you want? Then it’s time to try Dark Psychology.   Dark Psychology is the art of persuasion and manipulation. It gives you the tools you need to influence other people’s behaviours and attitudes, all on a subconscious level. Whether it’s the countless successful people who’ve used it to gain financial success, or just people who want to have more control over their relationships, Dark Psychology is a powerful psychological technique not to be underestimated.   This bundle includes:   -How To Analyze People: The Step By Step Guide To Analyze Anyone Through Body Language, Psychological Techniques And Ethical Manipulation   -Dark Psychology: The Ultimate Guide On How To Read And Influence Anyone Through Proven Manipulation Techniques   -Manipulation Techniques: The Complete Guide On How To Manipulate Anyone Ethically Through NLP, Mind Control And Persuasion   From understanding how manipulation works to knowing how to apply it to everyday life, you’ll be able to persuade and influence others no matter the situation. Dark Psychology is a tool the pros use every day to control consumers, win elections, and much more – now you can arm yourself against this manipulation and use these powers for your own benefit.   Buy now to harness the power of Dark Psychology today! Edward Konovalov Fri, 11 Oct 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403765 thebookvoice.com 2:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403765]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Manipulation Techniques: The Complete Guide On How To Manipulate Anyone Ethically Through NLP, Mind Control And Persuasion Author: Edward Konovalov Narrator: Ryan Whiting Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 40 minutes Release date: October 11, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Unlock the incredible power of Dark Psychology.   Do you want to be more persuasive? Do you have trouble convincing people, or getting them to do what you want? Then it’s time to try Dark Psychology.   Dark Psychology is the art of persuasion and manipulation. It gives you the tools you need to influence other people’s behaviours and attitudes, all on a subconscious level. Whether it’s the countless successful people who’ve used it to gain financial success, or just people who want to have more control over their relationships, Dark Psychology is a powerful psychological technique not to be underestimated.   This bundle includes:   -How To Analyze People: The Step By Step Guide To Analyze Anyone Through Body Language, Psychological Techniques And Ethical Manipulation   -Dark Psychology: The Ultimate Guide On How To Read And Influence Anyone Through Proven Manipulation Techniques   -Manipulation Techniques: The Complete Guide On How To Manipulate Anyone Ethically Through NLP, Mind Control And Persuasion   From understanding how manipulation works to knowing how to apply it to everyday life, you’ll be able to persuade and influence others no matter the situation. Dark Psychology is a tool the pros use every day to control consumers, win elections, and much more – now you can arm yourself against this manipulation and use these powers for your own benefit.   Buy now to harness the power of Dark Psychology today! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403765]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Manipulation Techniques: The Complete Guide On How To Manipulate Anyone Ethically Through NLP, Mind Control And Persuasion Author: Edward Konovalov Narrator: Ryan Whiting Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 40 minutes Release date: October 11, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Unlock the incredible power of Dark Psychology.   Do you want to be more persuasive? Do you have trouble convincing people, or getting them to do what you want? Then it’s time to try Dark Psychology.   Dark Psychology is the art of persuasion and manipulation. It gives you the tools you need to influence other people’s behaviours and attitudes, all on a subconscious level. Whether it’s the countless successful people who’ve used it to gain financial success, or just people who want to have more control over their relationships, Dark Psychology is a powerful psychological technique not to be underestimated.   This bundle includes:   -How To Analyze People: The Step By Step Guide To Analyze Anyone Through Body Language, Psychological Techniques And Ethical Manipulation   -Dark Psychology: The Ultimate Guide On How To Read And Influence Anyone Through Proven Manipulation Techniques   -Manipulation Techniques: The Complete Guide On How To Manipulate Anyone Ethically Through NLP, Mind Control And Persuasion   From understanding how manipulation works to knowing how to apply it to everyday life, you’ll be able to persuade and influence others no matter the situation. Dark Psychology is a tool the pros use every day to control consumers, win elections, and much more – now you can arm yourself against this manipulation and use these powers for your own benefit.   Buy now to harness the power of Dark Psychology today! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/401585 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/401585]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ten Times Happier: How to Let Go of What’s Holding You Back Author: Owen O’kane Narrator: Al Doyle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 2 minutes Release date: May 14, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ‘A brilliant book of intelligent advice and detailed case studies that encourages reflection and positive change.’ Fearne Cotton ‘A refreshingly practical guide to finding joy every day.’ Susanna Reid ‘Owen is an expert at showing, in his brilliantly down-to-earth way, how we can find happiness in the real world.’ Rob Rinder, aka Judge Rinder Want to get happier? Not just a little but A LOT happier? Now you can with TEN TIMES HAPPIER by Owen O’Kane, psychotherapist, former NHS Clinical Lead and Sunday Times bestselling author of TEN TO ZEN. Modern life is a minefield for stress. Whether it’s juggling work, relationships or money, we often get stuck mindlessly obsessing about all the wrong things, not knowing what to let go of. In TEN TIMES HAPPIER, Owen O’Kane reveals how to choose new, healthier perspectives and ditch harmful patterns in the 10 key areas we all overthink about or manage poorly, including: - the past - our minds - other people - worry - our behaviours - the future Using the latest evidence-based tools and techniques from across a range of therapies including CBT, mindfulness and interpersonal therapy, Owen provides empowering solutions to managing what keeps you stuck so you can move forward. Want a down-to-earth guide from a professional on HOW you can become happier, minus the fairy dust? Then accept, let go, grow and get TEN TIMES HAPPIER with Owen O’Kane. Owen O’kane Thu, 14 May 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/401585 thebookvoice.com 5:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/401585]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ten Times Happier: How to Let Go of What’s Holding You Back Author: Owen O’kane Narrator: Al Doyle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 2 minutes Release date: May 14, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ‘A brilliant book of intelligent advice and detailed case studies that encourages reflection and positive change.’ Fearne Cotton ‘A refreshingly practical guide to finding joy every day.’ Susanna Reid ‘Owen is an expert at showing, in his brilliantly down-to-earth way, how we can find happiness in the real world.’ Rob Rinder, aka Judge Rinder Want to get happier? Not just a little but A LOT happier? Now you can with TEN TIMES HAPPIER by Owen O’Kane, psychotherapist, former NHS Clinical Lead and Sunday Times bestselling author of TEN TO ZEN. Modern life is a minefield for stress. Whether it’s juggling work, relationships or money, we often get stuck mindlessly obsessing about all the wrong things, not knowing what to let go of. In TEN TIMES HAPPIER, Owen O’Kane reveals how to choose new, healthier perspectives and ditch harmful patterns in the 10 key areas we all overthink about or manage poorly, including: - the past - our minds - other people - worry - our behaviours - the future Using the latest evidence-based tools and techniques from across a range of therapies including CBT, mindfulness and interpersonal therapy, Owen provides empowering solutions to managing what keeps you stuck so you can move forward. Want a down-to-earth guide from a professional on HOW you can become happier, minus the fairy dust? Then accept, let go, grow and get TEN TIMES HAPPIER with Owen O’Kane. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/401585]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ten Times Happier: How to Let Go of What’s Holding You Back Author: Owen O’kane Narrator: Al Doyle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 2 minutes Release date: May 14, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ‘A brilliant book of intelligent advice and detailed case studies that encourages reflection and positive change.’ Fearne Cotton ‘A refreshingly practical guide to finding joy every day.’ Susanna Reid ‘Owen is an expert at showing, in his brilliantly down-to-earth way, how we can find happiness in the real world.’ Rob Rinder, aka Judge Rinder Want to get happier? Not just a little but A LOT happier? Now you can with TEN TIMES HAPPIER by Owen O’Kane, psychotherapist, former NHS Clinical Lead and Sunday Times bestselling author of TEN TO ZEN. Modern life is a minefield for stress. Whether it’s juggling work, relationships or money, we often get stuck mindlessly obsessing about all the wrong things, not knowing what to let go of. In TEN TIMES HAPPIER, Owen O’Kane reveals how to choose new, healthier perspectives and ditch harmful patterns in the 10 key areas we all overthink about or manage poorly, including: - the past - our minds - other people - worry - our behaviours - the future Using the latest evidence-based tools and techniques from across a range of therapies including CBT, mindfulness and interpersonal therapy, Owen provides empowering solutions to managing what keeps you stuck so you can move forward. Want a down-to-earth guide from a professional on HOW you can become happier, minus the fairy dust? Then accept, let go, grow and get TEN TIMES HAPPIER with Owen O’Kane. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/401435 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/401435]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Crowd: A Study of the Popular Mind Author: Gustave Le Bon Narrator: Glen Reed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 9, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Charles-Marie Gustave Le Bon (1841 -1931) was a French polymath who wrote on anthropology, psychology, sociology, medicine and physics. He is best known for his 1895 work 'The Crowd: A Study of the Popular Mind', which is considered a seminal work of crowd psychology. In the book, Le Bon identifies the primary characteristics of crowd psychology as impulsiveness, irritability, incapacity to reason, the absence of critical judgement, and the exaggeration of feelings. Le Bon claims that an individual immersed for some length of time in a crowd soon finds himself in a special psychological state, which resembles the state in which a hypnotized individual finds himself under the influence of the hypnotizer. One of Le Bon's disturbing insights is that a man descends several rungs in the ladder of civilisation by the mere fact that he forms part of an organised crowd. Gustave Le Bon Wed, 09 Oct 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/401435 thebookvoice.com 5:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/401435]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Crowd: A Study of the Popular Mind Author: Gustave Le Bon Narrator: Glen Reed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 9, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Charles-Marie Gustave Le Bon (1841 -1931) was a French polymath who wrote on anthropology, psychology, sociology, medicine and physics. He is best known for his 1895 work 'The Crowd: A Study of the Popular Mind', which is considered a seminal work of crowd psychology. In the book, Le Bon identifies the primary characteristics of crowd psychology as impulsiveness, irritability, incapacity to reason, the absence of critical judgement, and the exaggeration of feelings. Le Bon claims that an individual immersed for some length of time in a crowd soon finds himself in a special psychological state, which resembles the state in which a hypnotized individual finds himself under the influence of the hypnotizer. One of Le Bon's disturbing insights is that a man descends several rungs in the ladder of civilisation by the mere fact that he forms part of an organised crowd. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/401435]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Crowd: A Study of the Popular Mind Author: Gustave Le Bon Narrator: Glen Reed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 9, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Charles-Marie Gustave Le Bon (1841 -1931) was a French polymath who wrote on anthropology, psychology, sociology, medicine and physics. He is best known for his 1895 work 'The Crowd: A Study of the Popular Mind', which is considered a seminal work of crowd psychology. In the book, Le Bon identifies the primary characteristics of crowd psychology as impulsiveness, irritability, incapacity to reason, the absence of critical judgement, and the exaggeration of feelings. Le Bon claims that an individual immersed for some length of time in a crowd soon finds himself in a special psychological state, which resembles the state in which a hypnotized individual finds himself under the influence of the hypnotizer. One of Le Bon's disturbing insights is that a man descends several rungs in the ladder of civilisation by the mere fact that he forms part of an organised crowd. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/401293 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/401293]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Noise: Living and Leading When Nobody Can Focus Author: Joseph Mccormack Narrator: Michael Butler Murray Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 49 minutes Release date: December 5, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In the current digital age, it is becoming increasingly more difficult to stay focused. Smartphones, tablets, smart watches, and other devices constantly vie for our attention. In both business and life, we are constantly bombarded with tweets, likes, mentions, and a constant stream of information. The inability to pay attention impacts learning, parenting, prioritizing, and leading. Not surprisingly, attention spans have gotten shorter. Already being pulled in a dozen directions every minute, managers and business leaders often struggle to address important issues and focus on everything that needs attention. Noise: Living and Leading When Nobody Can Focus teaches managers and leaders how to help themselves and others sharpen their focusing skills. In this follow-up to his first book, Brief—the proven, step-by-step approach to clear, concise, and effective communication—author Joseph McCormack helps listeners cut through the static and devote their attention to what is important. Noise: Living and Leading When Nobody Can Focus is a valuable resource for leaders and managers seeking to develop laser-sharp focus and apply it to everything you do. Joseph Mccormack Thu, 05 Dec 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/401293 thebookvoice.com 5:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/401293]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Noise: Living and Leading When Nobody Can Focus Author: Joseph Mccormack Narrator: Michael Butler Murray Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 49 minutes Release date: December 5, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In the current digital age, it is becoming increasingly more difficult to stay focused. Smartphones, tablets, smart watches, and other devices constantly vie for our attention. In both business and life, we are constantly bombarded with tweets, likes, mentions, and a constant stream of information. The inability to pay attention impacts learning, parenting, prioritizing, and leading. Not surprisingly, attention spans have gotten shorter. Already being pulled in a dozen directions every minute, managers and business leaders often struggle to address important issues and focus on everything that needs attention. Noise: Living and Leading When Nobody Can Focus teaches managers and leaders how to help themselves and others sharpen their focusing skills. In this follow-up to his first book, Brief—the proven, step-by-step approach to clear, concise, and effective communication—author Joseph McCormack helps listeners cut through the static and devote their attention to what is important. Noise: Living and Leading When Nobody Can Focus is a valuable resource for leaders and managers seeking to develop laser-sharp focus and apply it to everything you do. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/401293]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Noise: Living and Leading When Nobody Can Focus Author: Joseph Mccormack Narrator: Michael Butler Murray Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 49 minutes Release date: December 5, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In the current digital age, it is becoming increasingly more difficult to stay focused. Smartphones, tablets, smart watches, and other devices constantly vie for our attention. In both business and life, we are constantly bombarded with tweets, likes, mentions, and a constant stream of information. The inability to pay attention impacts learning, parenting, prioritizing, and leading. Not surprisingly, attention spans have gotten shorter. Already being pulled in a dozen directions every minute, managers and business leaders often struggle to address important issues and focus on everything that needs attention. Noise: Living and Leading When Nobody Can Focus teaches managers and leaders how to help themselves and others sharpen their focusing skills. In this follow-up to his first book, Brief—the proven, step-by-step approach to clear, concise, and effective communication—author Joseph McCormack helps listeners cut through the static and devote their attention to what is important. Noise: Living and Leading When Nobody Can Focus is a valuable resource for leaders and managers seeking to develop laser-sharp focus and apply it to everything you do. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/401270 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/401270]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Self-Care Prescription: Powerful Solutions to Manage Stress, Reduce Anxiety & Increase Well-Being Author: Robyn L. Gobin Narrator: Joniece Abbott-Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 51 minutes Release date: July 9, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Real self-care practices to enrich every part of your life Picture your best life: Where would you work? What would your social calendar look like? What personal interests would you be exploring? This book is your prescription to turn those visions into a reality―with proven self-care strategies for every area of your life. The Self-Care Prescription empowers you to find balance and purpose in your relationships, work, and life. From creating a plan to spend more time with family and friends, to zeroing-in on a career that you can feel good about, the book will help you create a personalized self-care plan. You’ll also learn actionable techniques to fight anxiety, demotivation, or whatever else is holding you back from building the life you want to live. The Self-Care Prescription includes: Self-care 101―Learn what “self-care” really means, and how you can start practicing it every day.A full-spectrum plan―Bring self-care to the physical, spiritual, emotional, intellectual, vocational, and social areas of your life.Best-life strategies―Unwind with mindfulness breathing practices or start eating right with healthy meal planning―you’ll find tons of actionable self care techniques to help you reach your goals.Be the friend you want to be to yourself and others. Be engaged with what you do. Whatever self-care means to you, you’ll find your own personal practice in this book. Robyn L. Gobin Tue, 09 Jul 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/401270 thebookvoice.com 4:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/401270]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Self-Care Prescription: Powerful Solutions to Manage Stress, Reduce Anxiety & Increase Well-Being Author: Robyn L. Gobin Narrator: Joniece Abbott-Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 51 minutes Release date: July 9, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Real self-care practices to enrich every part of your life Picture your best life: Where would you work? What would your social calendar look like? What personal interests would you be exploring? This book is your prescription to turn those visions into a reality―with proven self-care strategies for every area of your life. The Self-Care Prescription empowers you to find balance and purpose in your relationships, work, and life. From creating a plan to spend more time with family and friends, to zeroing-in on a career that you can feel good about, the book will help you create a personalized self-care plan. You’ll also learn actionable techniques to fight anxiety, demotivation, or whatever else is holding you back from building the life you want to live. The Self-Care Prescription includes: Self-care 101―Learn what “self-care” really means, and how you can start practicing it every day.A full-spectrum plan―Bring self-care to the physical, spiritual, emotional, intellectual, vocational, and social areas of your life.Best-life strategies―Unwind with mindfulness breathing practices or start eating right with healthy meal planning―you’ll find tons of actionable self care techniques to help you reach your goals.Be the friend you want to be to yourself and others. Be engaged with what you do. Whatever self-care means to you, you’ll find your own personal practice in this book. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/401270]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Self-Care Prescription: Powerful Solutions to Manage Stress, Reduce Anxiety & Increase Well-Being Author: Robyn L. Gobin Narrator: Joniece Abbott-Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 51 minutes Release date: July 9, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Real self-care practices to enrich every part of your life Picture your best life: Where would you work? What would your social calendar look like? What personal interests would you be exploring? This book is your prescription to turn those visions into a reality―with proven self-care strategies for every area of your life. The Self-Care Prescription empowers you to find balance and purpose in your relationships, work, and life. From creating a plan to spend more time with family and friends, to zeroing-in on a career that you can feel good about, the book will help you create a personalized self-care plan. You’ll also learn actionable techniques to fight anxiety, demotivation, or whatever else is holding you back from building the life you want to live. The Self-Care Prescription includes: Self-care 101―Learn what “self-care” really means, and how you can start practicing it every day.A full-spectrum plan―Bring self-care to the physical, spiritual, emotional, intellectual, vocational, and social areas of your life.Best-life strategies―Unwind with mindfulness breathing practices or start eating right with healthy meal planning―you’ll find tons of actionable self care techniques to help you reach your goals.Be the friend you want to be to yourself and others. Be engaged with what you do. Whatever self-care means to you, you’ll find your own personal practice in this book. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400871 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400871]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Follow Your Intuition: An Affirmations Bundle for the Courage and Discipline to Allow Your Intuition to Guide You Author: Bright Soul Words Narrator: Bright Soul Words Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 34 minutes Release date: August 25, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Picture how great you'll feel when you will be able to fully trust yourself. It's good to realize this is possible for you, isn't it? One of the things you are going to love about this program is how it will help you connect with your intuition and trust it. As you consider the benefits of increased self guidance, you might like to think of how your life will improve with strong intuition. This program is designed to help you: • Connect to your intuition • Develop a strong self guidance system • Trust yourself fully This collection includes: • Chapters 1 to 6: Daytime Affirmations • Chapters 7 to 12: Subliminal Affirmations You can listen to the daytime affirmations anytime. The subliminal affirmations may be listened to on a low volume before or during sleep for best results. Once you realize it is easy to unlock the potential of your mind with specific thought patterns that you will soon possess, it will feel simple to make the right decision and to invest in yourself. These affirmations have been designed and produced by Bright Soul Words, a brand obsessed with creating programs that rewire your mind for positive and lifelong changes. Bright Soul Words Sun, 25 Aug 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400871 thebookvoice.com 9:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400871]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Follow Your Intuition: An Affirmations Bundle for the Courage and Discipline to Allow Your Intuition to Guide You Author: Bright Soul Words Narrator: Bright Soul Words Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 34 minutes Release date: August 25, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Picture how great you'll feel when you will be able to fully trust yourself. It's good to realize this is possible for you, isn't it? One of the things you are going to love about this program is how it will help you connect with your intuition and trust it. As you consider the benefits of increased self guidance, you might like to think of how your life will improve with strong intuition. This program is designed to help you: • Connect to your intuition • Develop a strong self guidance system • Trust yourself fully This collection includes: • Chapters 1 to 6: Daytime Affirmations • Chapters 7 to 12: Subliminal Affirmations You can listen to the daytime affirmations anytime. The subliminal affirmations may be listened to on a low volume before or during sleep for best results. Once you realize it is easy to unlock the potential of your mind with specific thought patterns that you will soon possess, it will feel simple to make the right decision and to invest in yourself. These affirmations have been designed and produced by Bright Soul Words, a brand obsessed with creating programs that rewire your mind for positive and lifelong changes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400871]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Follow Your Intuition: An Affirmations Bundle for the Courage and Discipline to Allow Your Intuition to Guide You Author: Bright Soul Words Narrator: Bright Soul Words Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 34 minutes Release date: August 25, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Picture how great you'll feel when you will be able to fully trust yourself. It's good to realize this is possible for you, isn't it? One of the things you are going to love about this program is how it will help you connect with your intuition and trust it. As you consider the benefits of increased self guidance, you might like to think of how your life will improve with strong intuition. This program is designed to help you: • Connect to your intuition • Develop a strong self guidance system • Trust yourself fully This collection includes: • Chapters 1 to 6: Daytime Affirmations • Chapters 7 to 12: Subliminal Affirmations You can listen to the daytime affirmations anytime. The subliminal affirmations may be listened to on a low volume before or during sleep for best results. Once you realize it is easy to unlock the potential of your mind with specific thought patterns that you will soon possess, it will feel simple to make the right decision and to invest in yourself. These affirmations have been designed and produced by Bright Soul Words, a brand obsessed with creating programs that rewire your mind for positive and lifelong changes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400869 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400869]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Walk Your Path: An Affirmations Bundle for Independence, Inner Strength and a Strong Positive Mind Author: Bright Soul Words Narrator: Bright Soul Words Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 33 minutes Release date: August 25, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Picture how great you'll feel when you will become your own rock. It's good to realize this is possible for you, isn't it? One of the things you are going to love about this program is how it will help you become mentally strong and resilient. As you consider the benefits of resilience and inner strength, you might like to think of how your life will improve with more independence and strength. This program is designed to help you: • Increase resilience and inner strength • Develop a strong, positive mind • Embrace independence This collection includes: • Chapters 1 to 6: Daytime Affirmations • Chapters 7 to 12: Subliminal Affirmations You can listen to the daytime affirmations anytime. The subliminal affirmations may be listened to on a low volume before or during sleep for best results. Once you realize it is easy to unlock the potential of your mind with specific thought patterns that you will soon possess, it will feel simple to make the right decision and to invest in yourself. These affirmations have been designed and produced by Bright Soul Words, a brand obsessed with creating programs that rewire your mind for positive and lifelong changes. Bright Soul Words Sun, 25 Aug 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400869 thebookvoice.com 9:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400869]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Walk Your Path: An Affirmations Bundle for Independence, Inner Strength and a Strong Positive Mind Author: Bright Soul Words Narrator: Bright Soul Words Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 33 minutes Release date: August 25, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Picture how great you'll feel when you will become your own rock. It's good to realize this is possible for you, isn't it? One of the things you are going to love about this program is how it will help you become mentally strong and resilient. As you consider the benefits of resilience and inner strength, you might like to think of how your life will improve with more independence and strength. This program is designed to help you: • Increase resilience and inner strength • Develop a strong, positive mind • Embrace independence This collection includes: • Chapters 1 to 6: Daytime Affirmations • Chapters 7 to 12: Subliminal Affirmations You can listen to the daytime affirmations anytime. The subliminal affirmations may be listened to on a low volume before or during sleep for best results. Once you realize it is easy to unlock the potential of your mind with specific thought patterns that you will soon possess, it will feel simple to make the right decision and to invest in yourself. These affirmations have been designed and produced by Bright Soul Words, a brand obsessed with creating programs that rewire your mind for positive and lifelong changes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400869]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Walk Your Path: An Affirmations Bundle for Independence, Inner Strength and a Strong Positive Mind Author: Bright Soul Words Narrator: Bright Soul Words Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 33 minutes Release date: August 25, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Picture how great you'll feel when you will become your own rock. It's good to realize this is possible for you, isn't it? One of the things you are going to love about this program is how it will help you become mentally strong and resilient. As you consider the benefits of resilience and inner strength, you might like to think of how your life will improve with more independence and strength. This program is designed to help you: • Increase resilience and inner strength • Develop a strong, positive mind • Embrace independence This collection includes: • Chapters 1 to 6: Daytime Affirmations • Chapters 7 to 12: Subliminal Affirmations You can listen to the daytime affirmations anytime. The subliminal affirmations may be listened to on a low volume before or during sleep for best results. Once you realize it is easy to unlock the potential of your mind with specific thought patterns that you will soon possess, it will feel simple to make the right decision and to invest in yourself. These affirmations have been designed and produced by Bright Soul Words, a brand obsessed with creating programs that rewire your mind for positive and lifelong changes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400870 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400870]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Increase Your Self Love: An Affirmations Bundle for Self Acceptance and Daily Positivity Author: Bright Soul Words Narrator: Bright Soul Words Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 22 minutes Release date: August 25, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Picture how great you'll feel when you will develop deep self acceptance. It's good to realize this is possible for you, isn't it? One of the things you are going to love about this program is how it will help you increase your self love. As you consider the benefits of loving yourself more, you might like to think of how your life will improve when you value and appreciate yourself more. This program is designed to help you: • Increase self love • Practice self acceptance • Develop a positive and loving self image This collection includes: • Chapters 1 to 4: Daytime Affirmations • Chapters 5 to 8: Subliminal Affirmations You can listen to the daytime affirmations anytime. The subliminal affirmations may be listened to on a low volume before or during sleep for best results. Once you realize it is easy to unlock the potential of your mind with specific thought patterns that you will soon possess, it will feel simple to make the right decision and to invest in yourself. These affirmations have been designed and produced by Bright Soul Words, a brand obsessed with creating programs that rewire your mind for positive and lifelong changes. Bright Soul Words Sun, 25 Aug 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400870 thebookvoice.com 6:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400870]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Increase Your Self Love: An Affirmations Bundle for Self Acceptance and Daily Positivity Author: Bright Soul Words Narrator: Bright Soul Words Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 22 minutes Release date: August 25, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Picture how great you'll feel when you will develop deep self acceptance. It's good to realize this is possible for you, isn't it? One of the things you are going to love about this program is how it will help you increase your self love. As you consider the benefits of loving yourself more, you might like to think of how your life will improve when you value and appreciate yourself more. This program is designed to help you: • Increase self love • Practice self acceptance • Develop a positive and loving self image This collection includes: • Chapters 1 to 4: Daytime Affirmations • Chapters 5 to 8: Subliminal Affirmations You can listen to the daytime affirmations anytime. The subliminal affirmations may be listened to on a low volume before or during sleep for best results. Once you realize it is easy to unlock the potential of your mind with specific thought patterns that you will soon possess, it will feel simple to make the right decision and to invest in yourself. These affirmations have been designed and produced by Bright Soul Words, a brand obsessed with creating programs that rewire your mind for positive and lifelong changes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400870]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Increase Your Self Love: An Affirmations Bundle for Self Acceptance and Daily Positivity Author: Bright Soul Words Narrator: Bright Soul Words Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 22 minutes Release date: August 25, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Picture how great you'll feel when you will develop deep self acceptance. It's good to realize this is possible for you, isn't it? One of the things you are going to love about this program is how it will help you increase your self love. As you consider the benefits of loving yourself more, you might like to think of how your life will improve when you value and appreciate yourself more. This program is designed to help you: • Increase self love • Practice self acceptance • Develop a positive and loving self image This collection includes: • Chapters 1 to 4: Daytime Affirmations • Chapters 5 to 8: Subliminal Affirmations You can listen to the daytime affirmations anytime. The subliminal affirmations may be listened to on a low volume before or during sleep for best results. Once you realize it is easy to unlock the potential of your mind with specific thought patterns that you will soon possess, it will feel simple to make the right decision and to invest in yourself. These affirmations have been designed and produced by Bright Soul Words, a brand obsessed with creating programs that rewire your mind for positive and lifelong changes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400866 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400866]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Be the Light: An Affirmations Bundle to Increase Empathy, Kindness and Compassion Author: Bright Soul Words Narrator: Bright Soul Words Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 34 minutes Release date: August 25, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Picture how great you'll feel when you will feel more connected to yourself and others. It's good to realize this is possible for you, isn't it? One of the things you are going to love about this program is how it will increase positive qualities within you. As you consider the benefits of increased positive qualities, you might like to think of how your life will improve with more connection and kindness. This program is designed to help you: • Brighten your energy • Increase your empathy and kindness • Feel more connected to yourself and others This collection includes: • Chapters 1 to 6: Daytime Affirmations • Chapters 7 to 12: Subliminal Affirmations You can listen to the daytime affirmations anytime. The subliminal affirmations may be listened to on a low volume before or during sleep for best results. Once you realize it is easy to unlock the potential of your mind with specific thought patterns that you will soon possess, it will feel simple to make the right decision and to invest in yourself. These affirmations have been designed and produced by Bright Soul Words, a brand obsessed with creating programs that rewire your mind for positive and lifelong changes. Bright Soul Words Sun, 25 Aug 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400866 thebookvoice.com 9:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400866]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Be the Light: An Affirmations Bundle to Increase Empathy, Kindness and Compassion Author: Bright Soul Words Narrator: Bright Soul Words Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 34 minutes Release date: August 25, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Picture how great you'll feel when you will feel more connected to yourself and others. It's good to realize this is possible for you, isn't it? One of the things you are going to love about this program is how it will increase positive qualities within you. As you consider the benefits of increased positive qualities, you might like to think of how your life will improve with more connection and kindness. This program is designed to help you: • Brighten your energy • Increase your empathy and kindness • Feel more connected to yourself and others This collection includes: • Chapters 1 to 6: Daytime Affirmations • Chapters 7 to 12: Subliminal Affirmations You can listen to the daytime affirmations anytime. The subliminal affirmations may be listened to on a low volume before or during sleep for best results. Once you realize it is easy to unlock the potential of your mind with specific thought patterns that you will soon possess, it will feel simple to make the right decision and to invest in yourself. These affirmations have been designed and produced by Bright Soul Words, a brand obsessed with creating programs that rewire your mind for positive and lifelong changes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400866]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Be the Light: An Affirmations Bundle to Increase Empathy, Kindness and Compassion Author: Bright Soul Words Narrator: Bright Soul Words Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 34 minutes Release date: August 25, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Picture how great you'll feel when you will feel more connected to yourself and others. It's good to realize this is possible for you, isn't it? One of the things you are going to love about this program is how it will increase positive qualities within you. As you consider the benefits of increased positive qualities, you might like to think of how your life will improve with more connection and kindness. This program is designed to help you: • Brighten your energy • Increase your empathy and kindness • Feel more connected to yourself and others This collection includes: • Chapters 1 to 6: Daytime Affirmations • Chapters 7 to 12: Subliminal Affirmations You can listen to the daytime affirmations anytime. The subliminal affirmations may be listened to on a low volume before or during sleep for best results. Once you realize it is easy to unlock the potential of your mind with specific thought patterns that you will soon possess, it will feel simple to make the right decision and to invest in yourself. These affirmations have been designed and produced by Bright Soul Words, a brand obsessed with creating programs that rewire your mind for positive and lifelong changes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400840 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400840]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Discipline for Creatives: An Affirmations Bundle to Help You Create Daily Author: Bright Soul Words Narrator: Bright Soul Words Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 23 minutes Release date: August 25, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Picture how great you'll feel when you will have the discipline to create daily. It's good to realize this is possible for you, isn't it? One of the things you are going to love about this program is how it will help you become a more disciplined creative. As you consider the benefits of increased discipline, you might like to think of how you will accomplish a lot with more discipline. This program is designed to help you: • Increase discipline for creating • Create every day • Summon the courage to create This collection includes: • Chapters 1 to 4: Daytime Affirmations • Chapters 5 to 8: Subliminal Affirmations You can listen to the daytime affirmations anytime. The subliminal affirmations may be listened to on a low volume before or during sleep for best results. Once you realize it is easy to unlock the potential of your mind with specific thought patterns that you will soon possess, it will feel simple to make the right decision and to invest in yourself. These affirmations have been designed and produced by Bright Soul Words, a brand obsessed with creating programs that rewire your mind for positive and lifelong changes. Bright Soul Words Sun, 25 Aug 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400840 thebookvoice.com 6:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400840]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Discipline for Creatives: An Affirmations Bundle to Help You Create Daily Author: Bright Soul Words Narrator: Bright Soul Words Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 23 minutes Release date: August 25, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Picture how great you'll feel when you will have the discipline to create daily. It's good to realize this is possible for you, isn't it? One of the things you are going to love about this program is how it will help you become a more disciplined creative. As you consider the benefits of increased discipline, you might like to think of how you will accomplish a lot with more discipline. This program is designed to help you: • Increase discipline for creating • Create every day • Summon the courage to create This collection includes: • Chapters 1 to 4: Daytime Affirmations • Chapters 5 to 8: Subliminal Affirmations You can listen to the daytime affirmations anytime. The subliminal affirmations may be listened to on a low volume before or during sleep for best results. Once you realize it is easy to unlock the potential of your mind with specific thought patterns that you will soon possess, it will feel simple to make the right decision and to invest in yourself. These affirmations have been designed and produced by Bright Soul Words, a brand obsessed with creating programs that rewire your mind for positive and lifelong changes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400840]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Discipline for Creatives: An Affirmations Bundle to Help You Create Daily Author: Bright Soul Words Narrator: Bright Soul Words Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 23 minutes Release date: August 25, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Picture how great you'll feel when you will have the discipline to create daily. It's good to realize this is possible for you, isn't it? One of the things you are going to love about this program is how it will help you become a more disciplined creative. As you consider the benefits of increased discipline, you might like to think of how you will accomplish a lot with more discipline. This program is designed to help you: • Increase discipline for creating • Create every day • Summon the courage to create This collection includes: • Chapters 1 to 4: Daytime Affirmations • Chapters 5 to 8: Subliminal Affirmations You can listen to the daytime affirmations anytime. The subliminal affirmations may be listened to on a low volume before or during sleep for best results. Once you realize it is easy to unlock the potential of your mind with specific thought patterns that you will soon possess, it will feel simple to make the right decision and to invest in yourself. These affirmations have been designed and produced by Bright Soul Words, a brand obsessed with creating programs that rewire your mind for positive and lifelong changes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400829 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400829]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stop Smoking: An Affirmations Bundle to Help You Quit Smoking and Choose Healthy Habits Author: Bright Soul Words Narrator: Bright Soul Words Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 23 minutes Release date: August 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Imagine how great you'll feel when you will stop smoking for good. It's good to realize this is possible for you, isn't it? One of the things you are going to love about this program is how it will motivate you to choose healthy habits. As you consider the benefits of quitting smoking, you might like to think of how your life will improve with healthier habits. This program is designed to help you: • Get inspired to quit smoking • Be motivated to choose healthier habits • Lead a healthier lifestyle This collection includes: • Chapters 1 to 4: Daytime Affirmations • Chapters 5 to 8: Subliminal Affirmations You can listen to the daytime affirmations anytime. The subliminal affirmations may be listened to on a low volume before or during sleep for best results. Once you realize it is easy to unlock the potential of your mind with specific thought patterns that you will soon possess, it will feel simple to make the right decision and to invest in yourself. These affirmations have been designed and produced by Bright Soul Words, a brand obsessed with creating programs that rewire your mind for positive and lifelong changes. Bright Soul Words Sun, 25 Aug 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400829 thebookvoice.com 6:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400829]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stop Smoking: An Affirmations Bundle to Help You Quit Smoking and Choose Healthy Habits Author: Bright Soul Words Narrator: Bright Soul Words Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 23 minutes Release date: August 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Imagine how great you'll feel when you will stop smoking for good. It's good to realize this is possible for you, isn't it? One of the things you are going to love about this program is how it will motivate you to choose healthy habits. As you consider the benefits of quitting smoking, you might like to think of how your life will improve with healthier habits. This program is designed to help you: • Get inspired to quit smoking • Be motivated to choose healthier habits • Lead a healthier lifestyle This collection includes: • Chapters 1 to 4: Daytime Affirmations • Chapters 5 to 8: Subliminal Affirmations You can listen to the daytime affirmations anytime. The subliminal affirmations may be listened to on a low volume before or during sleep for best results. Once you realize it is easy to unlock the potential of your mind with specific thought patterns that you will soon possess, it will feel simple to make the right decision and to invest in yourself. These affirmations have been designed and produced by Bright Soul Words, a brand obsessed with creating programs that rewire your mind for positive and lifelong changes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400829]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stop Smoking: An Affirmations Bundle to Help You Quit Smoking and Choose Healthy Habits Author: Bright Soul Words Narrator: Bright Soul Words Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 23 minutes Release date: August 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Imagine how great you'll feel when you will stop smoking for good. It's good to realize this is possible for you, isn't it? One of the things you are going to love about this program is how it will motivate you to choose healthy habits. As you consider the benefits of quitting smoking, you might like to think of how your life will improve with healthier habits. This program is designed to help you: • Get inspired to quit smoking • Be motivated to choose healthier habits • Lead a healthier lifestyle This collection includes: • Chapters 1 to 4: Daytime Affirmations • Chapters 5 to 8: Subliminal Affirmations You can listen to the daytime affirmations anytime. The subliminal affirmations may be listened to on a low volume before or during sleep for best results. Once you realize it is easy to unlock the potential of your mind with specific thought patterns that you will soon possess, it will feel simple to make the right decision and to invest in yourself. These affirmations have been designed and produced by Bright Soul Words, a brand obsessed with creating programs that rewire your mind for positive and lifelong changes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400763 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400763]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Other Side of Sadness: What the New Science of Bereavement Tells Us About Life After Loss Author: George A. Bonanno Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 10 minutes Release date: November 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In this thoroughly revised and updated classic, a renowned psychologist shows that mourning is far from predictable, and all of us share a surprising ability to be resilient The conventional view of grieving--encapsulated by the famous five stages of grief: denial, anger, bargaining, depression, and acceptance--is defined by a mourning process that we can only hope to accept and endure. In The Other Side of Sadness, psychologist and emotions expert George Bonanno argues otherwise. Our inborn emotions--anger and denial, but also relief and joy--help us deal effectively with loss. To expect or require only grief-stricken behavior from the bereaved does them harm. In fact, grieving goes beyond mere sadness, and it can actually deepen interpersonal connections and even lead to a new sense of meaning in life. George A. Bonanno Tue, 05 Nov 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400763 thebookvoice.com 9:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400763]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Other Side of Sadness: What the New Science of Bereavement Tells Us About Life After Loss Author: George A. Bonanno Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 10 minutes Release date: November 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In this thoroughly revised and updated classic, a renowned psychologist shows that mourning is far from predictable, and all of us share a surprising ability to be resilient The conventional view of grieving--encapsulated by the famous five stages of grief: denial, anger, bargaining, depression, and acceptance--is defined by a mourning process that we can only hope to accept and endure. In The Other Side of Sadness, psychologist and emotions expert George Bonanno argues otherwise. Our inborn emotions--anger and denial, but also relief and joy--help us deal effectively with loss. To expect or require only grief-stricken behavior from the bereaved does them harm. In fact, grieving goes beyond mere sadness, and it can actually deepen interpersonal connections and even lead to a new sense of meaning in life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400763]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Other Side of Sadness: What the New Science of Bereavement Tells Us About Life After Loss Author: George A. Bonanno Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 10 minutes Release date: November 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In this thoroughly revised and updated classic, a renowned psychologist shows that mourning is far from predictable, and all of us share a surprising ability to be resilient The conventional view of grieving--encapsulated by the famous five stages of grief: denial, anger, bargaining, depression, and acceptance--is defined by a mourning process that we can only hope to accept and endure. In The Other Side of Sadness, psychologist and emotions expert George Bonanno argues otherwise. Our inborn emotions--anger and denial, but also relief and joy--help us deal effectively with loss. To expect or require only grief-stricken behavior from the bereaved does them harm. In fact, grieving goes beyond mere sadness, and it can actually deepen interpersonal connections and even lead to a new sense of meaning in life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400672 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400672]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Imagination: Understanding Our Mind's Greatest Powers Author: Jim Davies Narrator: Kirby Heyborne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 21 minutes Release date: November 5, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: We don’t think of imagination the way that we should. The word is often only associated with children, artists, and daydreamers—viewed as something separate from everyday adult life. However, imagination is an integral part of almost every action and decision that we make. Simply put, imagination is a person’s ability to create scenarios in his or her head: this can include everything from planning a grocery list to honing a golf swing—and even to having religious hallucinations. And while imagination has positive connotations, it can also lead to more pernicious outcomes, including decreased productivity and cooperation and, much worse, the continuous reliving of past trauma. The human brain is remarkable in its ability to imagine―to create worlds and situations outside of its reality. We can use our imaginations to make us relaxed or anxious, and the most impressive feat of human imagination may be our ability to use it in creative endeavors. Sitting in a chair we can imagine what the world might be and construct elaborate plans. With such power, we have an obligation to use it for good. People have been fascinated with the machination of the human brain and its ability to imagine for centuries, but until now, there have been no popular science books that are dedicated to imagination. With chapters ranging from hallucination and imaginary friends to how imagination can make you happier, Imagination will help us explore the full potential of our own mind. Jim Davies Tue, 05 Nov 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400672 thebookvoice.com 11:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400672]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Imagination: Understanding Our Mind's Greatest Powers Author: Jim Davies Narrator: Kirby Heyborne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 21 minutes Release date: November 5, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: We don’t think of imagination the way that we should. The word is often only associated with children, artists, and daydreamers—viewed as something separate from everyday adult life. However, imagination is an integral part of almost every action and decision that we make. Simply put, imagination is a person’s ability to create scenarios in his or her head: this can include everything from planning a grocery list to honing a golf swing—and even to having religious hallucinations. And while imagination has positive connotations, it can also lead to more pernicious outcomes, including decreased productivity and cooperation and, much worse, the continuous reliving of past trauma. The human brain is remarkable in its ability to imagine―to create worlds and situations outside of its reality. We can use our imaginations to make us relaxed or anxious, and the most impressive feat of human imagination may be our ability to use it in creative endeavors. Sitting in a chair we can imagine what the world might be and construct elaborate plans. With such power, we have an obligation to use it for good. People have been fascinated with the machination of the human brain and its ability to imagine for centuries, but until now, there have been no popular science books that are dedicated to imagination. With chapters ranging from hallucination and imaginary friends to how imagination can make you happier, Imagination will help us explore the full potential of our own mind. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400672]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Imagination: Understanding Our Mind's Greatest Powers Author: Jim Davies Narrator: Kirby Heyborne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 21 minutes Release date: November 5, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: We don’t think of imagination the way that we should. The word is often only associated with children, artists, and daydreamers—viewed as something separate from everyday adult life. However, imagination is an integral part of almost every action and decision that we make. Simply put, imagination is a person’s ability to create scenarios in his or her head: this can include everything from planning a grocery list to honing a golf swing—and even to having religious hallucinations. And while imagination has positive connotations, it can also lead to more pernicious outcomes, including decreased productivity and cooperation and, much worse, the continuous reliving of past trauma. The human brain is remarkable in its ability to imagine―to create worlds and situations outside of its reality. We can use our imaginations to make us relaxed or anxious, and the most impressive feat of human imagination may be our ability to use it in creative endeavors. Sitting in a chair we can imagine what the world might be and construct elaborate plans. With such power, we have an obligation to use it for good. People have been fascinated with the machination of the human brain and its ability to imagine for centuries, but until now, there have been no popular science books that are dedicated to imagination. With chapters ranging from hallucination and imaginary friends to how imagination can make you happier, Imagination will help us explore the full potential of our own mind. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400584 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400584]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Women Are Poorer Than Men and What We Can Do About It Author: Annabelle Williams Narrator: Annabelle Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 57 minutes Release date: March 4, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Money gives us freedom. It may not buy us happiness, but having it allows us to make choices . . . The choice to live where you want. The choice to do what you love for work. The choice over how you spend your free time. But what if you knew that you would earn less than your male counterparts for the rest of your life? Today, being a woman means that you will. Few of us ever talk about it, but great economic inequality still exists between men and women. · There is no country in the world where women collectively earn as much as men. · Globally only 34% of women hold managerial positions. · Only 1p in every £1of venture capital funding goes to start-ups run by women. · Research has even found that financial advisors encourage female clients into lower risk, and therefore lower return, investments in the belief that they can't handle the risk. · In many countries tampons and sanitary pads are seen as 'luxuries' that women are made to pay tax on. · It has been found that women ask for pay rises at the same frequency as men, but are 25% less likely to be given them. Annabelle Williams, a financial journalist for The Times, uncovers the shocking realities of money in the modern world. Awareness is the first step to making change, which is why we all need to understand why women are poorer than men and what exactly we can do about it. © Annabelle Williams 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Annabelle Williams Thu, 04 Mar 2021 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400584 thebookvoice.com 7:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400584]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Women Are Poorer Than Men and What We Can Do About It Author: Annabelle Williams Narrator: Annabelle Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 57 minutes Release date: March 4, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Money gives us freedom. It may not buy us happiness, but having it allows us to make choices . . . The choice to live where you want. The choice to do what you love for work. The choice over how you spend your free time. But what if you knew that you would earn less than your male counterparts for the rest of your life? Today, being a woman means that you will. Few of us ever talk about it, but great economic inequality still exists between men and women. · There is no country in the world where women collectively earn as much as men. · Globally only 34% of women hold managerial positions. · Only 1p in every £1of venture capital funding goes to start-ups run by women. · Research has even found that financial advisors encourage female clients into lower risk, and therefore lower return, investments in the belief that they can't handle the risk. · In many countries tampons and sanitary pads are seen as 'luxuries' that women are made to pay tax on. · It has been found that women ask for pay rises at the same frequency as men, but are 25% less likely to be given them. Annabelle Williams, a financial journalist for The Times, uncovers the shocking realities of money in the modern world. Awareness is the first step to making change, which is why we all need to understand why women are poorer than men and what exactly we can do about it. © Annabelle Williams 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400584]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Women Are Poorer Than Men and What We Can Do About It Author: Annabelle Williams Narrator: Annabelle Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 57 minutes Release date: March 4, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Money gives us freedom. It may not buy us happiness, but having it allows us to make choices . . . The choice to live where you want. The choice to do what you love for work. The choice over how you spend your free time. But what if you knew that you would earn less than your male counterparts for the rest of your life? Today, being a woman means that you will. Few of us ever talk about it, but great economic inequality still exists between men and women. · There is no country in the world where women collectively earn as much as men. · Globally only 34% of women hold managerial positions. · Only 1p in every £1of venture capital funding goes to start-ups run by women. · Research has even found that financial advisors encourage female clients into lower risk, and therefore lower return, investments in the belief that they can't handle the risk. · In many countries tampons and sanitary pads are seen as 'luxuries' that women are made to pay tax on. · It has been found that women ask for pay rises at the same frequency as men, but are 25% less likely to be given them. Annabelle Williams, a financial journalist for The Times, uncovers the shocking realities of money in the modern world. Awareness is the first step to making change, which is why we all need to understand why women are poorer than men and what exactly we can do about it. © Annabelle Williams 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400553 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400553]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: ADHD: A Hunter in a Farmer's World Author: Thom Hartmann Narrator: Robin Douglas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 51 minutes Release date: October 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.08 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 2.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A newly revised and updated edition of the classic guide to reframing our view of ADHD and embracing its benefits • Explains that people with ADHD are not disordered or dysfunctional, but simply “hunters in a farmer’s world”--possessing a unique mental skill set that would have allowed them to thrive in a hunter-gatherer society • Offers concrete non-drug methods and practices to help hunters--and their parents, teachers, and managers--embrace their differences, nurture creativity, and find success in school, at work, and at home • Reveals how some of the world’s most successful people can be labeled as ADHD hunters, including Benjamin Franklin, Thomas Edison, and Andrew Carnegie With 10 percent of the Western world’s children suspected of having Attention Deficit Disorder, or ADHD, and a growing number of adults self-diagnosing after decades of struggle, the question must be raised: How could Nature make such a “mistake”? In this updated edition of his groundbreaking classic, Thom Hartmann explains that people with ADHD are not abnormal, disordered, or dysfunctional, but simply “hunters in a farmer’s world.” Often highly creative and single-minded in pursuit of a self-chosen goal, those with ADHD symptoms possess a unique mental skill set that would have allowed them to thrive in a hunter-gatherer society. As hunters, they would have been constantly scanning their environment, looking for food or threats (distractibility); they’d have to act without hesitation (impulsivity); and they’d have to love the high-stimulation and risk-filled environment of the hunting field. With our structured public schools, office workplaces, and factories those who inherit a surplus of “hunter skills” are often left frustrated in a world that doesn’t understand or support them. As Hartmann shows, by reframing our view of ADHD, we can begin to see it not as a disorder, but as simply a difference and, in some ways, an advantage. He reveals how some of the world’s most successful people can be labeled as ADHD hunters and offers concrete non-drug methods and practices to help hunters--and their parents, teachers, and managers--embrace their differences, nurture creativity, and find success in school, at work, and at home. Providing a supportive “survival” guide to help fine tune your natural skill set, rather than suppress it, Hartmann shows that each mind--whether hunter, farmer, or somewhere in between--has value and great potential waiting to be tapped. Thom Hartmann Tue, 29 Oct 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400553 thebookvoice.com 7:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400553]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: ADHD: A Hunter in a Farmer's World Author: Thom Hartmann Narrator: Robin Douglas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 51 minutes Release date: October 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.08 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 2.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A newly revised and updated edition of the classic guide to reframing our view of ADHD and embracing its benefits • Explains that people with ADHD are not disordered or dysfunctional, but simply “hunters in a farmer’s world”--possessing a unique mental skill set that would have allowed them to thrive in a hunter-gatherer society • Offers concrete non-drug methods and practices to help hunters--and their parents, teachers, and managers--embrace their differences, nurture creativity, and find success in school, at work, and at home • Reveals how some of the world’s most successful people can be labeled as ADHD hunters, including Benjamin Franklin, Thomas Edison, and Andrew Carnegie With 10 percent of the Western world’s children suspected of having Attention Deficit Disorder, or ADHD, and a growing number of adults self-diagnosing after decades of struggle, the question must be raised: How could Nature make such a “mistake”? In this updated edition of his groundbreaking classic, Thom Hartmann explains that people with ADHD are not abnormal, disordered, or dysfunctional, but simply “hunters in a farmer’s world.” Often highly creative and single-minded in pursuit of a self-chosen goal, those with ADHD symptoms possess a unique mental skill set that would have allowed them to thrive in a hunter-gatherer society. As hunters, they would have been constantly scanning their environment, looking for food or threats (distractibility); they’d have to act without hesitation (impulsivity); and they’d have to love the high-stimulation and risk-filled environment of the hunting field. With our structured public schools, office workplaces, and factories those who inherit a surplus of “hunter skills” are often left frustrated in a world that doesn’t understand or support them. As Hartmann shows, by reframing our view of ADHD, we can begin to see it not as a disorder, but as simply a difference and, in some ways, an advantage. He reveals how some of the world’s most successful people can be labeled as ADHD hunters and offers concrete non-drug methods and practices to help hunters--and their parents, teachers, and managers--embrace their differences, nurture creativity, and find success in school, at work, and at home. Providing a supportive “survival” guide to help fine tune your natural skill set, rather than suppress it, Hartmann shows that each mind--whether hunter, farmer, or somewhere in between--has value and great potential waiting to be tapped. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400553]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: ADHD: A Hunter in a Farmer's World Author: Thom Hartmann Narrator: Robin Douglas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 51 minutes Release date: October 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.08 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 2.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A newly revised and updated edition of the classic guide to reframing our view of ADHD and embracing its benefits • Explains that people with ADHD are not disordered or dysfunctional, but simply “hunters in a farmer’s world”--possessing a unique mental skill set that would have allowed them to thrive in a hunter-gatherer society • Offers concrete non-drug methods and practices to help hunters--and their parents, teachers, and managers--embrace their differences, nurture creativity, and find success in school, at work, and at home • Reveals how some of the world’s most successful people can be labeled as ADHD hunters, including Benjamin Franklin, Thomas Edison, and Andrew Carnegie With 10 percent of the Western world’s children suspected of having Attention Deficit Disorder, or ADHD, and a growing number of adults self-diagnosing after decades of struggle, the question must be raised: How could Nature make such a “mistake”? In this updated edition of his groundbreaking classic, Thom Hartmann explains that people with ADHD are not abnormal, disordered, or dysfunctional, but simply “hunters in a farmer’s world.” Often highly creative and single-minded in pursuit of a self-chosen goal, those with ADHD symptoms possess a unique mental skill set that would have allowed them to thrive in a hunter-gatherer society. As hunters, they would have been constantly scanning their environment, looking for food or threats (distractibility); they’d have to act without hesitation (impulsivity); and they’d have to love the high-stimulation and risk-filled environment of the hunting field. With our structured public schools, office workplaces, and factories those who inherit a surplus of “hunter skills” are often left frustrated in a world that doesn’t understand or support them. As Hartmann shows, by reframing our view of ADHD, we can begin to see it not as a disorder, but as simply a difference and, in some ways, an advantage. He reveals how some of the world’s most successful people can be labeled as ADHD hunters and offers concrete non-drug methods and practices to help hunters--and their parents, teachers, and managers--embrace their differences, nurture creativity, and find success in school, at work, and at home. Providing a supportive “survival” guide to help fine tune your natural skill set, rather than suppress it, Hartmann shows that each mind--whether hunter, farmer, or somewhere in between--has value and great potential waiting to be tapped. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400554 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400554]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Developing Supersensible Perception: Knowledge of the Higher Worlds through Entheogens, Prayer, and Nondual Awareness Author: Shelli Renée Joye Narrator: Andy Rick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 17 minutes Release date: October 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A detailed guide to awakening your powers of supersensory perception • Details methods and techniques for the acquisition of supersensory powers distilled from Rudolf Steiner’s 400 published volumes and from Patañjali’s Yoga Sutra • Explores acquisition of these powers at birth (genetic) and through entheogens, mantra and prayer, effort and exercise, and nondual meditation • Includes a map of consciousness based on the work of neuroscientist Karl Pribram and physicist David Bohm According to philosopher Rudolf Steiner (1861-1925), there exists within every human being the potential for developing supersensory powers and, with these powers activated, the ability to awaken the higher self and attain knowledge of non-physical higher worlds. Steiner himself worked diligently throughout his life to develop his faculties of “supersensible perception” and, scattered throughout his many works, he describes methods by which to activate and operate these supersensory-cognitive systems. Distilling techniques from Steiner’s more than 400 published volumes, Shelli Renée Joye, Ph.D., presents a practical, modern approach to acquiring, cultivating, and maintaining supersensible perception and developing higher consciousness. The five approaches she studies include acquisition by birth (genetic), entheogens, mantra and prayer, effort and exercise, and Samadhi--equated by many with nondual awareness. Adding another dimension to Steiner’s methods, the author shows how these steps are powerfully aligned with 4th-century South Indian sage Patañjali’s teachings in the Yoga Sutra. The author explores how to develop what you have acquired through imaginative, active, or intuitive thinking, as well as how to learn through inner guidance and how to transform knowledge gained from books into spiritual advancement. She also shares her own extraordinary experiences of supersensory networks of consciousness. Connecting Steiner’s ideas to modern advances in quantum physics, psychedelic science, and consciousness studies, Dr. Joye shows how each of us is capable of developing supersensible perception and expanding our awareness to connect with cosmic consciousness. Shelli Renée Joye Tue, 29 Oct 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400554 thebookvoice.com 6:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400554]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Developing Supersensible Perception: Knowledge of the Higher Worlds through Entheogens, Prayer, and Nondual Awareness Author: Shelli Renée Joye Narrator: Andy Rick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 17 minutes Release date: October 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A detailed guide to awakening your powers of supersensory perception • Details methods and techniques for the acquisition of supersensory powers distilled from Rudolf Steiner’s 400 published volumes and from Patañjali’s Yoga Sutra • Explores acquisition of these powers at birth (genetic) and through entheogens, mantra and prayer, effort and exercise, and nondual meditation • Includes a map of consciousness based on the work of neuroscientist Karl Pribram and physicist David Bohm According to philosopher Rudolf Steiner (1861-1925), there exists within every human being the potential for developing supersensory powers and, with these powers activated, the ability to awaken the higher self and attain knowledge of non-physical higher worlds. Steiner himself worked diligently throughout his life to develop his faculties of “supersensible perception” and, scattered throughout his many works, he describes methods by which to activate and operate these supersensory-cognitive systems. Distilling techniques from Steiner’s more than 400 published volumes, Shelli Renée Joye, Ph.D., presents a practical, modern approach to acquiring, cultivating, and maintaining supersensible perception and developing higher consciousness. The five approaches she studies include acquisition by birth (genetic), entheogens, mantra and prayer, effort and exercise, and Samadhi--equated by many with nondual awareness. Adding another dimension to Steiner’s methods, the author shows how these steps are powerfully aligned with 4th-century South Indian sage Patañjali’s teachings in the Yoga Sutra. The author explores how to develop what you have acquired through imaginative, active, or intuitive thinking, as well as how to learn through inner guidance and how to transform knowledge gained from books into spiritual advancement. She also shares her own extraordinary experiences of supersensory networks of consciousness. Connecting Steiner’s ideas to modern advances in quantum physics, psychedelic science, and consciousness studies, Dr. Joye shows how each of us is capable of developing supersensible perception and expanding our awareness to connect with cosmic consciousness. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400554]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Developing Supersensible Perception: Knowledge of the Higher Worlds through Entheogens, Prayer, and Nondual Awareness Author: Shelli Renée Joye Narrator: Andy Rick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 17 minutes Release date: October 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A detailed guide to awakening your powers of supersensory perception • Details methods and techniques for the acquisition of supersensory powers distilled from Rudolf Steiner’s 400 published volumes and from Patañjali’s Yoga Sutra • Explores acquisition of these powers at birth (genetic) and through entheogens, mantra and prayer, effort and exercise, and nondual meditation • Includes a map of consciousness based on the work of neuroscientist Karl Pribram and physicist David Bohm According to philosopher Rudolf Steiner (1861-1925), there exists within every human being the potential for developing supersensory powers and, with these powers activated, the ability to awaken the higher self and attain knowledge of non-physical higher worlds. Steiner himself worked diligently throughout his life to develop his faculties of “supersensible perception” and, scattered throughout his many works, he describes methods by which to activate and operate these supersensory-cognitive systems. Distilling techniques from Steiner’s more than 400 published volumes, Shelli Renée Joye, Ph.D., presents a practical, modern approach to acquiring, cultivating, and maintaining supersensible perception and developing higher consciousness. The five approaches she studies include acquisition by birth (genetic), entheogens, mantra and prayer, effort and exercise, and Samadhi--equated by many with nondual awareness. Adding another dimension to Steiner’s methods, the author shows how these steps are powerfully aligned with 4th-century South Indian sage Patañjali’s teachings in the Yoga Sutra. The author explores how to develop what you have acquired through imaginative, active, or intuitive thinking, as well as how to learn through inner guidance and how to transform knowledge gained from books into spiritual advancement. She also shares her own extraordinary experiences of supersensory networks of consciousness. Connecting Steiner’s ideas to modern advances in quantum physics, psychedelic science, and consciousness studies, Dr. Joye shows how each of us is capable of developing supersensible perception and expanding our awareness to connect with cosmic consciousness. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400492 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400492]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Liderazgo. El poder de la inteligencia emocional Author: Daniel Goleman Narrator: Horacio Mancilla Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 38 minutes Release date: March 20, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Escucha ahora la primera colección completa de Daniel Goleman de sus hallazgos clave sobre liderazgo. « He reunido los trabajos de más de veinte años que mejor ilustran el impacto positivo de la IE en relación con la excelencia personal y organizativa. Este libro debe considerarse una 'caja de herramientas'. Cada capítulo representa un artefacto único y útil que ayudará a líderes, entrenadores, directivos de recursos humanos, instructores y educadores a guiar y motivar de manera efectiva. » Daniel Goleman He aquí la primera selección exhaustiva de los hallazgos de Daniel Goleman relacionados con el concepto de liderazgo. Este material, a menudo citado y de probada eficacia, ayudará a desarrollar la capacidad de dirección, ejecución e innovación. La presente selección incluye, en un solo volumen, los escritos más solicitados de Goleman. Por último, también abre una nueva vía que redefine la labor del líder así como el modo en que este puede desarrollar una mayor IE gracias a los últimos descubrimientos acerca de la neuroplasticidad del cerebro. Daniel Goleman Wed, 20 Mar 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400492 thebookvoice.com 3:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400492]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Liderazgo. El poder de la inteligencia emocional Author: Daniel Goleman Narrator: Horacio Mancilla Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 38 minutes Release date: March 20, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Escucha ahora la primera colección completa de Daniel Goleman de sus hallazgos clave sobre liderazgo. « He reunido los trabajos de más de veinte años que mejor ilustran el impacto positivo de la IE en relación con la excelencia personal y organizativa. Este libro debe considerarse una 'caja de herramientas'. Cada capítulo representa un artefacto único y útil que ayudará a líderes, entrenadores, directivos de recursos humanos, instructores y educadores a guiar y motivar de manera efectiva. » Daniel Goleman He aquí la primera selección exhaustiva de los hallazgos de Daniel Goleman relacionados con el concepto de liderazgo. Este material, a menudo citado y de probada eficacia, ayudará a desarrollar la capacidad de dirección, ejecución e innovación. La presente selección incluye, en un solo volumen, los escritos más solicitados de Goleman. Por último, también abre una nueva vía que redefine la labor del líder así como el modo en que este puede desarrollar una mayor IE gracias a los últimos descubrimientos acerca de la neuroplasticidad del cerebro. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400492]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Liderazgo. El poder de la inteligencia emocional Author: Daniel Goleman Narrator: Horacio Mancilla Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 38 minutes Release date: March 20, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Escucha ahora la primera colección completa de Daniel Goleman de sus hallazgos clave sobre liderazgo. « He reunido los trabajos de más de veinte años que mejor ilustran el impacto positivo de la IE en relación con la excelencia personal y organizativa. Este libro debe considerarse una 'caja de herramientas'. Cada capítulo representa un artefacto único y útil que ayudará a líderes, entrenadores, directivos de recursos humanos, instructores y educadores a guiar y motivar de manera efectiva. » Daniel Goleman He aquí la primera selección exhaustiva de los hallazgos de Daniel Goleman relacionados con el concepto de liderazgo. Este material, a menudo citado y de probada eficacia, ayudará a desarrollar la capacidad de dirección, ejecución e innovación. La presente selección incluye, en un solo volumen, los escritos más solicitados de Goleman. Por último, también abre una nueva vía que redefine la labor del líder así como el modo en que este puede desarrollar una mayor IE gracias a los últimos descubrimientos acerca de la neuroplasticidad del cerebro. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400491 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400491]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In The Zone: How Champions Think and Win Big Author: Clyde Brolin Narrator: Tim Dickinson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 2 minutes Release date: January 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Discover the untapped power of the human mind How do champions like Lewis Hamilton, Novak Djokovic and Usain Bolt suppress their fear of failure and find the belief to win? How did Michael Phelps and Jessica Ennis-Hill visualise their own future? What exactly is 'The Zone'? And how do you get there? Drawing on over one hundred exclusive interviews with the world's elite stars of sports ranging from boxing to rugby union, Formula One to the Paralympics, Clyde Brolin sets out to discover the secrets of true success and show how they can be used by all of us in our own lives, whoever we are. 'PEOPLE LOOK AT CHAMPIONS AND THINK THEY'RE A DIFFERENT BREED, BUT WE ALL UNDERESTIMATE WHAT WE'RE CAPABLE OF' CHRIS HOY 'THE MAGIC LIVES INSIDE EVERY ONE OF US - DESPITE OUR ENVIRONMENT, OUR STRUGGLES AND OUR DOUBTS' CATHY FREEMAN Clyde Brolin Thu, 10 Jan 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400491 thebookvoice.com 9:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400491]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In The Zone: How Champions Think and Win Big Author: Clyde Brolin Narrator: Tim Dickinson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 2 minutes Release date: January 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Discover the untapped power of the human mind How do champions like Lewis Hamilton, Novak Djokovic and Usain Bolt suppress their fear of failure and find the belief to win? How did Michael Phelps and Jessica Ennis-Hill visualise their own future? What exactly is 'The Zone'? And how do you get there? Drawing on over one hundred exclusive interviews with the world's elite stars of sports ranging from boxing to rugby union, Formula One to the Paralympics, Clyde Brolin sets out to discover the secrets of true success and show how they can be used by all of us in our own lives, whoever we are. 'PEOPLE LOOK AT CHAMPIONS AND THINK THEY'RE A DIFFERENT BREED, BUT WE ALL UNDERESTIMATE WHAT WE'RE CAPABLE OF' CHRIS HOY 'THE MAGIC LIVES INSIDE EVERY ONE OF US - DESPITE OUR ENVIRONMENT, OUR STRUGGLES AND OUR DOUBTS' CATHY FREEMAN Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400491]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In The Zone: How Champions Think and Win Big Author: Clyde Brolin Narrator: Tim Dickinson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 2 minutes Release date: January 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Discover the untapped power of the human mind How do champions like Lewis Hamilton, Novak Djokovic and Usain Bolt suppress their fear of failure and find the belief to win? How did Michael Phelps and Jessica Ennis-Hill visualise their own future? What exactly is 'The Zone'? And how do you get there? Drawing on over one hundred exclusive interviews with the world's elite stars of sports ranging from boxing to rugby union, Formula One to the Paralympics, Clyde Brolin sets out to discover the secrets of true success and show how they can be used by all of us in our own lives, whoever we are. 'PEOPLE LOOK AT CHAMPIONS AND THINK THEY'RE A DIFFERENT BREED, BUT WE ALL UNDERESTIMATE WHAT WE'RE CAPABLE OF' CHRIS HOY 'THE MAGIC LIVES INSIDE EVERY ONE OF US - DESPITE OUR ENVIRONMENT, OUR STRUGGLES AND OUR DOUBTS' CATHY FREEMAN https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399509 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399509]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Attached: The New Science of Adult Attachment and How It Can Help You Find--and Keep-- Love Author: Rachel Heller, Amir Levine Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 4 minutes Release date: November 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 460 Ratings of Narrator: 4.74 of Total 42 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'A groundbreaking book that redefines what it means to be in a relationship.' --John Gray, PhD., bestselling author of Men Are from Mars, Women Are from Venus We already rely on science to tell us what to eat, when to exercise, and how long to sleep. Why not use science to help us improve our relationships? In this revolutionary book, psychiatrist and neuroscientist Dr. Amir Levine and Rachel Heller scientifically explain why why some people seem to navigate relationships effortlessly, while others struggle. Discover how an understanding of adult attachment—the most advanced relationship science in existence today—can help us find and sustain love. Pioneered by psychologist John Bowlby in the 1950s, the field of attachment posits that each of us behaves in relationships in one of three distinct ways:    • Anxious people are often preoccupied with their relationships and tend to worry about their partner's ability to love them back    • Avoidant people equate intimacy with a loss of independence and constantly try to minimize closeness.    • Secure people feel comfortable with intimacy and are usually warm and loving.Attached guides listeners in determining what attachment style they and their mate (or potential mate) follow, offering a road map for building stronger, more fulfilling connections with the people they love. *Includes a PDF of the attachment style questionnaire Rachel Heller, Amir Levine Tue, 05 Nov 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399509 thebookvoice.com 7:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399509]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Attached: The New Science of Adult Attachment and How It Can Help You Find--and Keep-- Love Author: Rachel Heller, Amir Levine Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 4 minutes Release date: November 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 460 Ratings of Narrator: 4.74 of Total 42 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'A groundbreaking book that redefines what it means to be in a relationship.' --John Gray, PhD., bestselling author of Men Are from Mars, Women Are from Venus We already rely on science to tell us what to eat, when to exercise, and how long to sleep. Why not use science to help us improve our relationships? In this revolutionary book, psychiatrist and neuroscientist Dr. Amir Levine and Rachel Heller scientifically explain why why some people seem to navigate relationships effortlessly, while others struggle. Discover how an understanding of adult attachment—the most advanced relationship science in existence today—can help us find and sustain love. Pioneered by psychologist John Bowlby in the 1950s, the field of attachment posits that each of us behaves in relationships in one of three distinct ways:    • Anxious people are often preoccupied with their relationships and tend to worry about their partner's ability to love them back    • Avoidant people equate intimacy with a loss of independence and constantly try to minimize closeness.    • Secure people feel comfortable with intimacy and are usually warm and loving.Attached guides listeners in determining what attachment style they and their mate (or potential mate) follow, offering a road map for building stronger, more fulfilling connections with the people they love. *Includes a PDF of the attachment style questionnaire Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399509]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Attached: The New Science of Adult Attachment and How It Can Help You Find--and Keep-- Love Author: Rachel Heller, Amir Levine Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 4 minutes Release date: November 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 460 Ratings of Narrator: 4.74 of Total 42 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'A groundbreaking book that redefines what it means to be in a relationship.' --John Gray, PhD., bestselling author of Men Are from Mars, Women Are from Venus We already rely on science to tell us what to eat, when to exercise, and how long to sleep. Why not use science to help us improve our relationships? In this revolutionary book, psychiatrist and neuroscientist Dr. Amir Levine and Rachel Heller scientifically explain why why some people seem to navigate relationships effortlessly, while others struggle. Discover how an understanding of adult attachment—the most advanced relationship science in existence today—can help us find and sustain love. Pioneered by psychologist John Bowlby in the 1950s, the field of attachment posits that each of us behaves in relationships in one of three distinct ways:    • Anxious people are often preoccupied with their relationships and tend to worry about their partner's ability to love them back    • Avoidant people equate intimacy with a loss of independence and constantly try to minimize closeness.    • Secure people feel comfortable with intimacy and are usually warm and loving.Attached guides listeners in determining what attachment style they and their mate (or potential mate) follow, offering a road map for building stronger, more fulfilling connections with the people they love. *Includes a PDF of the attachment style questionnaire https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399508 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399508]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Willpower: Rediscovering the Greatest Human Strength Author: Roy F. Baumeister, John Tierney Narrator: Denis O'hare, John Tierney Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 8 minutes Release date: November 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: One of the world's most esteemed and influential psychologists, Roy F. Baumeister, teams with New York Times science writer John Tierney to reveal the secrets of self-control and how to master it. 'Deep and provocative analysis of people's battle with temptation and masterful insights into understanding willpower: why we have it, why we don't, and how to build it. A terrific read.' —Ravi Dhar, Yale School of Management, Director of Center for Customer Insights Pioneering research psychologist Roy F. Baumeister collaborates with New York Times science writer John Tierney to revolutionize our understanding of the most coveted human virtue: self-control. Drawing on cutting-edge research and the wisdom of real-life experts, Willpower shares lessons on how to focus our strength, resist temptation, and redirect our lives. It shows readers how to be realistic when setting goals, monitor their progress, and how to keep faith when they falter. By blending practical wisdom with the best of recent research science, Willpower makes it clear that whatever we seek—from happiness to good health to financial security—we won’t reach our goals without first learning to harness self-control. Roy F. Baumeister, John Tierney Tue, 26 Nov 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399508 thebookvoice.com 9:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399508]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Willpower: Rediscovering the Greatest Human Strength Author: Roy F. Baumeister, John Tierney Narrator: Denis O'hare, John Tierney Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 8 minutes Release date: November 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: One of the world's most esteemed and influential psychologists, Roy F. Baumeister, teams with New York Times science writer John Tierney to reveal the secrets of self-control and how to master it. 'Deep and provocative analysis of people's battle with temptation and masterful insights into understanding willpower: why we have it, why we don't, and how to build it. A terrific read.' —Ravi Dhar, Yale School of Management, Director of Center for Customer Insights Pioneering research psychologist Roy F. Baumeister collaborates with New York Times science writer John Tierney to revolutionize our understanding of the most coveted human virtue: self-control. Drawing on cutting-edge research and the wisdom of real-life experts, Willpower shares lessons on how to focus our strength, resist temptation, and redirect our lives. It shows readers how to be realistic when setting goals, monitor their progress, and how to keep faith when they falter. By blending practical wisdom with the best of recent research science, Willpower makes it clear that whatever we seek—from happiness to good health to financial security—we won’t reach our goals without first learning to harness self-control. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399508]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Willpower: Rediscovering the Greatest Human Strength Author: Roy F. Baumeister, John Tierney Narrator: Denis O'hare, John Tierney Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 8 minutes Release date: November 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: One of the world's most esteemed and influential psychologists, Roy F. Baumeister, teams with New York Times science writer John Tierney to reveal the secrets of self-control and how to master it. 'Deep and provocative analysis of people's battle with temptation and masterful insights into understanding willpower: why we have it, why we don't, and how to build it. A terrific read.' —Ravi Dhar, Yale School of Management, Director of Center for Customer Insights Pioneering research psychologist Roy F. Baumeister collaborates with New York Times science writer John Tierney to revolutionize our understanding of the most coveted human virtue: self-control. Drawing on cutting-edge research and the wisdom of real-life experts, Willpower shares lessons on how to focus our strength, resist temptation, and redirect our lives. It shows readers how to be realistic when setting goals, monitor their progress, and how to keep faith when they falter. By blending practical wisdom with the best of recent research science, Willpower makes it clear that whatever we seek—from happiness to good health to financial security—we won’t reach our goals without first learning to harness self-control. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399480 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399480]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Empty: A Memoir Author: Susan Burton Narrator: Susan Burton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 51 minutes Release date: June 23, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.47 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An editor at This American Life reveals the searing story of the secret binge-eating that dominated her adolescence and shapes her still. “Her tale of compulsion and healing is candid and powerful.”—People NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY MARIE CLAIRE For almost thirty years, Susan Burton hid her obsession with food and the secret life of compulsive eating and starving that dominated her adolescence. This is the relentlessly honest, fiercely intelligent story of living with both anorexia and binge-eating disorder, moving past her shame, and learning to tell her secret.   When Burton was thirteen, her stable life in suburban Michigan was turned upside down by her parents’ abrupt divorce, and she moved to Colorado with her mother and sister. She seized on this move west as an adventure and an opportunity to reinvent herself from middle-school nerd to popular teenage girl. But in the fallout from her parents’ breakup, an inherited fixation on thinness went from “peculiarity to pathology.”   Susan entered into a painful cycle of anorexia and binge eating that formed a subterranean layer to her sunny life. She went from success to success—she went to Yale, scored a dream job at a magazine right out of college, and married her college boyfriend. But in college the compulsive eating got worse—she’d binge, swear it would be the last time, and then, hours later, do it again—and after she graduated she descended into anorexia, her attempt to “quit food.”   Binge eating is more prevalent than anorexia or bulimia, but there is less research and little storytelling to help us understand it. In tart, soulful prose Susan Burton strikes a blow for the importance of this kind of narrative and tells an exhilarating story of longing, compulsion and hard-earned self-revelation. Susan Burton Tue, 23 Jun 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399480 thebookvoice.com 9:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399480]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Empty: A Memoir Author: Susan Burton Narrator: Susan Burton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 51 minutes Release date: June 23, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.47 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An editor at This American Life reveals the searing story of the secret binge-eating that dominated her adolescence and shapes her still. “Her tale of compulsion and healing is candid and powerful.”—People NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY MARIE CLAIRE For almost thirty years, Susan Burton hid her obsession with food and the secret life of compulsive eating and starving that dominated her adolescence. This is the relentlessly honest, fiercely intelligent story of living with both anorexia and binge-eating disorder, moving past her shame, and learning to tell her secret.   When Burton was thirteen, her stable life in suburban Michigan was turned upside down by her parents’ abrupt divorce, and she moved to Colorado with her mother and sister. She seized on this move west as an adventure and an opportunity to reinvent herself from middle-school nerd to popular teenage girl. But in the fallout from her parents’ breakup, an inherited fixation on thinness went from “peculiarity to pathology.”   Susan entered into a painful cycle of anorexia and binge eating that formed a subterranean layer to her sunny life. She went from success to success—she went to Yale, scored a dream job at a magazine right out of college, and married her college boyfriend. But in college the compulsive eating got worse—she’d binge, swear it would be the last time, and then, hours later, do it again—and after she graduated she descended into anorexia, her attempt to “quit food.”   Binge eating is more prevalent than anorexia or bulimia, but there is less research and little storytelling to help us understand it. In tart, soulful prose Susan Burton strikes a blow for the importance of this kind of narrative and tells an exhilarating story of longing, compulsion and hard-earned self-revelation. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399480]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Empty: A Memoir Author: Susan Burton Narrator: Susan Burton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 51 minutes Release date: June 23, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.47 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An editor at This American Life reveals the searing story of the secret binge-eating that dominated her adolescence and shapes her still. “Her tale of compulsion and healing is candid and powerful.”—People NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY MARIE CLAIRE For almost thirty years, Susan Burton hid her obsession with food and the secret life of compulsive eating and starving that dominated her adolescence. This is the relentlessly honest, fiercely intelligent story of living with both anorexia and binge-eating disorder, moving past her shame, and learning to tell her secret.   When Burton was thirteen, her stable life in suburban Michigan was turned upside down by her parents’ abrupt divorce, and she moved to Colorado with her mother and sister. She seized on this move west as an adventure and an opportunity to reinvent herself from middle-school nerd to popular teenage girl. But in the fallout from her parents’ breakup, an inherited fixation on thinness went from “peculiarity to pathology.”   Susan entered into a painful cycle of anorexia and binge eating that formed a subterranean layer to her sunny life. She went from success to success—she went to Yale, scored a dream job at a magazine right out of college, and married her college boyfriend. But in college the compulsive eating got worse—she’d binge, swear it would be the last time, and then, hours later, do it again—and after she graduated she descended into anorexia, her attempt to “quit food.”   Binge eating is more prevalent than anorexia or bulimia, but there is less research and little storytelling to help us understand it. In tart, soulful prose Susan Burton strikes a blow for the importance of this kind of narrative and tells an exhilarating story of longing, compulsion and hard-earned self-revelation. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399057 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399057]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Soulful Journey of Recovery: A Guide to Healing from a Traumatic Past for ACAs, Codependents, or Those with Adverse Childhood Experiences Author: Tian Dayton Narrator: Eliza Foss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 33 minutes Release date: November 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: More than just a book full of the latest information, this is a dynamic, interactive, and personalized journey of recovery for those impacted by adverse childhood experiences (ACES). Finally, they can put their past behind them where it belongs! For those who have grown up in a family with addiction, mental illness, or other adverse childhood experiences (ACES), the heartache and pain doesn't end when they grow up and leave home. The legacy can last a lifetime and spread to generations unseen, as author Janet Wotitiz first showed readers in the groundbreaking Adult Children of Alcoholics. In The ACoA Trauma Syndrome Dr. Tian Dayton picked up where Dr. Woititz left off, filling in the decades of research that tell us why pain from yesterday recreates itself over and over again in our today. In The Soulful Journey of Recovery, Dr. Dayton gives us the how. There is a journey of recovery that you can start today. Simple, elegantly written and researched, poignant, penetrating, and on point, Dr. Dayton will move with you through the confusion, pain, and anger you may carry in secrecy and silence. Through engaging and enlightening exercises, you will give voice to hidden wounds and space to your innermost emotions and thoughts. Online links will also offer guided meditations, film clips and other tools to enhance the work you do in the book. You will learn what happened to you growing up with dysfunction and you will learn how to deal with it in the present. You will discover that recovery is a self-affirming life adventure, and the kindest and best thing you can do for yourself and future generations. Some books can change your life. This is one of them. Tian Dayton Tue, 05 Nov 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399057 thebookvoice.com 7:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399057]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Soulful Journey of Recovery: A Guide to Healing from a Traumatic Past for ACAs, Codependents, or Those with Adverse Childhood Experiences Author: Tian Dayton Narrator: Eliza Foss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 33 minutes Release date: November 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: More than just a book full of the latest information, this is a dynamic, interactive, and personalized journey of recovery for those impacted by adverse childhood experiences (ACES). Finally, they can put their past behind them where it belongs! For those who have grown up in a family with addiction, mental illness, or other adverse childhood experiences (ACES), the heartache and pain doesn't end when they grow up and leave home. The legacy can last a lifetime and spread to generations unseen, as author Janet Wotitiz first showed readers in the groundbreaking Adult Children of Alcoholics. In The ACoA Trauma Syndrome Dr. Tian Dayton picked up where Dr. Woititz left off, filling in the decades of research that tell us why pain from yesterday recreates itself over and over again in our today. In The Soulful Journey of Recovery, Dr. Dayton gives us the how. There is a journey of recovery that you can start today. Simple, elegantly written and researched, poignant, penetrating, and on point, Dr. Dayton will move with you through the confusion, pain, and anger you may carry in secrecy and silence. Through engaging and enlightening exercises, you will give voice to hidden wounds and space to your innermost emotions and thoughts. Online links will also offer guided meditations, film clips and other tools to enhance the work you do in the book. You will learn what happened to you growing up with dysfunction and you will learn how to deal with it in the present. You will discover that recovery is a self-affirming life adventure, and the kindest and best thing you can do for yourself and future generations. Some books can change your life. This is one of them. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399057]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Soulful Journey of Recovery: A Guide to Healing from a Traumatic Past for ACAs, Codependents, or Those with Adverse Childhood Experiences Author: Tian Dayton Narrator: Eliza Foss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 33 minutes Release date: November 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: More than just a book full of the latest information, this is a dynamic, interactive, and personalized journey of recovery for those impacted by adverse childhood experiences (ACES). Finally, they can put their past behind them where it belongs! For those who have grown up in a family with addiction, mental illness, or other adverse childhood experiences (ACES), the heartache and pain doesn't end when they grow up and leave home. The legacy can last a lifetime and spread to generations unseen, as author Janet Wotitiz first showed readers in the groundbreaking Adult Children of Alcoholics. In The ACoA Trauma Syndrome Dr. Tian Dayton picked up where Dr. Woititz left off, filling in the decades of research that tell us why pain from yesterday recreates itself over and over again in our today. In The Soulful Journey of Recovery, Dr. Dayton gives us the how. There is a journey of recovery that you can start today. Simple, elegantly written and researched, poignant, penetrating, and on point, Dr. Dayton will move with you through the confusion, pain, and anger you may carry in secrecy and silence. Through engaging and enlightening exercises, you will give voice to hidden wounds and space to your innermost emotions and thoughts. Online links will also offer guided meditations, film clips and other tools to enhance the work you do in the book. You will learn what happened to you growing up with dysfunction and you will learn how to deal with it in the present. You will discover that recovery is a self-affirming life adventure, and the kindest and best thing you can do for yourself and future generations. Some books can change your life. This is one of them. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398828 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398828]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Language Unlimited: The Science Behind Our Most Creative Power Author: David Adger Narrator: David Adger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 11 minutes Release date: May 5, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: All humans, but no other species, have the capacity to create and understand language. It provides structure to our thoughts, allowing us to plan, communicate, and create new ideas, without limit. Yet we have only finite experiences, and our languages have finite stores of words. Where does our linguistic creativity come from? How does the endless scope of language emerge from our limited selves? Drawing on research from neuroscience, psychology, and linguistics, David Adger takes the listener on a journey to the hidden structure behind all we say (or sign) and understand. Along the way you'll meet children who created language out of almost nothing, and find out how new languages emerge using structures found in languages spoken continents away. David Adger will show you how the more than 7000 languages in the world appear to obey the same deep scientific laws, how to invent a language that breaks these, and how our brains go crazy when we try to learn languages that just aren't possible. You'll discover why rats are better than we are at picking up certain language patterns, why apes are far worse at others, and how artificial intelligences, such as those behind Alexa and Siri, understand language in a very un-human way. David Adger Tue, 05 May 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398828 thebookvoice.com 9:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398828]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Language Unlimited: The Science Behind Our Most Creative Power Author: David Adger Narrator: David Adger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 11 minutes Release date: May 5, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: All humans, but no other species, have the capacity to create and understand language. It provides structure to our thoughts, allowing us to plan, communicate, and create new ideas, without limit. Yet we have only finite experiences, and our languages have finite stores of words. Where does our linguistic creativity come from? How does the endless scope of language emerge from our limited selves? Drawing on research from neuroscience, psychology, and linguistics, David Adger takes the listener on a journey to the hidden structure behind all we say (or sign) and understand. Along the way you'll meet children who created language out of almost nothing, and find out how new languages emerge using structures found in languages spoken continents away. David Adger will show you how the more than 7000 languages in the world appear to obey the same deep scientific laws, how to invent a language that breaks these, and how our brains go crazy when we try to learn languages that just aren't possible. You'll discover why rats are better than we are at picking up certain language patterns, why apes are far worse at others, and how artificial intelligences, such as those behind Alexa and Siri, understand language in a very un-human way. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398828]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Language Unlimited: The Science Behind Our Most Creative Power Author: David Adger Narrator: David Adger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 11 minutes Release date: May 5, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: All humans, but no other species, have the capacity to create and understand language. It provides structure to our thoughts, allowing us to plan, communicate, and create new ideas, without limit. Yet we have only finite experiences, and our languages have finite stores of words. Where does our linguistic creativity come from? How does the endless scope of language emerge from our limited selves? Drawing on research from neuroscience, psychology, and linguistics, David Adger takes the listener on a journey to the hidden structure behind all we say (or sign) and understand. Along the way you'll meet children who created language out of almost nothing, and find out how new languages emerge using structures found in languages spoken continents away. David Adger will show you how the more than 7000 languages in the world appear to obey the same deep scientific laws, how to invent a language that breaks these, and how our brains go crazy when we try to learn languages that just aren't possible. You'll discover why rats are better than we are at picking up certain language patterns, why apes are far worse at others, and how artificial intelligences, such as those behind Alexa and Siri, understand language in a very un-human way. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398386 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398386]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Overdose: Heartbreak and Hope in Canada's Opioid Crisis Author: Benjamin Perrin Narrator: John Cleland Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: March 31, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER SHORTLISTED for the 2021 BC Book Awards' George Ryga Award for Social Awareness in Literature SHORTLISTED for the BC and Yukon Book Prizes, for both the Hubert Evans Non-Fiction Prize and Jim Deva Prize for Writing That Provokes SHORTLISTED for the 2021 J. W. Dafoe Book Prize SHORTLISTED for the 2020 Lane Anderson Award “Overdose is a necessary and searching investigation into a devastating epidemic that should never have happened. Benjamin Perrin painstakingly shows that it need not continue if we, as a society, heed the evidence.” —Gabor Maté M.D., author of In The Realm of Hungry Ghosts: Close Encounters With Addiction An astonishing and powerful look at the ongoing opioid crisis North America is in the middle of a health emergency. Life expectancies are declining. Someone is dying every two hours in Canada from illicit drug overdose. Fentanyl has become a looming presence—an opioid more powerful, pervasive, and deadly than any previous street drug. The victims are many—and often not whom we might expect. They include the poor and forgotten but also our neighbours: professionals, students, and parents. Despite the thousands of deaths, these victims have remained largely invisible. But not anymore. Benjamin Perrin, a law and policy expert, shines a light in this darkest of corners—and his findings challenge many assumptions about the crisis. Why do people use drugs despite the risk of overdosing? Can we crack down on the fentanyl supply? Do supervised consumption sites and providing “safe drugs” enable the problem? Which treatments work? Would decriminalizing all drugs help or do further harm? In this urgent and humane look at a devastating epidemic, Perrin draws on behind-the-scenes interviews with those on the frontlines, including undercover police officers, intelligence analysts, border agents, prosecutors, healthcare professionals, Indigenous organizations, activists, and people who use drugs. Not only does he unveil the many complexities of this situation, but he also offers a new way forward—one that may save thousands of lives. Benjamin Perrin Tue, 31 Mar 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398386 thebookvoice.com 7:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398386]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Overdose: Heartbreak and Hope in Canada's Opioid Crisis Author: Benjamin Perrin Narrator: John Cleland Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: March 31, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER SHORTLISTED for the 2021 BC Book Awards' George Ryga Award for Social Awareness in Literature SHORTLISTED for the BC and Yukon Book Prizes, for both the Hubert Evans Non-Fiction Prize and Jim Deva Prize for Writing That Provokes SHORTLISTED for the 2021 J. W. Dafoe Book Prize SHORTLISTED for the 2020 Lane Anderson Award “Overdose is a necessary and searching investigation into a devastating epidemic that should never have happened. Benjamin Perrin painstakingly shows that it need not continue if we, as a society, heed the evidence.” —Gabor Maté M.D., author of In The Realm of Hungry Ghosts: Close Encounters With Addiction An astonishing and powerful look at the ongoing opioid crisis North America is in the middle of a health emergency. Life expectancies are declining. Someone is dying every two hours in Canada from illicit drug overdose. Fentanyl has become a looming presence—an opioid more powerful, pervasive, and deadly than any previous street drug. The victims are many—and often not whom we might expect. They include the poor and forgotten but also our neighbours: professionals, students, and parents. Despite the thousands of deaths, these victims have remained largely invisible. But not anymore. Benjamin Perrin, a law and policy expert, shines a light in this darkest of corners—and his findings challenge many assumptions about the crisis. Why do people use drugs despite the risk of overdosing? Can we crack down on the fentanyl supply? Do supervised consumption sites and providing “safe drugs” enable the problem? Which treatments work? Would decriminalizing all drugs help or do further harm? In this urgent and humane look at a devastating epidemic, Perrin draws on behind-the-scenes interviews with those on the frontlines, including undercover police officers, intelligence analysts, border agents, prosecutors, healthcare professionals, Indigenous organizations, activists, and people who use drugs. Not only does he unveil the many complexities of this situation, but he also offers a new way forward—one that may save thousands of lives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398386]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Overdose: Heartbreak and Hope in Canada's Opioid Crisis Author: Benjamin Perrin Narrator: John Cleland Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: March 31, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER SHORTLISTED for the 2021 BC Book Awards' George Ryga Award for Social Awareness in Literature SHORTLISTED for the BC and Yukon Book Prizes, for both the Hubert Evans Non-Fiction Prize and Jim Deva Prize for Writing That Provokes SHORTLISTED for the 2021 J. W. Dafoe Book Prize SHORTLISTED for the 2020 Lane Anderson Award “Overdose is a necessary and searching investigation into a devastating epidemic that should never have happened. Benjamin Perrin painstakingly shows that it need not continue if we, as a society, heed the evidence.” —Gabor Maté M.D., author of In The Realm of Hungry Ghosts: Close Encounters With Addiction An astonishing and powerful look at the ongoing opioid crisis North America is in the middle of a health emergency. Life expectancies are declining. Someone is dying every two hours in Canada from illicit drug overdose. Fentanyl has become a looming presence—an opioid more powerful, pervasive, and deadly than any previous street drug. The victims are many—and often not whom we might expect. They include the poor and forgotten but also our neighbours: professionals, students, and parents. Despite the thousands of deaths, these victims have remained largely invisible. But not anymore. Benjamin Perrin, a law and policy expert, shines a light in this darkest of corners—and his findings challenge many assumptions about the crisis. Why do people use drugs despite the risk of overdosing? Can we crack down on the fentanyl supply? Do supervised consumption sites and providing “safe drugs” enable the problem? Which treatments work? Would decriminalizing all drugs help or do further harm? In this urgent and humane look at a devastating epidemic, Perrin draws on behind-the-scenes interviews with those on the frontlines, including undercover police officers, intelligence analysts, border agents, prosecutors, healthcare professionals, Indigenous organizations, activists, and people who use drugs. Not only does he unveil the many complexities of this situation, but he also offers a new way forward—one that may save thousands of lives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398366 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398366]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life Is in the Transitions: Mastering Change at Any Age Author: Bruce Feiler Narrator: Bruce Feiler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 40 minutes Release date: July 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A New York Times bestseller!  A pioneering and timely study of how to navigate life's biggest transitions with meaning, purpose, and skill Bruce Feiler, author of the New York Times bestsellers The Secrets of Happy Families and Council of Dads, has long explored the stories that give our lives meaning. Galvanized by a personal crisis, he spent the last few years crisscrossing the country, collecting hundreds of life stories in all fifty states from Americans who’d been through major life changes—from losing jobs to losing loved ones; from changing careers to changing relationships; from getting sober to getting healthy to simply looking for a fresh start. He then spent a year coding these stories, identifying patterns and takeaways that can help all of us survive and thrive in times of change. What Feiler discovered was a world in which transitions are becoming more plentiful and mastering the skills to manage them is more urgent for all of us. The idea that we’ll have one job, one relationship, one source of happiness is hopelessly outdated. We all feel unnerved by this upheaval. We’re concerned that our lives are not what we expected, that we’ve veered off course, living life out of order. But we’re not alone. Life Is in the Transitions introduces the fresh, illuminating vision of the nonlinear life, in which each of us faces dozens of disruptors. One in ten of those becomes what Feiler calls a lifequake, a massive change that leads to a life transition. The average length of these transitions is five years. The upshot: We all spend half our lives in this unsettled state. You or someone you know is going through one now. The most exciting thing Feiler identified is a powerful new tool kit for navigating these pivotal times. Drawing on his extraordinary trove of insights, he lays out specific strategies each of us can use to reimagine and rebuild our lives, often stronger than before. From a master storyteller with an essential message, Life Is in the Transitions can move readers of any age to think deeply about times of change and how to transform them into periods of creativity and growth. Bruce Feiler Tue, 14 Jul 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398366 thebookvoice.com 10:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398366]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life Is in the Transitions: Mastering Change at Any Age Author: Bruce Feiler Narrator: Bruce Feiler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 40 minutes Release date: July 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A New York Times bestseller!  A pioneering and timely study of how to navigate life's biggest transitions with meaning, purpose, and skill Bruce Feiler, author of the New York Times bestsellers The Secrets of Happy Families and Council of Dads, has long explored the stories that give our lives meaning. Galvanized by a personal crisis, he spent the last few years crisscrossing the country, collecting hundreds of life stories in all fifty states from Americans who’d been through major life changes—from losing jobs to losing loved ones; from changing careers to changing relationships; from getting sober to getting healthy to simply looking for a fresh start. He then spent a year coding these stories, identifying patterns and takeaways that can help all of us survive and thrive in times of change. What Feiler discovered was a world in which transitions are becoming more plentiful and mastering the skills to manage them is more urgent for all of us. The idea that we’ll have one job, one relationship, one source of happiness is hopelessly outdated. We all feel unnerved by this upheaval. We’re concerned that our lives are not what we expected, that we’ve veered off course, living life out of order. But we’re not alone. Life Is in the Transitions introduces the fresh, illuminating vision of the nonlinear life, in which each of us faces dozens of disruptors. One in ten of those becomes what Feiler calls a lifequake, a massive change that leads to a life transition. The average length of these transitions is five years. The upshot: We all spend half our lives in this unsettled state. You or someone you know is going through one now. The most exciting thing Feiler identified is a powerful new tool kit for navigating these pivotal times. Drawing on his extraordinary trove of insights, he lays out specific strategies each of us can use to reimagine and rebuild our lives, often stronger than before. From a master storyteller with an essential message, Life Is in the Transitions can move readers of any age to think deeply about times of change and how to transform them into periods of creativity and growth. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398366]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life Is in the Transitions: Mastering Change at Any Age Author: Bruce Feiler Narrator: Bruce Feiler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 40 minutes Release date: July 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A New York Times bestseller!  A pioneering and timely study of how to navigate life's biggest transitions with meaning, purpose, and skill Bruce Feiler, author of the New York Times bestsellers The Secrets of Happy Families and Council of Dads, has long explored the stories that give our lives meaning. Galvanized by a personal crisis, he spent the last few years crisscrossing the country, collecting hundreds of life stories in all fifty states from Americans who’d been through major life changes—from losing jobs to losing loved ones; from changing careers to changing relationships; from getting sober to getting healthy to simply looking for a fresh start. He then spent a year coding these stories, identifying patterns and takeaways that can help all of us survive and thrive in times of change. What Feiler discovered was a world in which transitions are becoming more plentiful and mastering the skills to manage them is more urgent for all of us. The idea that we’ll have one job, one relationship, one source of happiness is hopelessly outdated. We all feel unnerved by this upheaval. We’re concerned that our lives are not what we expected, that we’ve veered off course, living life out of order. But we’re not alone. Life Is in the Transitions introduces the fresh, illuminating vision of the nonlinear life, in which each of us faces dozens of disruptors. One in ten of those becomes what Feiler calls a lifequake, a massive change that leads to a life transition. The average length of these transitions is five years. The upshot: We all spend half our lives in this unsettled state. You or someone you know is going through one now. The most exciting thing Feiler identified is a powerful new tool kit for navigating these pivotal times. Drawing on his extraordinary trove of insights, he lays out specific strategies each of us can use to reimagine and rebuild our lives, often stronger than before. From a master storyteller with an essential message, Life Is in the Transitions can move readers of any age to think deeply about times of change and how to transform them into periods of creativity and growth. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398320 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398320]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Bad: And How to Overcome It Author: John Tierney, Roy F. Baumeister Narrator: Paul Bellantoni Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 10 minutes Release date: December 31, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. From the international bestselling authors of Willpower Why does a bad impression last longer than a good one? Why does losing money affect us more than gaining it? What makes phobias so hard to shake? The answer is the negativity bias - or in other words, the power of bad. As John Tierney and Roy F. Baumeister show, we are wired to react to bad over good. It makes sense in evolutionary terms, but in our modern world the lure of bad is, well, bad. It governs people's moods, drives marketing and dominates our news. It can explain everything from why wars start or couples divorce, to why we mess up job interviews or feud with neighbours. But there is good news. By using smart strategies from new science, we can train our brains to get better at spotting our own negativity bias, fighting back with our rational minds to manage the bad in our lives - and even using its power for positive results. Breaking bad's hold over us can help our own lives, at work and in our relationships. Properly understood, bad can be a good thing. John Tierney, Roy F. Baumeister Tue, 31 Dec 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398320 thebookvoice.com 8:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398320]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Bad: And How to Overcome It Author: John Tierney, Roy F. Baumeister Narrator: Paul Bellantoni Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 10 minutes Release date: December 31, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. From the international bestselling authors of Willpower Why does a bad impression last longer than a good one? Why does losing money affect us more than gaining it? What makes phobias so hard to shake? The answer is the negativity bias - or in other words, the power of bad. As John Tierney and Roy F. Baumeister show, we are wired to react to bad over good. It makes sense in evolutionary terms, but in our modern world the lure of bad is, well, bad. It governs people's moods, drives marketing and dominates our news. It can explain everything from why wars start or couples divorce, to why we mess up job interviews or feud with neighbours. But there is good news. By using smart strategies from new science, we can train our brains to get better at spotting our own negativity bias, fighting back with our rational minds to manage the bad in our lives - and even using its power for positive results. Breaking bad's hold over us can help our own lives, at work and in our relationships. Properly understood, bad can be a good thing. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398320]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Bad: And How to Overcome It Author: John Tierney, Roy F. Baumeister Narrator: Paul Bellantoni Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 10 minutes Release date: December 31, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. From the international bestselling authors of Willpower Why does a bad impression last longer than a good one? Why does losing money affect us more than gaining it? What makes phobias so hard to shake? The answer is the negativity bias - or in other words, the power of bad. As John Tierney and Roy F. Baumeister show, we are wired to react to bad over good. It makes sense in evolutionary terms, but in our modern world the lure of bad is, well, bad. It governs people's moods, drives marketing and dominates our news. It can explain everything from why wars start or couples divorce, to why we mess up job interviews or feud with neighbours. But there is good news. By using smart strategies from new science, we can train our brains to get better at spotting our own negativity bias, fighting back with our rational minds to manage the bad in our lives - and even using its power for positive results. Breaking bad's hold over us can help our own lives, at work and in our relationships. Properly understood, bad can be a good thing. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398294 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398294]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Messengers: Who We Listen To, Who We Don't, and Why Author: Stephen Martin, Joseph Marks Narrator: Sam Woolf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 47 minutes Release date: October 15, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'In the age of fake news, understanding who we trust and why is essential in explaining everything from leadership to power to our daily relationships.' -Sinan Aral We live in a world where proven facts and verifiable data are freely and widely available. Why, then, are self-confident ignoramuses so often believed over thoughtful experts? And why do seemingly irrelevant details such as a person's appearance or financial status influence whether or not we trust what they are saying, regardless of their wisdom or foolishness? Stephen Martin and Joseph Marks compellingly explain how in our uncertain and ambiguous world, the messenger is increasingly the message. We frequently fail, they argue, to separate the idea being communicated from the person conveying it, explaining why the status or connectedness of the messenger has become more important than the message itself. Messengers influence business, politics, local communities, and our broader society. And Martin and Marks reveal the forces behind the most infuriating phenomena of our modern era, such as belief in fake news and how presidents can hawk misinformation and flagrant lies yet remain. Stephen Martin, Joseph Marks Tue, 15 Oct 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398294 thebookvoice.com 8:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398294]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Messengers: Who We Listen To, Who We Don't, and Why Author: Stephen Martin, Joseph Marks Narrator: Sam Woolf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 47 minutes Release date: October 15, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'In the age of fake news, understanding who we trust and why is essential in explaining everything from leadership to power to our daily relationships.' -Sinan Aral We live in a world where proven facts and verifiable data are freely and widely available. Why, then, are self-confident ignoramuses so often believed over thoughtful experts? And why do seemingly irrelevant details such as a person's appearance or financial status influence whether or not we trust what they are saying, regardless of their wisdom or foolishness? Stephen Martin and Joseph Marks compellingly explain how in our uncertain and ambiguous world, the messenger is increasingly the message. We frequently fail, they argue, to separate the idea being communicated from the person conveying it, explaining why the status or connectedness of the messenger has become more important than the message itself. Messengers influence business, politics, local communities, and our broader society. And Martin and Marks reveal the forces behind the most infuriating phenomena of our modern era, such as belief in fake news and how presidents can hawk misinformation and flagrant lies yet remain. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398294]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Messengers: Who We Listen To, Who We Don't, and Why Author: Stephen Martin, Joseph Marks Narrator: Sam Woolf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 47 minutes Release date: October 15, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'In the age of fake news, understanding who we trust and why is essential in explaining everything from leadership to power to our daily relationships.' -Sinan Aral We live in a world where proven facts and verifiable data are freely and widely available. Why, then, are self-confident ignoramuses so often believed over thoughtful experts? And why do seemingly irrelevant details such as a person's appearance or financial status influence whether or not we trust what they are saying, regardless of their wisdom or foolishness? Stephen Martin and Joseph Marks compellingly explain how in our uncertain and ambiguous world, the messenger is increasingly the message. We frequently fail, they argue, to separate the idea being communicated from the person conveying it, explaining why the status or connectedness of the messenger has become more important than the message itself. Messengers influence business, politics, local communities, and our broader society. And Martin and Marks reveal the forces behind the most infuriating phenomena of our modern era, such as belief in fake news and how presidents can hawk misinformation and flagrant lies yet remain. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398043 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398043]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It’s My Life Now: Starting Over After an Abusive Relationship, 3rd edition Author: Roger R. Hock PhD, Meg Kennedy Dugan Narrator: Callie Beaulieu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 38 minutes Release date: November 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Now in its third edition, It's My Life Now is a guide for survivors who have left an abusive relationship. It addresses—in clear, non-threatening language—various issues associated with abuse and violence, including post-relationship emotions, psychological impact, dealing with children, personal safety, legal problems, and financial security. Each chapter dismantles common myths about being in and leaving an abusive relationship and contains activities for self-exploration that survivors can complete as they navigate a new life free from abuse. Recommended by the National Coalition of Domestic Violence, this book is designed to benefit any survivor, no matter how much time has passed. Roger R. Hock PhD, Meg Kennedy Dugan Tue, 19 Nov 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398043 thebookvoice.com 6:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398043]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It’s My Life Now: Starting Over After an Abusive Relationship, 3rd edition Author: Roger R. Hock PhD, Meg Kennedy Dugan Narrator: Callie Beaulieu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 38 minutes Release date: November 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Now in its third edition, It's My Life Now is a guide for survivors who have left an abusive relationship. It addresses—in clear, non-threatening language—various issues associated with abuse and violence, including post-relationship emotions, psychological impact, dealing with children, personal safety, legal problems, and financial security. Each chapter dismantles common myths about being in and leaving an abusive relationship and contains activities for self-exploration that survivors can complete as they navigate a new life free from abuse. Recommended by the National Coalition of Domestic Violence, this book is designed to benefit any survivor, no matter how much time has passed. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398043]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It’s My Life Now: Starting Over After an Abusive Relationship, 3rd edition Author: Roger R. Hock PhD, Meg Kennedy Dugan Narrator: Callie Beaulieu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 38 minutes Release date: November 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Now in its third edition, It's My Life Now is a guide for survivors who have left an abusive relationship. It addresses—in clear, non-threatening language—various issues associated with abuse and violence, including post-relationship emotions, psychological impact, dealing with children, personal safety, legal problems, and financial security. Each chapter dismantles common myths about being in and leaving an abusive relationship and contains activities for self-exploration that survivors can complete as they navigate a new life free from abuse. Recommended by the National Coalition of Domestic Violence, this book is designed to benefit any survivor, no matter how much time has passed. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398036 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398036]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Addiction, Attachment, Trauma and Recovery: The Power of Connection Author: Oliver J. Morgan Narrator: James Anderson Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 1, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Understanding addiction is no longer just about understanding neurons or genes, broken brain functioning, learning, or faulty choices. Oliver J. Morgan provides a fresh take on addiction and recovery by presenting a more inclusive framework than traditional understanding. Cutting-edge work in attachment, interpersonal neurobiology, and trauma is integrated with ecological-systems thinking to provide a consilient and comprehensive picture of addiction. Humans are born into connection and require nourishing relationships for healthy living. Adversities, however, bring fragmentation and create the conditions for ill health. They create vulnerabilities. In order to cope, individuals can turn to alternatives, 'substitute relationships' that ease the pain of disconnection. These can become addictions. Addiction, Attachment, Trauma, and Recovery presents a model, a method, and a mandate. This new focus calls for change in the established ways we think and behave about addiction and recovery. It reorients understanding and clinical practice for mental health and addiction counselors, psychologists, and social workers, as well as for addicts and those who love them. Oliver J. Morgan Tue, 01 Oct 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398036 thebookvoice.com 10:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398036]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Addiction, Attachment, Trauma and Recovery: The Power of Connection Author: Oliver J. Morgan Narrator: James Anderson Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 1, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Understanding addiction is no longer just about understanding neurons or genes, broken brain functioning, learning, or faulty choices. Oliver J. Morgan provides a fresh take on addiction and recovery by presenting a more inclusive framework than traditional understanding. Cutting-edge work in attachment, interpersonal neurobiology, and trauma is integrated with ecological-systems thinking to provide a consilient and comprehensive picture of addiction. Humans are born into connection and require nourishing relationships for healthy living. Adversities, however, bring fragmentation and create the conditions for ill health. They create vulnerabilities. In order to cope, individuals can turn to alternatives, 'substitute relationships' that ease the pain of disconnection. These can become addictions. Addiction, Attachment, Trauma, and Recovery presents a model, a method, and a mandate. This new focus calls for change in the established ways we think and behave about addiction and recovery. It reorients understanding and clinical practice for mental health and addiction counselors, psychologists, and social workers, as well as for addicts and those who love them. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398036]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Addiction, Attachment, Trauma and Recovery: The Power of Connection Author: Oliver J. Morgan Narrator: James Anderson Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 1, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Understanding addiction is no longer just about understanding neurons or genes, broken brain functioning, learning, or faulty choices. Oliver J. Morgan provides a fresh take on addiction and recovery by presenting a more inclusive framework than traditional understanding. Cutting-edge work in attachment, interpersonal neurobiology, and trauma is integrated with ecological-systems thinking to provide a consilient and comprehensive picture of addiction. Humans are born into connection and require nourishing relationships for healthy living. Adversities, however, bring fragmentation and create the conditions for ill health. They create vulnerabilities. In order to cope, individuals can turn to alternatives, 'substitute relationships' that ease the pain of disconnection. These can become addictions. Addiction, Attachment, Trauma, and Recovery presents a model, a method, and a mandate. This new focus calls for change in the established ways we think and behave about addiction and recovery. It reorients understanding and clinical practice for mental health and addiction counselors, psychologists, and social workers, as well as for addicts and those who love them. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397990 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397990]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of Fear: Why Conquering Fear Won't Work and What to Do Instead Author: Kristen Ulmer Narrator: Jane Oppenheimer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 54 minutes Release date: June 16, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A revolutionary guide to acknowledging fear and developing the tools we need to build a healthy relationship with this confusing emotion—and use it as a positive force in our lives. We all feel fear. Yet we are often taught to ignore it, overcome it, push past it. But to what benefit?  This is the essential question that guides Kristen Ulmer’s remarkable exploration of our most misunderstood emotion in The Art of Fear. Once recognized as the best extreme skier in the world (an honor she held for twelve years), Ulmer knows fear well. In this conversation-changing book, she argues that fear is not here to cause us problems—and that in fact, the only true issue we face with fear is our misguided reaction to it (not the fear itself). Rebuilding our experience with fear from the ground up, Ulmer starts by exploring why we’ve come to view it as a negative. From here, she unpacks fear and shows it to be just one of 10,000 voices that make up our reality, here to help us come alive alongside joy, love, and gratitude. Introducing a mindfulness tool called “Shift,” Ulmer teaches readers how to experience fear in a simpler, more authentic way, transforming our relationship with this emotion from that of a draining battle into one that’s in line with our true nature. Influenced by Ulmer’s own complicated relationship with fear and her over 15 years as a mindset facilitator, The Art of Fear will reconstruct the way we react to and experience fear—empowering us to easily and permanently address the underlying cause of our fear-based problems, and setting us on course to live a happier, more expansive future. Kristen Ulmer Tue, 16 Jun 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397990 thebookvoice.com 11:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397990]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of Fear: Why Conquering Fear Won't Work and What to Do Instead Author: Kristen Ulmer Narrator: Jane Oppenheimer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 54 minutes Release date: June 16, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A revolutionary guide to acknowledging fear and developing the tools we need to build a healthy relationship with this confusing emotion—and use it as a positive force in our lives. We all feel fear. Yet we are often taught to ignore it, overcome it, push past it. But to what benefit?  This is the essential question that guides Kristen Ulmer’s remarkable exploration of our most misunderstood emotion in The Art of Fear. Once recognized as the best extreme skier in the world (an honor she held for twelve years), Ulmer knows fear well. In this conversation-changing book, she argues that fear is not here to cause us problems—and that in fact, the only true issue we face with fear is our misguided reaction to it (not the fear itself). Rebuilding our experience with fear from the ground up, Ulmer starts by exploring why we’ve come to view it as a negative. From here, she unpacks fear and shows it to be just one of 10,000 voices that make up our reality, here to help us come alive alongside joy, love, and gratitude. Introducing a mindfulness tool called “Shift,” Ulmer teaches readers how to experience fear in a simpler, more authentic way, transforming our relationship with this emotion from that of a draining battle into one that’s in line with our true nature. Influenced by Ulmer’s own complicated relationship with fear and her over 15 years as a mindset facilitator, The Art of Fear will reconstruct the way we react to and experience fear—empowering us to easily and permanently address the underlying cause of our fear-based problems, and setting us on course to live a happier, more expansive future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397990]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of Fear: Why Conquering Fear Won't Work and What to Do Instead Author: Kristen Ulmer Narrator: Jane Oppenheimer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 54 minutes Release date: June 16, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A revolutionary guide to acknowledging fear and developing the tools we need to build a healthy relationship with this confusing emotion—and use it as a positive force in our lives. We all feel fear. Yet we are often taught to ignore it, overcome it, push past it. But to what benefit?  This is the essential question that guides Kristen Ulmer’s remarkable exploration of our most misunderstood emotion in The Art of Fear. Once recognized as the best extreme skier in the world (an honor she held for twelve years), Ulmer knows fear well. In this conversation-changing book, she argues that fear is not here to cause us problems—and that in fact, the only true issue we face with fear is our misguided reaction to it (not the fear itself). Rebuilding our experience with fear from the ground up, Ulmer starts by exploring why we’ve come to view it as a negative. From here, she unpacks fear and shows it to be just one of 10,000 voices that make up our reality, here to help us come alive alongside joy, love, and gratitude. Introducing a mindfulness tool called “Shift,” Ulmer teaches readers how to experience fear in a simpler, more authentic way, transforming our relationship with this emotion from that of a draining battle into one that’s in line with our true nature. Influenced by Ulmer’s own complicated relationship with fear and her over 15 years as a mindset facilitator, The Art of Fear will reconstruct the way we react to and experience fear—empowering us to easily and permanently address the underlying cause of our fear-based problems, and setting us on course to live a happier, more expansive future. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397963 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397963]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brainspotting: The Revolutionary New Therapy for Rapid and Effective Change Author: David Grand PhD Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 23 minutes Release date: November 12, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Dr. David Grand presents the next leap forward in psychological care. Dr. Grand combines the strengths of brain-based and talk therapies into a powerful technique he calls Brainspotting. In Brainspotting, Dr. Grand reveals the key insight that allowed him to develop this revolutionary therapeutic tool: that where we look reveals critical information about what's going on in our brain. Join him to learn about: ● The history of Brainspotting, including how it evolved from EMDR practice as a more versatile tool for brain-based therapy ● Brainspotting in action ● An overview of the different aspects of Brainspotting and how to use them ● How clients can use Brainspotting on their own to reinforce and accelerate healing ● Why working simultaneously with the right and left brain can lead to expanded creativity and athletic performance ● How Brainspotting can be used to treat PTSD, anxiety, depression, addiction, physical pain, chronic illness, and much more David Grand PhD Tue, 12 Nov 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397963 thebookvoice.com 5:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397963]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brainspotting: The Revolutionary New Therapy for Rapid and Effective Change Author: David Grand PhD Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 23 minutes Release date: November 12, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Dr. David Grand presents the next leap forward in psychological care. Dr. Grand combines the strengths of brain-based and talk therapies into a powerful technique he calls Brainspotting. In Brainspotting, Dr. Grand reveals the key insight that allowed him to develop this revolutionary therapeutic tool: that where we look reveals critical information about what's going on in our brain. Join him to learn about: ● The history of Brainspotting, including how it evolved from EMDR practice as a more versatile tool for brain-based therapy ● Brainspotting in action ● An overview of the different aspects of Brainspotting and how to use them ● How clients can use Brainspotting on their own to reinforce and accelerate healing ● Why working simultaneously with the right and left brain can lead to expanded creativity and athletic performance ● How Brainspotting can be used to treat PTSD, anxiety, depression, addiction, physical pain, chronic illness, and much more Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397963]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brainspotting: The Revolutionary New Therapy for Rapid and Effective Change Author: David Grand PhD Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 23 minutes Release date: November 12, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Dr. David Grand presents the next leap forward in psychological care. Dr. Grand combines the strengths of brain-based and talk therapies into a powerful technique he calls Brainspotting. In Brainspotting, Dr. Grand reveals the key insight that allowed him to develop this revolutionary therapeutic tool: that where we look reveals critical information about what's going on in our brain. Join him to learn about: ● The history of Brainspotting, including how it evolved from EMDR practice as a more versatile tool for brain-based therapy ● Brainspotting in action ● An overview of the different aspects of Brainspotting and how to use them ● How clients can use Brainspotting on their own to reinforce and accelerate healing ● Why working simultaneously with the right and left brain can lead to expanded creativity and athletic performance ● How Brainspotting can be used to treat PTSD, anxiety, depression, addiction, physical pain, chronic illness, and much more https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397580 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397580]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Culture Map: Breaking Through the Invisible Boundaries of Global Business Author: Erin Meyer Narrator: Lisa Larsen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 43 minutes Release date: October 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.21 of Total 42 Ratings of Narrator: 4.35 of Total 17 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An international business expert helps you understand and navigate cultural differences in this "enlightening" (Foreign Affairs) and practical guide, perfect for both your work and personal life. Americans precede anything negative with three nice comments; French, Dutch, Israelis, and Germans get straight to the point; Latin Americans and Asians are steeped in hierarchy; Scandinavians think the best boss is just one of the crowd. It's no surprise that when they try and talk to each other, chaos breaks out. In The Culture Map, INSEAD professor Erin Meyer is your guide through this subtle, sometimes treacherous terrain in which people from starkly different backgrounds are expected to work harmoniously together. She provides a field-tested model for decoding how cultural differences impact international business, and combines a smart analytical framework with practical, actionable advice. Erin Meyer Tue, 15 Oct 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397580 thebookvoice.com 7:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397580]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Culture Map: Breaking Through the Invisible Boundaries of Global Business Author: Erin Meyer Narrator: Lisa Larsen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 43 minutes Release date: October 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.21 of Total 42 Ratings of Narrator: 4.35 of Total 17 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An international business expert helps you understand and navigate cultural differences in this "enlightening" (Foreign Affairs) and practical guide, perfect for both your work and personal life. Americans precede anything negative with three nice comments; French, Dutch, Israelis, and Germans get straight to the point; Latin Americans and Asians are steeped in hierarchy; Scandinavians think the best boss is just one of the crowd. It's no surprise that when they try and talk to each other, chaos breaks out. In The Culture Map, INSEAD professor Erin Meyer is your guide through this subtle, sometimes treacherous terrain in which people from starkly different backgrounds are expected to work harmoniously together. She provides a field-tested model for decoding how cultural differences impact international business, and combines a smart analytical framework with practical, actionable advice. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397580]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Culture Map: Breaking Through the Invisible Boundaries of Global Business Author: Erin Meyer Narrator: Lisa Larsen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 43 minutes Release date: October 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.21 of Total 42 Ratings of Narrator: 4.35 of Total 17 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An international business expert helps you understand and navigate cultural differences in this "enlightening" (Foreign Affairs) and practical guide, perfect for both your work and personal life. Americans precede anything negative with three nice comments; French, Dutch, Israelis, and Germans get straight to the point; Latin Americans and Asians are steeped in hierarchy; Scandinavians think the best boss is just one of the crowd. It's no surprise that when they try and talk to each other, chaos breaks out. In The Culture Map, INSEAD professor Erin Meyer is your guide through this subtle, sometimes treacherous terrain in which people from starkly different backgrounds are expected to work harmoniously together. She provides a field-tested model for decoding how cultural differences impact international business, and combines a smart analytical framework with practical, actionable advice. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397233 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397233]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Handbook of Culture and Psychology: 2nd Edition Author: David Matsumoto, Hyisung C. Hwang Narrator: William Andrew Quinn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 33 hours 39 minutes Release date: March 31, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Cultural and cross-cultural psychology and research continue to make strong contributions to mainstream psychology. Researchers and theoreticians from all parts of the globe increasingly contribute to this endeavor, enabling cultural and cross-cultural psychology and research to be one of the most exciting areas of study in psychology. This book describes the continued evolution and advancement of the main research domains of cultural and cross-cultural psychology. Renowned authors not only review the state-of-the-art in their respective fields but also describe the challenges and opportunities that their respective research domains face in the future. New chapters cover the teaching of a culturally informed psychology and the increasing changes and advancements of cultures and societies around the world and their impact on individual psychologies. This volume covers standard areas of well-studied concepts such as development, cognition, emotion, personality, psychopathology, psychotherapy, and acculturation, as well as emerging areas such as multicultural identities, cultural neuroscience, and religion. It is a must-listen for all culturally informed scholars, both beginning and experienced. David Matsumoto, Hyisung C. Hwang Tue, 31 Mar 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397233 thebookvoice.com 33:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397233]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Handbook of Culture and Psychology: 2nd Edition Author: David Matsumoto, Hyisung C. Hwang Narrator: William Andrew Quinn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 33 hours 39 minutes Release date: March 31, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Cultural and cross-cultural psychology and research continue to make strong contributions to mainstream psychology. Researchers and theoreticians from all parts of the globe increasingly contribute to this endeavor, enabling cultural and cross-cultural psychology and research to be one of the most exciting areas of study in psychology. This book describes the continued evolution and advancement of the main research domains of cultural and cross-cultural psychology. Renowned authors not only review the state-of-the-art in their respective fields but also describe the challenges and opportunities that their respective research domains face in the future. New chapters cover the teaching of a culturally informed psychology and the increasing changes and advancements of cultures and societies around the world and their impact on individual psychologies. This volume covers standard areas of well-studied concepts such as development, cognition, emotion, personality, psychopathology, psychotherapy, and acculturation, as well as emerging areas such as multicultural identities, cultural neuroscience, and religion. It is a must-listen for all culturally informed scholars, both beginning and experienced. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397233]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Handbook of Culture and Psychology: 2nd Edition Author: David Matsumoto, Hyisung C. Hwang Narrator: William Andrew Quinn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 33 hours 39 minutes Release date: March 31, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Cultural and cross-cultural psychology and research continue to make strong contributions to mainstream psychology. Researchers and theoreticians from all parts of the globe increasingly contribute to this endeavor, enabling cultural and cross-cultural psychology and research to be one of the most exciting areas of study in psychology. This book describes the continued evolution and advancement of the main research domains of cultural and cross-cultural psychology. Renowned authors not only review the state-of-the-art in their respective fields but also describe the challenges and opportunities that their respective research domains face in the future. New chapters cover the teaching of a culturally informed psychology and the increasing changes and advancements of cultures and societies around the world and their impact on individual psychologies. This volume covers standard areas of well-studied concepts such as development, cognition, emotion, personality, psychopathology, psychotherapy, and acculturation, as well as emerging areas such as multicultural identities, cultural neuroscience, and religion. It is a must-listen for all culturally informed scholars, both beginning and experienced. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397143 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397143]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mind in the Making: The Seven Essential Life Skills Every Child Needs Author: Ellen Galinsky Narrator: Marguerite Gavin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 49 minutes Release date: June 9, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The President of the Families and Work Institute writes a book of groundbreaking advice based on the latest research on child development Ellen Galinsky has spent her entire career studying early childhood development, first at Vassar College, then for twenty-five years at the Bank Street College of Education, and for the past twenty years as the founder and now president of the Families and Work Institute. What she has found is that there is an enormous gap between what researchers have discovered and what parents have been told about those discoveries. Minds in the Making bridges this gap, bringing the work of more than a hundred scientists into a form that parents everywhere can use. Galinsky has divided this information into the seven skills she believes all children should learn, showing parents not only what children are capable of, but specifically how to develop those capabilities in their children. Ellen Galinsky Tue, 09 Jun 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397143 thebookvoice.com 11:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397143]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mind in the Making: The Seven Essential Life Skills Every Child Needs Author: Ellen Galinsky Narrator: Marguerite Gavin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 49 minutes Release date: June 9, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The President of the Families and Work Institute writes a book of groundbreaking advice based on the latest research on child development Ellen Galinsky has spent her entire career studying early childhood development, first at Vassar College, then for twenty-five years at the Bank Street College of Education, and for the past twenty years as the founder and now president of the Families and Work Institute. What she has found is that there is an enormous gap between what researchers have discovered and what parents have been told about those discoveries. Minds in the Making bridges this gap, bringing the work of more than a hundred scientists into a form that parents everywhere can use. Galinsky has divided this information into the seven skills she believes all children should learn, showing parents not only what children are capable of, but specifically how to develop those capabilities in their children. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397143]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mind in the Making: The Seven Essential Life Skills Every Child Needs Author: Ellen Galinsky Narrator: Marguerite Gavin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 49 minutes Release date: June 9, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The President of the Families and Work Institute writes a book of groundbreaking advice based on the latest research on child development Ellen Galinsky has spent her entire career studying early childhood development, first at Vassar College, then for twenty-five years at the Bank Street College of Education, and for the past twenty years as the founder and now president of the Families and Work Institute. What she has found is that there is an enormous gap between what researchers have discovered and what parents have been told about those discoveries. Minds in the Making bridges this gap, bringing the work of more than a hundred scientists into a form that parents everywhere can use. Galinsky has divided this information into the seven skills she believes all children should learn, showing parents not only what children are capable of, but specifically how to develop those capabilities in their children. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396851 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396851]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Livewired: The Inside Story of the Ever-Changing Brain Author: David Eagleman Narrator: David Eagleman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 18 minutes Release date: August 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Eagleman renders the secrets of the brain’s adaptability into a truly compelling page-turner.” —Khaled Hosseini, author of The Kite Runner “Livewired reads wonderfully like what a book would be if it were written by Oliver Sacks and William Gibson, sitting on Carl Sagan’s front lawn.” —The Wall Street Journal What does drug withdrawal have in common with a broken heart? Why is the enemy of memory not time but other memories? How can a blind person learn to see with her tongue, or a deaf person learn to hear with his skin? Why did many people in the 1980s mistakenly perceive book pages to be slightly red in color? Why is the world’s best archer armless? Might we someday control a robot with our thoughts, just as we do our fingers and toes? Why do we dream at night, and what does that have to do with the rotation of the Earth?   The answers to these questions are right behind our eyes. The greatest technology we have ever discovered on our planet is the three-pound organ carried in the vault of the skull. This book is not simply about what the brain is; it is about what it does. The magic of the brain is not found in the parts it’s made of but in the way those parts unceasingly reweave themselves in an electric, living fabric. In Livewired, you will surf the leading edge of neuroscience atop the anecdotes and metaphors that have made David Eagleman one of the best scientific translators of our generation. Covering decades of research to the present day, Livewired also presents new discoveries from Eagleman’s own laboratory, from synesthesia to dreaming to wearable neurotech devices that revolutionize how we think about the senses. David Eagleman Tue, 25 Aug 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396851 thebookvoice.com 9:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396851]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Livewired: The Inside Story of the Ever-Changing Brain Author: David Eagleman Narrator: David Eagleman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 18 minutes Release date: August 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Eagleman renders the secrets of the brain’s adaptability into a truly compelling page-turner.” —Khaled Hosseini, author of The Kite Runner “Livewired reads wonderfully like what a book would be if it were written by Oliver Sacks and William Gibson, sitting on Carl Sagan’s front lawn.” —The Wall Street Journal What does drug withdrawal have in common with a broken heart? Why is the enemy of memory not time but other memories? How can a blind person learn to see with her tongue, or a deaf person learn to hear with his skin? Why did many people in the 1980s mistakenly perceive book pages to be slightly red in color? Why is the world’s best archer armless? Might we someday control a robot with our thoughts, just as we do our fingers and toes? Why do we dream at night, and what does that have to do with the rotation of the Earth?   The answers to these questions are right behind our eyes. The greatest technology we have ever discovered on our planet is the three-pound organ carried in the vault of the skull. This book is not simply about what the brain is; it is about what it does. The magic of the brain is not found in the parts it’s made of but in the way those parts unceasingly reweave themselves in an electric, living fabric. In Livewired, you will surf the leading edge of neuroscience atop the anecdotes and metaphors that have made David Eagleman one of the best scientific translators of our generation. Covering decades of research to the present day, Livewired also presents new discoveries from Eagleman’s own laboratory, from synesthesia to dreaming to wearable neurotech devices that revolutionize how we think about the senses. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396851]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Livewired: The Inside Story of the Ever-Changing Brain Author: David Eagleman Narrator: David Eagleman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 18 minutes Release date: August 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Eagleman renders the secrets of the brain’s adaptability into a truly compelling page-turner.” —Khaled Hosseini, author of The Kite Runner “Livewired reads wonderfully like what a book would be if it were written by Oliver Sacks and William Gibson, sitting on Carl Sagan’s front lawn.” —The Wall Street Journal What does drug withdrawal have in common with a broken heart? Why is the enemy of memory not time but other memories? How can a blind person learn to see with her tongue, or a deaf person learn to hear with his skin? Why did many people in the 1980s mistakenly perceive book pages to be slightly red in color? Why is the world’s best archer armless? Might we someday control a robot with our thoughts, just as we do our fingers and toes? Why do we dream at night, and what does that have to do with the rotation of the Earth?   The answers to these questions are right behind our eyes. The greatest technology we have ever discovered on our planet is the three-pound organ carried in the vault of the skull. This book is not simply about what the brain is; it is about what it does. The magic of the brain is not found in the parts it’s made of but in the way those parts unceasingly reweave themselves in an electric, living fabric. In Livewired, you will surf the leading edge of neuroscience atop the anecdotes and metaphors that have made David Eagleman one of the best scientific translators of our generation. Covering decades of research to the present day, Livewired also presents new discoveries from Eagleman’s own laboratory, from synesthesia to dreaming to wearable neurotech devices that revolutionize how we think about the senses. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396744 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396744]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Failure to Sublimate: A Freudian Analysis of the Peter Pan Syndrome Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 6, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Thanks to today's hook-up culture, men are less required than in times past to sublimate their sexuality, leading to an epidemic of perpetual infantilism among men. J.-M. Kuczynski Fri, 06 Sep 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396744 thebookvoice.com 0:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396744]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Failure to Sublimate: A Freudian Analysis of the Peter Pan Syndrome Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 6, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Thanks to today's hook-up culture, men are less required than in times past to sublimate their sexuality, leading to an epidemic of perpetual infantilism among men. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396744]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Failure to Sublimate: A Freudian Analysis of the Peter Pan Syndrome Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 6, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Thanks to today's hook-up culture, men are less required than in times past to sublimate their sexuality, leading to an epidemic of perpetual infantilism among men. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396715 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396715]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Healing Affirmations Author: Bright Soul Words Narrator: Bright Soul Words Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 12 minutes Release date: September 8, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Imagine how great you'll feel when you experience a deep healing in your heart and mind. It's good to realize healing is something that's possible for you, isn't it? One of the things you are going to love about this program is how it will help your mind embrace the healing process for emotional wounds. As you consider the benefits of starting your healing journey, you might like to think of how your life will improve as you focus on healing your inner wounds and embracing a more healed version of yourself. This program is designed to help you: • Embrace the healing process • Allow yourself to heal • Become kinder to yourself This audiobook includes: • Chapters 1 to 2: Daytime Affirmations • Chapters 3 to 4: Subliminal Affirmations Once you realize it is easy to unlock the potential of your mind with specific thought patterns that you will soon possess, it will feel simple to make the right decision and to invest in yourself. These affirmations have been designed and produced by Bright Soul Words, a brand obsessed with creating programs that rewire your mind for positive and lifelong changes. Bright Soul Words Sun, 08 Sep 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396715 thebookvoice.com 3:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396715]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Healing Affirmations Author: Bright Soul Words Narrator: Bright Soul Words Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 12 minutes Release date: September 8, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Imagine how great you'll feel when you experience a deep healing in your heart and mind. It's good to realize healing is something that's possible for you, isn't it? One of the things you are going to love about this program is how it will help your mind embrace the healing process for emotional wounds. As you consider the benefits of starting your healing journey, you might like to think of how your life will improve as you focus on healing your inner wounds and embracing a more healed version of yourself. This program is designed to help you: • Embrace the healing process • Allow yourself to heal • Become kinder to yourself This audiobook includes: • Chapters 1 to 2: Daytime Affirmations • Chapters 3 to 4: Subliminal Affirmations Once you realize it is easy to unlock the potential of your mind with specific thought patterns that you will soon possess, it will feel simple to make the right decision and to invest in yourself. These affirmations have been designed and produced by Bright Soul Words, a brand obsessed with creating programs that rewire your mind for positive and lifelong changes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396715]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Healing Affirmations Author: Bright Soul Words Narrator: Bright Soul Words Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 12 minutes Release date: September 8, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Imagine how great you'll feel when you experience a deep healing in your heart and mind. It's good to realize healing is something that's possible for you, isn't it? One of the things you are going to love about this program is how it will help your mind embrace the healing process for emotional wounds. As you consider the benefits of starting your healing journey, you might like to think of how your life will improve as you focus on healing your inner wounds and embracing a more healed version of yourself. This program is designed to help you: • Embrace the healing process • Allow yourself to heal • Become kinder to yourself This audiobook includes: • Chapters 1 to 2: Daytime Affirmations • Chapters 3 to 4: Subliminal Affirmations Once you realize it is easy to unlock the potential of your mind with specific thought patterns that you will soon possess, it will feel simple to make the right decision and to invest in yourself. These affirmations have been designed and produced by Bright Soul Words, a brand obsessed with creating programs that rewire your mind for positive and lifelong changes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396711 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396711]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Open Minded Affirmations Author: Bright Soul Words Narrator: Bright Soul Words Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 12 minutes Release date: September 8, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Imagine how great you'll feel when you become a more worldly, open minded person. It's good to realize how easy that actually can be for you, isn't it? One of the things you are going to love about this program is how it opens your mind and makes you a more understanding, loving person. As you consider the benefits of becoming more worldly, you might like to think of how your life will change when you are able to understand the world and its people from a higher perspective. This program is designed to help you: • Gain a more worldly perspective • Become a more open minded person • Develop more empathy and kindness This audiobook includes: • Chapters 1 to 2: Daytime Affirmations • Chapters 3 to 4: Subliminal Affirmations Once you realize it is easy to unlock the potential of your mind with specific thought patterns that you will soon possess, it will feel simple to make the right decision and to invest in yourself. These affirmations have been designed and produced by Bright Soul Words, a brand obsessed with creating programs that rewire your mind for positive and lifelong changes. Bright Soul Words Sun, 08 Sep 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396711 thebookvoice.com 3:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396711]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Open Minded Affirmations Author: Bright Soul Words Narrator: Bright Soul Words Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 12 minutes Release date: September 8, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Imagine how great you'll feel when you become a more worldly, open minded person. It's good to realize how easy that actually can be for you, isn't it? One of the things you are going to love about this program is how it opens your mind and makes you a more understanding, loving person. As you consider the benefits of becoming more worldly, you might like to think of how your life will change when you are able to understand the world and its people from a higher perspective. This program is designed to help you: • Gain a more worldly perspective • Become a more open minded person • Develop more empathy and kindness This audiobook includes: • Chapters 1 to 2: Daytime Affirmations • Chapters 3 to 4: Subliminal Affirmations Once you realize it is easy to unlock the potential of your mind with specific thought patterns that you will soon possess, it will feel simple to make the right decision and to invest in yourself. These affirmations have been designed and produced by Bright Soul Words, a brand obsessed with creating programs that rewire your mind for positive and lifelong changes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396711]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Open Minded Affirmations Author: Bright Soul Words Narrator: Bright Soul Words Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 12 minutes Release date: September 8, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Imagine how great you'll feel when you become a more worldly, open minded person. It's good to realize how easy that actually can be for you, isn't it? One of the things you are going to love about this program is how it opens your mind and makes you a more understanding, loving person. As you consider the benefits of becoming more worldly, you might like to think of how your life will change when you are able to understand the world and its people from a higher perspective. This program is designed to help you: • Gain a more worldly perspective • Become a more open minded person • Develop more empathy and kindness This audiobook includes: • Chapters 1 to 2: Daytime Affirmations • Chapters 3 to 4: Subliminal Affirmations Once you realize it is easy to unlock the potential of your mind with specific thought patterns that you will soon possess, it will feel simple to make the right decision and to invest in yourself. These affirmations have been designed and produced by Bright Soul Words, a brand obsessed with creating programs that rewire your mind for positive and lifelong changes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395936 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395936]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Transcend: The New Science of Self-Actualization Author: Scott Barry Kaufman Narrator: Scott Barry Kaufman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 15 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.73 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A bold reimagining of Maslow's famous hierarchy of needs--and new insights for realizing your full potential and living your most creative, fulfilled, and connected life. When psychologist Scott Barry Kaufman first discovered Maslow's unfinished theory of transcendence, sprinkled throughout a cache of unpublished journals, lectures, and essays, he felt a deep resonance with his own work and life. In this groundbreaking book, Kaufman picks up where Maslow left off, unraveling the mysteries of his unfinished theory, and integrating these ideas with the latest research on attachment, connection, creativity, love, purpose and other building blocks of a life well lived. Kaufman's new hierarchy of needs provides a roadmap for finding purpose and fulfillment--not by striving for money, success, or 'happiness,' but by becoming the best version of ourselves, or what Maslow called self-actualization. While self-actualization is often thought of as a purely individual pursuit, Maslow believed that the full realization of potential requires a merging between self and the world. We don't have to choose either self-development or self-sacrifice, but at the highest level of human potential we show a deep integration of both. Transcend reveals this level of human potential that connects us not only to our highest creative potential, but also to one another. With never-before-published insights and new research findings, along with exercises and opportunities to gain insight into your own unique personality, this empowering book is a manual for self-analysis and nurturing a deeper connection not only with our highest potential but also with the rest of humanity. *Includes a PDF of growth challenges to begin your personal journey, as well as seven principles for becoming a whole person. Scott Barry Kaufman Tue, 07 Apr 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395936 thebookvoice.com 10:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395936]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Transcend: The New Science of Self-Actualization Author: Scott Barry Kaufman Narrator: Scott Barry Kaufman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 15 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.73 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A bold reimagining of Maslow's famous hierarchy of needs--and new insights for realizing your full potential and living your most creative, fulfilled, and connected life. When psychologist Scott Barry Kaufman first discovered Maslow's unfinished theory of transcendence, sprinkled throughout a cache of unpublished journals, lectures, and essays, he felt a deep resonance with his own work and life. In this groundbreaking book, Kaufman picks up where Maslow left off, unraveling the mysteries of his unfinished theory, and integrating these ideas with the latest research on attachment, connection, creativity, love, purpose and other building blocks of a life well lived. Kaufman's new hierarchy of needs provides a roadmap for finding purpose and fulfillment--not by striving for money, success, or 'happiness,' but by becoming the best version of ourselves, or what Maslow called self-actualization. While self-actualization is often thought of as a purely individual pursuit, Maslow believed that the full realization of potential requires a merging between self and the world. We don't have to choose either self-development or self-sacrifice, but at the highest level of human potential we show a deep integration of both. Transcend reveals this level of human potential that connects us not only to our highest creative potential, but also to one another. With never-before-published insights and new research findings, along with exercises and opportunities to gain insight into your own unique personality, this empowering book is a manual for self-analysis and nurturing a deeper connection not only with our highest potential but also with the rest of humanity. *Includes a PDF of growth challenges to begin your personal journey, as well as seven principles for becoming a whole person. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395936]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Transcend: The New Science of Self-Actualization Author: Scott Barry Kaufman Narrator: Scott Barry Kaufman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 15 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.73 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A bold reimagining of Maslow's famous hierarchy of needs--and new insights for realizing your full potential and living your most creative, fulfilled, and connected life. When psychologist Scott Barry Kaufman first discovered Maslow's unfinished theory of transcendence, sprinkled throughout a cache of unpublished journals, lectures, and essays, he felt a deep resonance with his own work and life. In this groundbreaking book, Kaufman picks up where Maslow left off, unraveling the mysteries of his unfinished theory, and integrating these ideas with the latest research on attachment, connection, creativity, love, purpose and other building blocks of a life well lived. Kaufman's new hierarchy of needs provides a roadmap for finding purpose and fulfillment--not by striving for money, success, or 'happiness,' but by becoming the best version of ourselves, or what Maslow called self-actualization. While self-actualization is often thought of as a purely individual pursuit, Maslow believed that the full realization of potential requires a merging between self and the world. We don't have to choose either self-development or self-sacrifice, but at the highest level of human potential we show a deep integration of both. Transcend reveals this level of human potential that connects us not only to our highest creative potential, but also to one another. With never-before-published insights and new research findings, along with exercises and opportunities to gain insight into your own unique personality, this empowering book is a manual for self-analysis and nurturing a deeper connection not only with our highest potential but also with the rest of humanity. *Includes a PDF of growth challenges to begin your personal journey, as well as seven principles for becoming a whole person. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395885 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395885]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Body Keeps the Score: Mind, Brain and Body in the Transformation of Trauma Author: Bessel Van Der Kolk Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 18 minutes Release date: October 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.53 of Total 142 Ratings of Narrator: 4.76 of Total 29 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. THE NEW YORK TIMES AND AUDIBLE BESTSELLER The effects of trauma can be devastating for sufferers, their families and future generations. Here one of the world's experts on traumatic stress offers a bold new paradigm for treatment, moving away from standard talking and drug therapies and towards an alternative approach that heals mind, brain and body. This inspiring and timeless audiobook is read by Sean Pratt. 'An astonishing and important book. The trauma Bible. I cannot recommend it enough for anyone struggling with...well...anything' Tara Westover 'Dr. van der Kolk's masterpiece combines the boundless curiosity of the scientist, the erudition of the scholar, and the passion of the truth teller' Judith Herman, author of Trauma and Recovery © Bessel van der Kolk 2014 (P) Penguin Audio 2019 Bessel Van Der Kolk Thu, 24 Oct 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395885 thebookvoice.com 16:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395885]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Body Keeps the Score: Mind, Brain and Body in the Transformation of Trauma Author: Bessel Van Der Kolk Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 18 minutes Release date: October 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.53 of Total 142 Ratings of Narrator: 4.76 of Total 29 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. THE NEW YORK TIMES AND AUDIBLE BESTSELLER The effects of trauma can be devastating for sufferers, their families and future generations. Here one of the world's experts on traumatic stress offers a bold new paradigm for treatment, moving away from standard talking and drug therapies and towards an alternative approach that heals mind, brain and body. This inspiring and timeless audiobook is read by Sean Pratt. 'An astonishing and important book. The trauma Bible. I cannot recommend it enough for anyone struggling with...well...anything' Tara Westover 'Dr. van der Kolk's masterpiece combines the boundless curiosity of the scientist, the erudition of the scholar, and the passion of the truth teller' Judith Herman, author of Trauma and Recovery © Bessel van der Kolk 2014 (P) Penguin Audio 2019 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395885]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Body Keeps the Score: Mind, Brain and Body in the Transformation of Trauma Author: Bessel Van Der Kolk Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 18 minutes Release date: October 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.53 of Total 142 Ratings of Narrator: 4.76 of Total 29 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. THE NEW YORK TIMES AND AUDIBLE BESTSELLER The effects of trauma can be devastating for sufferers, their families and future generations. Here one of the world's experts on traumatic stress offers a bold new paradigm for treatment, moving away from standard talking and drug therapies and towards an alternative approach that heals mind, brain and body. This inspiring and timeless audiobook is read by Sean Pratt. 'An astonishing and important book. The trauma Bible. I cannot recommend it enough for anyone struggling with...well...anything' Tara Westover 'Dr. van der Kolk's masterpiece combines the boundless curiosity of the scientist, the erudition of the scholar, and the passion of the truth teller' Judith Herman, author of Trauma and Recovery © Bessel van der Kolk 2014 (P) Penguin Audio 2019 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395732 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395732]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Der Neue Gentleman Author: Dain Heer Narrator: Christian Trabert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 32 minutes Release date: September 3, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Viele Männer befinden sich heute in einer Identitätskrise. Sie leiden unter einem verloren gegangenen Rollenbild. Einerseits sollen sie fürsorglich und empathisch sein, aber zugleich auch durchsetzungsfähig, entscheidungsstark und potent. Seit über einem Jahrzehnt führt Dr. Dain Heer, international renommierter Autor, Sprecher und Mitschöpfer von Access Consciousness, in seinen Workshops und Seminaren Männer an ihre wahren Ressourcen heran und zeigt ihnen - und auch den Frauen - Wege aus der Männlichkeitskrise. Ein Gentleman zu sein bedeutet für Dain Heer, selbstbewusst auf die eigenen Bedürfnisse zu hören, sich nicht zu verbiegen, um anderen zu gefallen, sondern das zu leben, was dem eigenen Wesen entspricht,gleichzeitig in einen harmonischen Kontakt mit Frauen auf Augenhöhe zu kommen. Dain Heer Tue, 03 Sep 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395732 thebookvoice.com 3:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395732]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Der Neue Gentleman Author: Dain Heer Narrator: Christian Trabert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 32 minutes Release date: September 3, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Viele Männer befinden sich heute in einer Identitätskrise. Sie leiden unter einem verloren gegangenen Rollenbild. Einerseits sollen sie fürsorglich und empathisch sein, aber zugleich auch durchsetzungsfähig, entscheidungsstark und potent. Seit über einem Jahrzehnt führt Dr. Dain Heer, international renommierter Autor, Sprecher und Mitschöpfer von Access Consciousness, in seinen Workshops und Seminaren Männer an ihre wahren Ressourcen heran und zeigt ihnen - und auch den Frauen - Wege aus der Männlichkeitskrise. Ein Gentleman zu sein bedeutet für Dain Heer, selbstbewusst auf die eigenen Bedürfnisse zu hören, sich nicht zu verbiegen, um anderen zu gefallen, sondern das zu leben, was dem eigenen Wesen entspricht,gleichzeitig in einen harmonischen Kontakt mit Frauen auf Augenhöhe zu kommen. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395732]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Der Neue Gentleman Author: Dain Heer Narrator: Christian Trabert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 32 minutes Release date: September 3, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Viele Männer befinden sich heute in einer Identitätskrise. Sie leiden unter einem verloren gegangenen Rollenbild. Einerseits sollen sie fürsorglich und empathisch sein, aber zugleich auch durchsetzungsfähig, entscheidungsstark und potent. Seit über einem Jahrzehnt führt Dr. Dain Heer, international renommierter Autor, Sprecher und Mitschöpfer von Access Consciousness, in seinen Workshops und Seminaren Männer an ihre wahren Ressourcen heran und zeigt ihnen - und auch den Frauen - Wege aus der Männlichkeitskrise. Ein Gentleman zu sein bedeutet für Dain Heer, selbstbewusst auf die eigenen Bedürfnisse zu hören, sich nicht zu verbiegen, um anderen zu gefallen, sondern das zu leben, was dem eigenen Wesen entspricht,gleichzeitig in einen harmonischen Kontakt mit Frauen auf Augenhöhe zu kommen. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395488 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395488]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Great Pretender: The Undercover Mission That Changed Our Understanding of Madness Author: Susannah Cahalan Narrator: Susannah Cahalan, Christie Moreau Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 5 minutes Release date: November 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'One of America's most courageous young journalists' and the author of the #1 New York Times bestselling memoir Brain on Fire investigates the shocking mystery behind the dramatic experiment that revolutionized modern medicine (NPR). Doctors have struggled for centuries to define insanity--how do you diagnose it, how do you treat it, how do you even know what it is? In search of an answer, in the 1970s a Stanford psychologist named David Rosenhan and seven other people--sane, healthy, well-adjusted members of society--went undercover into asylums around America to test the legitimacy of psychiatry's labels. Forced to remain inside until they'd 'proven' themselves sane, all eight emerged with alarming diagnoses and even more troubling stories of their treatment. Rosenhan's watershed study broke open the field of psychiatry, closing down institutions and changing mental health diagnosis forever. But, as Cahalan's explosive new research shows in this real-life detective story, very little in this saga is exactly as it seems. What really happened behind those closed asylum doors? Susannah Cahalan Tue, 05 Nov 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395488 thebookvoice.com 11:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395488]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Great Pretender: The Undercover Mission That Changed Our Understanding of Madness Author: Susannah Cahalan Narrator: Susannah Cahalan, Christie Moreau Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 5 minutes Release date: November 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'One of America's most courageous young journalists' and the author of the #1 New York Times bestselling memoir Brain on Fire investigates the shocking mystery behind the dramatic experiment that revolutionized modern medicine (NPR). Doctors have struggled for centuries to define insanity--how do you diagnose it, how do you treat it, how do you even know what it is? In search of an answer, in the 1970s a Stanford psychologist named David Rosenhan and seven other people--sane, healthy, well-adjusted members of society--went undercover into asylums around America to test the legitimacy of psychiatry's labels. Forced to remain inside until they'd 'proven' themselves sane, all eight emerged with alarming diagnoses and even more troubling stories of their treatment. Rosenhan's watershed study broke open the field of psychiatry, closing down institutions and changing mental health diagnosis forever. But, as Cahalan's explosive new research shows in this real-life detective story, very little in this saga is exactly as it seems. What really happened behind those closed asylum doors? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395488]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Great Pretender: The Undercover Mission That Changed Our Understanding of Madness Author: Susannah Cahalan Narrator: Susannah Cahalan, Christie Moreau Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 5 minutes Release date: November 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'One of America's most courageous young journalists' and the author of the #1 New York Times bestselling memoir Brain on Fire investigates the shocking mystery behind the dramatic experiment that revolutionized modern medicine (NPR). Doctors have struggled for centuries to define insanity--how do you diagnose it, how do you treat it, how do you even know what it is? In search of an answer, in the 1970s a Stanford psychologist named David Rosenhan and seven other people--sane, healthy, well-adjusted members of society--went undercover into asylums around America to test the legitimacy of psychiatry's labels. Forced to remain inside until they'd 'proven' themselves sane, all eight emerged with alarming diagnoses and even more troubling stories of their treatment. Rosenhan's watershed study broke open the field of psychiatry, closing down institutions and changing mental health diagnosis forever. But, as Cahalan's explosive new research shows in this real-life detective story, very little in this saga is exactly as it seems. What really happened behind those closed asylum doors? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395417 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395417]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Bystander Effect: The Psychology of Courage and Inaction Author: Catherine Sanderson Narrator: Catherine Sanderson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 27 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ‘Fantastic … It explains the misperception of stacked odds and personal powerlessness that stops individuals challenging bad behaviour. Stunning. Humbling. Thought-provoking’ Kathryn Mannix, author of With the End in Mind In the face of discrimination, bad behaviour, evil and abuse, why do good people so often do nothing? Every day, we see examples of bad or immoral behaviour – from sexual harassment to political corruption, from negligence to bullying. Why did no one stop the abduction of Jamie Bulger, despite many witnesses reporting they felt uneasy seeing the two-year-old's distress? How did the USA gymnastics team doctor, Larry Nassar, abuse hundreds of young women under his care for so long? Why didn't anyone intervene when David Dao, an innocent sixty-nine-year-old man, was forcibly removed from his seat on a United Airlines aeroplane and dragged down the aisle by security officers? How did large crowds of men get away with sexually assaulting an estimated 1,200 women in Cologne during the 2015 New Year's Eve celebrations? In The Bystander Effect, pioneering psychologist Catherine Sanderson uses real-life examples, neuroscience and the latest psychological studies to explain why we might be good at recognising bad behaviour but bad at taking action against it. With practical strategies to transform your thinking, she shows how we can all learn to speak out, intervene, think outside the group mentality and ultimately become braver versions of ourselves. Courage is not a virtue we're born with. A bystander can learn to be brave. Catherine Sanderson Tue, 07 Apr 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395417 thebookvoice.com 7:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395417]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Bystander Effect: The Psychology of Courage and Inaction Author: Catherine Sanderson Narrator: Catherine Sanderson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 27 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ‘Fantastic … It explains the misperception of stacked odds and personal powerlessness that stops individuals challenging bad behaviour. Stunning. Humbling. Thought-provoking’ Kathryn Mannix, author of With the End in Mind In the face of discrimination, bad behaviour, evil and abuse, why do good people so often do nothing? Every day, we see examples of bad or immoral behaviour – from sexual harassment to political corruption, from negligence to bullying. Why did no one stop the abduction of Jamie Bulger, despite many witnesses reporting they felt uneasy seeing the two-year-old's distress? How did the USA gymnastics team doctor, Larry Nassar, abuse hundreds of young women under his care for so long? Why didn't anyone intervene when David Dao, an innocent sixty-nine-year-old man, was forcibly removed from his seat on a United Airlines aeroplane and dragged down the aisle by security officers? How did large crowds of men get away with sexually assaulting an estimated 1,200 women in Cologne during the 2015 New Year's Eve celebrations? In The Bystander Effect, pioneering psychologist Catherine Sanderson uses real-life examples, neuroscience and the latest psychological studies to explain why we might be good at recognising bad behaviour but bad at taking action against it. With practical strategies to transform your thinking, she shows how we can all learn to speak out, intervene, think outside the group mentality and ultimately become braver versions of ourselves. Courage is not a virtue we're born with. A bystander can learn to be brave. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395417]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Bystander Effect: The Psychology of Courage and Inaction Author: Catherine Sanderson Narrator: Catherine Sanderson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 27 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ‘Fantastic … It explains the misperception of stacked odds and personal powerlessness that stops individuals challenging bad behaviour. Stunning. Humbling. Thought-provoking’ Kathryn Mannix, author of With the End in Mind In the face of discrimination, bad behaviour, evil and abuse, why do good people so often do nothing? Every day, we see examples of bad or immoral behaviour – from sexual harassment to political corruption, from negligence to bullying. Why did no one stop the abduction of Jamie Bulger, despite many witnesses reporting they felt uneasy seeing the two-year-old's distress? How did the USA gymnastics team doctor, Larry Nassar, abuse hundreds of young women under his care for so long? Why didn't anyone intervene when David Dao, an innocent sixty-nine-year-old man, was forcibly removed from his seat on a United Airlines aeroplane and dragged down the aisle by security officers? How did large crowds of men get away with sexually assaulting an estimated 1,200 women in Cologne during the 2015 New Year's Eve celebrations? In The Bystander Effect, pioneering psychologist Catherine Sanderson uses real-life examples, neuroscience and the latest psychological studies to explain why we might be good at recognising bad behaviour but bad at taking action against it. With practical strategies to transform your thinking, she shows how we can all learn to speak out, intervene, think outside the group mentality and ultimately become braver versions of ourselves. Courage is not a virtue we're born with. A bystander can learn to be brave. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395361 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395361]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Controle su destino: Despertando al gigante que lleva dentro Author: Anthony Robbins Narrator: Sebastián Rosas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 24 hours 6 minutes Release date: February 1, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Escuche ahora este viaje de autodescubrimiento cuya estación final es la más plena y satisfactoria realización de uno mismo. ¿Se deja arrastrar por circunstancias que parecen estar fuera de su control? Esa carencia de autodominio es consecuencia de múltiples factores: hábitos negativos, escaso conocimiento de los propios valores personales, dificultades en las relaciones con los demás... Todo ello causa esa angustiosa sensación de estar manejado por los otros, por «lo» otro. En Controle su destino, Anthony Robbins propone una serie de pautas sencillas de seguir que nos ayudan a descubrir nuestras creencias más profundas, nuestras preguntas fundamentales. Escúchelo ahora. Los mejores títulos de desarrollo y crecimiento personal en formato audiolibro. Los lectores han dicho... «Impresionante. Leer sí o sí. Top10 de los últimos 100 que he leído. Libro de referencia. Recomendadísimo en todos los sentidos.» «Un maravilloso libro para 'controlar tu destino'. Aporta información y herramientas útiles para aplicar en tu vida y para aplicar en sesiones de coaching personal» «Si te gusta leer libros de autoayuda este, para mí, es EL LIBRO.» Anthony Robbins Fri, 01 Feb 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395361 thebookvoice.com 24:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395361]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Controle su destino: Despertando al gigante que lleva dentro Author: Anthony Robbins Narrator: Sebastián Rosas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 24 hours 6 minutes Release date: February 1, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Escuche ahora este viaje de autodescubrimiento cuya estación final es la más plena y satisfactoria realización de uno mismo. ¿Se deja arrastrar por circunstancias que parecen estar fuera de su control? Esa carencia de autodominio es consecuencia de múltiples factores: hábitos negativos, escaso conocimiento de los propios valores personales, dificultades en las relaciones con los demás... Todo ello causa esa angustiosa sensación de estar manejado por los otros, por «lo» otro. En Controle su destino, Anthony Robbins propone una serie de pautas sencillas de seguir que nos ayudan a descubrir nuestras creencias más profundas, nuestras preguntas fundamentales. Escúchelo ahora. Los mejores títulos de desarrollo y crecimiento personal en formato audiolibro. Los lectores han dicho... «Impresionante. Leer sí o sí. Top10 de los últimos 100 que he leído. Libro de referencia. Recomendadísimo en todos los sentidos.» «Un maravilloso libro para 'controlar tu destino'. Aporta información y herramientas útiles para aplicar en tu vida y para aplicar en sesiones de coaching personal» «Si te gusta leer libros de autoayuda este, para mí, es EL LIBRO.» Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395361]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Controle su destino: Despertando al gigante que lleva dentro Author: Anthony Robbins Narrator: Sebastián Rosas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 24 hours 6 minutes Release date: February 1, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Escuche ahora este viaje de autodescubrimiento cuya estación final es la más plena y satisfactoria realización de uno mismo. ¿Se deja arrastrar por circunstancias que parecen estar fuera de su control? Esa carencia de autodominio es consecuencia de múltiples factores: hábitos negativos, escaso conocimiento de los propios valores personales, dificultades en las relaciones con los demás... Todo ello causa esa angustiosa sensación de estar manejado por los otros, por «lo» otro. En Controle su destino, Anthony Robbins propone una serie de pautas sencillas de seguir que nos ayudan a descubrir nuestras creencias más profundas, nuestras preguntas fundamentales. Escúchelo ahora. Los mejores títulos de desarrollo y crecimiento personal en formato audiolibro. Los lectores han dicho... «Impresionante. Leer sí o sí. Top10 de los últimos 100 que he leído. Libro de referencia. Recomendadísimo en todos los sentidos.» «Un maravilloso libro para 'controlar tu destino'. Aporta información y herramientas útiles para aplicar en tu vida y para aplicar en sesiones de coaching personal» «Si te gusta leer libros de autoayuda este, para mí, es EL LIBRO.» https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394543 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394543]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mindapps: Multistate Theory and Tools for Mind Design Author: Thomas B. Roberts Narrator: Andy Rick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An exploration of “mind design” technologies and practices--mindapps--that boost intellectual capacity and enable new ways of thought and action • Reveals how mindapps transform the patterns of our mind-body complex and help generate new ideas by enabling access to new mind states • Examines the singlestate fallacy--the myth that useful thinking only occurs in our ordinary awake mental state • Explores a wealth of mindapp practices and techniques, including microdosing with psychedelics, yoga and martial arts, hypnosis, breathing techniques, lucid dreaming, rites of passage, biofeedback and neurofeedback, and transcranial brain stimulation Just as we can write and install apps in our electronic devices, we can construct “mindapps” and install them in our brain-mind complex, and as just as digital apps add capabilities to our devices, mindapps can expand our mental powers and creative abilities, allowing us to intentionally redesign our minds. Using psychedelics as the prime example, Thomas B. Roberts explores the many different kinds of mindapps, including meditation, other psychoactive plants and chemicals, sensory overload and deprivation, biofeedback and neurofeedback, hypnosis and suggestion, sleep and lucid dreaming, creative imagery, transcranial brain stimulation and optical brain stimulation, rites of passage, martial arts and exercise routines, yoga, breathing techniques, and contemplative prayer. He also looks at the future of mindapps, the potential for new mindapps yet to be invented, and how installing multiple mindapps can produce new, yet to be explored mind states. Drawing on decades of research, he shows how psychedelics in particular are “ideagens”--powerful tools for generating new ideas and new ways of thinking. Uniting the many forms of mindapps into one overall Multistate Mind Theory, Roberts examines the singlestate fallacy--the myth that useful thinking only occurs in our ordinary awake mental state--and demonstrates the many mind-body states we are capable of. He shows how mindapps not only allow us to design and redesign our own minds but also offer benefits for artistic performance, mystical and spiritual experience, and scientific research by improving creativity, open-mindedness, problem solving, and inner-brain connections. Reformulating how we think about the human mind, Mindapps unveils the new multistate landscape of the mind and how we can each enter the world of mind design. Thomas B. Roberts Tue, 17 Sep 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394543 thebookvoice.com 6:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394543]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mindapps: Multistate Theory and Tools for Mind Design Author: Thomas B. Roberts Narrator: Andy Rick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An exploration of “mind design” technologies and practices--mindapps--that boost intellectual capacity and enable new ways of thought and action • Reveals how mindapps transform the patterns of our mind-body complex and help generate new ideas by enabling access to new mind states • Examines the singlestate fallacy--the myth that useful thinking only occurs in our ordinary awake mental state • Explores a wealth of mindapp practices and techniques, including microdosing with psychedelics, yoga and martial arts, hypnosis, breathing techniques, lucid dreaming, rites of passage, biofeedback and neurofeedback, and transcranial brain stimulation Just as we can write and install apps in our electronic devices, we can construct “mindapps” and install them in our brain-mind complex, and as just as digital apps add capabilities to our devices, mindapps can expand our mental powers and creative abilities, allowing us to intentionally redesign our minds. Using psychedelics as the prime example, Thomas B. Roberts explores the many different kinds of mindapps, including meditation, other psychoactive plants and chemicals, sensory overload and deprivation, biofeedback and neurofeedback, hypnosis and suggestion, sleep and lucid dreaming, creative imagery, transcranial brain stimulation and optical brain stimulation, rites of passage, martial arts and exercise routines, yoga, breathing techniques, and contemplative prayer. He also looks at the future of mindapps, the potential for new mindapps yet to be invented, and how installing multiple mindapps can produce new, yet to be explored mind states. Drawing on decades of research, he shows how psychedelics in particular are “ideagens”--powerful tools for generating new ideas and new ways of thinking. Uniting the many forms of mindapps into one overall Multistate Mind Theory, Roberts examines the singlestate fallacy--the myth that useful thinking only occurs in our ordinary awake mental state--and demonstrates the many mind-body states we are capable of. He shows how mindapps not only allow us to design and redesign our own minds but also offer benefits for artistic performance, mystical and spiritual experience, and scientific research by improving creativity, open-mindedness, problem solving, and inner-brain connections. Reformulating how we think about the human mind, Mindapps unveils the new multistate landscape of the mind and how we can each enter the world of mind design. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394543]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mindapps: Multistate Theory and Tools for Mind Design Author: Thomas B. Roberts Narrator: Andy Rick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An exploration of “mind design” technologies and practices--mindapps--that boost intellectual capacity and enable new ways of thought and action • Reveals how mindapps transform the patterns of our mind-body complex and help generate new ideas by enabling access to new mind states • Examines the singlestate fallacy--the myth that useful thinking only occurs in our ordinary awake mental state • Explores a wealth of mindapp practices and techniques, including microdosing with psychedelics, yoga and martial arts, hypnosis, breathing techniques, lucid dreaming, rites of passage, biofeedback and neurofeedback, and transcranial brain stimulation Just as we can write and install apps in our electronic devices, we can construct “mindapps” and install them in our brain-mind complex, and as just as digital apps add capabilities to our devices, mindapps can expand our mental powers and creative abilities, allowing us to intentionally redesign our minds. Using psychedelics as the prime example, Thomas B. Roberts explores the many different kinds of mindapps, including meditation, other psychoactive plants and chemicals, sensory overload and deprivation, biofeedback and neurofeedback, hypnosis and suggestion, sleep and lucid dreaming, creative imagery, transcranial brain stimulation and optical brain stimulation, rites of passage, martial arts and exercise routines, yoga, breathing techniques, and contemplative prayer. He also looks at the future of mindapps, the potential for new mindapps yet to be invented, and how installing multiple mindapps can produce new, yet to be explored mind states. Drawing on decades of research, he shows how psychedelics in particular are “ideagens”--powerful tools for generating new ideas and new ways of thinking. Uniting the many forms of mindapps into one overall Multistate Mind Theory, Roberts examines the singlestate fallacy--the myth that useful thinking only occurs in our ordinary awake mental state--and demonstrates the many mind-body states we are capable of. He shows how mindapps not only allow us to design and redesign our own minds but also offer benefits for artistic performance, mystical and spiritual experience, and scientific research by improving creativity, open-mindedness, problem solving, and inner-brain connections. Reformulating how we think about the human mind, Mindapps unveils the new multistate landscape of the mind and how we can each enter the world of mind design. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394127 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394127]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gender Mosaic: Beyond the Myth of the Male and Female Brain Author: Luba Vikhanski, Daphna Joel Narrator: Therese Plummer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: With profound implications for our most foundational assumptions about gender, Gender Mosaic explains why there is no such thing as a male or female brain. For generations, we've been taught that women and men differ in profound and important ways. Women are more sensitive and emotional, whereas men are more aggressive and sexual, because this or that region in the brains of women is smaller or larger than in men, or because they have more or less of this or that hormone. This story seems to provide us with a neat biological explanation for much of what we encounter in day-to-day life. But is it true? According to neuroscientist Daphna Joel, it's not. And in Gender Mosaic, she sets forth a bold and compelling argument that debunks the notion of female and male brains. Drawing on the latest scientific evidence, including the groundbreaking results of her own studies, Dr. Joel explains that every human brain is a unique mixture -- or mosaic -- of 'male' and 'female' features, and that these mosaics don't map neatly into two categories. With urgent practical implications for the way we understand ourselves and the world around us, Gender Mosaic is a fascinating look at the science of gender, sex and the brain, and at how freeing ourselves from the gender binary can help us all reach our full human potential. Luba Vikhanski, Daphna Joel Tue, 17 Sep 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394127 thebookvoice.com 4:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394127]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gender Mosaic: Beyond the Myth of the Male and Female Brain Author: Luba Vikhanski, Daphna Joel Narrator: Therese Plummer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: With profound implications for our most foundational assumptions about gender, Gender Mosaic explains why there is no such thing as a male or female brain. For generations, we've been taught that women and men differ in profound and important ways. Women are more sensitive and emotional, whereas men are more aggressive and sexual, because this or that region in the brains of women is smaller or larger than in men, or because they have more or less of this or that hormone. This story seems to provide us with a neat biological explanation for much of what we encounter in day-to-day life. But is it true? According to neuroscientist Daphna Joel, it's not. And in Gender Mosaic, she sets forth a bold and compelling argument that debunks the notion of female and male brains. Drawing on the latest scientific evidence, including the groundbreaking results of her own studies, Dr. Joel explains that every human brain is a unique mixture -- or mosaic -- of 'male' and 'female' features, and that these mosaics don't map neatly into two categories. With urgent practical implications for the way we understand ourselves and the world around us, Gender Mosaic is a fascinating look at the science of gender, sex and the brain, and at how freeing ourselves from the gender binary can help us all reach our full human potential. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394127]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gender Mosaic: Beyond the Myth of the Male and Female Brain Author: Luba Vikhanski, Daphna Joel Narrator: Therese Plummer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: With profound implications for our most foundational assumptions about gender, Gender Mosaic explains why there is no such thing as a male or female brain. For generations, we've been taught that women and men differ in profound and important ways. Women are more sensitive and emotional, whereas men are more aggressive and sexual, because this or that region in the brains of women is smaller or larger than in men, or because they have more or less of this or that hormone. This story seems to provide us with a neat biological explanation for much of what we encounter in day-to-day life. But is it true? According to neuroscientist Daphna Joel, it's not. And in Gender Mosaic, she sets forth a bold and compelling argument that debunks the notion of female and male brains. Drawing on the latest scientific evidence, including the groundbreaking results of her own studies, Dr. Joel explains that every human brain is a unique mixture -- or mosaic -- of 'male' and 'female' features, and that these mosaics don't map neatly into two categories. With urgent practical implications for the way we understand ourselves and the world around us, Gender Mosaic is a fascinating look at the science of gender, sex and the brain, and at how freeing ourselves from the gender binary can help us all reach our full human potential. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394123 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394123]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Do I Feel Like an Imposter?: How to Understand and Cope with Imposter Syndrome Author: Sandi Mann Narrator: Esther Wane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 29 minutes Release date: September 10, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Many of us share a shameful little secret: deep down we feel like complete frauds and are convinced that our accomplishments are the result of luck rather than skill. This is a psychological phenomenon known as 'Imposter Syndrome'. This book examines the reasons why up to 70% of us are developing this syndrome-and what we can do about it.All of us, at one point or another, have questioned our capabilities and competence. Maybe you've wondered how you got hired and, handed big job responsibilities? One recent article suggested that 70% of people "will experience at least one episode" of IS in their lives. Imposter Syndrome (also known as imposter phenomenon, fraud syndrome, or the imposter experience) is a concept describing individuals who are marked by an inability to internalize their accomplishments and a persistent fear of being exposed as a 'fraud'. The term was coined in 1978 by clinical psychologists Pauline R. Clance and Suzanne A. Imes. Despite external evidence of their competence, those exhibiting the syndrome remain convinced that they are frauds and do not deserve the success they have achieved. Proof of success is dismissed as luck, timing, or as a result of deceiving others into thinking they are more intelligent and competent than they believe themselves to be. This book presents an accessible and engaging examination of IS and how it effects us, not just at work, but as teenagers, parents and beyond. Using interactive quizzes to help you identify if you suffer and offering tips and tools to overcome your insecurities, psychologist Dr Sandi Mann will draw on her experience not only as an academic, but also as a practitioner, to present a comprehensive guide to understanding and overcoming IS. Sandi Mann Tue, 10 Sep 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394123 thebookvoice.com 4:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394123]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Do I Feel Like an Imposter?: How to Understand and Cope with Imposter Syndrome Author: Sandi Mann Narrator: Esther Wane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 29 minutes Release date: September 10, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Many of us share a shameful little secret: deep down we feel like complete frauds and are convinced that our accomplishments are the result of luck rather than skill. This is a psychological phenomenon known as 'Imposter Syndrome'. This book examines the reasons why up to 70% of us are developing this syndrome-and what we can do about it.All of us, at one point or another, have questioned our capabilities and competence. Maybe you've wondered how you got hired and, handed big job responsibilities? One recent article suggested that 70% of people "will experience at least one episode" of IS in their lives. Imposter Syndrome (also known as imposter phenomenon, fraud syndrome, or the imposter experience) is a concept describing individuals who are marked by an inability to internalize their accomplishments and a persistent fear of being exposed as a 'fraud'. The term was coined in 1978 by clinical psychologists Pauline R. Clance and Suzanne A. Imes. Despite external evidence of their competence, those exhibiting the syndrome remain convinced that they are frauds and do not deserve the success they have achieved. Proof of success is dismissed as luck, timing, or as a result of deceiving others into thinking they are more intelligent and competent than they believe themselves to be. This book presents an accessible and engaging examination of IS and how it effects us, not just at work, but as teenagers, parents and beyond. Using interactive quizzes to help you identify if you suffer and offering tips and tools to overcome your insecurities, psychologist Dr Sandi Mann will draw on her experience not only as an academic, but also as a practitioner, to present a comprehensive guide to understanding and overcoming IS. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394123]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Do I Feel Like an Imposter?: How to Understand and Cope with Imposter Syndrome Author: Sandi Mann Narrator: Esther Wane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 29 minutes Release date: September 10, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Many of us share a shameful little secret: deep down we feel like complete frauds and are convinced that our accomplishments are the result of luck rather than skill. This is a psychological phenomenon known as 'Imposter Syndrome'. This book examines the reasons why up to 70% of us are developing this syndrome-and what we can do about it.All of us, at one point or another, have questioned our capabilities and competence. Maybe you've wondered how you got hired and, handed big job responsibilities? One recent article suggested that 70% of people "will experience at least one episode" of IS in their lives. Imposter Syndrome (also known as imposter phenomenon, fraud syndrome, or the imposter experience) is a concept describing individuals who are marked by an inability to internalize their accomplishments and a persistent fear of being exposed as a 'fraud'. The term was coined in 1978 by clinical psychologists Pauline R. Clance and Suzanne A. Imes. Despite external evidence of their competence, those exhibiting the syndrome remain convinced that they are frauds and do not deserve the success they have achieved. Proof of success is dismissed as luck, timing, or as a result of deceiving others into thinking they are more intelligent and competent than they believe themselves to be. This book presents an accessible and engaging examination of IS and how it effects us, not just at work, but as teenagers, parents and beyond. Using interactive quizzes to help you identify if you suffer and offering tips and tools to overcome your insecurities, psychologist Dr Sandi Mann will draw on her experience not only as an academic, but also as a practitioner, to present a comprehensive guide to understanding and overcoming IS. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393959 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393959]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: That Woman Author: Helen Monks Takhar Narrator: Yolanda Kettle, Kristin Atherton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 24 minutes Release date: June 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: **Helen Monks Takhar’s latest psychological thriller, Such A Good Mother, is available to pre-order now** YOUR FIRST MISTAKE WAS LETTING HER IN… ‘Oh my gosh, this book! Where do I start! If you like a thriller, you'll love this Single White Female thrillfest. The suspense keeps you hooked right until the last page!’ Goodreads reviewer, 5***** *** There’s a new girl at work. Young, beautiful, confident, she’s everything you used to be. You’re flattered when she befriends you. So when your boss starts giving her your work, at first you think it’s a mistake. But then, one Sunday, the new girl turns up in your local pub. The next week, she starts dressing like you… Now she’s taking control of everything. Because she doesn’t just want your job – she wants your life… ‘A truly creepy tale of jealousy and obsession.’ Woman & Home ‘A hypnotic dance of gaslighting and revenge.’ People ‘Guaranteed to start the mother of all office fights.’ I News *A previous version of this novel was published with the title Precious You.* Your favourite authors can’t stop talking about That Woman: ‘Dark, disturbing, compulsive. I was genuinely terrified reading this.’ Adele Parks ‘An intergenerational clash between two women, played out to a shocking finale. Nail-biting.’ Harriet Tyce ‘Creepy and unnerving… a breathtaking debut.’ Samantha Downing ‘A deliciously dark, addictive and twisted page-turner.’ Alice Feeney ‘What a debut! Twisty, explosive, and hugely compelling, with hints of Gone Girl.’ Will Dean ‘Twisted, dark and shocking. Absolutely terrific.’ Jo Spain ‘Will change the way you look at your colleagues forever.’ Phoebe Morgan ‘Supremely twisted and completely riveting’ Katie Lowe Helen Monks Takhar Thu, 11 Jun 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393959 thebookvoice.com 11:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393959]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: That Woman Author: Helen Monks Takhar Narrator: Yolanda Kettle, Kristin Atherton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 24 minutes Release date: June 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: **Helen Monks Takhar’s latest psychological thriller, Such A Good Mother, is available to pre-order now** YOUR FIRST MISTAKE WAS LETTING HER IN… ‘Oh my gosh, this book! Where do I start! If you like a thriller, you'll love this Single White Female thrillfest. The suspense keeps you hooked right until the last page!’ Goodreads reviewer, 5***** *** There’s a new girl at work. Young, beautiful, confident, she’s everything you used to be. You’re flattered when she befriends you. So when your boss starts giving her your work, at first you think it’s a mistake. But then, one Sunday, the new girl turns up in your local pub. The next week, she starts dressing like you… Now she’s taking control of everything. Because she doesn’t just want your job – she wants your life… ‘A truly creepy tale of jealousy and obsession.’ Woman & Home ‘A hypnotic dance of gaslighting and revenge.’ People ‘Guaranteed to start the mother of all office fights.’ I News *A previous version of this novel was published with the title Precious You.* Your favourite authors can’t stop talking about That Woman: ‘Dark, disturbing, compulsive. I was genuinely terrified reading this.’ Adele Parks ‘An intergenerational clash between two women, played out to a shocking finale. Nail-biting.’ Harriet Tyce ‘Creepy and unnerving… a breathtaking debut.’ Samantha Downing ‘A deliciously dark, addictive and twisted page-turner.’ Alice Feeney ‘What a debut! Twisty, explosive, and hugely compelling, with hints of Gone Girl.’ Will Dean ‘Twisted, dark and shocking. Absolutely terrific.’ Jo Spain ‘Will change the way you look at your colleagues forever.’ Phoebe Morgan ‘Supremely twisted and completely riveting’ Katie Lowe Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393959]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: That Woman Author: Helen Monks Takhar Narrator: Yolanda Kettle, Kristin Atherton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 24 minutes Release date: June 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: **Helen Monks Takhar’s latest psychological thriller, Such A Good Mother, is available to pre-order now** YOUR FIRST MISTAKE WAS LETTING HER IN… ‘Oh my gosh, this book! Where do I start! If you like a thriller, you'll love this Single White Female thrillfest. The suspense keeps you hooked right until the last page!’ Goodreads reviewer, 5***** *** There’s a new girl at work. Young, beautiful, confident, she’s everything you used to be. You’re flattered when she befriends you. So when your boss starts giving her your work, at first you think it’s a mistake. But then, one Sunday, the new girl turns up in your local pub. The next week, she starts dressing like you… Now she’s taking control of everything. Because she doesn’t just want your job – she wants your life… ‘A truly creepy tale of jealousy and obsession.’ Woman & Home ‘A hypnotic dance of gaslighting and revenge.’ People ‘Guaranteed to start the mother of all office fights.’ I News *A previous version of this novel was published with the title Precious You.* Your favourite authors can’t stop talking about That Woman: ‘Dark, disturbing, compulsive. I was genuinely terrified reading this.’ Adele Parks ‘An intergenerational clash between two women, played out to a shocking finale. Nail-biting.’ Harriet Tyce ‘Creepy and unnerving… a breathtaking debut.’ Samantha Downing ‘A deliciously dark, addictive and twisted page-turner.’ Alice Feeney ‘What a debut! Twisty, explosive, and hugely compelling, with hints of Gone Girl.’ Will Dean ‘Twisted, dark and shocking. Absolutely terrific.’ Jo Spain ‘Will change the way you look at your colleagues forever.’ Phoebe Morgan ‘Supremely twisted and completely riveting’ Katie Lowe https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393942 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393942]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Good Morning, Destroyer of Men's Souls: A Memoir of Women, Addiction, and Love Author: Nina Renata Aron Narrator: Nina Renata Aron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 23 minutes Release date: April 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A scorching memoir of a love affair with an addict, weaving personal reckoning with psychology and history to understand the nature of addiction, codependency, and our appetite for obsessive love “Ferocious . . . glints with hard-won truths . . . Aron lights a path through the darkness of her past toward a better future.”—Los Angeles Times NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY PARADE “The disease he has is addiction,” Nina Renata Aron writes of her boyfriend, K. “The disease I have is loving him.” Their love affair is dramatic, urgent, overwhelming—an intoxicating antidote to the long, lonely days of early motherhood. Soon after they get together, K starts using again, and years of relapses and broken promises follow. Even as his addiction deepens, she stays, convinced she is the one who can get him sober. After an adolescence marred by family trauma and addiction, Nina can’t help but feel responsible for those suffering around her. How can she break this pattern? If she leaves K, has she failed him? Writing in prose at once unflinching and acrobatic, Aron delivers a piercing memoir of romance and addiction, drawing on intimate anecdotes as well as academic research to crack open the long-feminized and overlooked phenomenon of codependency. She shifts between visceral, ferocious accounts of her affair with K and introspective analyses of the part she plays in his addictions, as well as defining moments in the history of codependency, from the temperance movement to the formation of Al-Anon to more recent research in the psychology of addiction. Good Morning, Destroyer of Men’s Souls is a blazing, bighearted book that illuminates and adds nuance to the messy tethers between femininity, enabling, and love. Praise for Good Morning, Destroyer of Men's Souls “Unflinching . . . Aron writes in gripping prose about the thrills and dangers of her own substance use and relationship with K—their weak-kneed passion and wolfish needs, as well as her guilt-ridden enabling and savior-complex optimism.”—San Francisco Chronicle “In Nina Renata Aron’s scorching, unvarnished memoir, an addiction story gets spun from the perspective of the helpless partner, the lover too stuck in a dangerous dynamic to find her way out.”—Entertainment Weekly “A raw and eloquently unflinching memoir.”—Kirkus Reviews Nina Renata Aron Tue, 21 Apr 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393942 thebookvoice.com 9:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393942]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Good Morning, Destroyer of Men's Souls: A Memoir of Women, Addiction, and Love Author: Nina Renata Aron Narrator: Nina Renata Aron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 23 minutes Release date: April 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A scorching memoir of a love affair with an addict, weaving personal reckoning with psychology and history to understand the nature of addiction, codependency, and our appetite for obsessive love “Ferocious . . . glints with hard-won truths . . . Aron lights a path through the darkness of her past toward a better future.”—Los Angeles Times NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY PARADE “The disease he has is addiction,” Nina Renata Aron writes of her boyfriend, K. “The disease I have is loving him.” Their love affair is dramatic, urgent, overwhelming—an intoxicating antidote to the long, lonely days of early motherhood. Soon after they get together, K starts using again, and years of relapses and broken promises follow. Even as his addiction deepens, she stays, convinced she is the one who can get him sober. After an adolescence marred by family trauma and addiction, Nina can’t help but feel responsible for those suffering around her. How can she break this pattern? If she leaves K, has she failed him? Writing in prose at once unflinching and acrobatic, Aron delivers a piercing memoir of romance and addiction, drawing on intimate anecdotes as well as academic research to crack open the long-feminized and overlooked phenomenon of codependency. She shifts between visceral, ferocious accounts of her affair with K and introspective analyses of the part she plays in his addictions, as well as defining moments in the history of codependency, from the temperance movement to the formation of Al-Anon to more recent research in the psychology of addiction. Good Morning, Destroyer of Men’s Souls is a blazing, bighearted book that illuminates and adds nuance to the messy tethers between femininity, enabling, and love. Praise for Good Morning, Destroyer of Men's Souls “Unflinching . . . Aron writes in gripping prose about the thrills and dangers of her own substance use and relationship with K—their weak-kneed passion and wolfish needs, as well as her guilt-ridden enabling and savior-complex optimism.”—San Francisco Chronicle “In Nina Renata Aron’s scorching, unvarnished memoir, an addiction story gets spun from the perspective of the helpless partner, the lover too stuck in a dangerous dynamic to find her way out.”—Entertainment Weekly “A raw and eloquently unflinching memoir.”—Kirkus Reviews Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393942]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Good Morning, Destroyer of Men's Souls: A Memoir of Women, Addiction, and Love Author: Nina Renata Aron Narrator: Nina Renata Aron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 23 minutes Release date: April 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A scorching memoir of a love affair with an addict, weaving personal reckoning with psychology and history to understand the nature of addiction, codependency, and our appetite for obsessive love “Ferocious . . . glints with hard-won truths . . . Aron lights a path through the darkness of her past toward a better future.”—Los Angeles Times NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY PARADE “The disease he has is addiction,” Nina Renata Aron writes of her boyfriend, K. “The disease I have is loving him.” Their love affair is dramatic, urgent, overwhelming—an intoxicating antidote to the long, lonely days of early motherhood. Soon after they get together, K starts using again, and years of relapses and broken promises follow. Even as his addiction deepens, she stays, convinced she is the one who can get him sober. After an adolescence marred by family trauma and addiction, Nina can’t help but feel responsible for those suffering around her. How can she break this pattern? If she leaves K, has she failed him? Writing in prose at once unflinching and acrobatic, Aron delivers a piercing memoir of romance and addiction, drawing on intimate anecdotes as well as academic research to crack open the long-feminized and overlooked phenomenon of codependency. She shifts between visceral, ferocious accounts of her affair with K and introspective analyses of the part she plays in his addictions, as well as defining moments in the history of codependency, from the temperance movement to the formation of Al-Anon to more recent research in the psychology of addiction. Good Morning, Destroyer of Men’s Souls is a blazing, bighearted book that illuminates and adds nuance to the messy tethers between femininity, enabling, and love. Praise for Good Morning, Destroyer of Men's Souls “Unflinching . . . Aron writes in gripping prose about the thrills and dangers of her own substance use and relationship with K—their weak-kneed passion and wolfish needs, as well as her guilt-ridden enabling and savior-complex optimism.”—San Francisco Chronicle “In Nina Renata Aron’s scorching, unvarnished memoir, an addiction story gets spun from the perspective of the helpless partner, the lover too stuck in a dangerous dynamic to find her way out.”—Entertainment Weekly “A raw and eloquently unflinching memoir.”—Kirkus Reviews https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393643 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393643]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hivemind: The New Science of Tribalism in Our Divided World Author: Sarah Rose Cavanagh Narrator: Tavia Gilbert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 3, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: At the crossroads between The Shallows and Presence, Hivemind is a provocative look at how communities can sync up around shared ideas, and how this hive mentality is contributing to today's polarized times. Hivemind: A collective consciousness in which we share consensus thoughts, emotions, and opinions; a phenomenon whereby a group of people function as if with a single mind. Our views of the world are shaped by the stories told by our self-selected communities. Whether seeking out groups that share our tastes, our faith, our heritage, or other interests, since the dawn of time we have taken comfort in defining ourselves through our social groups. But what happens when we only socialize with our chosen group, to the point that we lose the ability to connect to people who don't share our passions? What happens when our tribes merely confirm our world view, rather than expand it? We have always been a remarkably social species-our moods, ideas, and even our perceptions of reality synchronize without our conscious awareness. The advent of social media and smartphones has amplified these tendencies in ways that spell both promise and peril. Our hiveish natures benefit us in countless ways-combatting the mental and physical costs of loneliness, connecting us with collaborators and supporters, and exposing us to entertainment and information beyond what we can find in our literal backyards. But of course, there are also looming risks-echo chambers, political polarization, and conspiracy theories that have already begun to have deadly consequences. Leading a narrative journey from the site of the Charlottesville riots to the boardrooms of Facebook, considering such diverse topics as zombies, neuroscience, and honeybees, psychologist and emotion regulation specialist Sarah Rose Cavanagh leaves no stone unturned in her quest to understand how social technology is reshaping the way we socialize. It's not possible to turn back the clocks, and Cavanagh argues that there's no need to; instead, she presents a fully examined and thoughtful call to cut through our online tribalism, dial back our moral panic about screens and mental health, and shore up our sense of community. With compelling storytelling and shocking research, Hivemind is a must-read for anyone hoping to make sense of the dissonance around us. Sarah Rose Cavanagh Tue, 03 Sep 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393643 thebookvoice.com 9:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393643]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hivemind: The New Science of Tribalism in Our Divided World Author: Sarah Rose Cavanagh Narrator: Tavia Gilbert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 3, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: At the crossroads between The Shallows and Presence, Hivemind is a provocative look at how communities can sync up around shared ideas, and how this hive mentality is contributing to today's polarized times. Hivemind: A collective consciousness in which we share consensus thoughts, emotions, and opinions; a phenomenon whereby a group of people function as if with a single mind. Our views of the world are shaped by the stories told by our self-selected communities. Whether seeking out groups that share our tastes, our faith, our heritage, or other interests, since the dawn of time we have taken comfort in defining ourselves through our social groups. But what happens when we only socialize with our chosen group, to the point that we lose the ability to connect to people who don't share our passions? What happens when our tribes merely confirm our world view, rather than expand it? We have always been a remarkably social species-our moods, ideas, and even our perceptions of reality synchronize without our conscious awareness. The advent of social media and smartphones has amplified these tendencies in ways that spell both promise and peril. Our hiveish natures benefit us in countless ways-combatting the mental and physical costs of loneliness, connecting us with collaborators and supporters, and exposing us to entertainment and information beyond what we can find in our literal backyards. But of course, there are also looming risks-echo chambers, political polarization, and conspiracy theories that have already begun to have deadly consequences. Leading a narrative journey from the site of the Charlottesville riots to the boardrooms of Facebook, considering such diverse topics as zombies, neuroscience, and honeybees, psychologist and emotion regulation specialist Sarah Rose Cavanagh leaves no stone unturned in her quest to understand how social technology is reshaping the way we socialize. It's not possible to turn back the clocks, and Cavanagh argues that there's no need to; instead, she presents a fully examined and thoughtful call to cut through our online tribalism, dial back our moral panic about screens and mental health, and shore up our sense of community. With compelling storytelling and shocking research, Hivemind is a must-read for anyone hoping to make sense of the dissonance around us. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393643]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hivemind: The New Science of Tribalism in Our Divided World Author: Sarah Rose Cavanagh Narrator: Tavia Gilbert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 3, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: At the crossroads between The Shallows and Presence, Hivemind is a provocative look at how communities can sync up around shared ideas, and how this hive mentality is contributing to today's polarized times. Hivemind: A collective consciousness in which we share consensus thoughts, emotions, and opinions; a phenomenon whereby a group of people function as if with a single mind. Our views of the world are shaped by the stories told by our self-selected communities. Whether seeking out groups that share our tastes, our faith, our heritage, or other interests, since the dawn of time we have taken comfort in defining ourselves through our social groups. But what happens when we only socialize with our chosen group, to the point that we lose the ability to connect to people who don't share our passions? What happens when our tribes merely confirm our world view, rather than expand it? We have always been a remarkably social species-our moods, ideas, and even our perceptions of reality synchronize without our conscious awareness. The advent of social media and smartphones has amplified these tendencies in ways that spell both promise and peril. Our hiveish natures benefit us in countless ways-combatting the mental and physical costs of loneliness, connecting us with collaborators and supporters, and exposing us to entertainment and information beyond what we can find in our literal backyards. But of course, there are also looming risks-echo chambers, political polarization, and conspiracy theories that have already begun to have deadly consequences. Leading a narrative journey from the site of the Charlottesville riots to the boardrooms of Facebook, considering such diverse topics as zombies, neuroscience, and honeybees, psychologist and emotion regulation specialist Sarah Rose Cavanagh leaves no stone unturned in her quest to understand how social technology is reshaping the way we socialize. It's not possible to turn back the clocks, and Cavanagh argues that there's no need to; instead, she presents a fully examined and thoughtful call to cut through our online tribalism, dial back our moral panic about screens and mental health, and shore up our sense of community. With compelling storytelling and shocking research, Hivemind is a must-read for anyone hoping to make sense of the dissonance around us. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393539 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393539]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Be Well When You're Not: Practices and Recipes to Maximize Health in Illness Author: P!nk, Ariane Resnick Narrator: Ariane Resnick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 47 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: With advice and suggestions for everything from emotional coping mechanisms (such as how to deal with the loss of socializing) to recipes with specific uses (like a pain-reducing turmeric ginger tea to sip throughout the day) and mental exercises, this book will help get listeners in touch with their bodies in new and valuable ways. As author Ariane Resnick knows, illness can be isolating. Here, she shares her experience and the ways in which she used food and emotional practices to heal herself. This book is all about guiding listeners to a state where they can facilitate, rather than hinder, the recovery capabilities of their bodies. It’s all about the “wellness mindset.” A supplemental PDF with 35 wholesome recipes, such as Simple Maca Hormone Revitalizer, Adrenal Restoring Latte, Probiotic Hearts of Palm Dip, and a delicious Pecan Pie Milkshake, is included. P!nk, Ariane Resnick Tue, 17 Sep 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393539 thebookvoice.com 2:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393539]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Be Well When You're Not: Practices and Recipes to Maximize Health in Illness Author: P!nk, Ariane Resnick Narrator: Ariane Resnick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 47 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: With advice and suggestions for everything from emotional coping mechanisms (such as how to deal with the loss of socializing) to recipes with specific uses (like a pain-reducing turmeric ginger tea to sip throughout the day) and mental exercises, this book will help get listeners in touch with their bodies in new and valuable ways. As author Ariane Resnick knows, illness can be isolating. Here, she shares her experience and the ways in which she used food and emotional practices to heal herself. This book is all about guiding listeners to a state where they can facilitate, rather than hinder, the recovery capabilities of their bodies. It’s all about the “wellness mindset.” A supplemental PDF with 35 wholesome recipes, such as Simple Maca Hormone Revitalizer, Adrenal Restoring Latte, Probiotic Hearts of Palm Dip, and a delicious Pecan Pie Milkshake, is included. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393539]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Be Well When You're Not: Practices and Recipes to Maximize Health in Illness Author: P!nk, Ariane Resnick Narrator: Ariane Resnick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 47 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: With advice and suggestions for everything from emotional coping mechanisms (such as how to deal with the loss of socializing) to recipes with specific uses (like a pain-reducing turmeric ginger tea to sip throughout the day) and mental exercises, this book will help get listeners in touch with their bodies in new and valuable ways. As author Ariane Resnick knows, illness can be isolating. Here, she shares her experience and the ways in which she used food and emotional practices to heal herself. This book is all about guiding listeners to a state where they can facilitate, rather than hinder, the recovery capabilities of their bodies. It’s all about the “wellness mindset.” A supplemental PDF with 35 wholesome recipes, such as Simple Maca Hormone Revitalizer, Adrenal Restoring Latte, Probiotic Hearts of Palm Dip, and a delicious Pecan Pie Milkshake, is included. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393520 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393520]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: And Then They Stopped Talking to Me: Making Sense of Middle School Author: Judith Warner Narrator: Judith Warner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 39 minutes Release date: May 5, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Through the stories of kids and parents in the middle school trenches, a New York Times bestselling author reveals why these years are so painful, how parents unwittingly make them worse, and what we all need to do to grow up. “As the parent of a middle schooler, I felt as if Judith Warner had peered into my life—and the lives of many of my patients. This is a gift to our kids and their future selves.”—Lori Gottlieb, author of Maybe You Should Talk to Someone The French have a name for the uniquely hellish years between elementary school and high school: l’âge ingrat, or “the ugly age.” Characterized by a perfect storm of developmental changes—physical, psychological, and social—the middle school years are a time of great distress for children and parents alike, marked by hurt, isolation, exclusion, competition, anxiety, and often outright cruelty. Some of this is inevitable; there are intrinsic challenges to early adolescence. But these years are harder than they need to be, and Judith Warner believes that adults are complicit. With deep insight and compassion, Warner walks us through a new understanding of the role that middle school plays in all our lives. She argues that today’s helicopter parents are overly concerned with status and achievement—in some ways a residual effect of their own middle school experiences—and that this worsens the self-consciousness, self-absorption, and social “sorting” so typical of early adolescence.  Tracing a century of research on middle childhood and bringing together the voices of social scientists, psychologists, educators, and parents, Warner’s book shows how adults can be moral role models for children, making them more empathetic, caring, and resilient. She encourages us to start treating middle schoolers as the complex people they are, holding them to high standards of kindness, and helping them see one another as more than “jocks and mean girls, nerds and sluts.” Part cultural critique and part call to action, this essential book unpacks one of life’s most formative periods and shows how we can help our children not only survive it but thrive. Judith Warner Tue, 05 May 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393520 thebookvoice.com 7:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393520]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: And Then They Stopped Talking to Me: Making Sense of Middle School Author: Judith Warner Narrator: Judith Warner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 39 minutes Release date: May 5, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Through the stories of kids and parents in the middle school trenches, a New York Times bestselling author reveals why these years are so painful, how parents unwittingly make them worse, and what we all need to do to grow up. “As the parent of a middle schooler, I felt as if Judith Warner had peered into my life—and the lives of many of my patients. This is a gift to our kids and their future selves.”—Lori Gottlieb, author of Maybe You Should Talk to Someone The French have a name for the uniquely hellish years between elementary school and high school: l’âge ingrat, or “the ugly age.” Characterized by a perfect storm of developmental changes—physical, psychological, and social—the middle school years are a time of great distress for children and parents alike, marked by hurt, isolation, exclusion, competition, anxiety, and often outright cruelty. Some of this is inevitable; there are intrinsic challenges to early adolescence. But these years are harder than they need to be, and Judith Warner believes that adults are complicit. With deep insight and compassion, Warner walks us through a new understanding of the role that middle school plays in all our lives. She argues that today’s helicopter parents are overly concerned with status and achievement—in some ways a residual effect of their own middle school experiences—and that this worsens the self-consciousness, self-absorption, and social “sorting” so typical of early adolescence.  Tracing a century of research on middle childhood and bringing together the voices of social scientists, psychologists, educators, and parents, Warner’s book shows how adults can be moral role models for children, making them more empathetic, caring, and resilient. She encourages us to start treating middle schoolers as the complex people they are, holding them to high standards of kindness, and helping them see one another as more than “jocks and mean girls, nerds and sluts.” Part cultural critique and part call to action, this essential book unpacks one of life’s most formative periods and shows how we can help our children not only survive it but thrive. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393520]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: And Then They Stopped Talking to Me: Making Sense of Middle School Author: Judith Warner Narrator: Judith Warner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 39 minutes Release date: May 5, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Through the stories of kids and parents in the middle school trenches, a New York Times bestselling author reveals why these years are so painful, how parents unwittingly make them worse, and what we all need to do to grow up. “As the parent of a middle schooler, I felt as if Judith Warner had peered into my life—and the lives of many of my patients. This is a gift to our kids and their future selves.”—Lori Gottlieb, author of Maybe You Should Talk to Someone The French have a name for the uniquely hellish years between elementary school and high school: l’âge ingrat, or “the ugly age.” Characterized by a perfect storm of developmental changes—physical, psychological, and social—the middle school years are a time of great distress for children and parents alike, marked by hurt, isolation, exclusion, competition, anxiety, and often outright cruelty. Some of this is inevitable; there are intrinsic challenges to early adolescence. But these years are harder than they need to be, and Judith Warner believes that adults are complicit. With deep insight and compassion, Warner walks us through a new understanding of the role that middle school plays in all our lives. She argues that today’s helicopter parents are overly concerned with status and achievement—in some ways a residual effect of their own middle school experiences—and that this worsens the self-consciousness, self-absorption, and social “sorting” so typical of early adolescence.  Tracing a century of research on middle childhood and bringing together the voices of social scientists, psychologists, educators, and parents, Warner’s book shows how adults can be moral role models for children, making them more empathetic, caring, and resilient. She encourages us to start treating middle schoolers as the complex people they are, holding them to high standards of kindness, and helping them see one another as more than “jocks and mean girls, nerds and sluts.” Part cultural critique and part call to action, this essential book unpacks one of life’s most formative periods and shows how we can help our children not only survive it but thrive. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393512 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393512]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Neurodharma: New Science, Ancient Wisdom, and Seven Practices of the Highest Happiness Author: Rick Hanson Narrator: Rick Hanson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 13 minutes Release date: May 5, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “This deeply researched and compassionate guide offers an easy-to-follow road map for creating day-to-day inner peace in today’s increasingly complex world.”—Lori Gottlieb, New York Times bestselling author of Maybe You Should Talk to Someone Throughout history, people have sought the heights of human potential—to become as wise and strong, happy and loving, as any person can ever be. And now recent science is revealing how these remarkable ways of being are based on equally remarkable changes in our own nervous system, making them more attainable than ever before.   In Neurodharma, the follow-up to his classic Buddha’s Brain, New York Times bestselling author Rick Hanson, PhD, not only explores the new neuroscience of awakening but also offers a bold yet plausible plan for reverse-engineering peak experiences, sense of oneness, and even enlightenment itself. And he does so with his trademark blend of solid science and warm encouragement, guiding you along this high-reaching path with good humor, accessible tools, and personal examples.  A groundbreaking yet practical book, Neurodharma shares seven practices for strengthening the neural circuitry of profound contentment and inner peace—qualities that offer essential support in everyday life while also supporting the exploration of the most radical reaches of human consciousness. Step by step, this book explains how to apply these insights in order to cultivate unshakable presence of mind, a courageous heart, and serenity in a changing world. The breakthroughs of the great teachers are not reserved for the chosen few. Dr. Hanson shows how we can embody them ourselves in daily life to handle stress, heal old pain, feel at ease with others, and rest in the sense of our natural goodness. The Buddha didn’t use an MRI to become enlightened. Still, 2,500 years after he walked the dusty roads of northern India, neuroscientists are discovering the mechanisms of the brain that underpin the Buddha’s penetrating analysis of the mind. With deep research, stories, guided meditations, examples, and applications, Dr. Hanson offers a fascinating, inspiring vision of who we can be—and an effective path for fulfilling this wonderful possibility.  This audiobook includes a downloadable PDF that contains Reference Notes and a Bibliography from the book. Rick Hanson Tue, 05 May 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393512 thebookvoice.com 11:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393512]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Neurodharma: New Science, Ancient Wisdom, and Seven Practices of the Highest Happiness Author: Rick Hanson Narrator: Rick Hanson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 13 minutes Release date: May 5, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “This deeply researched and compassionate guide offers an easy-to-follow road map for creating day-to-day inner peace in today’s increasingly complex world.”—Lori Gottlieb, New York Times bestselling author of Maybe You Should Talk to Someone Throughout history, people have sought the heights of human potential—to become as wise and strong, happy and loving, as any person can ever be. And now recent science is revealing how these remarkable ways of being are based on equally remarkable changes in our own nervous system, making them more attainable than ever before.   In Neurodharma, the follow-up to his classic Buddha’s Brain, New York Times bestselling author Rick Hanson, PhD, not only explores the new neuroscience of awakening but also offers a bold yet plausible plan for reverse-engineering peak experiences, sense of oneness, and even enlightenment itself. And he does so with his trademark blend of solid science and warm encouragement, guiding you along this high-reaching path with good humor, accessible tools, and personal examples.  A groundbreaking yet practical book, Neurodharma shares seven practices for strengthening the neural circuitry of profound contentment and inner peace—qualities that offer essential support in everyday life while also supporting the exploration of the most radical reaches of human consciousness. Step by step, this book explains how to apply these insights in order to cultivate unshakable presence of mind, a courageous heart, and serenity in a changing world. The breakthroughs of the great teachers are not reserved for the chosen few. Dr. Hanson shows how we can embody them ourselves in daily life to handle stress, heal old pain, feel at ease with others, and rest in the sense of our natural goodness. The Buddha didn’t use an MRI to become enlightened. Still, 2,500 years after he walked the dusty roads of northern India, neuroscientists are discovering the mechanisms of the brain that underpin the Buddha’s penetrating analysis of the mind. With deep research, stories, guided meditations, examples, and applications, Dr. Hanson offers a fascinating, inspiring vision of who we can be—and an effective path for fulfilling this wonderful possibility.  This audiobook includes a downloadable PDF that contains Reference Notes and a Bibliography from the book. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393512]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Neurodharma: New Science, Ancient Wisdom, and Seven Practices of the Highest Happiness Author: Rick Hanson Narrator: Rick Hanson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 13 minutes Release date: May 5, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “This deeply researched and compassionate guide offers an easy-to-follow road map for creating day-to-day inner peace in today’s increasingly complex world.”—Lori Gottlieb, New York Times bestselling author of Maybe You Should Talk to Someone Throughout history, people have sought the heights of human potential—to become as wise and strong, happy and loving, as any person can ever be. And now recent science is revealing how these remarkable ways of being are based on equally remarkable changes in our own nervous system, making them more attainable than ever before.   In Neurodharma, the follow-up to his classic Buddha’s Brain, New York Times bestselling author Rick Hanson, PhD, not only explores the new neuroscience of awakening but also offers a bold yet plausible plan for reverse-engineering peak experiences, sense of oneness, and even enlightenment itself. And he does so with his trademark blend of solid science and warm encouragement, guiding you along this high-reaching path with good humor, accessible tools, and personal examples.  A groundbreaking yet practical book, Neurodharma shares seven practices for strengthening the neural circuitry of profound contentment and inner peace—qualities that offer essential support in everyday life while also supporting the exploration of the most radical reaches of human consciousness. Step by step, this book explains how to apply these insights in order to cultivate unshakable presence of mind, a courageous heart, and serenity in a changing world. The breakthroughs of the great teachers are not reserved for the chosen few. Dr. Hanson shows how we can embody them ourselves in daily life to handle stress, heal old pain, feel at ease with others, and rest in the sense of our natural goodness. The Buddha didn’t use an MRI to become enlightened. Still, 2,500 years after he walked the dusty roads of northern India, neuroscientists are discovering the mechanisms of the brain that underpin the Buddha’s penetrating analysis of the mind. With deep research, stories, guided meditations, examples, and applications, Dr. Hanson offers a fascinating, inspiring vision of who we can be—and an effective path for fulfilling this wonderful possibility.  This audiobook includes a downloadable PDF that contains Reference Notes and a Bibliography from the book. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393497 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393497]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Tao of Trauma: A Practitioner's Guide for Integrating Five Element Theory and Trauma Treatment Author: Kathy L. Kain, Alaine D. Duncan Narrator: Diana Gardiner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 18 minutes Release date: November 12, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Explains trauma using a combination of the Five Elements (from Traditional Chinese Medicine) and a touch perspective; for practitioners of a variety of modalities, including acupuncturists, somatic therapists, massage therapists, and mental health providers. Combining Eastern and Western trauma physiology, clinician-educators Alaine Duncan and Kathy Kain introduce a new map for acupuncturists, medical practitioners, mental health providers, and body-oriented clinicians to help restore balance in their patients. Using concepts from Acupuncture and Asian Medicine (AAM), alongside descriptions of the threat response from Western bio-behavioral science, they describe common physical symptoms, emotional presentations, and paths for healing for five survivor 'types' detailed by the authors and correlated to the Five Elements of AAM. This ancient/modern integrative lens illuminates the diverse manifestations of traumatic stress in its survivors--chronic pain, autoimmune illness, insomnia, metabolic problems, and mental health disorders--and brings new hope to survivors of trauma and those who treat them. Kathy L. Kain, Alaine D. Duncan Tue, 12 Nov 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393497 thebookvoice.com 10:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393497]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Tao of Trauma: A Practitioner's Guide for Integrating Five Element Theory and Trauma Treatment Author: Kathy L. Kain, Alaine D. Duncan Narrator: Diana Gardiner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 18 minutes Release date: November 12, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Explains trauma using a combination of the Five Elements (from Traditional Chinese Medicine) and a touch perspective; for practitioners of a variety of modalities, including acupuncturists, somatic therapists, massage therapists, and mental health providers. Combining Eastern and Western trauma physiology, clinician-educators Alaine Duncan and Kathy Kain introduce a new map for acupuncturists, medical practitioners, mental health providers, and body-oriented clinicians to help restore balance in their patients. Using concepts from Acupuncture and Asian Medicine (AAM), alongside descriptions of the threat response from Western bio-behavioral science, they describe common physical symptoms, emotional presentations, and paths for healing for five survivor 'types' detailed by the authors and correlated to the Five Elements of AAM. This ancient/modern integrative lens illuminates the diverse manifestations of traumatic stress in its survivors--chronic pain, autoimmune illness, insomnia, metabolic problems, and mental health disorders--and brings new hope to survivors of trauma and those who treat them. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393497]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Tao of Trauma: A Practitioner's Guide for Integrating Five Element Theory and Trauma Treatment Author: Kathy L. Kain, Alaine D. Duncan Narrator: Diana Gardiner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 18 minutes Release date: November 12, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Explains trauma using a combination of the Five Elements (from Traditional Chinese Medicine) and a touch perspective; for practitioners of a variety of modalities, including acupuncturists, somatic therapists, massage therapists, and mental health providers. Combining Eastern and Western trauma physiology, clinician-educators Alaine Duncan and Kathy Kain introduce a new map for acupuncturists, medical practitioners, mental health providers, and body-oriented clinicians to help restore balance in their patients. Using concepts from Acupuncture and Asian Medicine (AAM), alongside descriptions of the threat response from Western bio-behavioral science, they describe common physical symptoms, emotional presentations, and paths for healing for five survivor 'types' detailed by the authors and correlated to the Five Elements of AAM. This ancient/modern integrative lens illuminates the diverse manifestations of traumatic stress in its survivors--chronic pain, autoimmune illness, insomnia, metabolic problems, and mental health disorders--and brings new hope to survivors of trauma and those who treat them. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393475 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393475]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Think Like a Rocket Scientist: Simple Strategies for Giant Leaps in Work and Life Author: Ozan Varol Narrator: Ozan Varol Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 44 minutes Release date: April 16, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Named a 'must read' by Susan Cain, 'endlessly fascinating' by Daniel Pink, and 'bursting with practical insights' by Adam Grant. In this accessible and practical book, Ozan Varol reveals nine simple strategies from rocket science that you can use to make your own giant leaps in work and life -- whether it's landing your dream job, accelerating your business, learning a new skill, or creating the next breakthrough product. Today, thinking like a rocket scientist is a necessity. We all encounter complex and unfamiliar problems in our lives. Those who can tackle these problems -- without clear guidelines and with the clock ticking -- enjoy an extraordinary advantage. Think Like a Rocket Scientist will inspire you to take your own moonshot and enable you to achieve liftoff. © Ozan Varol 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Ozan Varol Thu, 16 Apr 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393475 thebookvoice.com 10:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393475]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Think Like a Rocket Scientist: Simple Strategies for Giant Leaps in Work and Life Author: Ozan Varol Narrator: Ozan Varol Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 44 minutes Release date: April 16, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Named a 'must read' by Susan Cain, 'endlessly fascinating' by Daniel Pink, and 'bursting with practical insights' by Adam Grant. In this accessible and practical book, Ozan Varol reveals nine simple strategies from rocket science that you can use to make your own giant leaps in work and life -- whether it's landing your dream job, accelerating your business, learning a new skill, or creating the next breakthrough product. Today, thinking like a rocket scientist is a necessity. We all encounter complex and unfamiliar problems in our lives. Those who can tackle these problems -- without clear guidelines and with the clock ticking -- enjoy an extraordinary advantage. Think Like a Rocket Scientist will inspire you to take your own moonshot and enable you to achieve liftoff. © Ozan Varol 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393475]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Think Like a Rocket Scientist: Simple Strategies for Giant Leaps in Work and Life Author: Ozan Varol Narrator: Ozan Varol Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 44 minutes Release date: April 16, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Named a 'must read' by Susan Cain, 'endlessly fascinating' by Daniel Pink, and 'bursting with practical insights' by Adam Grant. In this accessible and practical book, Ozan Varol reveals nine simple strategies from rocket science that you can use to make your own giant leaps in work and life -- whether it's landing your dream job, accelerating your business, learning a new skill, or creating the next breakthrough product. Today, thinking like a rocket scientist is a necessity. We all encounter complex and unfamiliar problems in our lives. Those who can tackle these problems -- without clear guidelines and with the clock ticking -- enjoy an extraordinary advantage. Think Like a Rocket Scientist will inspire you to take your own moonshot and enable you to achieve liftoff. © Ozan Varol 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393332 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393332]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: About Us: Essays from the Disability Series of the New York Times Author: Rosemarie Carland-Thomson, Peter Catapano Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross, Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 38 minutes Release date: September 3, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Boldly claiming a space in which people with disabilities can be seen and heard as they are—not as others perceive them—About Us captures the voices of a community that has for too long been stereotyped and misrepresented. Speaking not only to those with disabilities, but also to their families, coworkers, and support networks, the authors in About Us offer intimate stories of how they navigate a world not built for them. Since its 2016 debut, the popular New York Times 'Disability' column has transformed the national dialogue around disability. Now, echoing the refrain of the disability rights movement, 'Nothing about us without us,' this landmark collection gathers the most powerful essays from the series that speak to the fullness of human experience—stories about first romance, childhood shame and isolation, segregation, professional ambition, child-bearing and parenting, aging and beyond. Reflecting on the fraught conversations around disability—from the friend who says 'I don't think of you as disabled,' to the father who scolds his child with attention differences, 'Stop it stop it stop it what is wrong with you?'—the stories here reveal the range of responses, and the variety of consequences, to being labeled as 'disabled' by the broader public. Rosemarie Carland-Thomson, Peter Catapano Tue, 03 Sep 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393332 thebookvoice.com 9:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393332]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: About Us: Essays from the Disability Series of the New York Times Author: Rosemarie Carland-Thomson, Peter Catapano Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross, Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 38 minutes Release date: September 3, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Boldly claiming a space in which people with disabilities can be seen and heard as they are—not as others perceive them—About Us captures the voices of a community that has for too long been stereotyped and misrepresented. Speaking not only to those with disabilities, but also to their families, coworkers, and support networks, the authors in About Us offer intimate stories of how they navigate a world not built for them. Since its 2016 debut, the popular New York Times 'Disability' column has transformed the national dialogue around disability. Now, echoing the refrain of the disability rights movement, 'Nothing about us without us,' this landmark collection gathers the most powerful essays from the series that speak to the fullness of human experience—stories about first romance, childhood shame and isolation, segregation, professional ambition, child-bearing and parenting, aging and beyond. Reflecting on the fraught conversations around disability—from the friend who says 'I don't think of you as disabled,' to the father who scolds his child with attention differences, 'Stop it stop it stop it what is wrong with you?'—the stories here reveal the range of responses, and the variety of consequences, to being labeled as 'disabled' by the broader public. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393332]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: About Us: Essays from the Disability Series of the New York Times Author: Rosemarie Carland-Thomson, Peter Catapano Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross, Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 38 minutes Release date: September 3, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Boldly claiming a space in which people with disabilities can be seen and heard as they are—not as others perceive them—About Us captures the voices of a community that has for too long been stereotyped and misrepresented. Speaking not only to those with disabilities, but also to their families, coworkers, and support networks, the authors in About Us offer intimate stories of how they navigate a world not built for them. Since its 2016 debut, the popular New York Times 'Disability' column has transformed the national dialogue around disability. Now, echoing the refrain of the disability rights movement, 'Nothing about us without us,' this landmark collection gathers the most powerful essays from the series that speak to the fullness of human experience—stories about first romance, childhood shame and isolation, segregation, professional ambition, child-bearing and parenting, aging and beyond. Reflecting on the fraught conversations around disability—from the friend who says 'I don't think of you as disabled,' to the father who scolds his child with attention differences, 'Stop it stop it stop it what is wrong with you?'—the stories here reveal the range of responses, and the variety of consequences, to being labeled as 'disabled' by the broader public. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393289 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393289]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Better with Age: The Psychology of Successful Aging Author: Alan D. Castel PhD Narrator: Chris Sorensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Age is an important number, but it can also be deceiving. After forty, most people say they feel younger than their years, some lie about their age, and many attempt to hide the signs of growing old. Better with Age addresses the many myths and paradoxes about the aging process. Although most people think of their later years in terms of decline, they can be one of the best times in life. This book presents the latest scientific research about the psychology of aging, coupled with insights from those who have succeeded in doing it well, such as Maya Angelou, Bob Newhart, Jared Diamond, John Glenn, and John Wooden. We are all aging, and many people are concerned about what to expect with advancing years. Retirement, happiness, and brain health are some of the many topics covered in this book. Better with Age shows what we can do now, at any stage in life, to make sure we enjoy old age. Alan D. Castel PhD Tue, 08 Oct 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393289 thebookvoice.com 8:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393289]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Better with Age: The Psychology of Successful Aging Author: Alan D. Castel PhD Narrator: Chris Sorensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Age is an important number, but it can also be deceiving. After forty, most people say they feel younger than their years, some lie about their age, and many attempt to hide the signs of growing old. Better with Age addresses the many myths and paradoxes about the aging process. Although most people think of their later years in terms of decline, they can be one of the best times in life. This book presents the latest scientific research about the psychology of aging, coupled with insights from those who have succeeded in doing it well, such as Maya Angelou, Bob Newhart, Jared Diamond, John Glenn, and John Wooden. We are all aging, and many people are concerned about what to expect with advancing years. Retirement, happiness, and brain health are some of the many topics covered in this book. Better with Age shows what we can do now, at any stage in life, to make sure we enjoy old age. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393289]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Better with Age: The Psychology of Successful Aging Author: Alan D. Castel PhD Narrator: Chris Sorensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Age is an important number, but it can also be deceiving. After forty, most people say they feel younger than their years, some lie about their age, and many attempt to hide the signs of growing old. Better with Age addresses the many myths and paradoxes about the aging process. Although most people think of their later years in terms of decline, they can be one of the best times in life. This book presents the latest scientific research about the psychology of aging, coupled with insights from those who have succeeded in doing it well, such as Maya Angelou, Bob Newhart, Jared Diamond, John Glenn, and John Wooden. We are all aging, and many people are concerned about what to expect with advancing years. Retirement, happiness, and brain health are some of the many topics covered in this book. Better with Age shows what we can do now, at any stage in life, to make sure we enjoy old age. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393232 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393232]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Writing the Big Book: The Creation of A.A. Author: William H. Schaberg Narrator: Natasha Soudek Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 37 hours 38 minutes Release date: December 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In Writing the Big Book, William H. Schaberg presents an exciting, research-driven narrative of the history of the book, Alcoholic Anonymous, and the formative years of A.A. Granted extensive access to the group's archives along with several other sources, the author reveals the early Fellowship's conflicts and personalities, successes and failures, and dispels many of the myths found in such canonical texts as Dr. Bob and the Good Old Timers, Alcoholics Anonymous Comes of Age, and A Brief History of the Big Book. The result of eleven years of in-depth research, Schaberg's history relies whenever possible on primary, real-time documents. He thoroughly investigates the book's authorship, illuminating the lesser-known contributions of figures like Hank Parkhurst and Frank Amos, and reveals how the spiritual side of the A.A. program evolved and was vigorously debated. The book focuses primarily on the eighteen months between October of 1937, when a book was first proposed, and April of 1939, when Alcoholics Anonymous was published. During the span of those eighteen months, the wealth of available archival materials provides for an almost week-by-week accounting of events, including an amazing amount of previously unreported details, resulting in a comprehensive and compelling story. William H. Schaberg Thu, 19 Dec 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393232 thebookvoice.com 37:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393232]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Writing the Big Book: The Creation of A.A. Author: William H. Schaberg Narrator: Natasha Soudek Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 37 hours 38 minutes Release date: December 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In Writing the Big Book, William H. Schaberg presents an exciting, research-driven narrative of the history of the book, Alcoholic Anonymous, and the formative years of A.A. Granted extensive access to the group's archives along with several other sources, the author reveals the early Fellowship's conflicts and personalities, successes and failures, and dispels many of the myths found in such canonical texts as Dr. Bob and the Good Old Timers, Alcoholics Anonymous Comes of Age, and A Brief History of the Big Book. The result of eleven years of in-depth research, Schaberg's history relies whenever possible on primary, real-time documents. He thoroughly investigates the book's authorship, illuminating the lesser-known contributions of figures like Hank Parkhurst and Frank Amos, and reveals how the spiritual side of the A.A. program evolved and was vigorously debated. The book focuses primarily on the eighteen months between October of 1937, when a book was first proposed, and April of 1939, when Alcoholics Anonymous was published. During the span of those eighteen months, the wealth of available archival materials provides for an almost week-by-week accounting of events, including an amazing amount of previously unreported details, resulting in a comprehensive and compelling story. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393232]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Writing the Big Book: The Creation of A.A. Author: William H. Schaberg Narrator: Natasha Soudek Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 37 hours 38 minutes Release date: December 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In Writing the Big Book, William H. Schaberg presents an exciting, research-driven narrative of the history of the book, Alcoholic Anonymous, and the formative years of A.A. Granted extensive access to the group's archives along with several other sources, the author reveals the early Fellowship's conflicts and personalities, successes and failures, and dispels many of the myths found in such canonical texts as Dr. Bob and the Good Old Timers, Alcoholics Anonymous Comes of Age, and A Brief History of the Big Book. The result of eleven years of in-depth research, Schaberg's history relies whenever possible on primary, real-time documents. He thoroughly investigates the book's authorship, illuminating the lesser-known contributions of figures like Hank Parkhurst and Frank Amos, and reveals how the spiritual side of the A.A. program evolved and was vigorously debated. The book focuses primarily on the eighteen months between October of 1937, when a book was first proposed, and April of 1939, when Alcoholics Anonymous was published. During the span of those eighteen months, the wealth of available archival materials provides for an almost week-by-week accounting of events, including an amazing amount of previously unreported details, resulting in a comprehensive and compelling story. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393131 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393131]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 10 Best-Ever Anxiety Management Techniques: Understanding How Your Brain Makes You Anxious and What You Can Do to Change It (Second Edition) Author: Margaret Wehrenberg Narrator: Kim Niemi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: August 30, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Do you feel a tightness in your chest and a racing heart anytime you have to speak up for yourself, whether in a large group or small? Does the very idea that others could perceive you as looking uncomfortable or frightened make those symptoms even worse? Do you vigilantly avoid potential panic triggers, and always think the worst is bound to happen? If so, you may be one of the 40 million Americans who suffer from anxiety. Symptoms run the gamut from mildly embarrassing but tolerable to persistent and debilitating. While feelings of worry, dread, panic, social unease, and general anxiety are common, their impact is insidious, leaving sufferers feeling worn out and often hopeless. This book is your answer. Drawing on fresh insights into the anatomy of the anxious brain, Dr. Wehrenberg gets to the biologically based heart of the problem and offers listeners practical, effective tips to manage their anxiety on a day-to-day basis. From diaphragmatic breathing and self-talk, to mindfulness, muscle relaxation, and 'plan to panic' strategies, you can learn to train your brain, conquer your stress and anxiety, and regain control of your life. Margaret Wehrenberg Fri, 30 Aug 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393131 thebookvoice.com 8:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393131]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 10 Best-Ever Anxiety Management Techniques: Understanding How Your Brain Makes You Anxious and What You Can Do to Change It (Second Edition) Author: Margaret Wehrenberg Narrator: Kim Niemi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: August 30, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Do you feel a tightness in your chest and a racing heart anytime you have to speak up for yourself, whether in a large group or small? Does the very idea that others could perceive you as looking uncomfortable or frightened make those symptoms even worse? Do you vigilantly avoid potential panic triggers, and always think the worst is bound to happen? If so, you may be one of the 40 million Americans who suffer from anxiety. Symptoms run the gamut from mildly embarrassing but tolerable to persistent and debilitating. While feelings of worry, dread, panic, social unease, and general anxiety are common, their impact is insidious, leaving sufferers feeling worn out and often hopeless. This book is your answer. Drawing on fresh insights into the anatomy of the anxious brain, Dr. Wehrenberg gets to the biologically based heart of the problem and offers listeners practical, effective tips to manage their anxiety on a day-to-day basis. From diaphragmatic breathing and self-talk, to mindfulness, muscle relaxation, and 'plan to panic' strategies, you can learn to train your brain, conquer your stress and anxiety, and regain control of your life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393131]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 10 Best-Ever Anxiety Management Techniques: Understanding How Your Brain Makes You Anxious and What You Can Do to Change It (Second Edition) Author: Margaret Wehrenberg Narrator: Kim Niemi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: August 30, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Do you feel a tightness in your chest and a racing heart anytime you have to speak up for yourself, whether in a large group or small? Does the very idea that others could perceive you as looking uncomfortable or frightened make those symptoms even worse? Do you vigilantly avoid potential panic triggers, and always think the worst is bound to happen? If so, you may be one of the 40 million Americans who suffer from anxiety. Symptoms run the gamut from mildly embarrassing but tolerable to persistent and debilitating. While feelings of worry, dread, panic, social unease, and general anxiety are common, their impact is insidious, leaving sufferers feeling worn out and often hopeless. This book is your answer. Drawing on fresh insights into the anatomy of the anxious brain, Dr. Wehrenberg gets to the biologically based heart of the problem and offers listeners practical, effective tips to manage their anxiety on a day-to-day basis. From diaphragmatic breathing and self-talk, to mindfulness, muscle relaxation, and 'plan to panic' strategies, you can learn to train your brain, conquer your stress and anxiety, and regain control of your life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393036 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393036]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dyslexia: A Very Short Introduction Author: Margaret J. Snowling Narrator: Heather Wilds Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 19 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Since dyslexia was first described in the British Medical Journal in 1896, there has been debate about the definitions and diagnostic procedures used, with some casting doubt on its very existence. However, there is now a considerable body of research regarding the nature and characteristics of this relatively common learning disorder. The contemporary view of dyslexia has emerged from a century of research in medicine, psychology and more recently neuroscience, and we now understand enough about this learning disorder to guide policy and practice. This Very Short Introduction provides an accessible overview of this exciting field of research, beginning with its history, and drawing on testimony from people living with dyslexia. Considering the potential causes of dyslexia, and looking at both genetic and environment factors, Margaret Snowling shows how cross-linguistic studies have documented the prevalence of dyslexia in different languages. Discussing the various brain scanning techniques that have been used to find out if the brains of people with dyslexia differ in structure or function from those of typical readers, Snowling moves on to weigh up various strategies and interventions which can help people living with dyslexia today. Margaret J. Snowling Tue, 24 Sep 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393036 thebookvoice.com 4:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393036]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dyslexia: A Very Short Introduction Author: Margaret J. Snowling Narrator: Heather Wilds Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 19 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Since dyslexia was first described in the British Medical Journal in 1896, there has been debate about the definitions and diagnostic procedures used, with some casting doubt on its very existence. However, there is now a considerable body of research regarding the nature and characteristics of this relatively common learning disorder. The contemporary view of dyslexia has emerged from a century of research in medicine, psychology and more recently neuroscience, and we now understand enough about this learning disorder to guide policy and practice. This Very Short Introduction provides an accessible overview of this exciting field of research, beginning with its history, and drawing on testimony from people living with dyslexia. Considering the potential causes of dyslexia, and looking at both genetic and environment factors, Margaret Snowling shows how cross-linguistic studies have documented the prevalence of dyslexia in different languages. Discussing the various brain scanning techniques that have been used to find out if the brains of people with dyslexia differ in structure or function from those of typical readers, Snowling moves on to weigh up various strategies and interventions which can help people living with dyslexia today. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393036]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dyslexia: A Very Short Introduction Author: Margaret J. Snowling Narrator: Heather Wilds Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 19 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Since dyslexia was first described in the British Medical Journal in 1896, there has been debate about the definitions and diagnostic procedures used, with some casting doubt on its very existence. However, there is now a considerable body of research regarding the nature and characteristics of this relatively common learning disorder. The contemporary view of dyslexia has emerged from a century of research in medicine, psychology and more recently neuroscience, and we now understand enough about this learning disorder to guide policy and practice. This Very Short Introduction provides an accessible overview of this exciting field of research, beginning with its history, and drawing on testimony from people living with dyslexia. Considering the potential causes of dyslexia, and looking at both genetic and environment factors, Margaret Snowling shows how cross-linguistic studies have documented the prevalence of dyslexia in different languages. Discussing the various brain scanning techniques that have been used to find out if the brains of people with dyslexia differ in structure or function from those of typical readers, Snowling moves on to weigh up various strategies and interventions which can help people living with dyslexia today. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392973 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392973]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Easy Ego State Interventions: Strategies for Working With Parts Author: Robin Shapiro Narrator: Nan Mcnamara Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 16 minutes Release date: August 27, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Most of us have different aspects, 'parts,' or 'ego states' of ourselves—the silly and imaginative five-year-old part, for example, or the depressed, anxious, or angry adolescent—which manifest as particular moods, behaviors, and reactions depending on the demands of our external and internal environments. 'Ego state therapy' refers to a powerful, flexible therapy that helps clients integrate and reconcile these distinct aspects of themselves. This book offers a grab bag of ego state interventions—simple, practical techniques for a range of client issues—that any therapist can incorporate in his or her practice. In her characteristic wise, compassionate, and user-friendly writing style, Robin Shapiro explains what ego states are, how to access them in clients, and how to use them for a variety of treatment issues. After covering foundational interventions for accessing positive adult states, creating internal caregivers, and working with infant and child states in Part I: Getting Started With Ego State Work, Shapiro walks listeners step-by-step through a variety of specific interventions for specific problems, each ready for immediate application with clients. Part II: Problem-Specific Interventions includes chapters devoted to working with trauma, relationship challenges, personality disorders, suicidal ideation, and more. Robin Shapiro Tue, 27 Aug 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392973 thebookvoice.com 5:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392973]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Easy Ego State Interventions: Strategies for Working With Parts Author: Robin Shapiro Narrator: Nan Mcnamara Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 16 minutes Release date: August 27, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Most of us have different aspects, 'parts,' or 'ego states' of ourselves—the silly and imaginative five-year-old part, for example, or the depressed, anxious, or angry adolescent—which manifest as particular moods, behaviors, and reactions depending on the demands of our external and internal environments. 'Ego state therapy' refers to a powerful, flexible therapy that helps clients integrate and reconcile these distinct aspects of themselves. This book offers a grab bag of ego state interventions—simple, practical techniques for a range of client issues—that any therapist can incorporate in his or her practice. In her characteristic wise, compassionate, and user-friendly writing style, Robin Shapiro explains what ego states are, how to access them in clients, and how to use them for a variety of treatment issues. After covering foundational interventions for accessing positive adult states, creating internal caregivers, and working with infant and child states in Part I: Getting Started With Ego State Work, Shapiro walks listeners step-by-step through a variety of specific interventions for specific problems, each ready for immediate application with clients. Part II: Problem-Specific Interventions includes chapters devoted to working with trauma, relationship challenges, personality disorders, suicidal ideation, and more. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392973]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Easy Ego State Interventions: Strategies for Working With Parts Author: Robin Shapiro Narrator: Nan Mcnamara Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 16 minutes Release date: August 27, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Most of us have different aspects, 'parts,' or 'ego states' of ourselves—the silly and imaginative five-year-old part, for example, or the depressed, anxious, or angry adolescent—which manifest as particular moods, behaviors, and reactions depending on the demands of our external and internal environments. 'Ego state therapy' refers to a powerful, flexible therapy that helps clients integrate and reconcile these distinct aspects of themselves. This book offers a grab bag of ego state interventions—simple, practical techniques for a range of client issues—that any therapist can incorporate in his or her practice. In her characteristic wise, compassionate, and user-friendly writing style, Robin Shapiro explains what ego states are, how to access them in clients, and how to use them for a variety of treatment issues. After covering foundational interventions for accessing positive adult states, creating internal caregivers, and working with infant and child states in Part I: Getting Started With Ego State Work, Shapiro walks listeners step-by-step through a variety of specific interventions for specific problems, each ready for immediate application with clients. Part II: Problem-Specific Interventions includes chapters devoted to working with trauma, relationship challenges, personality disorders, suicidal ideation, and more. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392911 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392911]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Overcoming Anxiety For Dummies: 2nd Edition Author: Charles H. Elliot PhD, Laura L. Smith PhD Narrator: Daniel Henning Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 47 minutes Release date: August 27, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Practical, proven ways to get fear, worry, and panic under control. Think you worry too much? You're not alone over 40 million Americans suffer from some form of anxiety. Help is here in this friendly guide, which offers sound advice on identifying anxiety triggers through taking self-tests, improving your eating habits, relaxing, and finding support for you and your loved ones. Now with 25% new and revised content, Overcoming Anxiety For Dummies, 2nd Edition explores all of the most common triggers for anxiety, recent developments in medications, newly emerging biologically oriented approaches for treating anxiety, and the most up-to-date advancements in psychotherapies. ● Understand why you're anxious and pinpoint your triggers ● Get trusted advice on whether you can overcome anxiety on your own or seek professional help ● Covers anxiety in teens, young adults, and veterans The practical information in Overcoming Anxiety For Dummies, 2nd Edition is your first step toward getting your life back and winning the war against your worries! Charles H. Elliot PhD, Laura L. Smith PhD Tue, 27 Aug 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392911 thebookvoice.com 13:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392911]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Overcoming Anxiety For Dummies: 2nd Edition Author: Charles H. Elliot PhD, Laura L. Smith PhD Narrator: Daniel Henning Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 47 minutes Release date: August 27, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Practical, proven ways to get fear, worry, and panic under control. Think you worry too much? You're not alone over 40 million Americans suffer from some form of anxiety. Help is here in this friendly guide, which offers sound advice on identifying anxiety triggers through taking self-tests, improving your eating habits, relaxing, and finding support for you and your loved ones. Now with 25% new and revised content, Overcoming Anxiety For Dummies, 2nd Edition explores all of the most common triggers for anxiety, recent developments in medications, newly emerging biologically oriented approaches for treating anxiety, and the most up-to-date advancements in psychotherapies. ● Understand why you're anxious and pinpoint your triggers ● Get trusted advice on whether you can overcome anxiety on your own or seek professional help ● Covers anxiety in teens, young adults, and veterans The practical information in Overcoming Anxiety For Dummies, 2nd Edition is your first step toward getting your life back and winning the war against your worries! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392911]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Overcoming Anxiety For Dummies: 2nd Edition Author: Charles H. Elliot PhD, Laura L. Smith PhD Narrator: Daniel Henning Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 47 minutes Release date: August 27, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Practical, proven ways to get fear, worry, and panic under control. Think you worry too much? You're not alone over 40 million Americans suffer from some form of anxiety. Help is here in this friendly guide, which offers sound advice on identifying anxiety triggers through taking self-tests, improving your eating habits, relaxing, and finding support for you and your loved ones. Now with 25% new and revised content, Overcoming Anxiety For Dummies, 2nd Edition explores all of the most common triggers for anxiety, recent developments in medications, newly emerging biologically oriented approaches for treating anxiety, and the most up-to-date advancements in psychotherapies. ● Understand why you're anxious and pinpoint your triggers ● Get trusted advice on whether you can overcome anxiety on your own or seek professional help ● Covers anxiety in teens, young adults, and veterans The practical information in Overcoming Anxiety For Dummies, 2nd Edition is your first step toward getting your life back and winning the war against your worries! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392898 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392898]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Changing Minds: How Aging Affects Language and How Language Affects Aging Author: Richard Roberts, Roger Kreuz Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 35 minutes Release date: October 1, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: We acquire our native language, seemingly without effort, in infancy and early childhood. Language is our constant companion throughout our lifetime, even as we age. Indeed, compared with other aspects of cognition, language seems to be fairly resilient through the process of aging. In Changing Minds, Roger Kreuz and Richard Roberts examine how aging affects language—and how language affects aging. Kreuz and Roberts report that what appear to be changes in an older person's language ability are actually produced by declines in such other cognitive processes as memory and perception. Some language abilities, including vocabulary size and writing ability, may even improve with age. And certain language activities—including reading fiction and engaging in conversation—may even help us live fuller and healthier lives. Kreuz and Roberts explain the cognitive processes underlying our language ability, exploring in particular how changes in these processes lead to changes in listening, speaking, reading, and writing. They consider, among other things, the inability to produce a word that's on the tip of your tongue—and suggest that the increasing incidence of this with age may be the result of a surfeit of world knowledge. Richard Roberts, Roger Kreuz Tue, 01 Oct 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392898 thebookvoice.com 5:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392898]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Changing Minds: How Aging Affects Language and How Language Affects Aging Author: Richard Roberts, Roger Kreuz Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 35 minutes Release date: October 1, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: We acquire our native language, seemingly without effort, in infancy and early childhood. Language is our constant companion throughout our lifetime, even as we age. Indeed, compared with other aspects of cognition, language seems to be fairly resilient through the process of aging. In Changing Minds, Roger Kreuz and Richard Roberts examine how aging affects language—and how language affects aging. Kreuz and Roberts report that what appear to be changes in an older person's language ability are actually produced by declines in such other cognitive processes as memory and perception. Some language abilities, including vocabulary size and writing ability, may even improve with age. And certain language activities—including reading fiction and engaging in conversation—may even help us live fuller and healthier lives. Kreuz and Roberts explain the cognitive processes underlying our language ability, exploring in particular how changes in these processes lead to changes in listening, speaking, reading, and writing. They consider, among other things, the inability to produce a word that's on the tip of your tongue—and suggest that the increasing incidence of this with age may be the result of a surfeit of world knowledge. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392898]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Changing Minds: How Aging Affects Language and How Language Affects Aging Author: Richard Roberts, Roger Kreuz Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 35 minutes Release date: October 1, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: We acquire our native language, seemingly without effort, in infancy and early childhood. Language is our constant companion throughout our lifetime, even as we age. Indeed, compared with other aspects of cognition, language seems to be fairly resilient through the process of aging. In Changing Minds, Roger Kreuz and Richard Roberts examine how aging affects language—and how language affects aging. Kreuz and Roberts report that what appear to be changes in an older person's language ability are actually produced by declines in such other cognitive processes as memory and perception. Some language abilities, including vocabulary size and writing ability, may even improve with age. And certain language activities—including reading fiction and engaging in conversation—may even help us live fuller and healthier lives. Kreuz and Roberts explain the cognitive processes underlying our language ability, exploring in particular how changes in these processes lead to changes in listening, speaking, reading, and writing. They consider, among other things, the inability to produce a word that's on the tip of your tongue—and suggest that the increasing incidence of this with age may be the result of a surfeit of world knowledge. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392782 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392782]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Scatterbrain: How the Mind's Mistakes Make Humans Creative, Innovative, and Successful Author: Henning Beck Narrator: Matthew Waterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 32 minutes Release date: October 8, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In this mind-bending book, an esteemed neuroscientist explains why perfectionism is pointless—and argues that mistakes, missteps, and flaws are the keys to success. Remember that time you screwed up simple math or forgot the name of your favorite song? What if someone told you that such embarrassing 'brain farts' are actually secret weapons, proof of your superiority to computers and AI? In Scatterbrain, we learn that boredom awakens the muse, distractions spark creativity, and misjudging time creates valuable memories, among other benefits of our faulty minds. Throughout, award-winning neuroscientist Henning Beck's hilarious asides and brain-boosting advice make for a delightful account of the most cutting-edge neuroscience our brains will (maybe never) remember. Henning Beck Tue, 08 Oct 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392782 thebookvoice.com 8:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392782]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Scatterbrain: How the Mind's Mistakes Make Humans Creative, Innovative, and Successful Author: Henning Beck Narrator: Matthew Waterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 32 minutes Release date: October 8, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In this mind-bending book, an esteemed neuroscientist explains why perfectionism is pointless—and argues that mistakes, missteps, and flaws are the keys to success. Remember that time you screwed up simple math or forgot the name of your favorite song? What if someone told you that such embarrassing 'brain farts' are actually secret weapons, proof of your superiority to computers and AI? In Scatterbrain, we learn that boredom awakens the muse, distractions spark creativity, and misjudging time creates valuable memories, among other benefits of our faulty minds. Throughout, award-winning neuroscientist Henning Beck's hilarious asides and brain-boosting advice make for a delightful account of the most cutting-edge neuroscience our brains will (maybe never) remember. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392782]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Scatterbrain: How the Mind's Mistakes Make Humans Creative, Innovative, and Successful Author: Henning Beck Narrator: Matthew Waterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 32 minutes Release date: October 8, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In this mind-bending book, an esteemed neuroscientist explains why perfectionism is pointless—and argues that mistakes, missteps, and flaws are the keys to success. Remember that time you screwed up simple math or forgot the name of your favorite song? What if someone told you that such embarrassing 'brain farts' are actually secret weapons, proof of your superiority to computers and AI? In Scatterbrain, we learn that boredom awakens the muse, distractions spark creativity, and misjudging time creates valuable memories, among other benefits of our faulty minds. Throughout, award-winning neuroscientist Henning Beck's hilarious asides and brain-boosting advice make for a delightful account of the most cutting-edge neuroscience our brains will (maybe never) remember. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392563 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392563]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Misinformation Age: How False Beliefs Spread Author: James Owen Weatherall, Cailin O’connor Narrator: Chelsea Stephens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 39 minutes Release date: September 18, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.13 of Total 31 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The social dynamics of 'alternative facts': why what you believe depends on who you know Why should we care about having true beliefs? And why do demonstrably false beliefs persist and spread despite consequences for the people who hold them? Philosophers of science Cailin O'Connor and James Weatherall argue that social factors, rather than individual psychology, are what's essential to understanding the spread and persistence of false belief. It might seem that there's an obvious reason that true beliefs matter: false beliefs will hurt you. But if that's right, then why is it (apparently) irrelevant to many people whether they believe true things or not? In an age riven by 'fake news,' 'alternative facts,' and disputes over the validity of everything from climate change to the size of inauguration crowds, the authors argue that social factors, not individual psychology, are what's essential to understanding the persistence of false belief and that we must know how those social forces work in order to fight misinformation effectively. James Owen Weatherall, Cailin O’connor Wed, 18 Sep 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392563 thebookvoice.com 6:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392563]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Misinformation Age: How False Beliefs Spread Author: James Owen Weatherall, Cailin O’connor Narrator: Chelsea Stephens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 39 minutes Release date: September 18, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.13 of Total 31 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The social dynamics of 'alternative facts': why what you believe depends on who you know Why should we care about having true beliefs? And why do demonstrably false beliefs persist and spread despite consequences for the people who hold them? Philosophers of science Cailin O'Connor and James Weatherall argue that social factors, rather than individual psychology, are what's essential to understanding the spread and persistence of false belief. It might seem that there's an obvious reason that true beliefs matter: false beliefs will hurt you. But if that's right, then why is it (apparently) irrelevant to many people whether they believe true things or not? In an age riven by 'fake news,' 'alternative facts,' and disputes over the validity of everything from climate change to the size of inauguration crowds, the authors argue that social factors, not individual psychology, are what's essential to understanding the persistence of false belief and that we must know how those social forces work in order to fight misinformation effectively. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392563]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Misinformation Age: How False Beliefs Spread Author: James Owen Weatherall, Cailin O’connor Narrator: Chelsea Stephens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 39 minutes Release date: September 18, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.13 of Total 31 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The social dynamics of 'alternative facts': why what you believe depends on who you know Why should we care about having true beliefs? And why do demonstrably false beliefs persist and spread despite consequences for the people who hold them? Philosophers of science Cailin O'Connor and James Weatherall argue that social factors, rather than individual psychology, are what's essential to understanding the spread and persistence of false belief. It might seem that there's an obvious reason that true beliefs matter: false beliefs will hurt you. But if that's right, then why is it (apparently) irrelevant to many people whether they believe true things or not? In an age riven by 'fake news,' 'alternative facts,' and disputes over the validity of everything from climate change to the size of inauguration crowds, the authors argue that social factors, not individual psychology, are what's essential to understanding the persistence of false belief and that we must know how those social forces work in order to fight misinformation effectively. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392549 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392549]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Meaning of Anxiety Author: Rollo May Narrator: James Anderson Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 16 minutes Release date: September 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In this revised edition of his classic work—the first modern book on anxiety following Freud and Kierkegaard—psychologist Rollo May brings order and lucidity to the subject of anxiety. Rollo May challenges the idea that 'mental health is living without anxiety,' believing it is essential to being human. He explores how it can relieve boredom, sharpen sensibilities, and produce the tension necessary to preserve human existence. May sees a link extending from anxiety to intelligence, creativity, and originality, and guides the listener away from destructive ways to positive ways of dealing with anxiety. He convincingly proposes that anxiety can impel personal change, as it is only by confronting and coping with it that self-realization can occur. Rollo May Tue, 10 Sep 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392549 thebookvoice.com 15:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392549]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Meaning of Anxiety Author: Rollo May Narrator: James Anderson Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 16 minutes Release date: September 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In this revised edition of his classic work—the first modern book on anxiety following Freud and Kierkegaard—psychologist Rollo May brings order and lucidity to the subject of anxiety. Rollo May challenges the idea that 'mental health is living without anxiety,' believing it is essential to being human. He explores how it can relieve boredom, sharpen sensibilities, and produce the tension necessary to preserve human existence. May sees a link extending from anxiety to intelligence, creativity, and originality, and guides the listener away from destructive ways to positive ways of dealing with anxiety. He convincingly proposes that anxiety can impel personal change, as it is only by confronting and coping with it that self-realization can occur. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392549]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Meaning of Anxiety Author: Rollo May Narrator: James Anderson Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 16 minutes Release date: September 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In this revised edition of his classic work—the first modern book on anxiety following Freud and Kierkegaard—psychologist Rollo May brings order and lucidity to the subject of anxiety. Rollo May challenges the idea that 'mental health is living without anxiety,' believing it is essential to being human. He explores how it can relieve boredom, sharpen sensibilities, and produce the tension necessary to preserve human existence. May sees a link extending from anxiety to intelligence, creativity, and originality, and guides the listener away from destructive ways to positive ways of dealing with anxiety. He convincingly proposes that anxiety can impel personal change, as it is only by confronting and coping with it that self-realization can occur. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392411 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392411]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Opioid Epidemic: What Everyone Needs to Know Author: Joshua M. Sharfstein, Yngvild Olsen Narrator: Laural Merlington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 4 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The opioid epidemic is responsible for longest sustained decline in US life expectancy since the time of World War I and the Great Influenza. In 2017, nearly 50,000 Americans died from an opioid overdose—with an estimated two million more living with opioid addiction every day. The Opioid Epidemic: What Everyone Needs to Know is an accessible, nonpartisan overview of the causes, politics, and treatments tied to the most devastating health crisis of our time. Its comprehensive approach and Q&A format offer listeners a practical path to understanding the epidemic from all sides: the basic science of opioids; the nature of addiction; the underlying reasons for the opioid epidemic; effective approaches to helping individuals, families, communities, and national policy; and common myths related to opioid addiction. Written by two expert physicians and enriched with stories from their experiences in the crosshairs of this epidemic, this book is a critical resource for any general listener—and for the individuals and families fighting this fight in their own lives. Joshua M. Sharfstein, Yngvild Olsen Tue, 24 Sep 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392411 thebookvoice.com 9:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392411]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Opioid Epidemic: What Everyone Needs to Know Author: Joshua M. Sharfstein, Yngvild Olsen Narrator: Laural Merlington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 4 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The opioid epidemic is responsible for longest sustained decline in US life expectancy since the time of World War I and the Great Influenza. In 2017, nearly 50,000 Americans died from an opioid overdose—with an estimated two million more living with opioid addiction every day. The Opioid Epidemic: What Everyone Needs to Know is an accessible, nonpartisan overview of the causes, politics, and treatments tied to the most devastating health crisis of our time. Its comprehensive approach and Q&A format offer listeners a practical path to understanding the epidemic from all sides: the basic science of opioids; the nature of addiction; the underlying reasons for the opioid epidemic; effective approaches to helping individuals, families, communities, and national policy; and common myths related to opioid addiction. Written by two expert physicians and enriched with stories from their experiences in the crosshairs of this epidemic, this book is a critical resource for any general listener—and for the individuals and families fighting this fight in their own lives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392411]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Opioid Epidemic: What Everyone Needs to Know Author: Joshua M. Sharfstein, Yngvild Olsen Narrator: Laural Merlington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 4 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The opioid epidemic is responsible for longest sustained decline in US life expectancy since the time of World War I and the Great Influenza. In 2017, nearly 50,000 Americans died from an opioid overdose—with an estimated two million more living with opioid addiction every day. The Opioid Epidemic: What Everyone Needs to Know is an accessible, nonpartisan overview of the causes, politics, and treatments tied to the most devastating health crisis of our time. Its comprehensive approach and Q&A format offer listeners a practical path to understanding the epidemic from all sides: the basic science of opioids; the nature of addiction; the underlying reasons for the opioid epidemic; effective approaches to helping individuals, families, communities, and national policy; and common myths related to opioid addiction. Written by two expert physicians and enriched with stories from their experiences in the crosshairs of this epidemic, this book is a critical resource for any general listener—and for the individuals and families fighting this fight in their own lives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392383 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392383]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Playing Well with Others: Your Field Guide to Discovering, Exploring and Navigating the Kink, Leather and BDSM Communities Author: Mollena Williams, Lee Harrington Narrator: Joel Froomkin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 4 minutes Release date: October 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: While there are plenty of other books out there that explain how to give a spanking or tie a half-hitch, Playing Well With Others is the first book that explains kink culture—the munches, parties, leather bars, conferences, workshops, fetish nights, exploratoriums, and all the other gatherings of kinksters that turn BDSM and leather from a bedroom predilection to a lifestyle and a community. You'll learn to: ● Examine your own motivations, needs, wants, and desires ● Ease your way into established communities ● Understand etiquette in different adventurous sex communities ● And more Contains mature themes. Mollena Williams, Lee Harrington Tue, 15 Oct 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392383 thebookvoice.com 12:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392383]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Playing Well with Others: Your Field Guide to Discovering, Exploring and Navigating the Kink, Leather and BDSM Communities Author: Mollena Williams, Lee Harrington Narrator: Joel Froomkin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 4 minutes Release date: October 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: While there are plenty of other books out there that explain how to give a spanking or tie a half-hitch, Playing Well With Others is the first book that explains kink culture—the munches, parties, leather bars, conferences, workshops, fetish nights, exploratoriums, and all the other gatherings of kinksters that turn BDSM and leather from a bedroom predilection to a lifestyle and a community. You'll learn to: ● Examine your own motivations, needs, wants, and desires ● Ease your way into established communities ● Understand etiquette in different adventurous sex communities ● And more Contains mature themes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392383]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Playing Well with Others: Your Field Guide to Discovering, Exploring and Navigating the Kink, Leather and BDSM Communities Author: Mollena Williams, Lee Harrington Narrator: Joel Froomkin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 4 minutes Release date: October 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: While there are plenty of other books out there that explain how to give a spanking or tie a half-hitch, Playing Well With Others is the first book that explains kink culture—the munches, parties, leather bars, conferences, workshops, fetish nights, exploratoriums, and all the other gatherings of kinksters that turn BDSM and leather from a bedroom predilection to a lifestyle and a community. You'll learn to: ● Examine your own motivations, needs, wants, and desires ● Ease your way into established communities ● Understand etiquette in different adventurous sex communities ● And more Contains mature themes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392144 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392144]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die 5 Sprachen der Liebe - Wie Kommunikation in der Partnerschaft gelingt (Ungekürzt) Author: Gary Chapman Narrator: Dominic Kolb Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 27 minutes Release date: February 13, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Der New York Times-Bestseller, der in über 30 Sprachen übersetzt wurde. Weltweit mehr als 11 Millionen verkaufte Exemplare. Haben Sie sich schon einmal gefragt, warum Beziehungen scheitern? Wie erhält man die Liebe über Jahre? Was sind die Zutaten für mehr Harmonie in der Familie? In der neuen vollständigen und ungekürzten Ausgabe des Bestsellers 'Die 5 Sprachen der Liebe' erklärt der Experte für Beziehungsfragen Dr. Gary Chapman wie man Missverständnisse zwischen den Partnern ausräumen und die Liebe auf eine feste Grundlage stellen kann. Es gibt nichts Schöneres als zu lieben und geliebt zu werden. Wer echte, dauerhafte Liebe erfahren und weitergeben möchte, muss sich im Klaren darüber sein, welche Liebesbeweise sein Partner bevorzugt. Nach vielen Jahren Eheberatung ist Gary Chapman zu der Erkenntnis gelangt, dass es fünf Sprachen der Liebe gibt - fünf Arten, wie Menschen ihre Liebe anderen mitteilen: - Lob und Anerkennung - Zweisamkeit - die Zeit nur für euch - Geschenke, die von Herzen kommen - Hilfsbereitschaft - Zärtlichkeit Diese fünf Sprachen kann grundsätzlich jeder verstehen. Wenn Sie herausfinden, welche Sprache der Liebe Ihr Partner spricht, finden Sie den Schlüssel zu einer lang andauernden und liebevollen Beziehung! Original title: The 5 Love Languages: The Secret to Love that Lasts Production credits: This book was first published in the United States by Northfield Publishing, 820 N. LaSalle Blvd., Chicago, IL 60610 with the title The 5 Love Languages, copyright _ 1992, 1995, 2004, 2010, 2015 by Gary D. Chapman. Translated by permission. Translated by Wolfgang Günter, Ingo Rothkirch, Silvia Lutz and Stefan Jäger. All rights reserved. The 5 Love Languages is a registered trademark of The Moody Bible Institute of Chicago in the United States and other jurisdictions. Gary Chapman Mon, 13 Feb 2023 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392144 thebookvoice.com 5:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392144]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die 5 Sprachen der Liebe - Wie Kommunikation in der Partnerschaft gelingt (Ungekürzt) Author: Gary Chapman Narrator: Dominic Kolb Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 27 minutes Release date: February 13, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Der New York Times-Bestseller, der in über 30 Sprachen übersetzt wurde. Weltweit mehr als 11 Millionen verkaufte Exemplare. Haben Sie sich schon einmal gefragt, warum Beziehungen scheitern? Wie erhält man die Liebe über Jahre? Was sind die Zutaten für mehr Harmonie in der Familie? In der neuen vollständigen und ungekürzten Ausgabe des Bestsellers 'Die 5 Sprachen der Liebe' erklärt der Experte für Beziehungsfragen Dr. Gary Chapman wie man Missverständnisse zwischen den Partnern ausräumen und die Liebe auf eine feste Grundlage stellen kann. Es gibt nichts Schöneres als zu lieben und geliebt zu werden. Wer echte, dauerhafte Liebe erfahren und weitergeben möchte, muss sich im Klaren darüber sein, welche Liebesbeweise sein Partner bevorzugt. Nach vielen Jahren Eheberatung ist Gary Chapman zu der Erkenntnis gelangt, dass es fünf Sprachen der Liebe gibt - fünf Arten, wie Menschen ihre Liebe anderen mitteilen: - Lob und Anerkennung - Zweisamkeit - die Zeit nur für euch - Geschenke, die von Herzen kommen - Hilfsbereitschaft - Zärtlichkeit Diese fünf Sprachen kann grundsätzlich jeder verstehen. Wenn Sie herausfinden, welche Sprache der Liebe Ihr Partner spricht, finden Sie den Schlüssel zu einer lang andauernden und liebevollen Beziehung! Original title: The 5 Love Languages: The Secret to Love that Lasts Production credits: This book was first published in the United States by Northfield Publishing, 820 N. LaSalle Blvd., Chicago, IL 60610 with the title The 5 Love Languages, copyright _ 1992, 1995, 2004, 2010, 2015 by Gary D. Chapman. Translated by permission. Translated by Wolfgang Günter, Ingo Rothkirch, Silvia Lutz and Stefan Jäger. All rights reserved. The 5 Love Languages is a registered trademark of The Moody Bible Institute of Chicago in the United States and other jurisdictions. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392144]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die 5 Sprachen der Liebe - Wie Kommunikation in der Partnerschaft gelingt (Ungekürzt) Author: Gary Chapman Narrator: Dominic Kolb Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 27 minutes Release date: February 13, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Der New York Times-Bestseller, der in über 30 Sprachen übersetzt wurde. Weltweit mehr als 11 Millionen verkaufte Exemplare. Haben Sie sich schon einmal gefragt, warum Beziehungen scheitern? Wie erhält man die Liebe über Jahre? Was sind die Zutaten für mehr Harmonie in der Familie? In der neuen vollständigen und ungekürzten Ausgabe des Bestsellers 'Die 5 Sprachen der Liebe' erklärt der Experte für Beziehungsfragen Dr. Gary Chapman wie man Missverständnisse zwischen den Partnern ausräumen und die Liebe auf eine feste Grundlage stellen kann. Es gibt nichts Schöneres als zu lieben und geliebt zu werden. Wer echte, dauerhafte Liebe erfahren und weitergeben möchte, muss sich im Klaren darüber sein, welche Liebesbeweise sein Partner bevorzugt. Nach vielen Jahren Eheberatung ist Gary Chapman zu der Erkenntnis gelangt, dass es fünf Sprachen der Liebe gibt - fünf Arten, wie Menschen ihre Liebe anderen mitteilen: - Lob und Anerkennung - Zweisamkeit - die Zeit nur für euch - Geschenke, die von Herzen kommen - Hilfsbereitschaft - Zärtlichkeit Diese fünf Sprachen kann grundsätzlich jeder verstehen. Wenn Sie herausfinden, welche Sprache der Liebe Ihr Partner spricht, finden Sie den Schlüssel zu einer lang andauernden und liebevollen Beziehung! Original title: The 5 Love Languages: The Secret to Love that Lasts Production credits: This book was first published in the United States by Northfield Publishing, 820 N. LaSalle Blvd., Chicago, IL 60610 with the title The 5 Love Languages, copyright _ 1992, 1995, 2004, 2010, 2015 by Gary D. Chapman. Translated by permission. Translated by Wolfgang Günter, Ingo Rothkirch, Silvia Lutz and Stefan Jäger. All rights reserved. The 5 Love Languages is a registered trademark of The Moody Bible Institute of Chicago in the United States and other jurisdictions. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392091 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392091]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hysterical: Why We Need to Talk About Women, Hormones, and Mental Health Author: Eleanor Morgan Narrator: Eleanor Morgan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 2 minutes Release date: August 27, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A riveting exploration of the link between women's hormones and mental health--with advice, personal testimony, facts, and research creating a portrait of how hormones contribute to make up the 'female animal' Hysterical seeks to explore the connections between hormones and health, particularly in the frequent mood changes and mental health issues women typically chalk up to the influence of hormones. Journalist Eleanor Morgan investigates the relationship between biochemistry, our bodies, and our mental health, including the context for this discussion: the historic culture of silence around women's bodies. As Morgan argues, we've gotten better at talking about mental health, but we still shy away from discussing periods, miscarriage, endometriosis, and menopause. That results in a lack of vital understanding for women, particularly as those processes are inextricably connected to our mental health; by exploring women's bodies in conjunction with our minds, Morgan urges for new thinking about our health. Examining the mythology of female hormones, the ways that culture shapes our perceptions of women's bodies, and the latest medical research, Hysterical skillfully paints a portrait of the modern landscape of women and health--and shows us how to navigate stigma and misinformation. Eleanor Morgan Tue, 27 Aug 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392091 thebookvoice.com 7:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392091]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hysterical: Why We Need to Talk About Women, Hormones, and Mental Health Author: Eleanor Morgan Narrator: Eleanor Morgan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 2 minutes Release date: August 27, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A riveting exploration of the link between women's hormones and mental health--with advice, personal testimony, facts, and research creating a portrait of how hormones contribute to make up the 'female animal' Hysterical seeks to explore the connections between hormones and health, particularly in the frequent mood changes and mental health issues women typically chalk up to the influence of hormones. Journalist Eleanor Morgan investigates the relationship between biochemistry, our bodies, and our mental health, including the context for this discussion: the historic culture of silence around women's bodies. As Morgan argues, we've gotten better at talking about mental health, but we still shy away from discussing periods, miscarriage, endometriosis, and menopause. That results in a lack of vital understanding for women, particularly as those processes are inextricably connected to our mental health; by exploring women's bodies in conjunction with our minds, Morgan urges for new thinking about our health. Examining the mythology of female hormones, the ways that culture shapes our perceptions of women's bodies, and the latest medical research, Hysterical skillfully paints a portrait of the modern landscape of women and health--and shows us how to navigate stigma and misinformation. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392091]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hysterical: Why We Need to Talk About Women, Hormones, and Mental Health Author: Eleanor Morgan Narrator: Eleanor Morgan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 2 minutes Release date: August 27, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A riveting exploration of the link between women's hormones and mental health--with advice, personal testimony, facts, and research creating a portrait of how hormones contribute to make up the 'female animal' Hysterical seeks to explore the connections between hormones and health, particularly in the frequent mood changes and mental health issues women typically chalk up to the influence of hormones. Journalist Eleanor Morgan investigates the relationship between biochemistry, our bodies, and our mental health, including the context for this discussion: the historic culture of silence around women's bodies. As Morgan argues, we've gotten better at talking about mental health, but we still shy away from discussing periods, miscarriage, endometriosis, and menopause. That results in a lack of vital understanding for women, particularly as those processes are inextricably connected to our mental health; by exploring women's bodies in conjunction with our minds, Morgan urges for new thinking about our health. Examining the mythology of female hormones, the ways that culture shapes our perceptions of women's bodies, and the latest medical research, Hysterical skillfully paints a portrait of the modern landscape of women and health--and shows us how to navigate stigma and misinformation. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392067 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392067]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Talking to Strangers: What We Should Know about the People We Don't Know Author: Malcolm Gladwell Narrator: Malcolm Gladwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 42 minutes Release date: September 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 181 Ratings of Narrator: 4.95 of Total 38 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. The highly anticipated new book from Malcom Gladwell, host of the chart-topping podcast Revisionist History. With original archival interviews and musical scoring, this enhanced audiobook edition of Talking to Strangers brings Gladwell's renowned storytelling to life in his unparalleled narrating style. The routine traffic stop that ends in tragedy. The spy who spends years undetected at the highest levels of the Pentagon. The false conviction of Amanda Knox. Why do we so often get other people wrong? Why is it so hard to detect a lie, read a face or judge a stranger's motives? Through a series of encounters and misunderstandings - from history, psychology and infamous legal cases - Malcolm Gladwell takes us on an intellectual adventure into the darker side of human nature, where strangers are never simple and misreading them can have disastrous consequences. No one challenges our shared assumptions like Malcolm Gladwell. Here he uses stories of deceit and fatal errors to cast doubt on our strategies for dealing with the unknown, inviting us to rethink our thinking in these troubled times. (C) 2019 Malcolm Gladwell (P) 2019 Malcolm Gladwell Malcolm Gladwell Tue, 10 Sep 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392067 thebookvoice.com 8:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392067]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Talking to Strangers: What We Should Know about the People We Don't Know Author: Malcolm Gladwell Narrator: Malcolm Gladwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 42 minutes Release date: September 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 181 Ratings of Narrator: 4.95 of Total 38 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. The highly anticipated new book from Malcom Gladwell, host of the chart-topping podcast Revisionist History. With original archival interviews and musical scoring, this enhanced audiobook edition of Talking to Strangers brings Gladwell's renowned storytelling to life in his unparalleled narrating style. The routine traffic stop that ends in tragedy. The spy who spends years undetected at the highest levels of the Pentagon. The false conviction of Amanda Knox. Why do we so often get other people wrong? Why is it so hard to detect a lie, read a face or judge a stranger's motives? Through a series of encounters and misunderstandings - from history, psychology and infamous legal cases - Malcolm Gladwell takes us on an intellectual adventure into the darker side of human nature, where strangers are never simple and misreading them can have disastrous consequences. No one challenges our shared assumptions like Malcolm Gladwell. Here he uses stories of deceit and fatal errors to cast doubt on our strategies for dealing with the unknown, inviting us to rethink our thinking in these troubled times. (C) 2019 Malcolm Gladwell (P) 2019 Malcolm Gladwell Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392067]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Talking to Strangers: What We Should Know about the People We Don't Know Author: Malcolm Gladwell Narrator: Malcolm Gladwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 42 minutes Release date: September 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 181 Ratings of Narrator: 4.95 of Total 38 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. The highly anticipated new book from Malcom Gladwell, host of the chart-topping podcast Revisionist History. With original archival interviews and musical scoring, this enhanced audiobook edition of Talking to Strangers brings Gladwell's renowned storytelling to life in his unparalleled narrating style. The routine traffic stop that ends in tragedy. The spy who spends years undetected at the highest levels of the Pentagon. The false conviction of Amanda Knox. Why do we so often get other people wrong? Why is it so hard to detect a lie, read a face or judge a stranger's motives? Through a series of encounters and misunderstandings - from history, psychology and infamous legal cases - Malcolm Gladwell takes us on an intellectual adventure into the darker side of human nature, where strangers are never simple and misreading them can have disastrous consequences. No one challenges our shared assumptions like Malcolm Gladwell. Here he uses stories of deceit and fatal errors to cast doubt on our strategies for dealing with the unknown, inviting us to rethink our thinking in these troubled times. (C) 2019 Malcolm Gladwell (P) 2019 Malcolm Gladwell https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392031 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392031]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Under the Influence: Putting Peer Pressure to Work Author: Robert H. Frank Narrator: Trevor White Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 32 minutes Release date: January 28, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From New York Times bestselling author and economics columnist Robert Frank, an audiobook narrated by Trevor White about bold new ideas for creating environments that promise a brighter future Psychologists have long understood that social environments profoundly shape our behavior, sometimes for the better, often for the worse. But social influence is a two-way street—our environments are themselves products of our behavior. Under the Influence explains how to unlock the latent power of social context. It reveals how our environments encourage smoking, bullying, tax cheating, sexual predation, problem drinking, and wasteful energy use. We are building bigger houses, driving heavier cars, and engaging in a host of other activities that threaten the planet—mainly because that's what friends and neighbors do. In the wake of the hottest years on record, only robust measures to curb greenhouse gases promise relief from more frequent and intense storms, droughts, flooding, wildfires, and famines. Robert Frank describes how the strongest predictor of our willingness to support climate-friendly policies, install solar panels, or buy an electric car is the number of people we know who have already done so. In the face of stakes that could not be higher, the book explains how we could redirect trillions of dollars annually in support of carbon-free energy sources, all without requiring painful sacrifices from anyone. Most of us would agree that we need to take responsibility for our own choices, but with more supportive social environments, each of us is more likely to make choices that benefit everyone. Under the Influence shows how. Robert H. Frank Tue, 28 Jan 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392031 thebookvoice.com 9:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392031]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Under the Influence: Putting Peer Pressure to Work Author: Robert H. Frank Narrator: Trevor White Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 32 minutes Release date: January 28, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From New York Times bestselling author and economics columnist Robert Frank, an audiobook narrated by Trevor White about bold new ideas for creating environments that promise a brighter future Psychologists have long understood that social environments profoundly shape our behavior, sometimes for the better, often for the worse. But social influence is a two-way street—our environments are themselves products of our behavior. Under the Influence explains how to unlock the latent power of social context. It reveals how our environments encourage smoking, bullying, tax cheating, sexual predation, problem drinking, and wasteful energy use. We are building bigger houses, driving heavier cars, and engaging in a host of other activities that threaten the planet—mainly because that's what friends and neighbors do. In the wake of the hottest years on record, only robust measures to curb greenhouse gases promise relief from more frequent and intense storms, droughts, flooding, wildfires, and famines. Robert Frank describes how the strongest predictor of our willingness to support climate-friendly policies, install solar panels, or buy an electric car is the number of people we know who have already done so. In the face of stakes that could not be higher, the book explains how we could redirect trillions of dollars annually in support of carbon-free energy sources, all without requiring painful sacrifices from anyone. Most of us would agree that we need to take responsibility for our own choices, but with more supportive social environments, each of us is more likely to make choices that benefit everyone. Under the Influence shows how. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392031]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Under the Influence: Putting Peer Pressure to Work Author: Robert H. Frank Narrator: Trevor White Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 32 minutes Release date: January 28, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From New York Times bestselling author and economics columnist Robert Frank, an audiobook narrated by Trevor White about bold new ideas for creating environments that promise a brighter future Psychologists have long understood that social environments profoundly shape our behavior, sometimes for the better, often for the worse. But social influence is a two-way street—our environments are themselves products of our behavior. Under the Influence explains how to unlock the latent power of social context. It reveals how our environments encourage smoking, bullying, tax cheating, sexual predation, problem drinking, and wasteful energy use. We are building bigger houses, driving heavier cars, and engaging in a host of other activities that threaten the planet—mainly because that's what friends and neighbors do. In the wake of the hottest years on record, only robust measures to curb greenhouse gases promise relief from more frequent and intense storms, droughts, flooding, wildfires, and famines. Robert Frank describes how the strongest predictor of our willingness to support climate-friendly policies, install solar panels, or buy an electric car is the number of people we know who have already done so. In the face of stakes that could not be higher, the book explains how we could redirect trillions of dollars annually in support of carbon-free energy sources, all without requiring painful sacrifices from anyone. Most of us would agree that we need to take responsibility for our own choices, but with more supportive social environments, each of us is more likely to make choices that benefit everyone. Under the Influence shows how. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391944 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391944]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wisdom of Anxiety: How Worry and Intrusive Thoughts Are Gifts to Help You Heal Author: Sheryl Paul Narrator: Leslie Howard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: August 13, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Work anxiety. Relationship anxiety. Social anxiety. World anxiety. Money anxiety. Health anxiety. How does reading those words make you feel? All too often, when we experience the things that give us anxiety, our first instinct is to try to run away or numb out from feeling them. But what if the unpleasant feelings you want to turn away from are actually vital sources of information about your well-being? In The Wisdom of Anxiety, counselor Sheryl Paul examines the deeper meaning of the racing thoughts, sweaty palms, and insomnia that accompany the uncertain moments of our lives. No one likes to feel anxiety—and yet, Paul asserts it can be a remarkably direct messenger of our subconscious. Here you will learn how you can pause and listen to your anxieties to discover inner truths that you've been avoiding. This lyrically written book not only considers the many forms anxieties can take, but also provides deep-dive practices for addressing them at their roots. Whether it's worry around raising children, nervousness about world events, or any other way anxiety manifests, The Wisdom of Anxiety can help you uncover the true source of your discomfort and find the rich self-knowledge within. Sheryl Paul Tue, 13 Aug 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391944 thebookvoice.com 8:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391944]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wisdom of Anxiety: How Worry and Intrusive Thoughts Are Gifts to Help You Heal Author: Sheryl Paul Narrator: Leslie Howard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: August 13, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Work anxiety. Relationship anxiety. Social anxiety. World anxiety. Money anxiety. Health anxiety. How does reading those words make you feel? All too often, when we experience the things that give us anxiety, our first instinct is to try to run away or numb out from feeling them. But what if the unpleasant feelings you want to turn away from are actually vital sources of information about your well-being? In The Wisdom of Anxiety, counselor Sheryl Paul examines the deeper meaning of the racing thoughts, sweaty palms, and insomnia that accompany the uncertain moments of our lives. No one likes to feel anxiety—and yet, Paul asserts it can be a remarkably direct messenger of our subconscious. Here you will learn how you can pause and listen to your anxieties to discover inner truths that you've been avoiding. This lyrically written book not only considers the many forms anxieties can take, but also provides deep-dive practices for addressing them at their roots. Whether it's worry around raising children, nervousness about world events, or any other way anxiety manifests, The Wisdom of Anxiety can help you uncover the true source of your discomfort and find the rich self-knowledge within. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391944]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wisdom of Anxiety: How Worry and Intrusive Thoughts Are Gifts to Help You Heal Author: Sheryl Paul Narrator: Leslie Howard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: August 13, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Work anxiety. Relationship anxiety. Social anxiety. World anxiety. Money anxiety. Health anxiety. How does reading those words make you feel? All too often, when we experience the things that give us anxiety, our first instinct is to try to run away or numb out from feeling them. But what if the unpleasant feelings you want to turn away from are actually vital sources of information about your well-being? In The Wisdom of Anxiety, counselor Sheryl Paul examines the deeper meaning of the racing thoughts, sweaty palms, and insomnia that accompany the uncertain moments of our lives. No one likes to feel anxiety—and yet, Paul asserts it can be a remarkably direct messenger of our subconscious. Here you will learn how you can pause and listen to your anxieties to discover inner truths that you've been avoiding. This lyrically written book not only considers the many forms anxieties can take, but also provides deep-dive practices for addressing them at their roots. Whether it's worry around raising children, nervousness about world events, or any other way anxiety manifests, The Wisdom of Anxiety can help you uncover the true source of your discomfort and find the rich self-knowledge within. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391767 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391767]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Together: The Healing Power of Human Connection in a Sometimes Lonely World Author: Vivek H. Murthy Narrator: Vivek H. Murthy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 53 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.89 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The book we need NOW to avoid a social recession, Murthy’s prescient message is about the importance of human connection, the hidden impact of loneliness on our health, and the social power of community. Humans are social creatures: In this simple and obvious fact lies both the problem and the solution to the current crisis of loneliness. In his groundbreaking book, the 19th surgeon general of the United States Dr. Vivek Murthy makes a case for loneliness as a public health concern: a root cause and contributor to many of the epidemics sweeping the world today from alcohol and drug addiction to violence to depression and anxiety. Loneliness, he argues, is affecting not only our health, but also how our children experience school, how we perform in the workplace, and the sense of division and polarization in our society. But, at the center of our loneliness is our innate desire to connect. We have evolved to participate in community, to forge lasting bonds with others, to help one another, and to share life experiences. We are, simply, better together. The lessons in Together have immediate relevance and application. These four key strategies will help us not only to weather this crisis, but also to heal our social world far into the future. - Spend time each day with those you love. Devote at least 15 minutes each day to connecting with those you most care about. - Focus on each other. Forget about multitasking and give the other person the gift of your full attention, making eye contact, if possible, and genuinely listening. - Embrace solitude. The first step toward building stronger connections with others is to build a stronger connection with oneself. Meditation, prayer, art, music, and time spent outdoors can all be sources of solitary comfort and joy. - Help and be helped. Service is a form of human connection that reminds us of our value and purpose in life. Checking on a neighbor, seeking advice, even just offering a smile to a stranger six feet away, all can make us stronger.  During Murthy’s tenure as Surgeon General and during the research for Together, he found that there were few issues that elicited as much enthusiastic interest from both very conservative and very liberal members of Congress, from young and old people, or from urban and rural residents alike. Loneliness was something so many people have known themselves or have seen in the people around them. In the book, Murthy also shares his own deeply personal experiences with the subject--from struggling with loneliness in school, to the devastating loss of his uncle who succumbed to his own loneliness, as well as the important example of community and connection that his parents modeled. Simply, it’s a universal condition that affects all of us directly or through the people we love—now more than ever. Vivek H. Murthy Tue, 07 Apr 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391767 thebookvoice.com 10:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391767]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Together: The Healing Power of Human Connection in a Sometimes Lonely World Author: Vivek H. Murthy Narrator: Vivek H. Murthy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 53 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.89 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The book we need NOW to avoid a social recession, Murthy’s prescient message is about the importance of human connection, the hidden impact of loneliness on our health, and the social power of community. Humans are social creatures: In this simple and obvious fact lies both the problem and the solution to the current crisis of loneliness. In his groundbreaking book, the 19th surgeon general of the United States Dr. Vivek Murthy makes a case for loneliness as a public health concern: a root cause and contributor to many of the epidemics sweeping the world today from alcohol and drug addiction to violence to depression and anxiety. Loneliness, he argues, is affecting not only our health, but also how our children experience school, how we perform in the workplace, and the sense of division and polarization in our society. But, at the center of our loneliness is our innate desire to connect. We have evolved to participate in community, to forge lasting bonds with others, to help one another, and to share life experiences. We are, simply, better together. The lessons in Together have immediate relevance and application. These four key strategies will help us not only to weather this crisis, but also to heal our social world far into the future. - Spend time each day with those you love. Devote at least 15 minutes each day to connecting with those you most care about. - Focus on each other. Forget about multitasking and give the other person the gift of your full attention, making eye contact, if possible, and genuinely listening. - Embrace solitude. The first step toward building stronger connections with others is to build a stronger connection with oneself. Meditation, prayer, art, music, and time spent outdoors can all be sources of solitary comfort and joy. - Help and be helped. Service is a form of human connection that reminds us of our value and purpose in life. Checking on a neighbor, seeking advice, even just offering a smile to a stranger six feet away, all can make us stronger.  During Murthy’s tenure as Surgeon General and during the research for Together, he found that there were few issues that elicited as much enthusiastic interest from both very conservative and very liberal members of Congress, from young and old people, or from urban and rural residents alike. Loneliness was something so many people have known themselves or have seen in the people around them. In the book, Murthy also shares his own deeply personal experiences with the subject--from struggling with loneliness in school, to the devastating loss of his uncle who succumbed to his own loneliness, as well as the important example of community and connection that his parents modeled. Simply, it’s a universal condition that affects all of us directly or through the people we love—now more than ever. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391767]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Together: The Healing Power of Human Connection in a Sometimes Lonely World Author: Vivek H. Murthy Narrator: Vivek H. Murthy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 53 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.89 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The book we need NOW to avoid a social recession, Murthy’s prescient message is about the importance of human connection, the hidden impact of loneliness on our health, and the social power of community. Humans are social creatures: In this simple and obvious fact lies both the problem and the solution to the current crisis of loneliness. In his groundbreaking book, the 19th surgeon general of the United States Dr. Vivek Murthy makes a case for loneliness as a public health concern: a root cause and contributor to many of the epidemics sweeping the world today from alcohol and drug addiction to violence to depression and anxiety. Loneliness, he argues, is affecting not only our health, but also how our children experience school, how we perform in the workplace, and the sense of division and polarization in our society. But, at the center of our loneliness is our innate desire to connect. We have evolved to participate in community, to forge lasting bonds with others, to help one another, and to share life experiences. We are, simply, better together. The lessons in Together have immediate relevance and application. These four key strategies will help us not only to weather this crisis, but also to heal our social world far into the future. - Spend time each day with those you love. Devote at least 15 minutes each day to connecting with those you most care about. - Focus on each other. Forget about multitasking and give the other person the gift of your full attention, making eye contact, if possible, and genuinely listening. - Embrace solitude. The first step toward building stronger connections with others is to build a stronger connection with oneself. Meditation, prayer, art, music, and time spent outdoors can all be sources of solitary comfort and joy. - Help and be helped. Service is a form of human connection that reminds us of our value and purpose in life. Checking on a neighbor, seeking advice, even just offering a smile to a stranger six feet away, all can make us stronger.  During Murthy’s tenure as Surgeon General and during the research for Together, he found that there were few issues that elicited as much enthusiastic interest from both very conservative and very liberal members of Congress, from young and old people, or from urban and rural residents alike. Loneliness was something so many people have known themselves or have seen in the people around them. In the book, Murthy also shares his own deeply personal experiences with the subject--from struggling with loneliness in school, to the devastating loss of his uncle who succumbed to his own loneliness, as well as the important example of community and connection that his parents modeled. Simply, it’s a universal condition that affects all of us directly or through the people we love—now more than ever. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391729 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391729]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Powerarchy: Understanding the Psychology of Oppression for Social Transformation Author: Melanie Joy Narrator: Anna Crowe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 11 minutes Release date: September 3, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Harvard-educated psychologist and bestselling author Melanie Joy exposes the psychology that underlies all forms of oppression and abuse and the belief system that gives rise to this psychology-which she calls powerarchy. As a prominent vegan activist, Dr. Melanie Joy had long been puzzled that people would become aware of one or more forms of oppression only to stay mired in many others, never seeing the similarities. In this book she identifies, for the first time, the psychological dynamics underlying all oppressive systems, such as racism, sexism, speciesism, and more, which she terms powerarchy. Powerarchy is organized around the belief in a hierarchy of moral worth, which sees some individuals as more worthy of being treated with integrity than others. It reflects and reinforces power dynamics that harm dignity and create power imbalances among social groups and between individuals. Joy says we've targeted the outward manifestations of oppression while leaving its core intact, like weeding a garden without pulling out the roots. She describes the three pillars of powerarchy-psychological defense mechanisms, narratives, and privileges-and shows how to apply this new frame to work more fully toward transformation for ourselves, others, and our world. Melanie Joy Tue, 03 Sep 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391729 thebookvoice.com 5:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391729]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Powerarchy: Understanding the Psychology of Oppression for Social Transformation Author: Melanie Joy Narrator: Anna Crowe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 11 minutes Release date: September 3, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Harvard-educated psychologist and bestselling author Melanie Joy exposes the psychology that underlies all forms of oppression and abuse and the belief system that gives rise to this psychology-which she calls powerarchy. As a prominent vegan activist, Dr. Melanie Joy had long been puzzled that people would become aware of one or more forms of oppression only to stay mired in many others, never seeing the similarities. In this book she identifies, for the first time, the psychological dynamics underlying all oppressive systems, such as racism, sexism, speciesism, and more, which she terms powerarchy. Powerarchy is organized around the belief in a hierarchy of moral worth, which sees some individuals as more worthy of being treated with integrity than others. It reflects and reinforces power dynamics that harm dignity and create power imbalances among social groups and between individuals. Joy says we've targeted the outward manifestations of oppression while leaving its core intact, like weeding a garden without pulling out the roots. She describes the three pillars of powerarchy-psychological defense mechanisms, narratives, and privileges-and shows how to apply this new frame to work more fully toward transformation for ourselves, others, and our world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391729]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Powerarchy: Understanding the Psychology of Oppression for Social Transformation Author: Melanie Joy Narrator: Anna Crowe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 11 minutes Release date: September 3, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Harvard-educated psychologist and bestselling author Melanie Joy exposes the psychology that underlies all forms of oppression and abuse and the belief system that gives rise to this psychology-which she calls powerarchy. As a prominent vegan activist, Dr. Melanie Joy had long been puzzled that people would become aware of one or more forms of oppression only to stay mired in many others, never seeing the similarities. In this book she identifies, for the first time, the psychological dynamics underlying all oppressive systems, such as racism, sexism, speciesism, and more, which she terms powerarchy. Powerarchy is organized around the belief in a hierarchy of moral worth, which sees some individuals as more worthy of being treated with integrity than others. It reflects and reinforces power dynamics that harm dignity and create power imbalances among social groups and between individuals. Joy says we've targeted the outward manifestations of oppression while leaving its core intact, like weeding a garden without pulling out the roots. She describes the three pillars of powerarchy-psychological defense mechanisms, narratives, and privileges-and shows how to apply this new frame to work more fully toward transformation for ourselves, others, and our world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391373 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391373]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sex and the Enneagram: A Guide to Passionate Relationships for the 9 Personality Types Author: Ann Gadd Narrator: Robin Douglas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 10 minutes Release date: August 27, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 1.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Understanding your approach to dating, relationships, and sex through the lens of your Enneagram personality type • Explains the relationship and sexual differences in the 9 Enneagram personality types for both genders • Examines how we can create greater intimacy with our partners and what blocks our sexual enjoyment • Looks at each type’s fantasies and investigates how our behavior in relationships alters according to how emotionally integrated or disintegrated we are • Explores the three types of love and their countertypes; each type’s Enneagram Passions and Virtues in relation to intimacy; how to engage with each type; and whether some types make better lovers Sex can take us from the sacred sublime to the darkest aspects of humanity. It can carry us on the wings of pure pleasure, or crush and potentially destroy us. No act in the human experience, barring the essential survival needs of food and water, can have more of an effect on us. In Sex and the Enneagram, Ann Gadd explores relationships and sex through the lens of the Enneagram, its nine personality types, and the subtypes of the wings and Instinctual Triads. The author introduces the Enneagram system and provides a full chapter devoted to each type. She examines each type’s approach to sex, their fantasies, and levels of integration in relation to love and sex, as well as each type’s approach to issues such as pornography, sexual problems, and dating sites and whether some types make better lovers. The author explains the Enneagram Passions and Virtues of each type in relation to sex, divorce, wing influences, and gender and explains how the 27 Sub or Instinctual types and the Hornevian Triads of the Enneagram system affect our sexuality. Most importantly, Gadd looks at how we can heal ourselves sexually so we can create more fulfilling, transforming intimacy for ourselves and our partners. Through understanding ourselves and our partners sexually, with the help of the Enneagram, Gadd hopes to bring us to deeper levels of compassion and understanding for each other. Sex then can be an expression enhancing our love for each other, rather than simply a physical act. By understanding your own and your lover’s Enneagram type, intimate giving and receiving can be an empowering process to embody our love for ourselves and others. Ann Gadd Tue, 27 Aug 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391373 thebookvoice.com 10:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391373]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sex and the Enneagram: A Guide to Passionate Relationships for the 9 Personality Types Author: Ann Gadd Narrator: Robin Douglas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 10 minutes Release date: August 27, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 1.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Understanding your approach to dating, relationships, and sex through the lens of your Enneagram personality type • Explains the relationship and sexual differences in the 9 Enneagram personality types for both genders • Examines how we can create greater intimacy with our partners and what blocks our sexual enjoyment • Looks at each type’s fantasies and investigates how our behavior in relationships alters according to how emotionally integrated or disintegrated we are • Explores the three types of love and their countertypes; each type’s Enneagram Passions and Virtues in relation to intimacy; how to engage with each type; and whether some types make better lovers Sex can take us from the sacred sublime to the darkest aspects of humanity. It can carry us on the wings of pure pleasure, or crush and potentially destroy us. No act in the human experience, barring the essential survival needs of food and water, can have more of an effect on us. In Sex and the Enneagram, Ann Gadd explores relationships and sex through the lens of the Enneagram, its nine personality types, and the subtypes of the wings and Instinctual Triads. The author introduces the Enneagram system and provides a full chapter devoted to each type. She examines each type’s approach to sex, their fantasies, and levels of integration in relation to love and sex, as well as each type’s approach to issues such as pornography, sexual problems, and dating sites and whether some types make better lovers. The author explains the Enneagram Passions and Virtues of each type in relation to sex, divorce, wing influences, and gender and explains how the 27 Sub or Instinctual types and the Hornevian Triads of the Enneagram system affect our sexuality. Most importantly, Gadd looks at how we can heal ourselves sexually so we can create more fulfilling, transforming intimacy for ourselves and our partners. Through understanding ourselves and our partners sexually, with the help of the Enneagram, Gadd hopes to bring us to deeper levels of compassion and understanding for each other. Sex then can be an expression enhancing our love for each other, rather than simply a physical act. By understanding your own and your lover’s Enneagram type, intimate giving and receiving can be an empowering process to embody our love for ourselves and others. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391373]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sex and the Enneagram: A Guide to Passionate Relationships for the 9 Personality Types Author: Ann Gadd Narrator: Robin Douglas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 10 minutes Release date: August 27, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 1.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Understanding your approach to dating, relationships, and sex through the lens of your Enneagram personality type • Explains the relationship and sexual differences in the 9 Enneagram personality types for both genders • Examines how we can create greater intimacy with our partners and what blocks our sexual enjoyment • Looks at each type’s fantasies and investigates how our behavior in relationships alters according to how emotionally integrated or disintegrated we are • Explores the three types of love and their countertypes; each type’s Enneagram Passions and Virtues in relation to intimacy; how to engage with each type; and whether some types make better lovers Sex can take us from the sacred sublime to the darkest aspects of humanity. It can carry us on the wings of pure pleasure, or crush and potentially destroy us. No act in the human experience, barring the essential survival needs of food and water, can have more of an effect on us. In Sex and the Enneagram, Ann Gadd explores relationships and sex through the lens of the Enneagram, its nine personality types, and the subtypes of the wings and Instinctual Triads. The author introduces the Enneagram system and provides a full chapter devoted to each type. She examines each type’s approach to sex, their fantasies, and levels of integration in relation to love and sex, as well as each type’s approach to issues such as pornography, sexual problems, and dating sites and whether some types make better lovers. The author explains the Enneagram Passions and Virtues of each type in relation to sex, divorce, wing influences, and gender and explains how the 27 Sub or Instinctual types and the Hornevian Triads of the Enneagram system affect our sexuality. Most importantly, Gadd looks at how we can heal ourselves sexually so we can create more fulfilling, transforming intimacy for ourselves and our partners. Through understanding ourselves and our partners sexually, with the help of the Enneagram, Gadd hopes to bring us to deeper levels of compassion and understanding for each other. Sex then can be an expression enhancing our love for each other, rather than simply a physical act. By understanding your own and your lover’s Enneagram type, intimate giving and receiving can be an empowering process to embody our love for ourselves and others. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391348 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391348]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Journey to Health - A body does not define you Author: Lauren Minicozzi Narrator: Lauren Minicozzi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 24 minutes Release date: July 23, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A Journey to Health was created to inspire and motivate females. To let them know that body issues can affect anyone. It doesn't matter if you are a model, an athlete, a professional or a student. These issues can creep up and cause a profound impact on your life. This book enables females to ignite that spark and let them know that there is a way out of this toxic cycle. Self-love is key to giving us the strength. Once you find that inner power from within, you can escape this journey before it starts controlling your life. The moment we truly accept who we are, the moment our lives change. The ease will come, and happiness will follow. A body does not define you. #rawisbeautiful Lauren Minicozzi Tue, 23 Jul 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391348 thebookvoice.com 5:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391348]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Journey to Health - A body does not define you Author: Lauren Minicozzi Narrator: Lauren Minicozzi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 24 minutes Release date: July 23, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A Journey to Health was created to inspire and motivate females. To let them know that body issues can affect anyone. It doesn't matter if you are a model, an athlete, a professional or a student. These issues can creep up and cause a profound impact on your life. This book enables females to ignite that spark and let them know that there is a way out of this toxic cycle. Self-love is key to giving us the strength. Once you find that inner power from within, you can escape this journey before it starts controlling your life. The moment we truly accept who we are, the moment our lives change. The ease will come, and happiness will follow. A body does not define you. #rawisbeautiful Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391348]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Journey to Health - A body does not define you Author: Lauren Minicozzi Narrator: Lauren Minicozzi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 24 minutes Release date: July 23, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A Journey to Health was created to inspire and motivate females. To let them know that body issues can affect anyone. It doesn't matter if you are a model, an athlete, a professional or a student. These issues can creep up and cause a profound impact on your life. This book enables females to ignite that spark and let them know that there is a way out of this toxic cycle. Self-love is key to giving us the strength. Once you find that inner power from within, you can escape this journey before it starts controlling your life. The moment we truly accept who we are, the moment our lives change. The ease will come, and happiness will follow. A body does not define you. #rawisbeautiful https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391336 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391336]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mental Health: Mastering Mindset to Improve Happiness and Handle Any Mental Health Crises Author: Mathias L. Cope Narrator: Jesse Gross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 25 minutes Release date: July 22, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: How is your mental health at present? Is it all it could be, or could you be happier? Could you handle it if you suddenly faced a mental health crisis? Our mental health can be incredibly fragile and easily come off the rails at any moment. Almost any significant change can affect it and with busy lives and careers there is more scope for things to go wrong than ever before. So is your mind fit to face the challenge. Inside of this audiobook, Mental Health: Mastering Mindset to Improve Happiness and Handle Any Mental Health Crises, you will find new ways to help you cope with mental health issues that crop up, with chapters that look at: - Mental Health Basics - Are you Resilient? - Take Good Care of Yourself - Healthy Relationships - Risk Factors - When Do You Need to See a Professional? The importance of looking after our mental health cannot be overstated and it is incumbent on each of us to ensure that we do all we can to keep our minds fit and active. Mental Health is a audiobook that takes a pragmatic approach to helping you achieve this. Download a copy today and see how it can help you! Mathias L. Cope Mon, 22 Jul 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391336 thebookvoice.com 0:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391336]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mental Health: Mastering Mindset to Improve Happiness and Handle Any Mental Health Crises Author: Mathias L. Cope Narrator: Jesse Gross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 25 minutes Release date: July 22, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: How is your mental health at present? Is it all it could be, or could you be happier? Could you handle it if you suddenly faced a mental health crisis? Our mental health can be incredibly fragile and easily come off the rails at any moment. Almost any significant change can affect it and with busy lives and careers there is more scope for things to go wrong than ever before. So is your mind fit to face the challenge. Inside of this audiobook, Mental Health: Mastering Mindset to Improve Happiness and Handle Any Mental Health Crises, you will find new ways to help you cope with mental health issues that crop up, with chapters that look at: - Mental Health Basics - Are you Resilient? - Take Good Care of Yourself - Healthy Relationships - Risk Factors - When Do You Need to See a Professional? The importance of looking after our mental health cannot be overstated and it is incumbent on each of us to ensure that we do all we can to keep our minds fit and active. Mental Health is a audiobook that takes a pragmatic approach to helping you achieve this. Download a copy today and see how it can help you! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391336]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mental Health: Mastering Mindset to Improve Happiness and Handle Any Mental Health Crises Author: Mathias L. Cope Narrator: Jesse Gross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 25 minutes Release date: July 22, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: How is your mental health at present? Is it all it could be, or could you be happier? Could you handle it if you suddenly faced a mental health crisis? Our mental health can be incredibly fragile and easily come off the rails at any moment. Almost any significant change can affect it and with busy lives and careers there is more scope for things to go wrong than ever before. So is your mind fit to face the challenge. Inside of this audiobook, Mental Health: Mastering Mindset to Improve Happiness and Handle Any Mental Health Crises, you will find new ways to help you cope with mental health issues that crop up, with chapters that look at: - Mental Health Basics - Are you Resilient? - Take Good Care of Yourself - Healthy Relationships - Risk Factors - When Do You Need to See a Professional? The importance of looking after our mental health cannot be overstated and it is incumbent on each of us to ensure that we do all we can to keep our minds fit and active. Mental Health is a audiobook that takes a pragmatic approach to helping you achieve this. Download a copy today and see how it can help you! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391273 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391273]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Outsmarting the Sociopath Next Door: How to Protect Yourself Against a Ruthless Manipulator Author: Martha Stout Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 10 minutes Release date: April 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.17 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 3.25 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From Dr. Martha Stout’s influential work The Sociopath Next Door, we learned how to identify a sociopath. Now she tells us what we actually can do about it. “Mandatory reading on how to effectively deal with sociopaths before you get hurt.”—Joe Navarro, former FBI special agent and the author of Dangerous Personalities While the best way to deal with a sociopath is to avoid him or her entirely, sometimes circumstance doesn't allow for that. What happens when the time comes to defend yourself against your own child, a ruthless ex-spouse, a boss, or another person in power? Using the many emails and letters she has received over the years, Dr. Martha Stout uncovers the psychology behind the sociopath’s methods and provides concrete guidelines to help navigate these dangerous interactions.   Organized around categories such as destructive narcissism, violent sociopaths, sociopathic coworkers, sociopathy in business and government, and the sociopath in your family, Outsmarting the Sociopath Next Door contains detailed explanation and commentary on how best to react to keep the sociopath at bay. Uniting these categories is a discussion of changing psychological theories of personality and sociopathy and the enduring triumph of conscience over those who operate without empathy or concern for others. By understanding the person you’re dealing with, you’ll be able to gain the upper hand and escape the sociopath’s influence.   Whether you’re fighting a custody battle against a sociopathic ex or being gaslighted by a boss or coworker, you’ll find hope and help within these pages. With this guide to disarming the conscienceless, Dr. Stout provides an incisive new examination of human behavior and conceptions of normality and gives readers the tools needed to protect themselves. Martha Stout Tue, 21 Apr 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391273 thebookvoice.com 8:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391273]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Outsmarting the Sociopath Next Door: How to Protect Yourself Against a Ruthless Manipulator Author: Martha Stout Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 10 minutes Release date: April 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.17 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 3.25 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From Dr. Martha Stout’s influential work The Sociopath Next Door, we learned how to identify a sociopath. Now she tells us what we actually can do about it. “Mandatory reading on how to effectively deal with sociopaths before you get hurt.”—Joe Navarro, former FBI special agent and the author of Dangerous Personalities While the best way to deal with a sociopath is to avoid him or her entirely, sometimes circumstance doesn't allow for that. What happens when the time comes to defend yourself against your own child, a ruthless ex-spouse, a boss, or another person in power? Using the many emails and letters she has received over the years, Dr. Martha Stout uncovers the psychology behind the sociopath’s methods and provides concrete guidelines to help navigate these dangerous interactions.   Organized around categories such as destructive narcissism, violent sociopaths, sociopathic coworkers, sociopathy in business and government, and the sociopath in your family, Outsmarting the Sociopath Next Door contains detailed explanation and commentary on how best to react to keep the sociopath at bay. Uniting these categories is a discussion of changing psychological theories of personality and sociopathy and the enduring triumph of conscience over those who operate without empathy or concern for others. By understanding the person you’re dealing with, you’ll be able to gain the upper hand and escape the sociopath’s influence.   Whether you’re fighting a custody battle against a sociopathic ex or being gaslighted by a boss or coworker, you’ll find hope and help within these pages. With this guide to disarming the conscienceless, Dr. Stout provides an incisive new examination of human behavior and conceptions of normality and gives readers the tools needed to protect themselves. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391273]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Outsmarting the Sociopath Next Door: How to Protect Yourself Against a Ruthless Manipulator Author: Martha Stout Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 10 minutes Release date: April 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.17 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 3.25 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From Dr. Martha Stout’s influential work The Sociopath Next Door, we learned how to identify a sociopath. Now she tells us what we actually can do about it. “Mandatory reading on how to effectively deal with sociopaths before you get hurt.”—Joe Navarro, former FBI special agent and the author of Dangerous Personalities While the best way to deal with a sociopath is to avoid him or her entirely, sometimes circumstance doesn't allow for that. What happens when the time comes to defend yourself against your own child, a ruthless ex-spouse, a boss, or another person in power? Using the many emails and letters she has received over the years, Dr. Martha Stout uncovers the psychology behind the sociopath’s methods and provides concrete guidelines to help navigate these dangerous interactions.   Organized around categories such as destructive narcissism, violent sociopaths, sociopathic coworkers, sociopathy in business and government, and the sociopath in your family, Outsmarting the Sociopath Next Door contains detailed explanation and commentary on how best to react to keep the sociopath at bay. Uniting these categories is a discussion of changing psychological theories of personality and sociopathy and the enduring triumph of conscience over those who operate without empathy or concern for others. By understanding the person you’re dealing with, you’ll be able to gain the upper hand and escape the sociopath’s influence.   Whether you’re fighting a custody battle against a sociopathic ex or being gaslighted by a boss or coworker, you’ll find hope and help within these pages. With this guide to disarming the conscienceless, Dr. Stout provides an incisive new examination of human behavior and conceptions of normality and gives readers the tools needed to protect themselves. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391266 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391266]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: An Ordinary Insanity: Fear and the Silent Crisis of Motherhood in America Author: Sarah Menkedick Narrator: Sarah Menkedick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 55 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking exposé and diagnosis of the silent epidemic of fear afflicting new mothers, and a candid, feminist deep dive into the culture, science, history, and psychology of contemporary motherhood   Anxiety among mothers is a growing but largely unrecognized crisis. In the transition to mother­hood and the years that follow, countless women suffer from overwhelming feelings of fear, grief, and obsession that do not fit neatly within the outmoded category of “postpartum depression.” These women soon discover that there is precious little support or time for their care, even as expectations about what mothers should do and be continue to rise. Many struggle to distinguish normal worry from crippling madness in a culture in which their anxiety is often ignored, normalized, or, most dangerously, seen as taboo.   Drawing on extensive research, numerous interviews, and the raw particulars of her own experience with anxiety, writer and mother Sarah Menkedick gives us a comprehensive examination of the biology, psychology, history, and societal conditions surrounding the crushing and life-limiting fear that has become the norm for so many. Woven into the stories of women’s lives is an examination of the factors—such as the changing structure of the maternal brain, the ethically problematic ways risk is construed during pregnancy, and the marginalization of motherhood as an identity—that explore how motherhood came to be an experience so dominated by anxiety, and how mothers might reclaim it.   Writing with profound empathy, visceral honesty, and deep understanding, Menkedick makes clear how critically we need to expand our awareness of, compassion for, and care for women’s lives. Sarah Menkedick Tue, 07 Apr 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391266 thebookvoice.com 14:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391266]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: An Ordinary Insanity: Fear and the Silent Crisis of Motherhood in America Author: Sarah Menkedick Narrator: Sarah Menkedick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 55 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking exposé and diagnosis of the silent epidemic of fear afflicting new mothers, and a candid, feminist deep dive into the culture, science, history, and psychology of contemporary motherhood   Anxiety among mothers is a growing but largely unrecognized crisis. In the transition to mother­hood and the years that follow, countless women suffer from overwhelming feelings of fear, grief, and obsession that do not fit neatly within the outmoded category of “postpartum depression.” These women soon discover that there is precious little support or time for their care, even as expectations about what mothers should do and be continue to rise. Many struggle to distinguish normal worry from crippling madness in a culture in which their anxiety is often ignored, normalized, or, most dangerously, seen as taboo.   Drawing on extensive research, numerous interviews, and the raw particulars of her own experience with anxiety, writer and mother Sarah Menkedick gives us a comprehensive examination of the biology, psychology, history, and societal conditions surrounding the crushing and life-limiting fear that has become the norm for so many. Woven into the stories of women’s lives is an examination of the factors—such as the changing structure of the maternal brain, the ethically problematic ways risk is construed during pregnancy, and the marginalization of motherhood as an identity—that explore how motherhood came to be an experience so dominated by anxiety, and how mothers might reclaim it.   Writing with profound empathy, visceral honesty, and deep understanding, Menkedick makes clear how critically we need to expand our awareness of, compassion for, and care for women’s lives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391266]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: An Ordinary Insanity: Fear and the Silent Crisis of Motherhood in America Author: Sarah Menkedick Narrator: Sarah Menkedick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 55 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking exposé and diagnosis of the silent epidemic of fear afflicting new mothers, and a candid, feminist deep dive into the culture, science, history, and psychology of contemporary motherhood   Anxiety among mothers is a growing but largely unrecognized crisis. In the transition to mother­hood and the years that follow, countless women suffer from overwhelming feelings of fear, grief, and obsession that do not fit neatly within the outmoded category of “postpartum depression.” These women soon discover that there is precious little support or time for their care, even as expectations about what mothers should do and be continue to rise. Many struggle to distinguish normal worry from crippling madness in a culture in which their anxiety is often ignored, normalized, or, most dangerously, seen as taboo.   Drawing on extensive research, numerous interviews, and the raw particulars of her own experience with anxiety, writer and mother Sarah Menkedick gives us a comprehensive examination of the biology, psychology, history, and societal conditions surrounding the crushing and life-limiting fear that has become the norm for so many. Woven into the stories of women’s lives is an examination of the factors—such as the changing structure of the maternal brain, the ethically problematic ways risk is construed during pregnancy, and the marginalization of motherhood as an identity—that explore how motherhood came to be an experience so dominated by anxiety, and how mothers might reclaim it.   Writing with profound empathy, visceral honesty, and deep understanding, Menkedick makes clear how critically we need to expand our awareness of, compassion for, and care for women’s lives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391168 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391168]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Be More Understanding: An Affirmations Bundle to Increase Empathy and Experience Authentic Connections Author: Bright Soul Words Narrator: Bright Soul Words Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 23 minutes Release date: July 10, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Many people know that it's smart to learn how to be more empathetic in order to have more authentic connections. But you are probably aware of how hard it is to experience a genuine bond with every person. Imagine how much more fulfilled you'll be when you will know how to connect with people naturally and effortlessly. In fact, you are already one step closer to this change, as you invest your time in this program right now. We're not going to say this bundle is the perfect way to rewire your thinking. Perhaps it is exactly what you need. What we will say is that people who invest in this program frequently discover their new way of thinking leads to more empathy, more authentic connections and more fulfilling interactions. Investing in this bundle can help you: • Discover thought patterns for increased empathy • Move beyond fear-based beliefs • Elevate to a healthier, more loving mindset The program includes: • Chapters 1 to 4: Daytime Affirmations • Chapters 5 to 8: Subliminal Affirmations Listen to the subliminal affirmations on a low volume either before or during sleep. The more you listen to this program, the more your thoughts will change. The results are cumulative and speak for themselves. These affirmations have been designed and produced by Bright Soul Words, a brand obsessed with creating programs that rewire your mind for positive and lifelong changes. Bright Soul Words Wed, 10 Jul 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391168 thebookvoice.com 6:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391168]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Be More Understanding: An Affirmations Bundle to Increase Empathy and Experience Authentic Connections Author: Bright Soul Words Narrator: Bright Soul Words Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 23 minutes Release date: July 10, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Many people know that it's smart to learn how to be more empathetic in order to have more authentic connections. But you are probably aware of how hard it is to experience a genuine bond with every person. Imagine how much more fulfilled you'll be when you will know how to connect with people naturally and effortlessly. In fact, you are already one step closer to this change, as you invest your time in this program right now. We're not going to say this bundle is the perfect way to rewire your thinking. Perhaps it is exactly what you need. What we will say is that people who invest in this program frequently discover their new way of thinking leads to more empathy, more authentic connections and more fulfilling interactions. Investing in this bundle can help you: • Discover thought patterns for increased empathy • Move beyond fear-based beliefs • Elevate to a healthier, more loving mindset The program includes: • Chapters 1 to 4: Daytime Affirmations • Chapters 5 to 8: Subliminal Affirmations Listen to the subliminal affirmations on a low volume either before or during sleep. The more you listen to this program, the more your thoughts will change. The results are cumulative and speak for themselves. These affirmations have been designed and produced by Bright Soul Words, a brand obsessed with creating programs that rewire your mind for positive and lifelong changes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391168]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Be More Understanding: An Affirmations Bundle to Increase Empathy and Experience Authentic Connections Author: Bright Soul Words Narrator: Bright Soul Words Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 23 minutes Release date: July 10, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Many people know that it's smart to learn how to be more empathetic in order to have more authentic connections. But you are probably aware of how hard it is to experience a genuine bond with every person. Imagine how much more fulfilled you'll be when you will know how to connect with people naturally and effortlessly. In fact, you are already one step closer to this change, as you invest your time in this program right now. We're not going to say this bundle is the perfect way to rewire your thinking. Perhaps it is exactly what you need. What we will say is that people who invest in this program frequently discover their new way of thinking leads to more empathy, more authentic connections and more fulfilling interactions. Investing in this bundle can help you: • Discover thought patterns for increased empathy • Move beyond fear-based beliefs • Elevate to a healthier, more loving mindset The program includes: • Chapters 1 to 4: Daytime Affirmations • Chapters 5 to 8: Subliminal Affirmations Listen to the subliminal affirmations on a low volume either before or during sleep. The more you listen to this program, the more your thoughts will change. The results are cumulative and speak for themselves. These affirmations have been designed and produced by Bright Soul Words, a brand obsessed with creating programs that rewire your mind for positive and lifelong changes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391144 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391144]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Blank Slate: The Modern Denial of Human Nature Author: Steven Pinker Narrator: Victor Bevine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 40 minutes Release date: October 31, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Recently many people have assumed that we are blank slates shaped by our environment. But this denies the heart of our being: human nature. Violence is not just a product of society; male and female minds are different; the genes we give our children shape them more than our parenting practices. To acknowledge our innate abilities, Pinker shows, is not to condone inequality, but to understand the very foundations of humanity. 'A passionate defence of the enduring power of human nature ... both life-affirming and deeply satisfying' Daily Telegraph 'Brilliant ... enjoyable, informative, clear, humane' New Scientist 'Startling ... This is a breath of air for a topic that has been politicized for too long' Economist ©2003 Steven Pinker (P)2019 Penguin Audio Steven Pinker Thu, 31 Oct 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391144 thebookvoice.com 22:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391144]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Blank Slate: The Modern Denial of Human Nature Author: Steven Pinker Narrator: Victor Bevine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 40 minutes Release date: October 31, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Recently many people have assumed that we are blank slates shaped by our environment. But this denies the heart of our being: human nature. Violence is not just a product of society; male and female minds are different; the genes we give our children shape them more than our parenting practices. To acknowledge our innate abilities, Pinker shows, is not to condone inequality, but to understand the very foundations of humanity. 'A passionate defence of the enduring power of human nature ... both life-affirming and deeply satisfying' Daily Telegraph 'Brilliant ... enjoyable, informative, clear, humane' New Scientist 'Startling ... This is a breath of air for a topic that has been politicized for too long' Economist ©2003 Steven Pinker (P)2019 Penguin Audio Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391144]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Blank Slate: The Modern Denial of Human Nature Author: Steven Pinker Narrator: Victor Bevine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 40 minutes Release date: October 31, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Recently many people have assumed that we are blank slates shaped by our environment. But this denies the heart of our being: human nature. Violence is not just a product of society; male and female minds are different; the genes we give our children shape them more than our parenting practices. To acknowledge our innate abilities, Pinker shows, is not to condone inequality, but to understand the very foundations of humanity. 'A passionate defence of the enduring power of human nature ... both life-affirming and deeply satisfying' Daily Telegraph 'Brilliant ... enjoyable, informative, clear, humane' New Scientist 'Startling ... This is a breath of air for a topic that has been politicized for too long' Economist ©2003 Steven Pinker (P)2019 Penguin Audio https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391046 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391046]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Healing Depression for Life: The Personalized Approach that Offers New Hope for Lasting Relief Author: Dr. Gregory L. Jantz Phd Narrator: Maurice England Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 31 minutes Release date: August 6, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Finally, there is new hope for those who suffer from depression. For decades, standard treatment for depression hasn't changed. Sufferers typically are prescribed antidepressant medication and talk therapy. Period. But at least thirty percent of depression sufferers aren't helped by standard treatment. Instead, they are left still searching for true and lasting relief. In Healing Depression for Life, Dr. Gregory Jantz offers a new way forward. Drawing on the innovative whole-person approach that has made his treatment center one of the top ten depression treatment facilities in the U.S., Dr. Jantz reveals the treatments, practices, and lifestyle changes that can provide lasting relief from depression—by addressing its chemical, emotional, physical, intellectual, relational, and spiritual causes. Not all depression is the same, and not all people with depression are the same. Healing Depression for Life will help you find the missing puzzle pieces that could make all the difference in overcoming your feelings of helplessness and hopelessness and put you on the path to lasting joy. Dr. Gregory L. Jantz Phd Tue, 06 Aug 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391046 thebookvoice.com 7:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391046]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Healing Depression for Life: The Personalized Approach that Offers New Hope for Lasting Relief Author: Dr. Gregory L. Jantz Phd Narrator: Maurice England Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 31 minutes Release date: August 6, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Finally, there is new hope for those who suffer from depression. For decades, standard treatment for depression hasn't changed. Sufferers typically are prescribed antidepressant medication and talk therapy. Period. But at least thirty percent of depression sufferers aren't helped by standard treatment. Instead, they are left still searching for true and lasting relief. In Healing Depression for Life, Dr. Gregory Jantz offers a new way forward. Drawing on the innovative whole-person approach that has made his treatment center one of the top ten depression treatment facilities in the U.S., Dr. Jantz reveals the treatments, practices, and lifestyle changes that can provide lasting relief from depression—by addressing its chemical, emotional, physical, intellectual, relational, and spiritual causes. Not all depression is the same, and not all people with depression are the same. Healing Depression for Life will help you find the missing puzzle pieces that could make all the difference in overcoming your feelings of helplessness and hopelessness and put you on the path to lasting joy. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391046]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Healing Depression for Life: The Personalized Approach that Offers New Hope for Lasting Relief Author: Dr. Gregory L. Jantz Phd Narrator: Maurice England Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 31 minutes Release date: August 6, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Finally, there is new hope for those who suffer from depression. For decades, standard treatment for depression hasn't changed. Sufferers typically are prescribed antidepressant medication and talk therapy. Period. But at least thirty percent of depression sufferers aren't helped by standard treatment. Instead, they are left still searching for true and lasting relief. In Healing Depression for Life, Dr. Gregory Jantz offers a new way forward. Drawing on the innovative whole-person approach that has made his treatment center one of the top ten depression treatment facilities in the U.S., Dr. Jantz reveals the treatments, practices, and lifestyle changes that can provide lasting relief from depression—by addressing its chemical, emotional, physical, intellectual, relational, and spiritual causes. Not all depression is the same, and not all people with depression are the same. Healing Depression for Life will help you find the missing puzzle pieces that could make all the difference in overcoming your feelings of helplessness and hopelessness and put you on the path to lasting joy. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390936 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390936]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Win Friends & Influence - A Condensation from the Book Author: Dale Carnegie Narrator: Jason Mccoy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 43 minutes Release date: July 18, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.34 of Total 174 Ratings of Narrator: 3.22 of Total 9 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From an era when 'self-help' books had genuine depth, Dale Carnegie's How to Win Friends and Influence People has influenced the world. No book in the self-help category matters more than this one. Learning to relate to people in the ways Carnegie instructs will help you personally as well as professionally. This book is a classic because Carnegie teaches timeless truths in timeless ways. This is a condensation of the original book. Dale Carnegie Thu, 18 Jul 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390936 thebookvoice.com 0:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390936]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Win Friends & Influence - A Condensation from the Book Author: Dale Carnegie Narrator: Jason Mccoy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 43 minutes Release date: July 18, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.34 of Total 174 Ratings of Narrator: 3.22 of Total 9 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From an era when 'self-help' books had genuine depth, Dale Carnegie's How to Win Friends and Influence People has influenced the world. No book in the self-help category matters more than this one. Learning to relate to people in the ways Carnegie instructs will help you personally as well as professionally. This book is a classic because Carnegie teaches timeless truths in timeless ways. This is a condensation of the original book. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390936]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Win Friends & Influence - A Condensation from the Book Author: Dale Carnegie Narrator: Jason Mccoy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 43 minutes Release date: July 18, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.34 of Total 174 Ratings of Narrator: 3.22 of Total 9 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From an era when 'self-help' books had genuine depth, Dale Carnegie's How to Win Friends and Influence People has influenced the world. No book in the self-help category matters more than this one. Learning to relate to people in the ways Carnegie instructs will help you personally as well as professionally. This book is a classic because Carnegie teaches timeless truths in timeless ways. This is a condensation of the original book. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390695 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390695]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Yes I'm fine, just tired: Even the best excuses to hide anxiety only make it worse. A true story of panic, OCD and the search for identity Author: Tom Ahern Narrator: Tom Ahern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 49 minutes Release date: February 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Yes I'm fine, just tired', is a first person account of how Tom went from being a teenager, disabled by Obsessive Compulsive Disorder, panic attacks and anxiety, to an adult content with who he is. Everyone experiences anxiety at some point in their lives. However, more people are coming to view anxiety not as a disorder (necessarily) but as an emotion. It rises and falls based on the level of perceived danger. It acts as a protective mechanism in this way. Tom explores these concepts from an evolutionary, psychological, biological and social standpoint using his experiences as a way to draw upon similarities with others. Tom hopes his experiences will shed some light as to why anxiety has become increasingly more prevalent within the western world. Tom's narrative coincides with the methods and teachings of Charles Linden in 'The Linden Method' as well as Barry McDonagh's 'Dare Response'. With the ever-increasing amount of distraction in our world, it is imperative we spend more time with ourselves to get to know ourselves. Tom hopes his experiences will help define what anxiety is, what it can do, why we have it as well as how it manifests itself so that it does not prevent others from living their lives as it once did for him. Tom Ahern Mon, 25 Feb 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390695 thebookvoice.com 7:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390695]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Yes I'm fine, just tired: Even the best excuses to hide anxiety only make it worse. A true story of panic, OCD and the search for identity Author: Tom Ahern Narrator: Tom Ahern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 49 minutes Release date: February 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Yes I'm fine, just tired', is a first person account of how Tom went from being a teenager, disabled by Obsessive Compulsive Disorder, panic attacks and anxiety, to an adult content with who he is. Everyone experiences anxiety at some point in their lives. However, more people are coming to view anxiety not as a disorder (necessarily) but as an emotion. It rises and falls based on the level of perceived danger. It acts as a protective mechanism in this way. Tom explores these concepts from an evolutionary, psychological, biological and social standpoint using his experiences as a way to draw upon similarities with others. Tom hopes his experiences will shed some light as to why anxiety has become increasingly more prevalent within the western world. Tom's narrative coincides with the methods and teachings of Charles Linden in 'The Linden Method' as well as Barry McDonagh's 'Dare Response'. With the ever-increasing amount of distraction in our world, it is imperative we spend more time with ourselves to get to know ourselves. Tom hopes his experiences will help define what anxiety is, what it can do, why we have it as well as how it manifests itself so that it does not prevent others from living their lives as it once did for him. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390695]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Yes I'm fine, just tired: Even the best excuses to hide anxiety only make it worse. A true story of panic, OCD and the search for identity Author: Tom Ahern Narrator: Tom Ahern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 49 minutes Release date: February 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Yes I'm fine, just tired', is a first person account of how Tom went from being a teenager, disabled by Obsessive Compulsive Disorder, panic attacks and anxiety, to an adult content with who he is. Everyone experiences anxiety at some point in their lives. However, more people are coming to view anxiety not as a disorder (necessarily) but as an emotion. It rises and falls based on the level of perceived danger. It acts as a protective mechanism in this way. Tom explores these concepts from an evolutionary, psychological, biological and social standpoint using his experiences as a way to draw upon similarities with others. Tom hopes his experiences will shed some light as to why anxiety has become increasingly more prevalent within the western world. Tom's narrative coincides with the methods and teachings of Charles Linden in 'The Linden Method' as well as Barry McDonagh's 'Dare Response'. With the ever-increasing amount of distraction in our world, it is imperative we spend more time with ourselves to get to know ourselves. Tom hopes his experiences will help define what anxiety is, what it can do, why we have it as well as how it manifests itself so that it does not prevent others from living their lives as it once did for him. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390677 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390677]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Notes from an Apocalypse: A Personal Journey to the End of the World and Back Author: Mark O'connell Narrator: Mark O'connell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 6 minutes Release date: April 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Harrowing, tender-hearted, and funny as hell' —Jenny Offill “Fascinating…Oddly uplifting” —The Economist 'Smart, funny, irreverent, and philosophically rich' —Wall Street Journal By the author of the award-winning To Be a Machine, an absorbing, deeply felt book about our anxious present tense—and coming to grips with the future We're alive in a time of worst-case scenarios: The weather has gone uncanny. Old postwar alliances are crumbling. A pandemic draws our global community to a halt.  Everywhere you look there's an omen, a joke whose punchline is the end of the world. How is a person supposed to live in the shadow of such a grim future? What does it mean to have children—nothing if not an act of hope—in such unsettled times? What might it be like to live through the worst? And what on Earth is anybody doing about it? Dublin-based writer Mark O'Connell is consumed by these questions—and, as the father of two young children himself, he finds them increasingly urgent. In Notes from an Apocalypse, he crosses the globe in pursuit of answers. He tours survival bunkers in South Dakota. He ventures to New Zealand, a favored retreat of billionaires banking on civilization's collapse. He engages with would-be Mars colonists, preppers, right-wing conspiracists. And he bears witness to those places, like Chernobyl, that the future has already visited—real-life portraits of the end of the world as we know it. In doing so, he comes to a resolution, while offering readers a unique window into our contemporary imagination. Both investigative and deeply personal, Notes from an Apocalypse is an affecting, humorous, and surprisingly hopeful meditation on our present moment. With insight, humanity, and wit, O'Connell leaves you to wonder: What if the end of the world isn't the end of the world? Mark O'connell Tue, 14 Apr 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390677 thebookvoice.com 7:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390677]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Notes from an Apocalypse: A Personal Journey to the End of the World and Back Author: Mark O'connell Narrator: Mark O'connell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 6 minutes Release date: April 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Harrowing, tender-hearted, and funny as hell' —Jenny Offill “Fascinating…Oddly uplifting” —The Economist 'Smart, funny, irreverent, and philosophically rich' —Wall Street Journal By the author of the award-winning To Be a Machine, an absorbing, deeply felt book about our anxious present tense—and coming to grips with the future We're alive in a time of worst-case scenarios: The weather has gone uncanny. Old postwar alliances are crumbling. A pandemic draws our global community to a halt.  Everywhere you look there's an omen, a joke whose punchline is the end of the world. How is a person supposed to live in the shadow of such a grim future? What does it mean to have children—nothing if not an act of hope—in such unsettled times? What might it be like to live through the worst? And what on Earth is anybody doing about it? Dublin-based writer Mark O'Connell is consumed by these questions—and, as the father of two young children himself, he finds them increasingly urgent. In Notes from an Apocalypse, he crosses the globe in pursuit of answers. He tours survival bunkers in South Dakota. He ventures to New Zealand, a favored retreat of billionaires banking on civilization's collapse. He engages with would-be Mars colonists, preppers, right-wing conspiracists. And he bears witness to those places, like Chernobyl, that the future has already visited—real-life portraits of the end of the world as we know it. In doing so, he comes to a resolution, while offering readers a unique window into our contemporary imagination. Both investigative and deeply personal, Notes from an Apocalypse is an affecting, humorous, and surprisingly hopeful meditation on our present moment. With insight, humanity, and wit, O'Connell leaves you to wonder: What if the end of the world isn't the end of the world? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390677]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Notes from an Apocalypse: A Personal Journey to the End of the World and Back Author: Mark O'connell Narrator: Mark O'connell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 6 minutes Release date: April 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Harrowing, tender-hearted, and funny as hell' —Jenny Offill “Fascinating…Oddly uplifting” —The Economist 'Smart, funny, irreverent, and philosophically rich' —Wall Street Journal By the author of the award-winning To Be a Machine, an absorbing, deeply felt book about our anxious present tense—and coming to grips with the future We're alive in a time of worst-case scenarios: The weather has gone uncanny. Old postwar alliances are crumbling. A pandemic draws our global community to a halt.  Everywhere you look there's an omen, a joke whose punchline is the end of the world. How is a person supposed to live in the shadow of such a grim future? What does it mean to have children—nothing if not an act of hope—in such unsettled times? What might it be like to live through the worst? And what on Earth is anybody doing about it? Dublin-based writer Mark O'Connell is consumed by these questions—and, as the father of two young children himself, he finds them increasingly urgent. In Notes from an Apocalypse, he crosses the globe in pursuit of answers. He tours survival bunkers in South Dakota. He ventures to New Zealand, a favored retreat of billionaires banking on civilization's collapse. He engages with would-be Mars colonists, preppers, right-wing conspiracists. And he bears witness to those places, like Chernobyl, that the future has already visited—real-life portraits of the end of the world as we know it. In doing so, he comes to a resolution, while offering readers a unique window into our contemporary imagination. Both investigative and deeply personal, Notes from an Apocalypse is an affecting, humorous, and surprisingly hopeful meditation on our present moment. With insight, humanity, and wit, O'Connell leaves you to wonder: What if the end of the world isn't the end of the world? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390669 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390669]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tribal: How the Cultural Instincts That Divide Us Can Help Bring Us Together Author: Michael Morris Narrator: Michael Morris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 1, 2024 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: SHORTLISTED FOR THE FINANCIAL TIMES AND SCHRODERS BUSINESS BOOK OF THE YEAR A revelatory, paradigm-shifting work from a renowned Columbia professor and “one of the great social and cultural psychologists” (Amy Cuddy) that demystifies our tribal instincts and shows us how to use them to create positive change. Tribalism is our most misunderstood buzzword. We’ve all heard pundits bemoan its rise, and it’s been blamed for everything from political polarization to workplace discrimination. But as acclaimed cultural psychologist and Columbia professor Michael Morris argues, our tribal instincts are humanity’s secret weapon.  Ours is the only species that lives in tribes: groups glued together by their distinctive cultures that can grow to a scale far beyond clans and bands. Morris argues that our psychology is wired by evolution in three distinctive ways. First, the peer instinct to conform to what most people do. Second, the hero instinct to give to the group and emulate the most respected. And third, the ancestor instinct to follow the ways of prior generations. These tribal instincts enable us to share knowledge and goals and work as a team to transmit the accumulated pool of cultural knowledge onward to the next generation.  Countries, churches, political parties, and companies are tribes, and tribal instincts explain our loyalties to them and the hidden ways that they affect our thoughts, actions, and identities. Rather than deriding tribal impulses for their irrationality, we can recognize them as powerful levers that elevate performance, heal rifts, and set off shockwaves of cultural change. Weaving together deep research, current and historical events, and stories from business and politics, Morris cuts across conventional wisdom to completely reframe how we think about our tribes. Bracing and hopeful, Tribal unlocks the deepest secrets of our psychology and gives us the tools to manage our misunderstood superpower. Michael Morris Tue, 01 Oct 2024 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390669 thebookvoice.com 9:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390669]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tribal: How the Cultural Instincts That Divide Us Can Help Bring Us Together Author: Michael Morris Narrator: Michael Morris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 1, 2024 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: SHORTLISTED FOR THE FINANCIAL TIMES AND SCHRODERS BUSINESS BOOK OF THE YEAR A revelatory, paradigm-shifting work from a renowned Columbia professor and “one of the great social and cultural psychologists” (Amy Cuddy) that demystifies our tribal instincts and shows us how to use them to create positive change. Tribalism is our most misunderstood buzzword. We’ve all heard pundits bemoan its rise, and it’s been blamed for everything from political polarization to workplace discrimination. But as acclaimed cultural psychologist and Columbia professor Michael Morris argues, our tribal instincts are humanity’s secret weapon.  Ours is the only species that lives in tribes: groups glued together by their distinctive cultures that can grow to a scale far beyond clans and bands. Morris argues that our psychology is wired by evolution in three distinctive ways. First, the peer instinct to conform to what most people do. Second, the hero instinct to give to the group and emulate the most respected. And third, the ancestor instinct to follow the ways of prior generations. These tribal instincts enable us to share knowledge and goals and work as a team to transmit the accumulated pool of cultural knowledge onward to the next generation.  Countries, churches, political parties, and companies are tribes, and tribal instincts explain our loyalties to them and the hidden ways that they affect our thoughts, actions, and identities. Rather than deriding tribal impulses for their irrationality, we can recognize them as powerful levers that elevate performance, heal rifts, and set off shockwaves of cultural change. Weaving together deep research, current and historical events, and stories from business and politics, Morris cuts across conventional wisdom to completely reframe how we think about our tribes. Bracing and hopeful, Tribal unlocks the deepest secrets of our psychology and gives us the tools to manage our misunderstood superpower. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390669]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tribal: How the Cultural Instincts That Divide Us Can Help Bring Us Together Author: Michael Morris Narrator: Michael Morris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 1, 2024 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: SHORTLISTED FOR THE FINANCIAL TIMES AND SCHRODERS BUSINESS BOOK OF THE YEAR A revelatory, paradigm-shifting work from a renowned Columbia professor and “one of the great social and cultural psychologists” (Amy Cuddy) that demystifies our tribal instincts and shows us how to use them to create positive change. Tribalism is our most misunderstood buzzword. We’ve all heard pundits bemoan its rise, and it’s been blamed for everything from political polarization to workplace discrimination. But as acclaimed cultural psychologist and Columbia professor Michael Morris argues, our tribal instincts are humanity’s secret weapon.  Ours is the only species that lives in tribes: groups glued together by their distinctive cultures that can grow to a scale far beyond clans and bands. Morris argues that our psychology is wired by evolution in three distinctive ways. First, the peer instinct to conform to what most people do. Second, the hero instinct to give to the group and emulate the most respected. And third, the ancestor instinct to follow the ways of prior generations. These tribal instincts enable us to share knowledge and goals and work as a team to transmit the accumulated pool of cultural knowledge onward to the next generation.  Countries, churches, political parties, and companies are tribes, and tribal instincts explain our loyalties to them and the hidden ways that they affect our thoughts, actions, and identities. Rather than deriding tribal impulses for their irrationality, we can recognize them as powerful levers that elevate performance, heal rifts, and set off shockwaves of cultural change. Weaving together deep research, current and historical events, and stories from business and politics, Morris cuts across conventional wisdom to completely reframe how we think about our tribes. Bracing and hopeful, Tribal unlocks the deepest secrets of our psychology and gives us the tools to manage our misunderstood superpower. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390597 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390597]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Talking to Strangers: What We Should Know about the People We Don't Know Author: Malcolm Gladwell Narrator: Malcolm Gladwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 57 minutes Release date: September 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 1335 Ratings of Narrator: 4.56 of Total 179 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A Best Book of the Year: The Financial Times, Bloomberg, Chicago Tribune, and Detroit Free Pres Malcolm Gladwell, host of the podcast Revisionist History and author of the #1 New York Times bestseller Outliers, offers a powerful examination of our interactions with strangers -- and why they often go wrong. How did Fidel Castro fool the CIA for a generation? Why did Neville Chamberlain think he could trust Adolf Hitler? Why are campus sexual assaults on the rise? Do television sitcoms teach us something about the way we relate to each other that isn't true? While tackling these questions, Malcolm Gladwell was not solely writing a book for the page. He was also producing for the ear. In the audiobook version of Talking to Strangers, you'll hear the voices of people he interviewed--scientists, criminologists, military psychologists. Court transcripts are brought to life with re-enactments. You actually hear the contentious arrest of Sandra Bland by the side of the road in Texas. As Gladwell revisits the deceptions of Bernie Madoff, the trial of Amanda Knox, and the suicide of Sylvia Plath, you hear directly from many of the players in these real-life tragedies. There's even a theme song - Janelle Monae's 'Hell You Talmbout.' Something is very wrong, Gladwell argues, with the tools and strategies we use to make sense of people we don't know. And because we don't know how to talk to strangers, we are inviting conflict and misunderstanding in ways that have a profound effect on our lives and our world. Malcolm Gladwell Tue, 10 Sep 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390597 thebookvoice.com 8:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390597]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Talking to Strangers: What We Should Know about the People We Don't Know Author: Malcolm Gladwell Narrator: Malcolm Gladwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 57 minutes Release date: September 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 1335 Ratings of Narrator: 4.56 of Total 179 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A Best Book of the Year: The Financial Times, Bloomberg, Chicago Tribune, and Detroit Free Pres Malcolm Gladwell, host of the podcast Revisionist History and author of the #1 New York Times bestseller Outliers, offers a powerful examination of our interactions with strangers -- and why they often go wrong. How did Fidel Castro fool the CIA for a generation? Why did Neville Chamberlain think he could trust Adolf Hitler? Why are campus sexual assaults on the rise? Do television sitcoms teach us something about the way we relate to each other that isn't true? While tackling these questions, Malcolm Gladwell was not solely writing a book for the page. He was also producing for the ear. In the audiobook version of Talking to Strangers, you'll hear the voices of people he interviewed--scientists, criminologists, military psychologists. Court transcripts are brought to life with re-enactments. You actually hear the contentious arrest of Sandra Bland by the side of the road in Texas. As Gladwell revisits the deceptions of Bernie Madoff, the trial of Amanda Knox, and the suicide of Sylvia Plath, you hear directly from many of the players in these real-life tragedies. There's even a theme song - Janelle Monae's 'Hell You Talmbout.' Something is very wrong, Gladwell argues, with the tools and strategies we use to make sense of people we don't know. And because we don't know how to talk to strangers, we are inviting conflict and misunderstanding in ways that have a profound effect on our lives and our world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390597]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Talking to Strangers: What We Should Know about the People We Don't Know Author: Malcolm Gladwell Narrator: Malcolm Gladwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 57 minutes Release date: September 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 1335 Ratings of Narrator: 4.56 of Total 179 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A Best Book of the Year: The Financial Times, Bloomberg, Chicago Tribune, and Detroit Free Pres Malcolm Gladwell, host of the podcast Revisionist History and author of the #1 New York Times bestseller Outliers, offers a powerful examination of our interactions with strangers -- and why they often go wrong. How did Fidel Castro fool the CIA for a generation? Why did Neville Chamberlain think he could trust Adolf Hitler? Why are campus sexual assaults on the rise? Do television sitcoms teach us something about the way we relate to each other that isn't true? While tackling these questions, Malcolm Gladwell was not solely writing a book for the page. He was also producing for the ear. In the audiobook version of Talking to Strangers, you'll hear the voices of people he interviewed--scientists, criminologists, military psychologists. Court transcripts are brought to life with re-enactments. You actually hear the contentious arrest of Sandra Bland by the side of the road in Texas. As Gladwell revisits the deceptions of Bernie Madoff, the trial of Amanda Knox, and the suicide of Sylvia Plath, you hear directly from many of the players in these real-life tragedies. There's even a theme song - Janelle Monae's 'Hell You Talmbout.' Something is very wrong, Gladwell argues, with the tools and strategies we use to make sense of people we don't know. And because we don't know how to talk to strangers, we are inviting conflict and misunderstanding in ways that have a profound effect on our lives and our world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390550 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390550]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Relationship Ride: A Usable, Unusual, Transformative Guide Author: Ph.D. Julia B. Colwell Narrator: Raven Tekwe, Julia Colwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 53 minutes Release date: January 13, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Dr. Julia Colwell does not buy into the cultural belief that the initial bliss of falling in love will inevitably end. In The Relationship Ride she takes the reader on a voyage of exploration that debunks common myths of what couples should 'settle' for, and gives us the maps, tools, and exercises to ride the initial bliss into a long-term relationship of growth and mutual joy. Traveling this route, she tells us, 'is available to anyone who is willing to go there.' Ph.D. Julia B. Colwell Fri, 13 Jan 2023 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390550 thebookvoice.com 7:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390550]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Relationship Ride: A Usable, Unusual, Transformative Guide Author: Ph.D. Julia B. Colwell Narrator: Raven Tekwe, Julia Colwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 53 minutes Release date: January 13, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Dr. Julia Colwell does not buy into the cultural belief that the initial bliss of falling in love will inevitably end. In The Relationship Ride she takes the reader on a voyage of exploration that debunks common myths of what couples should 'settle' for, and gives us the maps, tools, and exercises to ride the initial bliss into a long-term relationship of growth and mutual joy. Traveling this route, she tells us, 'is available to anyone who is willing to go there.' Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390550]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Relationship Ride: A Usable, Unusual, Transformative Guide Author: Ph.D. Julia B. Colwell Narrator: Raven Tekwe, Julia Colwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 53 minutes Release date: January 13, 2023 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Dr. Julia Colwell does not buy into the cultural belief that the initial bliss of falling in love will inevitably end. In The Relationship Ride she takes the reader on a voyage of exploration that debunks common myths of what couples should 'settle' for, and gives us the maps, tools, and exercises to ride the initial bliss into a long-term relationship of growth and mutual joy. Traveling this route, she tells us, 'is available to anyone who is willing to go there.' https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390528 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390528]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Man’s Search for Himself Author: Rollo May Narrator: James Anderson Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 40 minutes Release date: July 30, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Loneliness, boredom, emptiness: These are the complaints that Rollo May encountered over and over from his patients. In response, he probes the hidden layers of personality to reveal the core of man's integration—a basic and inborn sense of value. Man's Search for Himself is an illuminating view of our predicament in an age of overwhelming anxieties and gives guidance on how to choose, judge, and act during such times. Rollo May Tue, 30 Jul 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390528 thebookvoice.com 8:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390528]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Man’s Search for Himself Author: Rollo May Narrator: James Anderson Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 40 minutes Release date: July 30, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Loneliness, boredom, emptiness: These are the complaints that Rollo May encountered over and over from his patients. In response, he probes the hidden layers of personality to reveal the core of man's integration—a basic and inborn sense of value. Man's Search for Himself is an illuminating view of our predicament in an age of overwhelming anxieties and gives guidance on how to choose, judge, and act during such times. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390528]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Man’s Search for Himself Author: Rollo May Narrator: James Anderson Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 40 minutes Release date: July 30, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Loneliness, boredom, emptiness: These are the complaints that Rollo May encountered over and over from his patients. In response, he probes the hidden layers of personality to reveal the core of man's integration—a basic and inborn sense of value. Man's Search for Himself is an illuminating view of our predicament in an age of overwhelming anxieties and gives guidance on how to choose, judge, and act during such times. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390237 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390237]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Johnny and Jane Come Marching Home:How All of Us Can Help Veterans Author: Paula J. Caplan Narrator: Paula J. Caplan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 31 minutes Release date: July 9, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Traumatized veterans are often diagnosed as suffering from a psychiatric disorder and prescribed a regimen of psychotherapy and psychiatric drugs. But why, asks psychologist Paula J. Caplan in this impassioned book, is it a mental illness to be devastated by war or other intolerable experiences such as military sexual assault? What is a mentally healthy response to death, destruction, and moral horror? In When Johnny and Jane Come Marching Home, Caplan argues that the standard treatment of therapy and drugs is often actually harmful. It adds to veterans' burdens by making them believe wrongly that they should have 'gotten over it'; it isolates them behind the closed doors of the therapist's office; and it makes them rely on often harmful drugs. The numbers of traumatized veterans from past and present wars who continue to suffer demonstrate the ineffectiveness of this approach. Sending anguished veterans off to talk to therapists, writes Caplan, conveys the message that the rest of us don't want to listen—or that we don't feel qualified to listen. As a result, the truth about war is kept under wraps. Most of us remain ignorant about what war is really like—and continue to allow our governments to go to war without much protest. Caplan proposes an alternative: that we welcome veterans back into our communities and listen to their stories, one-on-one. (She provides guidelines for conducting these conversations.) This would begin a long overdue national discussion about the realities of war, and it would start the healing process for our returning veterans. Paula J. Caplan Tue, 09 Jul 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390237 thebookvoice.com 11:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390237]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Johnny and Jane Come Marching Home:How All of Us Can Help Veterans Author: Paula J. Caplan Narrator: Paula J. Caplan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 31 minutes Release date: July 9, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Traumatized veterans are often diagnosed as suffering from a psychiatric disorder and prescribed a regimen of psychotherapy and psychiatric drugs. But why, asks psychologist Paula J. Caplan in this impassioned book, is it a mental illness to be devastated by war or other intolerable experiences such as military sexual assault? What is a mentally healthy response to death, destruction, and moral horror? In When Johnny and Jane Come Marching Home, Caplan argues that the standard treatment of therapy and drugs is often actually harmful. It adds to veterans' burdens by making them believe wrongly that they should have 'gotten over it'; it isolates them behind the closed doors of the therapist's office; and it makes them rely on often harmful drugs. The numbers of traumatized veterans from past and present wars who continue to suffer demonstrate the ineffectiveness of this approach. Sending anguished veterans off to talk to therapists, writes Caplan, conveys the message that the rest of us don't want to listen—or that we don't feel qualified to listen. As a result, the truth about war is kept under wraps. Most of us remain ignorant about what war is really like—and continue to allow our governments to go to war without much protest. Caplan proposes an alternative: that we welcome veterans back into our communities and listen to their stories, one-on-one. (She provides guidelines for conducting these conversations.) This would begin a long overdue national discussion about the realities of war, and it would start the healing process for our returning veterans. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390237]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Johnny and Jane Come Marching Home:How All of Us Can Help Veterans Author: Paula J. Caplan Narrator: Paula J. Caplan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 31 minutes Release date: July 9, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Traumatized veterans are often diagnosed as suffering from a psychiatric disorder and prescribed a regimen of psychotherapy and psychiatric drugs. But why, asks psychologist Paula J. Caplan in this impassioned book, is it a mental illness to be devastated by war or other intolerable experiences such as military sexual assault? What is a mentally healthy response to death, destruction, and moral horror? In When Johnny and Jane Come Marching Home, Caplan argues that the standard treatment of therapy and drugs is often actually harmful. It adds to veterans' burdens by making them believe wrongly that they should have 'gotten over it'; it isolates them behind the closed doors of the therapist's office; and it makes them rely on often harmful drugs. The numbers of traumatized veterans from past and present wars who continue to suffer demonstrate the ineffectiveness of this approach. Sending anguished veterans off to talk to therapists, writes Caplan, conveys the message that the rest of us don't want to listen—or that we don't feel qualified to listen. As a result, the truth about war is kept under wraps. Most of us remain ignorant about what war is really like—and continue to allow our governments to go to war without much protest. Caplan proposes an alternative: that we welcome veterans back into our communities and listen to their stories, one-on-one. (She provides guidelines for conducting these conversations.) This would begin a long overdue national discussion about the realities of war, and it would start the healing process for our returning veterans. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390185 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390185]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hidden Valley Road: Inside the Mind of an American Family Author: Robert Kolker Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 8 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 206 Ratings of Narrator: 4.57 of Total 44 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • OPRAH’S BOOK CLUB PICK • ONE OF GQ's TOP 50 BOOKS OF LITERARY JOURNALISM IN THE 21st CENTURY • The heartrending story of a midcentury American family with twelve children, six of them diagnosed with schizophrenia, that became science's great hope in the quest to understand the disease. 'Reads like a medical detective journey and sheds light on a topic so many of us face: mental illness.' —Oprah Winfrey Don and Mimi Galvin seemed to be living the American dream. After World War II, Don's work with the Air Force brought them to Colorado, where their twelve children perfectly spanned the baby boom: the oldest born in 1945, the youngest in 1965. In those years, there was an established script for a family like the Galvins--aspiration, hard work, upward mobility, domestic harmony--and they worked hard to play their parts. But behind the scenes was a different story: psychological breakdown, sudden shocking violence, hidden abuse. By the mid-1970s, six of the ten Galvin boys, one after another, were diagnosed as schizophrenic. How could all this happen to one family? What took place inside the house on Hidden Valley Road was so extraordinary that the Galvins became one of the first families to be studied by the National Institute of Mental Health. Their story offers a shadow history of the science of schizophrenia, from the era of institutionalization, lobotomy, and the schizophrenogenic mother to the search for genetic markers for the disease, always amid profound disagreements about the nature of the illness itself. And unbeknownst to the Galvins, samples of their DNA informed decades of genetic research that continues today, offering paths to treatment, prediction, and even eradication of the disease for future generations. With clarity and compassion, bestselling and award-winning author Robert Kolker uncovers one family's unforgettable legacy of suffering, love, and hope. Robert Kolker Tue, 07 Apr 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390185 thebookvoice.com 13:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390185]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hidden Valley Road: Inside the Mind of an American Family Author: Robert Kolker Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 8 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 206 Ratings of Narrator: 4.57 of Total 44 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • OPRAH’S BOOK CLUB PICK • ONE OF GQ's TOP 50 BOOKS OF LITERARY JOURNALISM IN THE 21st CENTURY • The heartrending story of a midcentury American family with twelve children, six of them diagnosed with schizophrenia, that became science's great hope in the quest to understand the disease. 'Reads like a medical detective journey and sheds light on a topic so many of us face: mental illness.' —Oprah Winfrey Don and Mimi Galvin seemed to be living the American dream. After World War II, Don's work with the Air Force brought them to Colorado, where their twelve children perfectly spanned the baby boom: the oldest born in 1945, the youngest in 1965. In those years, there was an established script for a family like the Galvins--aspiration, hard work, upward mobility, domestic harmony--and they worked hard to play their parts. But behind the scenes was a different story: psychological breakdown, sudden shocking violence, hidden abuse. By the mid-1970s, six of the ten Galvin boys, one after another, were diagnosed as schizophrenic. How could all this happen to one family? What took place inside the house on Hidden Valley Road was so extraordinary that the Galvins became one of the first families to be studied by the National Institute of Mental Health. Their story offers a shadow history of the science of schizophrenia, from the era of institutionalization, lobotomy, and the schizophrenogenic mother to the search for genetic markers for the disease, always amid profound disagreements about the nature of the illness itself. And unbeknownst to the Galvins, samples of their DNA informed decades of genetic research that continues today, offering paths to treatment, prediction, and even eradication of the disease for future generations. With clarity and compassion, bestselling and award-winning author Robert Kolker uncovers one family's unforgettable legacy of suffering, love, and hope. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390185]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hidden Valley Road: Inside the Mind of an American Family Author: Robert Kolker Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 8 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 206 Ratings of Narrator: 4.57 of Total 44 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • OPRAH’S BOOK CLUB PICK • ONE OF GQ's TOP 50 BOOKS OF LITERARY JOURNALISM IN THE 21st CENTURY • The heartrending story of a midcentury American family with twelve children, six of them diagnosed with schizophrenia, that became science's great hope in the quest to understand the disease. 'Reads like a medical detective journey and sheds light on a topic so many of us face: mental illness.' —Oprah Winfrey Don and Mimi Galvin seemed to be living the American dream. After World War II, Don's work with the Air Force brought them to Colorado, where their twelve children perfectly spanned the baby boom: the oldest born in 1945, the youngest in 1965. In those years, there was an established script for a family like the Galvins--aspiration, hard work, upward mobility, domestic harmony--and they worked hard to play their parts. But behind the scenes was a different story: psychological breakdown, sudden shocking violence, hidden abuse. By the mid-1970s, six of the ten Galvin boys, one after another, were diagnosed as schizophrenic. How could all this happen to one family? What took place inside the house on Hidden Valley Road was so extraordinary that the Galvins became one of the first families to be studied by the National Institute of Mental Health. Their story offers a shadow history of the science of schizophrenia, from the era of institutionalization, lobotomy, and the schizophrenogenic mother to the search for genetic markers for the disease, always amid profound disagreements about the nature of the illness itself. And unbeknownst to the Galvins, samples of their DNA informed decades of genetic research that continues today, offering paths to treatment, prediction, and even eradication of the disease for future generations. With clarity and compassion, bestselling and award-winning author Robert Kolker uncovers one family's unforgettable legacy of suffering, love, and hope. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390171 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390171]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Acting with Power: Why We Are More Powerful Than We Believe Author: Deborah Gruenfeld Narrator: Deborah Gruenfeld Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 16 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “A refreshing and enlightening new perspective on what it means to be powerful.”—Susan Cain, bestselling author of Quiet We all know what it looks like to use power badly. But how much do we really know about how to use power well?   There is so much we get wrong about power: who has it, what it looks like, and the role it plays in our lives. Grounded in over two decades’ worth of scientific research and inspired by the popular class of the same name at Stanford’s Graduate School of Business, Acting with Power offers a new and eye-opening paradigm that overturns everything we thought we knew about the nature of power. Although we all feel powerless sometimes, we have more power than we tend to believe. Power exists in every relationship, not just at the top of big institutions. It isn’t merely a function of status or hierarchy, either. It’s about how much we are needed and how well we take care of other people. We often assume that power flows to those with the loudest voice or the most commanding presence. But, in fact, true power is often much quieter and more deferential than we realize. Moreover, it’s not just how much power we have but how we use it that determines how powerful we actually are. Actors aren’t the only ones who play roles for a living. We all make choices about how to use the power that comes with our given circumstances. We aren’t always cast in the roles we desire—or the ones we feel prepared to play. Some of us struggle to step up and be taken more seriously, while others have trouble standing back and ceding the spotlight.  In Acting with Power, Deborah Gruenfeld shows how we can get more comfortable with power by adopting an actor’s mindset. Because power isn’t a personal attribute. It’s a part we play in someone else’s story. Deborah Gruenfeld Tue, 07 Apr 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390171 thebookvoice.com 8:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390171]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Acting with Power: Why We Are More Powerful Than We Believe Author: Deborah Gruenfeld Narrator: Deborah Gruenfeld Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 16 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “A refreshing and enlightening new perspective on what it means to be powerful.”—Susan Cain, bestselling author of Quiet We all know what it looks like to use power badly. But how much do we really know about how to use power well?   There is so much we get wrong about power: who has it, what it looks like, and the role it plays in our lives. Grounded in over two decades’ worth of scientific research and inspired by the popular class of the same name at Stanford’s Graduate School of Business, Acting with Power offers a new and eye-opening paradigm that overturns everything we thought we knew about the nature of power. Although we all feel powerless sometimes, we have more power than we tend to believe. Power exists in every relationship, not just at the top of big institutions. It isn’t merely a function of status or hierarchy, either. It’s about how much we are needed and how well we take care of other people. We often assume that power flows to those with the loudest voice or the most commanding presence. But, in fact, true power is often much quieter and more deferential than we realize. Moreover, it’s not just how much power we have but how we use it that determines how powerful we actually are. Actors aren’t the only ones who play roles for a living. We all make choices about how to use the power that comes with our given circumstances. We aren’t always cast in the roles we desire—or the ones we feel prepared to play. Some of us struggle to step up and be taken more seriously, while others have trouble standing back and ceding the spotlight.  In Acting with Power, Deborah Gruenfeld shows how we can get more comfortable with power by adopting an actor’s mindset. Because power isn’t a personal attribute. It’s a part we play in someone else’s story. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390171]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Acting with Power: Why We Are More Powerful Than We Believe Author: Deborah Gruenfeld Narrator: Deborah Gruenfeld Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 16 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “A refreshing and enlightening new perspective on what it means to be powerful.”—Susan Cain, bestselling author of Quiet We all know what it looks like to use power badly. But how much do we really know about how to use power well?   There is so much we get wrong about power: who has it, what it looks like, and the role it plays in our lives. Grounded in over two decades’ worth of scientific research and inspired by the popular class of the same name at Stanford’s Graduate School of Business, Acting with Power offers a new and eye-opening paradigm that overturns everything we thought we knew about the nature of power. Although we all feel powerless sometimes, we have more power than we tend to believe. Power exists in every relationship, not just at the top of big institutions. It isn’t merely a function of status or hierarchy, either. It’s about how much we are needed and how well we take care of other people. We often assume that power flows to those with the loudest voice or the most commanding presence. But, in fact, true power is often much quieter and more deferential than we realize. Moreover, it’s not just how much power we have but how we use it that determines how powerful we actually are. Actors aren’t the only ones who play roles for a living. We all make choices about how to use the power that comes with our given circumstances. We aren’t always cast in the roles we desire—or the ones we feel prepared to play. Some of us struggle to step up and be taken more seriously, while others have trouble standing back and ceding the spotlight.  In Acting with Power, Deborah Gruenfeld shows how we can get more comfortable with power by adopting an actor’s mindset. Because power isn’t a personal attribute. It’s a part we play in someone else’s story. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389158 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389158]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Collected Schizophrenias Author: Esmé Weijun Wang Narrator: Esmé Weijun Wang Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 51 minutes Release date: August 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. 'I've inherited a love of a writing and a talent for the visual arts from my mother, as well as her long and tapered fingers; I've also inherited a tendency for madness' Esmé Weijun Wang was officially diagnosed with schizoaffective disorder in 2013, although the hallucinations and psychotic episodes had started years before that. In the midst of a high functioning life at Yale, Stanford and the literary world, she would find herself floored by an overwhelming terror that 'spread like blood', or convinced that she was dead, or that her friends were robots, or spiders were eating holes in her brain. What happens when your whole conception of yourself is turned upside down? When you're aware of what is occurring to you, but unable to do anything about it? Written with immediacy and unflinching honesty, this visceral and moving book is Wang's story, as she steps both inside and outside of her condition to bring it to light. Following her own diagnosis and the many manifestations of schizophrenia in her life, she ranges over everything from how we label mental illness to her own use of fashion and make-up to present herself as high-functioning, from the failures of the higher education system to how factors such as PTSD and Lyme disease compounded her experiences. Wang's analytical, intelligent eye, honed as a former lab researcher at Stanford, allows her to balance research with haunting personal narrative. The Collected Schizophrenias cuts right to the core and provides unique insight into a condition long misdiagnosed and much misunderstood. Esmé Weijun Wang Thu, 08 Aug 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389158 thebookvoice.com 7:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389158]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Collected Schizophrenias Author: Esmé Weijun Wang Narrator: Esmé Weijun Wang Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 51 minutes Release date: August 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. 'I've inherited a love of a writing and a talent for the visual arts from my mother, as well as her long and tapered fingers; I've also inherited a tendency for madness' Esmé Weijun Wang was officially diagnosed with schizoaffective disorder in 2013, although the hallucinations and psychotic episodes had started years before that. In the midst of a high functioning life at Yale, Stanford and the literary world, she would find herself floored by an overwhelming terror that 'spread like blood', or convinced that she was dead, or that her friends were robots, or spiders were eating holes in her brain. What happens when your whole conception of yourself is turned upside down? When you're aware of what is occurring to you, but unable to do anything about it? Written with immediacy and unflinching honesty, this visceral and moving book is Wang's story, as she steps both inside and outside of her condition to bring it to light. Following her own diagnosis and the many manifestations of schizophrenia in her life, she ranges over everything from how we label mental illness to her own use of fashion and make-up to present herself as high-functioning, from the failures of the higher education system to how factors such as PTSD and Lyme disease compounded her experiences. Wang's analytical, intelligent eye, honed as a former lab researcher at Stanford, allows her to balance research with haunting personal narrative. The Collected Schizophrenias cuts right to the core and provides unique insight into a condition long misdiagnosed and much misunderstood. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389158]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Collected Schizophrenias Author: Esmé Weijun Wang Narrator: Esmé Weijun Wang Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 51 minutes Release date: August 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. 'I've inherited a love of a writing and a talent for the visual arts from my mother, as well as her long and tapered fingers; I've also inherited a tendency for madness' Esmé Weijun Wang was officially diagnosed with schizoaffective disorder in 2013, although the hallucinations and psychotic episodes had started years before that. In the midst of a high functioning life at Yale, Stanford and the literary world, she would find herself floored by an overwhelming terror that 'spread like blood', or convinced that she was dead, or that her friends were robots, or spiders were eating holes in her brain. What happens when your whole conception of yourself is turned upside down? When you're aware of what is occurring to you, but unable to do anything about it? Written with immediacy and unflinching honesty, this visceral and moving book is Wang's story, as she steps both inside and outside of her condition to bring it to light. Following her own diagnosis and the many manifestations of schizophrenia in her life, she ranges over everything from how we label mental illness to her own use of fashion and make-up to present herself as high-functioning, from the failures of the higher education system to how factors such as PTSD and Lyme disease compounded her experiences. Wang's analytical, intelligent eye, honed as a former lab researcher at Stanford, allows her to balance research with haunting personal narrative. The Collected Schizophrenias cuts right to the core and provides unique insight into a condition long misdiagnosed and much misunderstood. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388808 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388808]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ancestral Medicine: Rituals for Personal and Family Healing Author: Daniel Foor Narrator: Andy Rick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: August 6, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A practical guide to connecting with your ancestors for personal, family, and cultural healing • Provides exercises and rituals to help you initiate contact with your ancestors, find ancestral guides, and assist the dead who are not yet at peace • Explains how to safely engage in lineage repair work by connecting with your more ancient ancestors before relating with the recently deceased • Explores how your ancestors can help you transform intergenerational legacies of pain and abuse and reclaim the positive spirit of the family Everyone has loving and wise ancestors they can learn to invoke for support and healing. Coming into relationship with your ancestors empowers you to transform negative family patterns into blessings and encourages good health, self-esteem, clarity of purpose, and better relationships with your living relatives. Offering a practical guide to understanding and navigating relationships with the spirits of those who have passed, Daniel Foor, Ph.D., details how to relate safely and effectively with your ancestors for personal, family, and cultural healing. He provides exercises and rituals, grounded in ancient wisdom traditions, to help you initiate contact with your ancestors, find supportive ancestral guides, cultivate forgiveness and gratitude, harmonize your bloodlines, and assist the dead who are not yet at peace. He explains how to safely engage in lineage repair work by connecting with your more ancient ancestors before relating with the recently deceased. He shows how, by working with spiritually vibrant ancestors, individuals and families can understand and transform intergenerational patterns of pain and abuse and reclaim the full blessings and gifts of their bloodlines. Ancestral repair work can also catalyze healing breakthroughs among living family members and help children and future generations to live free from ancestral burdens. The author provides detailed instructions for ways to honor the ancestors of a place, address dream visits from the dead, and work with ancestor shrines and altars. The author offers guidance on preparing for death, funeral rites, handling the body after death, and joining the ancestors. He also explains how ancestor work can help us to transform problems such as racism, sexism, homophobia, and religious persecution. By learning the fundamentals of ancestor reverence and ritual, you will discover how to draw on the wisdom of supportive ancestral guides, heal family troubles, maintain connections with beloved family after their death, and better understand the complex and interconnected relationship between the living and the dead. Daniel Foor Tue, 06 Aug 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388808 thebookvoice.com 11:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388808]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ancestral Medicine: Rituals for Personal and Family Healing Author: Daniel Foor Narrator: Andy Rick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: August 6, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A practical guide to connecting with your ancestors for personal, family, and cultural healing • Provides exercises and rituals to help you initiate contact with your ancestors, find ancestral guides, and assist the dead who are not yet at peace • Explains how to safely engage in lineage repair work by connecting with your more ancient ancestors before relating with the recently deceased • Explores how your ancestors can help you transform intergenerational legacies of pain and abuse and reclaim the positive spirit of the family Everyone has loving and wise ancestors they can learn to invoke for support and healing. Coming into relationship with your ancestors empowers you to transform negative family patterns into blessings and encourages good health, self-esteem, clarity of purpose, and better relationships with your living relatives. Offering a practical guide to understanding and navigating relationships with the spirits of those who have passed, Daniel Foor, Ph.D., details how to relate safely and effectively with your ancestors for personal, family, and cultural healing. He provides exercises and rituals, grounded in ancient wisdom traditions, to help you initiate contact with your ancestors, find supportive ancestral guides, cultivate forgiveness and gratitude, harmonize your bloodlines, and assist the dead who are not yet at peace. He explains how to safely engage in lineage repair work by connecting with your more ancient ancestors before relating with the recently deceased. He shows how, by working with spiritually vibrant ancestors, individuals and families can understand and transform intergenerational patterns of pain and abuse and reclaim the full blessings and gifts of their bloodlines. Ancestral repair work can also catalyze healing breakthroughs among living family members and help children and future generations to live free from ancestral burdens. The author provides detailed instructions for ways to honor the ancestors of a place, address dream visits from the dead, and work with ancestor shrines and altars. The author offers guidance on preparing for death, funeral rites, handling the body after death, and joining the ancestors. He also explains how ancestor work can help us to transform problems such as racism, sexism, homophobia, and religious persecution. By learning the fundamentals of ancestor reverence and ritual, you will discover how to draw on the wisdom of supportive ancestral guides, heal family troubles, maintain connections with beloved family after their death, and better understand the complex and interconnected relationship between the living and the dead. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388808]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ancestral Medicine: Rituals for Personal and Family Healing Author: Daniel Foor Narrator: Andy Rick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: August 6, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A practical guide to connecting with your ancestors for personal, family, and cultural healing • Provides exercises and rituals to help you initiate contact with your ancestors, find ancestral guides, and assist the dead who are not yet at peace • Explains how to safely engage in lineage repair work by connecting with your more ancient ancestors before relating with the recently deceased • Explores how your ancestors can help you transform intergenerational legacies of pain and abuse and reclaim the positive spirit of the family Everyone has loving and wise ancestors they can learn to invoke for support and healing. Coming into relationship with your ancestors empowers you to transform negative family patterns into blessings and encourages good health, self-esteem, clarity of purpose, and better relationships with your living relatives. Offering a practical guide to understanding and navigating relationships with the spirits of those who have passed, Daniel Foor, Ph.D., details how to relate safely and effectively with your ancestors for personal, family, and cultural healing. He provides exercises and rituals, grounded in ancient wisdom traditions, to help you initiate contact with your ancestors, find supportive ancestral guides, cultivate forgiveness and gratitude, harmonize your bloodlines, and assist the dead who are not yet at peace. He explains how to safely engage in lineage repair work by connecting with your more ancient ancestors before relating with the recently deceased. He shows how, by working with spiritually vibrant ancestors, individuals and families can understand and transform intergenerational patterns of pain and abuse and reclaim the full blessings and gifts of their bloodlines. Ancestral repair work can also catalyze healing breakthroughs among living family members and help children and future generations to live free from ancestral burdens. The author provides detailed instructions for ways to honor the ancestors of a place, address dream visits from the dead, and work with ancestor shrines and altars. The author offers guidance on preparing for death, funeral rites, handling the body after death, and joining the ancestors. He also explains how ancestor work can help us to transform problems such as racism, sexism, homophobia, and religious persecution. By learning the fundamentals of ancestor reverence and ritual, you will discover how to draw on the wisdom of supportive ancestral guides, heal family troubles, maintain connections with beloved family after their death, and better understand the complex and interconnected relationship between the living and the dead. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388805 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388805]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tantric Orgasm for Women Author: Diana Richardson Narrator: Henrietta Weekes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 6, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A revolutionary approach to female sexuality that focuses on relaxation as the key to achieving deep orgasmic states • Explores how receptive feminine energy influences the male-female exchange • Reevaluates the role of the clitoris, breasts, and vagina in achieving orgasm • Provides ancient tantric meditations for increased sensitivity and awareness Fulfilling sex nourishes love, rejuvenates the body, and boosts mental health. Unfortunately, prevailing attitudes in the West work against the natural capacity of women to realize their sexual potential and experience deep orgasmic states. Tantric Orgasm for Women offers women a fresh look at the ecstatic bliss possible within their bodies, using knowledge and approaches from the sensually cultivated traditions of the East. Exploring Tantra from the female perspective, Diana Richardson reveals the critical role receptive feminine energy plays in allowing orgasmic states to arise. Her 20 years of tantric research and personal experience provide readers with an understanding of how the various parts of the female body may be activated to deepen ecstatic states. Readers will learn how to re-circulate orgasmic energy; why breast stimulation takes priority over vaginal attention; the difference between soft penetration and deep sustained penetration, including how to avoid premature male ejaculation; and how women can strengthen the erection response of male partners. Tantric Orgasm for Women shows how women can exert a powerful influence on their sexual experiences when they understand the inner workings of their bodies and when they avoid adopting conventional ideas about what should be satisfying to them. Diana Richardson Tue, 06 Aug 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388805 thebookvoice.com 9:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388805]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tantric Orgasm for Women Author: Diana Richardson Narrator: Henrietta Weekes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 6, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A revolutionary approach to female sexuality that focuses on relaxation as the key to achieving deep orgasmic states • Explores how receptive feminine energy influences the male-female exchange • Reevaluates the role of the clitoris, breasts, and vagina in achieving orgasm • Provides ancient tantric meditations for increased sensitivity and awareness Fulfilling sex nourishes love, rejuvenates the body, and boosts mental health. Unfortunately, prevailing attitudes in the West work against the natural capacity of women to realize their sexual potential and experience deep orgasmic states. Tantric Orgasm for Women offers women a fresh look at the ecstatic bliss possible within their bodies, using knowledge and approaches from the sensually cultivated traditions of the East. Exploring Tantra from the female perspective, Diana Richardson reveals the critical role receptive feminine energy plays in allowing orgasmic states to arise. Her 20 years of tantric research and personal experience provide readers with an understanding of how the various parts of the female body may be activated to deepen ecstatic states. Readers will learn how to re-circulate orgasmic energy; why breast stimulation takes priority over vaginal attention; the difference between soft penetration and deep sustained penetration, including how to avoid premature male ejaculation; and how women can strengthen the erection response of male partners. Tantric Orgasm for Women shows how women can exert a powerful influence on their sexual experiences when they understand the inner workings of their bodies and when they avoid adopting conventional ideas about what should be satisfying to them. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388805]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tantric Orgasm for Women Author: Diana Richardson Narrator: Henrietta Weekes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 6, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A revolutionary approach to female sexuality that focuses on relaxation as the key to achieving deep orgasmic states • Explores how receptive feminine energy influences the male-female exchange • Reevaluates the role of the clitoris, breasts, and vagina in achieving orgasm • Provides ancient tantric meditations for increased sensitivity and awareness Fulfilling sex nourishes love, rejuvenates the body, and boosts mental health. Unfortunately, prevailing attitudes in the West work against the natural capacity of women to realize their sexual potential and experience deep orgasmic states. Tantric Orgasm for Women offers women a fresh look at the ecstatic bliss possible within their bodies, using knowledge and approaches from the sensually cultivated traditions of the East. Exploring Tantra from the female perspective, Diana Richardson reveals the critical role receptive feminine energy plays in allowing orgasmic states to arise. Her 20 years of tantric research and personal experience provide readers with an understanding of how the various parts of the female body may be activated to deepen ecstatic states. Readers will learn how to re-circulate orgasmic energy; why breast stimulation takes priority over vaginal attention; the difference between soft penetration and deep sustained penetration, including how to avoid premature male ejaculation; and how women can strengthen the erection response of male partners. Tantric Orgasm for Women shows how women can exert a powerful influence on their sexual experiences when they understand the inner workings of their bodies and when they avoid adopting conventional ideas about what should be satisfying to them. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388804 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388804]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Eldest Daughter Effect: How Firstborn Women – like Oprah Winfrey, Sheryl Sandberg, JK Rowling and Beyoncé – Harness their Strengths Author: Wies Enthoven, Lisette Schuitemaker Narrator: Lisette Schuitemaker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 45 minutes Release date: August 6, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'What do Angela Merkel, Hillary Rodham Clinton, Christine Lagarde, Oprah Winfrey, Sheryl Sandberg, JK Rowling and Beyoncé have in common?' was the headline in the English newspaper The Observer in 2014. 'Other than riding high in Forbes list of the world’s most powerful women,' journalist Tracy McVeigh wrote in answer to her own question, 'they are also all firstborn children in their families. Firstborn children really do excel.' So what does it mean to be an eldest daughter? Firstborns Lisette Schuitemaker and Wies Enthoven set out to discover the big five qualities that characterize all eldest daughters to some degree. Eldest daughters are responsible, dutiful, thoughtful, expeditious and caring. Firstborns are more intelligent than their siblings, more proficient verbally and more motivated to perform. Yet at the same time they seriously doubt that they are good enough. Being an eldest daughter can have certain advantages, but the overbearing sense of responsibility often gets in the way. Parents may worry about their ‘difficult’ eldest girl who wants to be perfect in everything she does whilst her siblings may not always understand her. 'The Eldest Daughter Effect' shows how firstborn girls become who they are and offers insights that can give them more freedom to move. And parents will gain a better understanding of their firstborn children and can support them more fully on their way. Wies Enthoven, Lisette Schuitemaker Tue, 06 Aug 2019 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388804 thebookvoice.com 5:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388804]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Eldest Daughter Effect: How Firstborn Women – like Oprah Winfrey, Sheryl Sandberg, JK Rowling and Beyoncé – Harness their Strengths Author: Wies Enthoven, Lisette Schuitemaker Narrator: Lisette Schuitemaker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 45 minutes Release date: August 6, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'What do Angela Merkel, Hillary Rodham Clinton, Christine Lagarde, Oprah Winfrey, Sheryl Sandberg, JK Rowling and Beyoncé have in common?' was the headline in the English newspaper The Observer in 2014. 'Other than riding high in Forbes list of the world’s most powerful women,' journalist Tracy McVeigh wrote in answer to her own question, 'they are also all firstborn children in their families. Firstborn children really do excel.' So what does it mean to be an eldest daughter? Firstborns Lisette Schuitemaker and Wies Enthoven set out to discover the big five qualities that characterize all eldest daughters to some degree. Eldest daughters are responsible, dutiful, thoughtful, expeditious and caring. Firstborns are more intelligent than their siblings, more proficient verbally and more motivated to perform. Yet at the same time they seriously doubt that they are good enough. Being an eldest daughter can have certain advantages, but the overbearing sense of responsibility often gets in the way. Parents may worry about their ‘difficult’ eldest girl who wants to be perfect in everything she does whilst her siblings may not always understand her. 'The Eldest Daughter Effect' shows how firstborn girls become who they are and offers insights that can give them more freedom to move. And parents will gain a better understanding of their firstborn children and can support them more fully on their way. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388804]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Eldest Daughter Effect: How Firstborn Women – like Oprah Winfrey, Sheryl Sandberg, JK Rowling and Beyoncé – Harness their Strengths Author: Wies Enthoven, Lisette Schuitemaker Narrator: Lisette Schuitemaker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 45 minutes Release date: August 6, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'What do Angela Merkel, Hillary Rodham Clinton, Christine Lagarde, Oprah Winfrey, Sheryl Sandberg, JK Rowling and Beyoncé have in common?' was the headline in the English newspaper The Observer in 2014. 'Other than riding high in Forbes list of the world’s most powerful women,' journalist Tracy McVeigh wrote in answer to her own question, 'they are also all firstborn children in their families. Firstborn children really do excel.' So what does it mean to be an eldest daughter? Firstborns Lisette Schuitemaker and Wies Enthoven set out to discover the big five qualities that characterize all eldest daughters to some degree. Eldest daughters are responsible, dutiful, thoughtful, expeditious and caring. Firstborns are more intelligent than their siblings, more proficient verbally and more motivated to perform. Yet at the same time they seriously doubt that they are good enough. Being an eldest daughter can have certain advantages, but the overbearing sense of responsibility often gets in the way. Parents may worry about their ‘difficult’ eldest girl who wants to be perfect in everything she does whilst her siblings may not always understand her. 'The Eldest Daughter Effect' shows how firstborn girls become who they are and offers insights that can give them more freedom to move. And parents will gain a better understanding of their firstborn children and can support them more fully on their way. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388592 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388592]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Böse: Die Psychologie unserer Abgründe (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Julia Shaw Narrator: Rike Schmid Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: September 24, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Warum ist der Mensch böse? Die Kriminalpsychologin und Bestsellerautorin Julia Shaw leuchtet die Abgründe unserer Psyche aus. Von Psychopathen wie Charles Manson oder Serienmördern wie Jack the Ripper geht eine unheimliche Faszination aus. Doch woher kommt sie? Und warum verdrängen wir so gern das alltäglichere Böse - von den eigenen Gewaltphantasien bis zum Machtmissbrauch im Büro? Die Kriminalpsychologin und Bestsellerautorin Julia Shaw taucht das Phänomen des Bösen in neues Licht. Shaw sucht und findet das Böse nicht nur in den Gehirnen von Massenmördern, sondern in jedem von uns. Und sie erläutert mithilfe psychologischer Fallstudien und neuester neurowissenschaftlicher Erkenntnisse, wie wir uns mit unserer dunklen Seite versöhnen. Ein augenöffnendes Hörbuch, das die vertrauten Kategorien von Gut und Böse völlig über den Haufen wirft. Julia Shaw Mon, 24 Sep 2018 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388592 thebookvoice.com 8:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388592]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Böse: Die Psychologie unserer Abgründe (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Julia Shaw Narrator: Rike Schmid Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: September 24, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Warum ist der Mensch böse? Die Kriminalpsychologin und Bestsellerautorin Julia Shaw leuchtet die Abgründe unserer Psyche aus. Von Psychopathen wie Charles Manson oder Serienmördern wie Jack the Ripper geht eine unheimliche Faszination aus. Doch woher kommt sie? Und warum verdrängen wir so gern das alltäglichere Böse - von den eigenen Gewaltphantasien bis zum Machtmissbrauch im Büro? Die Kriminalpsychologin und Bestsellerautorin Julia Shaw taucht das Phänomen des Bösen in neues Licht. Shaw sucht und findet das Böse nicht nur in den Gehirnen von Massenmördern, sondern in jedem von uns. Und sie erläutert mithilfe psychologischer Fallstudien und neuester neurowissenschaftlicher Erkenntnisse, wie wir uns mit unserer dunklen Seite versöhnen. Ein augenöffnendes Hörbuch, das die vertrauten Kategorien von Gut und Böse völlig über den Haufen wirft. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388592]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Böse: Die Psychologie unserer Abgründe (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Julia Shaw Narrator: Rike Schmid Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: September 24, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Warum ist der Mensch böse? Die Kriminalpsychologin und Bestsellerautorin Julia Shaw leuchtet die Abgründe unserer Psyche aus. Von Psychopathen wie Charles Manson oder Serienmördern wie Jack the Ripper geht eine unheimliche Faszination aus. Doch woher kommt sie? Und warum verdrängen wir so gern das alltäglichere Böse - von den eigenen Gewaltphantasien bis zum Machtmissbrauch im Büro? Die Kriminalpsychologin und Bestsellerautorin Julia Shaw taucht das Phänomen des Bösen in neues Licht. Shaw sucht und findet das Böse nicht nur in den Gehirnen von Massenmördern, sondern in jedem von uns. Und sie erläutert mithilfe psychologischer Fallstudien und neuester neurowissenschaftlicher Erkenntnisse, wie wir uns mit unserer dunklen Seite versöhnen. Ein augenöffnendes Hörbuch, das die vertrauten Kategorien von Gut und Böse völlig über den Haufen wirft. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387674 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387674]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Changing Mind: A Neuroscientist's Guide to Ageing Well Author: Daniel Levitin Narrator: Daniel Levitin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 36 minutes Release date: February 27, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. THE NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER ** THE SUNDAY TIMES BESTSELLER More of us are living into our eighties than ever before - what if the best was yet to come? The bestselling author of The Organized Mind reveals the evolving power of the human brain through the ages. Recent studies show that our decision-making skills improve as we age, and that our happiness levels peak at age 82. Dr Daniel Levitin draws on cutting-edge research from neuroscience and psychology to demonstrate the cognitive benefits of getting older. He challenges the beliefs that surround the ageing process, including our assumptions around memory loss and our focus on lifespan instead of 'healthspan'. Packed with engaging interviews with individuals who have thrived far beyond the conventional age of retirement, this book offers a realistic plan full of practical, cognitive enhancing tricks for everyone to follow during each decade of their life. The Changing Mind is a radical exploration of what we all can learn from those who age joyously. © Daniel Levitin 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Daniel Levitin Thu, 27 Feb 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387674 thebookvoice.com 18:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387674]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Changing Mind: A Neuroscientist's Guide to Ageing Well Author: Daniel Levitin Narrator: Daniel Levitin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 36 minutes Release date: February 27, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. THE NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER ** THE SUNDAY TIMES BESTSELLER More of us are living into our eighties than ever before - what if the best was yet to come? The bestselling author of The Organized Mind reveals the evolving power of the human brain through the ages. Recent studies show that our decision-making skills improve as we age, and that our happiness levels peak at age 82. Dr Daniel Levitin draws on cutting-edge research from neuroscience and psychology to demonstrate the cognitive benefits of getting older. He challenges the beliefs that surround the ageing process, including our assumptions around memory loss and our focus on lifespan instead of 'healthspan'. Packed with engaging interviews with individuals who have thrived far beyond the conventional age of retirement, this book offers a realistic plan full of practical, cognitive enhancing tricks for everyone to follow during each decade of their life. The Changing Mind is a radical exploration of what we all can learn from those who age joyously. © Daniel Levitin 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387674]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Changing Mind: A Neuroscientist's Guide to Ageing Well Author: Daniel Levitin Narrator: Daniel Levitin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 36 minutes Release date: February 27, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. THE NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER ** THE SUNDAY TIMES BESTSELLER More of us are living into our eighties than ever before - what if the best was yet to come? The bestselling author of The Organized Mind reveals the evolving power of the human brain through the ages. Recent studies show that our decision-making skills improve as we age, and that our happiness levels peak at age 82. Dr Daniel Levitin draws on cutting-edge research from neuroscience and psychology to demonstrate the cognitive benefits of getting older. He challenges the beliefs that surround the ageing process, including our assumptions around memory loss and our focus on lifespan instead of 'healthspan'. Packed with engaging interviews with individuals who have thrived far beyond the conventional age of retirement, this book offers a realistic plan full of practical, cognitive enhancing tricks for everyone to follow during each decade of their life. The Changing Mind is a radical exploration of what we all can learn from those who age joyously. © Daniel Levitin 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387254 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387254]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Optimal Outcomes: Free Yourself from Conflict at Work, at Home, and in Life Author: Jennifer Goldman-Wetzler Narrator: Jennifer Goldman-Wetzler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: February 25, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An award-winning conflict consultant offers a new path to take when agreement and collaboration seem impossible, and teaches us that when conflict resolution fails, we can achieve freedom instead—even without others’ cooperation. A founding CEO and his top salesperson are engaged in a heated clash over her compensation package. A mother and daughter are locked in a nasty cycle of blame and attack. A high-profile executive team is struggling with aggressive political infighting. In all these cases, every effort to talk it out has been unsuccessful. Where can you turn when your attempts to resolve conflict fail? Most approaches emphasize collaboration. You are supposed to sit down, calmly talk through your differences, and find a solution. But what if nothing seems to work, no matter what you do? When situations resist resolution, the Optimal Outcomes Method teaches us conflict freedom. This innovative method, based on Dr. Jennifer Goldman-Wetzler’s training at the Program on Negotiation at Harvard Law School, two decades as a consultant to Fortune 500 and high-growth CEOs and senior teams, grassroots work with Middle East leaders, US government-funded research on terrorism, and her popular course at Columbia University, Optimal Outcomes reveals eight groundbreaking practices proven to help people everywhere free themselves from conflict. With inspiring stories from clients, students, and Dr. Goldman-Wetzler’s own life lighting the way, you’ll learn to observe complex situations with clarity, access your shadow values (things you really care about but have been unwilling to admit), and take bold, simple, surprising action. Optimal Outcomes blends mindfulness, Jungian psychology, and practical, step-by-step advice to free anyone from seemingly impossible conflict. Applying the practices, you’ll reach your Optimal Outcome—which may be vastly different from what you originally imagined, but more satisfying than you ever dreamed possible. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Jennifer Goldman-Wetzler Tue, 25 Feb 2020 04:02:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387254 thebookvoice.com 5:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387254]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Optimal Outcomes: Free Yourself from Conflict at Work, at Home, and in Life Author: Jennifer Goldman-Wetzler Narrator: Jennifer Goldman-Wetzler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: February 25, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An award-winning conflict consultant offers a new path to take when agreement and collaboration seem impossible, and teaches us that when conflict resolution fails, we can achieve freedom instead—even without others’ cooperation. A founding CEO and his top salesperson are engaged in a heated clash over her compensation package. A mother and daughter are locked in a nasty cycle of blame and attack. A high-profile executive team is struggling with aggressive political infighting. In all these cases, every effort to talk it out has been unsuccessful. Where can you turn when your attempts to resolve conflict fail? Most approaches emphasize collaboration. You are supposed to sit down, calmly talk through your differences, and find a solution. But what if nothing seems to work, no matter what you do? When situations resist resolution, the Optimal Outcomes Method teaches us conflict freedom. This innovative method, based on Dr. Jennifer Goldman-Wetzler’s training at the Program on Negotiation at Harvard Law School, two decades as a consultant to Fortune 500 and high-growth CEOs and senior teams, grassroots work with Middle East leaders, US government-funded research on terrorism, and her popular course at Columbia University, Optimal Outcomes reveals eight groundbreaking practices proven to help people everywhere free themselves from conflict. With inspiring stories from clients, students, and Dr. Goldman-Wetzler’s own life lighting the way, you’ll learn to observe complex situations with clarity, access your shadow values (things you really care about but have been unwilling to admit), and take bold, simple, surprising action. Optimal Outcomes blends mindfulness, Jungian psychology, and practical, step-by-step advice to free anyone from seemingly impossible conflict. Applying the practices, you’ll reach your Optimal Outcome—which may be vastly different from what you originally imagined, but more satisfying than you ever dreamed possible. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387254]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Optimal Outcomes: Free Yourself from Conflict at Work, at Home, and in Life Author: Jennifer Goldman-Wetzler Narrator: Jennifer Goldman-Wetzler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: February 25, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An award-winning conflict consultant offers a new path to take when agreement and collaboration seem impossible, and teaches us that when conflict resolution fails, we can achieve freedom instead—even without others’ cooperation. A founding CEO and his top salesperson are engaged in a heated clash over her compensation package. A mother and daughter are locked in a nasty cycle of blame and attack. A high-profile executive team is struggling with aggressive political infighting. In all these cases, every effort to talk it out has been unsuccessful. Where can you turn when your attempts to resolve conflict fail? Most approaches emphasize collaboration. You are supposed to sit down, calmly talk through your differences, and find a solution. But what if nothing seems to work, no matter what you do? When situations resist resolution, the Optimal Outcomes Method teaches us conflict freedom. This innovative method, based on Dr. Jennifer Goldman-Wetzler’s training at the Program on Negotiation at Harvard Law School, two decades as a consultant to Fortune 500 and high-growth CEOs and senior teams, grassroots work with Middle East leaders, US government-funded research on terrorism, and her popular course at Columbia University, Optimal Outcomes reveals eight groundbreaking practices proven to help people everywhere free themselves from conflict. With inspiring stories from clients, students, and Dr. Goldman-Wetzler’s own life lighting the way, you’ll learn to observe complex situations with clarity, access your shadow values (things you really care about but have been unwilling to admit), and take bold, simple, surprising action. Optimal Outcomes blends mindfulness, Jungian psychology, and practical, step-by-step advice to free anyone from seemingly impossible conflict. Applying the practices, you’ll reach your Optimal Outcome—which may be vastly different from what you originally imagined, but more satisfying than you ever dreamed possible. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.